FOREWORD IMPORTANT

This manual should be considered as a All information in this manual is based WARNING/ CAUTION/NOTICE/
permanent part of the vehicle and should on the latest product information avail- NOTE
remain with the vehicle when resold or oth- able at the time of publication. Due to Please read this manual and follow its
erwise transferred to a new owner or oper- improvements or other changes, there instructions carefully. To emphasize spe-
ator. Please read this manual carefully may be discrepancies between informa- cial information, the symbol and the
before operating your new SUZUKI vehicle tion in this manual and your vehicle. words WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE
and review the manual from time to time. It SUZUKI MOTOR CORPORATION and NOTE have special meanings. Pay
contains important information on safety, reserves the right to make production particular attention to messages high-
operation and maintenance. changes at any time, without notice and lighted by these signal words:
without incurring any obligation to
make the same or similar changes to WARNING
vehicles previously built or sold.
Indicates a potential hazard that
This vehicle may not comply with stan- could result in death or serious
dards or regulations of other countries. injury.
Before attempting to register this vehi-
cle in any other country, check all appli-
cable regulations and make any CAUTION
necessary modifications. Indicates a potential hazard that
could result in minor or moderate
injury.

NOTICE
Indicates a potential hazard that
could result in vehicle damage.

NOTE:
Indicates special information to make
maintenance easier or instructions clearer.

80SS5-01E
 MODIFICATION WARNING NOTICE
The diagnostic connector of your
WARNING vehicle is prepared only for the spe-
Do not modify this vehicle. Modifica- cific diagnostic tool for inspection
tion could adversely affect safety, and service purpose. Connecting any
handling, performance, or durability other tool or device may interfere
and may violate governmental regula- with electronic parts operations and
tions. In addition, damage or perfor- cause running out of batteries.
mance problems resulting from
modification may not be covered
under warranty.

75F135
NOTICE
The circle with a slash in this manual
Improper installation of mobile com-
means “Do not do this” or “Do not let this
munication equipment such as cellu-
happen”.
lar telephones, CB (Citizen’s Band)
radios or any other wireless transmit-
ters may cause electronic interfer-
ence with your vehicle’s ignition
system or any other electrical sys-
tems, resulting in vehicle perfor-
mance problems. Consult an
authorized SUZUKI dealer or quali-
fied service technician for advice.

80SS5-01E
INTRODUCTION
Thank you for choosing SUZUKI product and welcome to our growing family. Your choice was a wise one; SUZUKI products have great
value that will give you driving pleasure for years.

This owner’s manual was prepared to give you a safe, enjoyable, and trouble-free experience with your SUZUKI vehicle. In this manual,
you will learn about the vehicle’s operation, its safety features and maintenance requirements. Please read the manual carefully before
operating your vehicle. Afterwards, keep this manual in the glove box for further reference.

Should you resell the vehicle, please leave this manual with it for the next owner.

In addition to the owner’s manual, the other booklets provided with your SUZUKI vehicle explain the vehicle’s warranties. We recom-
mend you read them as well to familiarize yourself with this important information.

When planning the regular scheduled maintenance of your SUZUKI vehicle, we recommend you visit your local SUZUKI dealer. Their
factory-trained technicians will provide the best possible service and use only genuine SUZUKI parts and accessories or their equiva-
lents.

80SS5-01E
Vehicle Data Recordings

There are certain components of your vehicle incorporating data storage modules or memories, which temporarily or permanently store
the technical data below listed. These data are exclusively technical and serve for (i) identifying and correcting faults occurred in the
Vehicle and/or (ii) optimizing functions of the Vehicle.

Recorded data
• Malfunctions, faults, and errors in important system components. (e.g. lights, brakes)
• Reactions of the Vehicle in certain situations (e.g. inflation of SRS airbags, activation of stability control system).
• Operating conditions of system components (e.g. filling levels).
• Status messages of the Vehicle and its individual components (e.g. vehicle speed, acceleration, deceleration, lateral acceleration).
• Ambient conditions (e.g. outside temperature).

Recorded data vary depending on vehicle model or grade.

80SS5-01E
RECOMMENDATION OF GENUINE SUZUKI PARTS AND ACCESSORIES USE
SUZUKI strongly recommends the use of genuine SUZUKI parts* and accessories. Genuine SUZUKI parts and accessories are built to
the highest standards of quality and performance, and are designed to fit your vehicle’s exact specifications.
A wide variety of non-genuine replacement parts and accessories for SUZUKI vehicles are currently available in the market. Using these
parts and accessories can affect the vehicle performance and shorten its useful life. Therefore, installation of non-genuine SUZUKI parts
and accessories is not covered under warranty.

Non-genuine SUZUKI parts and accessories

Some parts and accessories may be approved by certain authorities in your country.
Some parts and accessories are sold as SUZUKI-authorized replacement parts and accessories. Some genuine SUZUKI parts and
accessories are sold as re-use parts and accessories. These parts and accessories are non-genuine SUZUKI parts and accessories and
use of these parts is not covered under warranty.

Re-use of genuine SUZUKI parts and accessories

The resale or re-use of the following items which could cause hazards for users is expressly forbidden:
• Airbag components and all other pyrotechnic items, including their components (e.g. cushion, control devices and sensors)
• Seat belt system, including their components (e.g. webbing, buckles and retractors)
The airbag and seat belt pretensioner components contain explosive chemicals. These components should be removed and disposed of
properly by SUZUKI-authorized service shop or scrap yard to avoid unintended explosion before scrapping.

*The parts remanufactured under SUZUKI’s approval can be used as genuine SUZUKI parts in Europe.

80SS5-01E
SERVICE STATION GUIDE
1. Engine hood release handle
(see section 5) (K14D engine)
2. Engine coolant (see section 7)
3. Windshield washer fluid (K14C engine)
(see section 7)
8 (RHD)
4. Engine oil dipstick <Yellow>
(see section 7)
5. CVT fluid dipstick <Orange>
(see section 7) 2
3 1 7
6. Lead-acid battery (see section 7) (RHD)
7. Fuel lid release lever 2
(see section 1 / see section 5) 4 9
8. Tire pressure (see tyre information 1
10
label on driver’s door lock pillar) 2 5
9. Tyre/wheel replacement tools (LHD)
(see section 8) 6 1 7
10. Spare tyre (see section 7) / Flat tyre
repair kit (see section 8)
8 (LHD) 7
(Other than K14C and K14D
engine)

80SS01010

LHD: Left Hand Drive

RHD: Right Hand Drive

80SS5-01E
TABLE OF CONTENTS FUEL RECOMMENDATION 1

BEFORE DRIVING 2

OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE 3

DRIVING TIPS 4

OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT 5

VEHICLE LOADING AND TOWING 6

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE 7

EMERGENCY SERVICE 8

APPEARANCE CARE 9

GENERAL INFORMATION 10

SPECIFICATIONS 11

SUPPLEMENT 12

INDEX 13

80SS5-01E
ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXTERIOR, FRONT EXAMPLE

1. Engine hood (P.5-2)
2. Windshield wipers (P.2-157)
3. Dual sensor (if equipped) (P.3-71)
4. Radar sensor (if equipped) 1 2 3
(P.3-71, 3-91)
5. Frame (towing) hook (P.5-12)
6. Position lights & Daytime running
lights (D.R.L.) (if equipped) (P.2-143,
2-147)
7. Front fog lights (if equipped)
(P.2-148, 7-74)
8. Headlights (P.2-143, 7-72)
9. Outside rearview mirrors (P.2-22)
10. Door locks (P.2-2)

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

52RM00010

80SS5-01E
 ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXTERIOR, REAR EXAMPLE 1 2 3 4

1. Radio antenna (P.5-29)
2. High-mount stop light (P.11-5)
3. Rear window wiper (P.2-159)
4. Rearview camera (if equipped)
(P.3-125)
5. Fuel filler cap (P.5-1)
6. Rear combination lights (P.7-75)
7. Tailgate (P.2-4)
8. Rear fog light
(if equipped) (P.2-149, 7-77)
9. License plate lights (P.7-76)
10. Parking sensor (if equipped) (P.3-120)

5 6 7 8 9

10
80SM005

80SS5-01E
ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTERIOR, FRONT EXAMPLE

1. Power window controls (P.2-19)/ 1 A 2
Remote mirror control
switch (if equipped) (P.2-23)/
Outside rearview mirror folding switch
(if equipped) (P.2-23)
2. Front passenger’s front airbag B C
(P.2-53)
3. Front seats (P.2-24)
4. Side airbags (if equipped) (P.2-56)
5. Parking brake lever (P.3-11)
6. Glove box (P.5-7)

5 6
4

52RM00030

80SS5-01E
 ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. Sun visor (P.5-4)

2. Front interior light (P.5-5, 7-79)
3. Hands-free microphone (if equipped)
VIEW A (Left hand drive vehicle) EXAMPLE
(P.5-57)
4. Inside rearview mirror (P.2-22)
5. Warning label for front passenger’s
front airbag (P.2-52) *1, *2 1 2 3
*1 Be sure to read the detailed infor-
mation in the target page before
using a child restraint system.
*2 NEVER use a rearward facing
child restraint on a seat protected
by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of
it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY
to the CHILD can occur.

72M00150

4 5
80SM201

80SS5-01E
ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. Fuses (P.7-65)
2. Lighting control lever (P.2-143)/
Turn signal control lever (P.2-156)/
VIEW B 1 2 3 4 5 6
EXAMPLE
Front fog light switch (if equipped)
(P.2-148)/
Rear fog light switch
(if equipped) (P.2-149)
3. Remote audio controls (if equipped)
(P.5-69)
4. Driver’s front airbag (P.2-53)
5. Shift paddles (if equipped) (P.3-24)
6. Adaptive cruise control switches
(if equipped) (P.3-94)/
Cruise control switches (if equipped)
(P.3-67)/
Speed limiter switches (if equipped)
(P.3-69)
7. Headlight leveling switch (if equipped)
(P.2-156)
8. Lane departure warning OFF switch
(if equipped) (P.3-83)
9. Dual sensor brake support OFF
switch (if equipped) (P.3-82)
10. ENG A-STOP OFF switch (if equipped)
(P.3-50, 3-64)
11. ESP® OFF switch (P.3-133)
12. Engine hood release handle (P.5-2)
13. Fuel lid release lever (P.5-1)
14. Tilt/telescoping (if equipped) steering
column lock lever (P.2-160)
15. Hands-free switches (if equipped)
(P.5-57)
16. Parking sensor switch (if equipped)
7 8/9 16 10 11
(P.3-123) 12 13 14 15

80SS01020

80SS5-01E
 ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. Instrument cluster
(P.2-64, 2-74, 2-95)/
Information display
VIEW C 1 2 3 4 5 EXAMPLE
(P.2-67, 2-77, 2-99)
2. Windshield wiper and washer lever
(P.2-157)/
Rear window wiper/
washer switch (P.2-159)
3. Audio (if equipped) (P.5-30)
4. Hazard warning switch (P.2-157)
5. Front passenger airbag deactivation
indicator (if equipped) (P.2-62)/
Theft deterrent alarm system
(if equipped) (P.2-14)/
Theft deterrent light
(if equipped) (P.2-18)
6. Ignition switch (vehicle without
keyless push start system) (P.3-3)
7. Engine switch (vehicle with keyless
push start system) (P.3-5)
8. Gearshift lever (P.3-20)
9. AUX/USB socket (if equipped) (P.5-7)
10. Accessory socket (P.5-6)
11. Heating and air conditioning
system (P.5-16)/
Heated rear window switch /
heated outside rearview mirrors switch
(if equipped) (P.2-161)

6 7 8 9 10 11
52RM00060

80SS5-01E
ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTERIOR, REAR EXAMPLE

1. Seat belts (P.2-29)
2. Assist grips (if equipped) (P.5-7) 1 2 3
3. Side curtain airbags (if equipped)
(P.2-56)
4. Rear seats (P.2-26)

52RM00071

80SS5-01E
 ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS

LUGGAGE 1 EXAMPLE
COMPARTMENT
1. Luggage compartment cover
(P.5-11)
2. Luggage compartment light
(if equipped) (P.5-5, 7-79)
3. Luggage compartment hook (P.5-11)
4. Jack handle (P.8-1)
5. Towing hook (P.5-12)
6. Wheel wrench (P.8-1)
7. Flat tyre repair kit (if equipped)
(P.8-7)
8. Jack (if equipped) (P.8-1)
9. Spare tyre (if equipped) (P.7-62, 8-1)

2 3 4 5 6 7
8
Models with spare tyre

4 9 6 5

52RS00010

80SS5-01E
ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS

MEMO

80SS5-01E
 FUEL RECOMMENDATION

FUEL RECOMMENDATION 1
Fuel recommendation ......................................................... 1-1

65D394

80SS5-01E
FUEL RECOMMENDATION

Gasoline-ethanol blends
NOTICE
Fuel recommendation Blends of unleaded gasoline and ethanol
(grain alcohol), also known as gasohol, are (Continued)
commercially available in certain areas. leakage due to fuel expansion. To
Blends of this type may be used in your prevent such fuel leakage, stop filling
EXAMPLE vehicle if they are no more than 10% etha- after the filler nozzle has automati-
nol. Check that this gasoline-ethanol blend cally shut off, or when initial vent
has octane ratings no lower than those blowback occurs, if using an alterna-
recommended for the gasoline. tive non-automatic system.

NOTE:
If you are not satisfied with the driveability NOTICE
or fuel economy of your vehicle when you Be careful not to spill fuel containing
use a gasoline-alcohol blend, you should alcohol while refueling. If fuel is
or switch back to unleaded gasoline contain- spilled on the vehicle body, wipe it up
or ing no alcohol. immediately. Fuels containing alco-
hol can cause paint damage, which is
Gasoline containing MTBE not covered under the New Vehicle
80SS12010
Unleaded gasoline containing MTBE Limited Warranty.
To avoid damaging catalytic converter, you (methyl tertiary butyl ether) may be used in
must use unleaded gasoline with an your vehicle if the MTBE content is not
octane number (RON) of 91 or higher (or NOTE:
greater than 15%. This oxygenated fuel
95 or higher if it is stated on the fuel filler • For the fuel recommendation of Mexico
does not contain alcohol.
lid). This is identified by a label attached on models, refer to “For Mexico” in the
fuel lid that states: “UNLEADED FUEL “SUPPLEMENT” section.
ONLY”, “NUR UNVERBLEITES BENZIN”, • For the fuel recommendation of Chile
NOTICE and Panama models, refer to “For Chile
“ENDAST BLYFRI BENSIN” or “SOLO
GASOLINA SIN PLOMO”. The fuel tank has an air space to and Panama” in the “SUPPLEMENT”
allow for fuel expansion in hot section.
weather. If you continue to add fuel • For the fuel recommendation of Argen-
after the filler nozzle has automati- tina models, refer to “For Argentina” in
cally shut off or an initial blowback the “SUPPLEMENT” section.
occurs, the air chamber will become
full. Exposure to heat when fully
fuelled in this manner will result in
(Continued)

1-1

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

BEFORE DRIVING
Instrument cluster (Type A) (if equipped) ......................... 2-64
Speedometer ....................................................................... 2-65 2
Tachometer .......................................................................... 2-65
Fuel gauge ........................................................................... 2-65
Brightness control .............................................................. 2-66
Information display ............................................................. 2-67
Instrument cluster (Type B) (if equipped) ......................... 2-74
Speedometer ....................................................................... 2-75
Tachometer .......................................................................... 2-75
Fuel gauge ........................................................................... 2-75
Temperature gauge ............................................................. 2-76
Brightness control .............................................................. 2-76
Information display ............................................................. 2-77
Instrument cluster (Type C) (if equipped) ......................... 2-95
Speedometer ....................................................................... 2-96
Tachometer .......................................................................... 2-96
60G404
Fuel gauge ........................................................................... 2-96
Keys ......................................................................................2-1 Temperature gauge ............................................................. 2-97
Door locks ............................................................................2-2 Brightness control .............................................................. 2-97
Keyless push start system remote controller / Information switch (if equipped) ........................................ 2-98
Keyless entry system transmitter (if equipped) ................2-6 Information display ............................................................. 2-99
Theft deterrent alarm system (if equipped) .......................2-14 Warning and indicator lights .............................................2-128
Theft deterrent light (if equipped) ......................................2-18 Lighting control lever ........................................................2-143
Windows ...............................................................................2-18 Headlight leveling switch (if equipped) ............................2-156
Mirrors ..................................................................................2-22 Turn signal control lever ...................................................2-156
Front seats ...........................................................................2-24 Hazard warning switch ......................................................2-157
Rear seats .............................................................................2-26 Windshield wiper and washer lever .................................2-157
Seat belts and child restraint systems ..............................2-29 Tilt/telescoping (if equipped) steering lock lever ............2-160
Child restraint system for countries applied Horn .....................................................................................2-161
for UN Regulation No.16 .....................................................2-41 Heated rear window switch / heated outside
Supplemental restraint system (airbags) ..........................2-51 rearview mirrors switch (if equipped) ..............................2-161

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Keys Immobilizer system NOTICE

This system is designed to help prevent Do not modify or remove the immobi-
vehicle theft by electronically disabling the lizer system. If modified or removed,
EXAMPLE engine starting system. the system cannot be properly oper-
The engine can be started only with your ated.
vehicle’s original immobilizer ignition key
or keyless push start system remote con-
troller, which has an electronic identifica- NOTE:
tion code programmed in it. The key or • If the immobilizer/keyless push start sys-
remote controller communicates the identi- tem warning light blinks or comes on, a
fication code to the vehicle when the igni- message may be shown on the informa-
tion switch is turned to “ON” position or the tion display.
engine switch is pressed to change the • This immobilizer system is maintenance-
ignition mode to ON. If you need to make free.
spare keys or remote controllers, see an
authorized SUZUKI dealer. The vehicle For vehicles without a keyless push
54G489 must be programmed with the correct iden- start system
tification code for the spare. A key made If this light blinks, turn the ignition switch to
Your vehicle comes with a pair of identical “LOCK” position, and then turn it back to
keys. Keep one of the keys as a spare key by an ordinary locksmith will not work.
“ON” position.
in a safe place. One key can open all of the If the light still blinks after the ignition
locks on the vehicle. switch is turned back to “ON” position,
The key identification number is stamped there may be something wrong with your
on a metal tag provided with the keys or on key or with the immobilizer system. Ask an
the keys. Keep the tag in a safe place. If authorized SUZUKI dealer to have the sys-
you lose your keys, you will need this num- tem inspected.
ber to have new keys made. Write the
80JM122
number below for your future reference.
If the immobilizer/keyless push start sys-
KEY NUMBER: tem warning light blinks when the ignition
switch is in “ON” position or the ignition
mode is ON, the engine will not start.

2-1

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

For vehicles with a keyless push start • If you attach any metal objects to the
system immobilizer key or remote controller, it Door locks
If this light blinks, change the ignition mode may not start the engine.
to LOCK (OFF), and then change it back to
ON. Also refer to “If the master warning NOTICE Side door locks
indicator light blinks and the engine cannot
be started” in “Starting / stopping engine The immobilizer key and remote con-
(vehicle with keyless push start system) (if troller are sensitive electronic instru- EXAMPLE
equipped)” in “OPERATING YOUR VEHI- ments. To avoid damaging them:
CLE” section. • Do not expose them to impacts,
If the light still blinks after the ignition mode moisture or high temperature such (1)
is changed back to ON, there may be as on the dashboard under direct (4) (2)
something wrong with your key or with the sunlight.
immobilizer system. Ask an authorized • Keep them away from magnetic
SUZUKI dealer to have the system objects.
inspected.
(3)
The immobilizer/keyless push start system Ignition key reminder (if equipped)
warning light may also blink if the remote A buzzer sounds intermittently to remind
controller is not in the vehicle when you you to remove the ignition key if it is in the
close the door or attempt to start the ignition keyhole when the driver’s door is 52RM20830
engine. opened. (1) LOCK
(2) UNLOCK
NOTE: (3) Rear
• If you lose your immobilizer ignition key (4) Front
or remote controller, ask an authorized
SUZUKI dealer as soon as possible to To lock the driver’s door from the outside of
deactivate the lost one, and to make a the vehicle:
new key or remote controller.
• If you own other vehicles with immobi- • Insert the key and turn the top of the key
lizer keys, keep those keys away from toward the front of the vehicle, or
the ignition switch or the engine switch • Turn the lock knob forward, then pull and
when using your SUZUKI vehicle. Other- hold the door handle as you close the
wise, the engine may not be started door.
because they may interfere with your
SUZUKI vehicle’s immobilizer system.

2-2

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

To unlock the driver’s door from the out- NOTE:

side of the vehicle, insert the key and turn Central door locking system You can switch the function that unlocks all
the top of the key toward the rear of the doors from requiring two turns to requiring
vehicle. EXAMPLE one turn, and vice versa, via the informa-
tion display setting mode. For details on
EXAMPLE how to use the information display, refer to
(1) (2) “Information display” in this section.
(1)
(2) (4) To unlock the driver’s door only, insert the
key in that door lock and turn the top of the
key toward the rear of the vehicle once.

(3) EXAMPLE
(1)
(2)

52RM20840

(1) UNLOCK
52RM20010
(2) LOCK
(1) LOCK (3) Rear
(2) UNLOCK (4) Front
To lock the door from the inside of the vehi- You can lock and unlock all doors (includ-
cle, turn the lock knob forward. Turn the ing the tailgate) simultaneously by using
lock knob backward to unlock the door. the key in the driver’s door lock. 52RM20020

To lock the rear door from the outside of To lock all doors simultaneously, insert the (1) LOCK
the vehicle, turn the lock knob forward and key in the driver’s door lock and turn the (2) UNLOCK
close the door. You do not need to pull and top of the key toward the front of the vehi-
hold the door handle as you close the door. cle once. You can also lock or unlock all doors by
pressing the front or rear of the switch,
NOTE: To unlock all doors simultaneously, insert respectively.
Hold the door handle when you close the the key in the driver’s door lock and turn
locked front door, or the door will not the top of the key toward the rear of the
remain locked. vehicle twice.

2-3

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE:
• You can also lock or unlock all doors by Child-proof locks (rear door) Tailgate
operating the transmitter or remote con-
troller. Refer to “Keyless push start sys- EXAMPLE WARNING
tem remote controller / Keyless entry
system transmitter (if equipped)” in this Always check that the tailgate is
section. closed and latched securely. Com-
• If your vehicle is equipped with the key- (2) pletely closing the tailgate helps pre-
less push start system, you can also lock vent occupants from being thrown
or unlock all doors by pushing the (1) from the vehicle in the event of an
request switch. Refer to “Keyless push accident. Completely closing it also
start system remote controller / Keyless helps keep exhaust gases from enter-
entry system transmitter (if equipped)” in ing the vehicle.
this section.
Type1
EXAMPLE
52RM20030

(1) LOCK
(2) UNLOCK

Each of the rear doors is equipped with a

child-proof lock which can be used to help
prevent unwanted opening of the door
from inside the vehicle. When the lock
lever is in LOCK position (1), the rear door
can only be opened from outside. When
the lock lever is in UNLOCK position (2), (1)
the rear door can be opened from inside or
outside. 52RM20040

(1) Tailgate unlatch switch

WARNING
Place the child-proof lock in LOCK You can lock and unlock the tailgate by
position whenever children are using the key in the driver’s door lock.
seated in the rear. To open the tailgate, push and hold the tail-
gate unlatch switch (1) and lift the tailgate.

2-4

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE: NOTE: Type2

When the tailgate is closed incompletely, Be careful not to lose the cover (2) EXAMPLE
follow the procedure below: because it is small and detachable.
1) Push the tailgate unlatch switch (1) and
open the tailgate. EXAMPLE
2) After a few seconds, close the tailgate.
3) Check that the tailgate is closed com-
pletely.

If you cannot unlock the tailgate by using

the key in the driver’s door lock due to a
discharged lead-acid battery or malfunc- (3)
tion, follow the procedure below to unlatch
the tailgate from inside the vehicle.
1) Fold the rear seat forward for easier (3)
52RM20710
access. Refer to “Folding rear seats”
section for details on how to fold the 65P30080 To open the tailgate, insert the key and
rear seat forward. turn it clockwise to unlatch and lift the tail-
3) Move the lever (3) in arrow direction by gate.
EXAMPLE using a flat-bladed screwdriver to
unlock the tailgate. NOTICE
4) Push open the tailgate from inside. The
tailgate will be latched again by simply Do not use the key to lift up the tail-
closing the tailgate. gate, or the key may break off in the
lock.
If the tailgate cannot be unlatched by push-
ing the unlatch switch (1), have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized SUZUKI
dealer.

(2) CAUTION
52RM20640 Check that there is no one near the
tailgate when pushing open the tail-
2) Open the cover (2) in the lock mecha-
gate from inside the vehicle.
nism of the tailgate.

2-5

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Keyless push start system WARNING Keyless push start system remote
controller (Type A)
remote controller / Keyless Radio waves from the keyless push
start system antenna(s) may interfere The remote controller enables the follow-
entry system transmitter ing operations:
with operation of electrical medical
(if equipped) equipment such as pacemakers. Fail- • You can lock or unlock the doors by
ure to take the precautions listed operating LOCK/UNLOCK buttons on
below can increase the risk of severe the remote controller. Refer to the expla-
injury or death due to radio wave nation in this section.
Type A Type B • You can lock or unlock the doors by
interference.
• Anyone who uses electrical medi- pushing the request switch. For details,
cal equipment such as a pace- refer to the explanation in this section.
maker should consult the medical • You can start the engine without using
equipment supplier or their medical an ignition key. For details, refer to
advisor about whether radio waves “Engine switch (vehicle with keyless
from the antenna(s) can interfere push start system) (if equipped)” in
with the medical equipment. “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
• If radio wave interference is a con-
cern, have the function of the
antenna(s) disabled by an autho-
rized SUZUKI dealer.
52RM20050
(2)
Your vehicle is equipped with either a key-
less push start system remote controller (1)
(Type A) or a keyless entry system trans-
mitter (Type B). The remote controller has
a keyless entry system and a keyless push
start system. The transmitter has only a
keyless entry system. For details, refer to
the following explanations.
52RM20060

(1) LOCK button

(2) UNLOCK button

2-6

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

There are two ways to lock or unlock all Check that the doors are locked after you Keyless unlocking/locking using the
doors (including the tailgate) simultane- operate LOCK button (1). request switches
ously by operating the remote controller
near the vehicle. NOTE:
If no door is opened within about 30 sec-
Central door locking system onds after UNLOCK button (2) is operated,
• To lock all doors, push LOCK button (1) the doors will automatically lock again.
once.
• To unlock only the driver’s door, push NOTE:
UNLOCK button (2) once. • The maximum operating distance of the
• To unlock other doors, push UNLOCK remote controller is about 5 m (16 ft.),
button (2) once again. but this can vary depending on the sur-
roundings, especially near other trans-
NOTE: mitting devices such as radio towers or
You can switch the function that unlocks all CB (Citizen’s Band) radios. （1） EXAMPLE
doors from requiring two pushes to requir- • The door locks cannot be operated with 52RM20070
ing one push, and vice versa, via the infor- the remote controller if the ignition mode
mation display setting mode. For details on is in any other mode than LOCK (OFF). When the remote controller is within the
how to use the information display, refer to • When any door is open, if you push operating range described in this section,
“Information display” in this section. LOCK button on the remote controller, you can lock or unlock the doors (including
the exterior buzzer will sound and doors the tailgate) by pushing the request switch
The turn signal lights will flash once and cannot be locked. (1) on the driver’s door handle, front pas-
the exterior buzzer will sound once when • If you lose one of the remote controllers, senger’s door handle or tailgate.
the doors are locked. ask an authorized SUZUKI dealer as When all doors are unlocked:
When the doors are unlocked: soon as possible for replacement. Have • To lock all doors, push one of the
• The turn signal lights will flash twice and an authorized SUZUKI dealer program request switches once.
the exterior buzzer will sound twice. the new remote controller code in your
• If the interior light switch is in DOOR vehicle’s memory so that the old code is
position, the interior light will turn on for erased.
about 15 seconds and then fade out. If
you press the engine switch during this
time, the light will start to fade out imme-
diately.

2-7

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

The turn signal lights will flash once and NOTE: When the remote controller is within
the exterior buzzer will sound once when • The door locks cannot be operated by approximately 80 cm (2 1/2 feet) from a
the doors are locked. the request switch under the following front door handle or the tailgate switch, you
conditions: can lock or unlock the doors by pushing
To unlock a door or all doors: – If any door is open or is not completely the request switch.
• Push one of the request switches once closed.
to unlock only one door. – If the ignition mode is in any other NOTE:
• Push one of the request switches twice mode than LOCK (OFF). • If the remote controller is outside the
to unlock all doors. • If no doors are opened within about 30 request switch operating range
seconds after unlocking the doors by described above, you will not be able to
NOTE: pushing the request switch, the doors operate the request switch.
You can switch the function that unlocks all will be locked again automatically. • If the battery of the remote controller
doors from requiring two pushes to requir- runs down or there are strong radio
ing one push, and vice versa, via the infor- EXAMPLE waves or noise, the request switch oper-
mation display setting mode. For details on ating range may be reduced or the
how to use the information display, refer to (1) remote controller may be inoperative.
“Information display” in this section. • If the remote controller is too close to the
door glass, the request switches may not
When the doors are unlocked: (1) operate.
• The turn signal lights will flash twice and • If a spare remote controller is in the vehi-
the exterior buzzer will sound twice. cle, the request switches may not oper-
• If the interior light switch is in DOOR ate normally.
position, the interior light will turn on for • The remote controller will only operate a
about 15 seconds and then fade out. If (1) request switch if it is within the switch’s
you press the engine switch during this operating range. For example, if the
time, the light will start to fade out imme- remote controller is within the operating
diately. 68PH00210 range of the driver’s door request switch
(1) 80 cm (2 1/2 feet) but not the front passenger’s door
Check that the doors are locked after you request switch or the tailgate request
operate the request switch to lock the switch, the driver’s door switch can be
doors. operated but the front passenger’s door
switch or tailgate switch cannot be oper-
ated.

2-8

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

• Check that the driver always carries the

NOTICE remote controller.
• If you lose one of the remote controllers,
The remote controller is a sensitive ask an authorized SUZUKI dealer as
electronic instrument. To avoid dam- )A(
soon as possible for a replacement.
aging the remote controller: Have an authorized SUZUKI dealer pro-
• Do not expose it to impacts, mois- gram the new remote controller code in
ture or high temperature such as your vehicle’s memory so that the old
by leaving it on the dashboard code is erased.
under direct sunlight. • You can use up to four remote control-
• Keep the remote controller away lers and the keys for your vehicle. Ask
from magnetic objects such as a an authorized SUZUKI dealer for details.
television. • The battery life of the remote controller
is about two years, but it can vary
NOTE: depending on usage conditions. 52RM20090
The keyless push start system may not
function correctly in certain environments To remove the key from the remote control-
or under certain operating conditions such ler, slide the lock knob (A) in arrow direc-
as the following: tion and pull the key out from the remote
• When there are strong signals coming controller.
from a television, power station or a cel-
lular phone. Request switch warning buzzer
• When the remote controller is in contact The exterior buzzer beeps for about 2 sec-
with or covered by a metal object. onds in the following conditions to warn
• When a radio wave type remote keyless you that the request switch is not working:
entry is used nearby. • The request switch is pressed after all
• When the remote controller is placed doors are closed with the ignition mode
near an electronic device such as per- changed to ACC or ON by pressing the
sonal computer. engine switch.
• The request switch is pressed in any of
Some additional precautions you should 52RM20080
the following conditions after changing
take and information you should be aware To stow the key into the remote controller, the ignition mode to LOCK (OFF) by
of are: push the key in the remote controller until pressing the engine switch.
• Check that the key is stowed in the you hear a click. – The remote controller is left inside the
remote controller. If the remote controller vehicle.
becomes unusable, you will not be able – Any door (including the tailgate) is
to lock or unlock the doors. open.

2-9

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Press the request switch again after doing The indicator light will turn off within sev- Keyless push start system remote con-
the following: eral seconds after the remote controller is troller battery consumption warning
With the ignition mode changed to LOCK returned to an area of the vehicle other light (Instrument cluster Type A)
(OFF) by pressing the engine switch, bring than the rear luggage area.
out the remote controller if it is inside the
If the remote controller is left in the vehicle
vehicle and check that all doors are com-
and you lock the driver’s door or front pas-
pletely closed.
senger’s door as described below, the door
will be automatically unlocked. 70K122
Reminder function
• If you open the driver’s door and lock the
If the remote controller becomes unreli-
EXAMPLE door by turning the lock knob forward or
able, this light appears on the information
pushing the power door locking switch,
the driver’s door will be automatically display for several seconds when the
unlocked. engine switch is pressed to change the
• If you open the front passenger’s door ignition mode to ON.
and lock the door by turning the lock NOTE:
knob forward or pushing the power door If this light comes on, replace the battery,
locking switch, the front passenger’s and then perform the following operation to
door will be automatically unlocked. reset the light.
• Lock and unlock the doors with the
NOTE: remote controller twice or more.
• The reminder will not operate when the
remote controller is on the instrument If the power of your spare remote controller
52RM20610 panel, in the glove box, in a storage is enough, you can reset the light by oper-
compartment, in the sun visor or on the ating above procedure with the spare
If the remote controller is not in the vehicle remote controller.
under the following conditions, the buzzer floor, etc.
sounds intermittently for about 2 seconds • Check that the driver always carries the
and the immobilizer/keyless push start sys- remote controller.
tem warning light on the instrument cluster • Do not leave the remote controller in the
blinks: vehicle when leaving the vehicle.
When one or more doors are opened and
all of the doors are later closed with the
ignition in any other mode than LOCK
(OFF).

2-10

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Battery replacement
If the remote controller becomes unusable, WARNING
replace the battery.
Swallowing a lithium battery may
To replace the battery of the remote con- cause serious internal injury. Do not
troller: allow anyone to swallow a lithium
battery. Keep lithium batteries away
(1) from children and pets. If swallowed,
contact a physician immediately.

NOTICE
• The remote controller is a sensitive
electronic instrument. To avoid
52RM20660 damaging it, do not expose it to
dust or moisture or tamper with
(1) Lithium disc type battery:
internal parts.
CR2032 or equivalent
• When replacing the battery by
yourself, the remote controller
2) Replace the battery (1) so its + terminal
could be damaged affected by
52RM20650 faces the bottom of the case as shown
static electricity. Discharge the
in the illustration.
1) Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver covered static electricity built up in your
3) Close the remote controller firmly.
with a soft cloth in the slot of the remote body by touching metal before
4) Check that the door locks can be oper-
controller and pry it open. replacing the battery.
ated with the remote controller.
5) Dispose of the used battery properly
according to applicable rules or regula- NOTE:
tions. Do not dispose of lithium batter- • Used batteries must be disposed of
ies with ordinary household trash. properly according to applicable rules or
regulations and must not be disposed of
with ordinary household trash.
• For handling the lithium battery in the
country of Australia, refer to “For Austra-
lia” in the “SUPPLEMENT” section.

2-11

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Central door locking system

Keyless entry system transmitter • To lock all doors, push LOCK button (1)
(Type B) once.
• To unlock only the driver’s door, push
UNLOCK button (2) once.
(1) • To unlock other doors, push UNLOCK
button (2) once again.

NOTE:
You can switch the function that unlocks all
doors from requiring two pushes to requir-
ing one push, and vice versa, via the infor-
mation display setting mode. For details on
(1) how to use the information display, refer to
80JM133 (2) “Information display” in this section.
(1) Crossed-out wheeled bin symbol
The turn signal lights will flash once when
The crossed-out wheeled bin symbol (1) 79MH0237 the doors are locked.
indicates that a used battery should be col- (1) LOCK button
lected separately from ordinary household When the doors are unlocked:
(2) UNLOCK button
trash. • The turn signal lights will flash twice.
• If the interior light switch is in DOOR
By ensuring the used battery is disposed There are two ways to lock or unlock all
position, the interior light will turn on for
of or recycled correctly, you will help pre- doors (including the tailgate) simultane-
about 15 seconds and then fade out. If
vent potential negative consequences for ously by operating the transmitter near the
you insert the key into the ignition switch
the environment and human health, which vehicle.
during this time, the light will start to fade
could otherwise be caused by inappropri- out immediately.
ate battery disposal. The recycling of
materials will help to conserve natural Check that the doors are locked after you
resources. For more detailed information operate LOCK button (1).
about disposing of or recycling the used
battery, consult an authorized SUZUKI NOTE:
dealer. If no door is opened within about 30 sec-
onds after UNLOCK button (2) is operated,
the doors will automatically lock again.

2-12

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE: Battery replacement

• The maximum operating distance of the If the transmitter becomes unusable,
keyless entry system transmitter is about replace the battery. (2)
5 m (16 ft.), but this can vary depending
To replace the battery of the transmitter:
on the surroundings, especially near
other transmitting devices such as radio
towers or CB (Citizen’s Band) radios.
• The door locks cannot be operated with
the transmitter, if the ignition key is (1)
inserted in the ignition switch. (3)
• When any door is open, the door locks (2)
can only be unlocked with the transmit-
ter, and the turn signal light will not flash.
• If you lose one of the transmitters, ask
an authorized SUZUKI dealer as soon 68LM249
as possible for a replacement. Have an (3) Lithium disc type battery:
authorized SUZUKI dealer program the CR1616 or equivalent
new transmitter code in your vehicle’s
memory so that the old code is erased. 3) Put the edge of a flat-bladed screw-
68LM248
driver in the slot of the transmitter (2)
NOTICE 1) Remove the screw (1), and open the and pry it open.
transmitter cover.
The transmitter is a sensitive elec- 4) Replace the battery (3) so its + terminal
2) Remove the transmitter (2). faces “+” mark of the transmitter.
tronic instrument. To avoid damaging
the transmitter: 5) Close the transmitter and install it into
• Do not expose it to impacts, mois- the transmitter holder.
ture or high temperature such as 6) Close the transmitter cover, install and
by leaving it on the dashboard tighten the screw (1).
under direct sunlight. 7) Check that the door locks can be oper-
• Keep the transmitter away from ated with the transmitter.
magnetic objects such as a televi- 8) Dispose of the used battery properly
sion. according to applicable rules or regula-
tions. Do not dispose of lithium batter-
ies with ordinary household trash.

2-13

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

WARNING Theft deterrent alarm system

Swallowing a lithium battery may (if equipped)
cause serious internal injury. Do not
allow anyone to swallow a lithium (1) A theft deterrent alarm system is armed in
battery. Keep lithium batteries away about 20 seconds after you lock the doors.
from children and pets. If swallowed, Keyless push start system – Use the
contact a physician immediately. remote controller or push the request
switch on driver’s door handle, front pas-
senger’s door handle or tailgate.
NOTICE Keyless entry system – Use the transmit-
• The transmitter is a sensitive elec- ter.
tronic instrument. To avoid damag- Once the system is armed, any attempt to
ing it, do not expose it to dust or open a door by using any other means (*)
80JM133
moisture or tamper with internal than the keyless push start system remote
(1) Crossed-out wheeled bin symbol controller, the request switch or the key-
parts.
• When replacing the battery by less entry system transmitter will cause the
The crossed-out wheeled bin symbol (1) alarm to be triggered.
yourself, the transmitter controller
indicates that a used battery should be col- * These means include the following:
could be damaged affected by
lected separately from ordinary household – The key
static electricity. Discharge the
trash. – The lock knob on a door
static electricity built up in your
body by touching metal before By ensuring the used battery is disposed – The power door locking switch
replacing the battery. of or recycled correctly, you will help pre-
vent potential negative consequences for NOTICE
NOTE: the environment and human health, which Do not modify or remove the theft
• Used batteries must be disposed of could otherwise be caused by inappropri- deterrent alarm system. If modified or
properly according to applicable rules or ate battery disposal. The recycling of removed, the system cannot be prop-
regulations and must not be disposed of materials will help to conserve natural erly operated.
with ordinary household trash. resources. For more detailed information
• For handling the lithium battery in the about disposing of or recycling of the used
country of Australia, refer to “For Austra- battery, consult an authorized SUZUKI
lia” in the “SUPPLEMENT” section. dealer.

2-14

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE: How to arm the theft deterrent alarm NOTE:

• The theft deterrent alarm system gener- system (when enabled) • To prevent the alarm from being acci-
ates alarms when any of the predeter- Lock all doors (including the tailgate) using dentally triggered, avoid arming it while
mined conditions is met. However, the the keyless push start system remote con- anyone remains inside the vehicle. The
system does not have any function of troller, the request switch or the keyless alarm will be triggered if any person
blocking unauthorized entry into your entry system transmitter. The theft deter- inside unlocks a door by operating the
vehicle. rent light (1) will start blinking, and the theft lock knob or power door locking switch.
• Always use the keyless push start sys- deterrent alarm system will be armed in • The theft deterrent alarm system is not
tem remote controller, the request switch about 20 seconds. armed when all doors are locked using
or the keyless entry system transmitter While the system is being armed, the indi- the key from outside, or using the door
to unlock the doors when the theft deter- cator continues to blink at intervals of lock knobs or the power door locking
rent alarm system has been armed. approximately 2 seconds. switch from inside.
Using a key instead will trigger the • If any door is not operated within approx-
alarm. imately 30 seconds after the doors have
• If a person who does not know the theft been unlocked using the keyless push
deterrent alarm system is going to drive start system remote controller, the
your vehicle, we recommend you explain request switch or the keyless entry sys-
the system and its operation to the per- tem transmitter, the doors are automati-
son, or disable the system beforehand. cally locked again. The theft deterrent
Mistakenly triggering the alarm may alarm system is armed approximately 20
cause a nuisance to others. seconds after the doors are automati-
• Even if the theft deterrent alarm system cally locked again if the system is in the
is armed, you should still be careful to enabled state.
guard against theft. Do not leave money (1)
or things of value in your vehicle.
• The theft deterrent alarm system is EXAMPLE
maintenance-free. 52RS20040

2-15

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

How to disarm the theft deterrent alarm • If you disconnect the lead-acid battery Enabling and disabling the theft deter-
system while the theft deterrent alarm system is rent alarm system
Simply unlock the doors using the keyless in the armed condition or the alarm is The theft deterrent alarm system can be
push start system remote controller, the actually in operation, the alarm will be either enabled or disabled.
request switch or the keyless entry system triggered or re-triggered when the bat-
transmitter. The theft deterrent light will go tery is then reconnected, although, in the When enabled (factory setting)
out, indicating that the theft deterrent alarm latter case, the alarm remains stopped When the system is enabled, it causes the
system is disarmed. for the period between disconnection hazard warning lights to flash for about 40
and reconnection of the lead-acid bat- seconds if any of the alarm trigger condi-
How to stop the alarm tery. tions is met. The system also causes the
Should the alarm be triggered accidentally, • Even after the alarm has stopped at the interior buzzer to beep intermittently for
unlock the doors using the keyless push end of the predetermined operation time, about 10 seconds, which is followed by
start system remote controller, the request it will be triggered again if any door is intermittent sounding of the horn for about
switch or the keyless entry system trans- opened without disarming the theft 30 seconds.
mitter, or press the engine switch to deterrent alarm system. The theft deterrent light continues to blink
change the ignition mode to ON or turn the during this time.
ignition switch to “ON” position. The alarm Checking whether the alarm has been
will then stop. triggered during parking When disabled
If the alarm was triggered due to an unau- When the system is disabled, it stays dis-
NOTE: thorized entry into the vehicle and you then armed even if you perform any system
• Even after the alarm has stopped, if you press the engine switch to change the igni- arming operation.
lock the doors using the keyless push tion mode to ON or turn the ignition switch
start system remote controller, the to “ON” position, the theft deterrent light
request switch or the keyless entry sys- will blink rapidly for about 8 seconds and a
tem transmitter, the theft deterrent alarm buzzer will beep 4 times during this period.
system will be rearmed with a delay of If this happens, check whether your vehi-
about 20 seconds. cle has been broken into while you were
away from it.

2-16

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

How to switch the state of the theft 1) Close all the doors and turn the lock
deterrent alarm system knob (1) on the driver’s door in the EXAMPLE
You can switch the theft deterrent alarm unlocking direction (2) (rearward). Turn (5)
system from the enabled state to the dis- the knob on the lighting control lever to (6)
abled state, and vice versa, using the fol- “OFF” position (3).
lowing method.
NOTE: (7)
All operations included in the following
Step 2) and 3) must be completed within
(2) 15 seconds.

EXAMPLE
(1)
52RS20150

(5) LOCK
(4) (6) UNLOCK
(3)
EXAMPLE 3) Push the lock end (5) (forward end) of
the power door lock switch (7) to lock
52RS20050
the doors, and then the unlock end (6)
(backward end) to unlock the doors.
EXAMPLE Repeat these operations 3 times and
finally push the lock end of the switch.
52RM20100

2) Turn the knob on the lighting control

lever to the position (4) and then to
“OFF” position (3). Repeat this opera-
tion 4 times with the control lever finally
(3) set to “OFF” position.

52RS20060

2-17

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Every time you perform the series of the

above steps, the state of the theft deterrent Theft deterrent light Windows
alarm system changes from the currently (if equipped)
selected one to the other. You can check
whether the system is enabled or disabled Manual window control
by the number of interior buzzer beeps at (if equipped)
the end of the procedure as follows.

System state Number of beeps

Disabled
Once
(Mode A)

Enabled
4 times
(Mode D)

NOTE:
• You cannot disable the theft deterrent EXAMPLE
alarm system while it is in the armed 52RM20100
condition.
• If you fail to complete the operations in This light will blink with the ignition switch 60G010A
Step 2) and 3) within 15 seconds, per- in “LOCK” or “ACC” position, or the ignition
mode LOCK (OFF) or ACC. The blinking Raise or lower the door windows by turning
form the procedure again from the
light is intended to deter theft by leading the handle located on the door panel.
beginning.
• Check that all doors are closed when others to believe that the vehicle is
performing the above procedure. equipped with a security system.

NOTE:
You can also switch the theft deterrent
alarm system from the enabled state to the
disabled state, and vice versa, via the
information display setting mode. For
details on how to use the information dis-
play, refer to “Information display” in this
section.

2-18

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Driver’s side (Type B) Passenger’s door

Electric window controls
The electric windows can only be operated
EXAMPLE EXAMPLE
when the ignition switch is in “ON” position
or the ignition mode is ON.
Driver’s side (Type A)
EXAMPLE (1)
(3)
(2)
(5)
(1) (4)

52RM20220 52RM20110

(2) The driver’s door has a switch (1) to oper- The passenger’s door has a switch (5) to
ate the driver’s window, and a switch (2) to operate the passenger’s window.
operate the front passenger’s window or
there are switches (3), (4), to operate the
80SS02040 rear left and right passenger windows,
respectively.

2-19

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Lock switch (Type A) operating any of the switches (2), (3), (4)
or (5). To restore normal operation, release
CLOSE EXAMPLE the lock switch by pushing it again.

WARNING
• You should always lock the pas-
senger’s window operation when
there are children in the vehicle.
OPEN Children can be seriously injured if
they get part of their body caught
by the window during operation.
• To avoid injuring an occupant by
window entrapment, check that no
81A009
part of the occupant’s body such as
80SS02050 hands or head is in the path of the
To open a window, push the top part of the electric windows when closing
Lock switch (Type B)
switch. To close the window, lift up the top them.
part of the switch. EXAMPLE • Always remove the ignition key or
The driver’s window has AUTO-DOWN take the keyless push start system
and AUTO-UP (if equipped) features for remote controller with you when
greater convenience (at toll booths or leaving the vehicle even only for a
drive-through restaurants, for example). short time. Also do not leave chil-
These features allow the driver to open or dren alone in a parked vehicle.
close the window without holding the win- Unattended children could use the
dow switch in DOWN or UP position. Press electric window switches and get
down or lift up the driver’s window switch trapped by the window.
completely and release it. To stop the win-
dow before it reaches the FULL-DOWN or NOTE:
FULL-UP position, pull up or push down If you drive with one of the rear windows
the switch briefly. open, you may hear a loud sound caused
52RM20240
by air vibration. To reduce the sound, open
The driver’s door also has a lock switch for the driver’s or front passenger’s window, or
the passenger’s window(s). When you narrow the rear window opening.
push in the lock switch, the passenger’s
window(s) cannot be raised or lowered by

2-20

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

To initialize the pinching prevention func-

Pinching prevention function CAUTION tion, use the following procedure:
(if equipped) 1) Turn the ignition switch to “ON” position
• The pinching prevention function or press the engine switch to change
The driver’s window is equipped with a does not operate while you are
pinching prevention function. This function the ignition mode to ON.
holding the window switch in UP 2) Open the driver’s window fully by hold-
detects a foreign object that is caught in position.
the window as it is being closed by AUTO- ing the window switch in DOWN posi-
• The pinching prevention function tion.
UP feature, which allows you to close the may not detect an object caught in
window without holding the window switch 3) Close the driver’s window by holding
the window just before the window the switch in UP position, and keep
in UP position, and stops the window from is fully closed.
closing to prevent damage. holding the switch for 2 seconds after
the window is fully closed.
NOTE: 4) Check the driver’s window to see if the
WARNING Even if you cannot close the window by the AUTO-DOWN/UP feature works.
To avoid injuring an occupant by win- AUTO-UP feature because there may be
dow entrapment, check that no part something wrong with the pinching preven- WARNING
of the occupant’s body such as tion function, you can close the window by
hands or head is in the path of the holding the window switch in UP position. Whenever you disconnect and recon-
electric window when closing it. If you drive in extreme off-road condition, nect the lead-acid battery or replace
This function may not detect an the pinching prevention function may oper- the fuse, the pinching prevention
object due to the size, hardness, or ate accidentally because the window function needs to be initialized.
position of the object being caught in reacts to vehicle jolting. The pinching prevention function will
the closing window. not be activated until the initialization
Pinching prevention function initializa- is completed.
tion
When you disconnect and reconnect the If the AUTO-DOWN/UP feature will not
lead-acid battery or replace the fuse, the work after initialization, there might be
function will be deactivated. In this condi- something wrong with the pinching preven-
tion, the AUTO-DOWN feature will be tion function. Have your vehicle inspected
deactivated, while the AUTO-UP feature by an authorized SUZUKI dealer.
may remain activated. The pinching pre-
vention function needs to be initialized.

2-21

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

When driving at night, you can move the

Mirrors selector tab to the night position to reduce Outside rearview mirrors
glare from the headlights of vehicles
behind you. EXAMPLE
Inside rearview mirror
WARNING
• Always adjust the mirror with the
selector set to the day position.
• Only use the night position if it is
necessary to reduce glare from the
headlights of vehicles behind you.
Be aware that in this position you
68LMT0205 may not be able to see some
objects that could be seen in the
day position.
52RM20120

(1) Adjust the outside rearview mirrors so you

can just see the side of your vehicle in the
(2) (3) mirrors.
68LMT0206
WARNING
(2) Day driving
Be careful when judging the size or
(3) Night driving
distance of a vehicle or other object
You can adjust the inside rearview mirror seen in the side convex mirror. Be
by hand to see the rear of your vehicle in aware that objects look smaller and
the mirror. To adjust the mirror, set the appear farther away than when seen
selector tab (1) to the day position, and in a flat mirror.
then move the mirror up, down or sideways
by hand to obtain the best view.

2-22

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE:
Electric mirrors (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the heated Outside rearview mirrors folding
outside rearview mirrors, refer to “Heated switch (if equipped)
(1) rear window switch / heated outside rear-
view mirror switch (if equipped)” in this EXAMPLE
(2) section.
(3)

(4)
(1)
(1)
(2) (3)

(4)

52RM20250
52RM20260
The switch to control the electric mirrors is
located on the driver’s door panel. You can You can fold the mirrors when you park the
adjust the mirrors when the ignition switch vehicle in a narrow space. Push the folding
is in “ACC” or “ON” position, or the ignition switch (1) to fold and unfold the mirrors.
mode is ACC or ON. To adjust the mirrors: Make sure the mirrors are completely
1) Rotate the selector switch to the left or unfolded before you start driving.
right to select the mirror you wish to
adjust. CAUTION
2) Push the side of the switch to the direc- Moving mirrors can pinch and injure
tion in which you wish to move the mir- a hand. Do not allow anyone’s hand
ror. to get near the mirrors when folding
3) Return the selector switch to the center and unfolding the mirrors.
position to prevent unintended mirror
movement.

2-23

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Front seats WARNING

Do not place any object under the
Seat adjustment front seat. If an object becomes
caught under the front seat, the fol-
lowing may occur.
WARNING • The seat will not be latched.
Never attempt to adjust the driver’s • The lithium-ion battery or DCDC
seat or seatback while driving. The converter (if equipped), located
seat or seatback could move unex- under the front seat in a model
pectedly, causing loss of control. equipped SHVS, will be damaged.
Check that the driver’s seat and seat-
back are properly adjusted before
you start driving. WARNING
Do not leave cigarette lighters or
spray cans on the floor. If a cigarette
WARNING lighter or spray can is on the floor, it
To avoid excessive seat belt slack, may light accidentally when luggage
which reduces the effectiveness of is loaded or the seat is adjusted,
the seat belts as a safety device, causing a fire.
check that the seats are adjusted
before the seat belts are fastened.

WARNING
All seatbacks should always be in an
upright position when driving, or seat
belt effectiveness may be reduced.
Seat belts are designed to offer maxi-
mum protection when seatbacks are
in the upright position.

2-24

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Seat position adjustment lever (1)

EXAMPLE Pull the lever up and slide the seat.

Seatback angle adjustment lever (2)

Pull the lever up and move the seatback.

Seat height adjustment lever (3)

(if equipped)
Pull the lever up to raise the seat. Push the
lever down to lower the seat.

After adjustment, move the seat and seat-

back back and forth to check if it is
securely latched.

(2)

(3)

(1)

52RM20130

2-25

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE:
Head restraints (Adjustable type) It may be necessary to recline the seat- Rear seats
back to provide enough overhead clear-
ance to remove the head restraint.
Head restraints (if equipped)
Front Head restraints are designed to help
reduce the risk of neck injuries in the case
EXAMPLE of an accident.

WARNING
• Never drive the vehicle with the
head restraints removed.
• Do not attempt to adjust the head
restraint while driving.

80J001 NOTE:
It may be necessary to fold forward the
Head restraints are designed to help seatback to provide enough overhead
reduce the risk of neck injuries in the case clearance to remove the head restraint.
of an accident. Adjust the head restraint to 75RM004
the position which places the center of the To raise the front head restraint, pull
head restraint closest to the top of your upward the head restraint until it clicks. To
ears. If this is not possible for very tall pas- lower the head restraint, push down the
sengers, adjust the head restraint as high head restraint while holding in the lock
as possible. lever. If a head restraint must be removed
(for cleaning, replacement, etc.), push in
WARNING the lock lever and pull the head restraint all
• Never drive the vehicle with the the way out.
head restraints removed.
• Do not attempt to adjust the head
restraint while driving.

2-26

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Rear Rear center head restraint

Folding rear seats
EXAMPLE The rear seats of your vehicle can be
folded forward to provide additional cargo
space.
To fold the rear seats forward:
1) Lower the head restraint (if equipped)
fully.

EXAMPLE

61MM0A033 52RM251

When using the rear head restraint, pull it When using the rear center head restraint,
up and lock it securely before driving. pull it up and lock it securely before driving.

To raise the rear head restraint, pull WARNING

upward the head restraint until it clicks. To
lower the head restraint, push down the Do not allow anyone to sit in the rear
head restraint while holding in the lock center seat with the rear center head
lever. If a head restraint must be removed restraint removed or in stowed posi-
(for cleaning, replacement, etc.), push in tion. 52RM20150

the lock lever and pull the head restraint all 2) Hook the webbing of the outboard lap-
the way out. shoulder belts in the belt hangers.
When installing a child restraint system,
adjust the height of the head restraint or
remove it for fitting the child restraint, as
necessary.

2-27

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

NOTICE NOTICE NOTICE

• When you move a seatback, make After folding the rear seatback for- • When returning the rear seatback
sure the belt webbing is hooked in ward, do not allow any foreign mate- to the normal position, check that
the seat belt hangers so the seat rial to enter the lock opening. This there is nothing around the striker.
belts are not caught by the seat- may cause damage to the inside of Any foreign materials prevent the
back, seat hinge, or seat latch. This the lock and prevent the seatback seatback from being locked
helps prevent damage to the belt from being locked securely. securely.
system. • When you move a seatback, make
• Make sure the belt webbing is not sure the belt webbing is hooked in
twisted. WARNING the seat belt hangers so the seat
If you need to carry cargo in the pas- belts are not caught by the seat-
EXAMPLE senger compartment with the rear back, seat hinge, or seat latch. This
seatback folded forward, secure the helps prevent damage to the belt
cargo or it may be thrown about, system.
causing injury. Never pile cargo
higher than the seatbacks. EXAMPLE
Unlock
To return the seat to the normal position, Red
follow the procedure below.

CAUTION
When returning the rear seatback to Lock
the normal position, be careful that
52RM20160 your finger is not caught between the
lock and the striker.
3) Pull the release lever on the top of each
split seat, and fold the seatbacks for-
ward.
52RM20170

Raise the seatback until it locks into place.

After returning the seat, move the seat-
back back and forth to check if it is
securely latched.

2-28

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

CAUTION Seat belts and child restraint WARNING

Do not put your hand into the rear systems Do not modify, remove, disassemble
seatback lock opening, or your finger seat belts. Doing so may prevent
may get caught and be injured. them from functioning properly and
cause the risk of severe injury or
death in the event of a collision.
CAUTION
After securing the rear seatback,
check that it is locked securely. If it is
not, red will appear in the release
lever.

NOTICE
• When returning the rear seatback
to the normal position, do not allow
any foreign material to enter the 65D231S
lock opening. This may prevent the
seatback from being locked
securely. WARNING
• When returning the rear seatback Wear your seat belts at all times.
to the normal position, handle it
carefully by hand to avoid any dam-
age to the lock itself. Do not push it WARNING
by using some material or by
An airbag supplements or adds to the
applying excessive force.
frontal collision protection offered by
• As the lock is designed exclusively
seat belts. The driver and all passen-
for securing the rear seatback, do
gers must be properly restrained by
not use it for any other purpose.
wearing seat belts at all times,
Incorrect use of it may cause dam-
whether or not an airbag is mounted
age to the inside of the lock and
at their seating position, to minimize
prevent the seatback from being
the risk of severe injury or death in
locked securely.
the event of a collision.

2-29

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

as low as possible
across the hips
Above the pelvis Across the pelvis

65D606 65D201 65D199

WARNING WARNING WARNING

• Never allow persons to ride in the (Continued) (Continued)
cargo area of a vehicle. In the event • Seat belts should never be worn • Pregnant women should use seat
of an accident, there is a much with the straps twisted and should belts, although specific recommen-
greater risk of injury for persons be adjusted as tightly as is com- dations about driving should be
who are not riding in a seat with fortable to provide the protection made by the woman’s medical advi-
their seat belt securely fastened. for which they have been designed. sor. Remember that the lap portion
• Seat belts should always be A slack belt will provide less pro- of the belt should be worn as low
adjusted as follows: tection than a snug belt. as possible across the hips, as
– the lap portion of the belt should • Check that seat belt latch plate shown in the illustration.
be worn low across the pelvis, (tongue) is inserted into the proper • Do not fasten your seat belt over
not across the waist. buckle especially in the rear seats. hard or breakable objects in your
– the shoulder straps should be It is not possible to insert into the pockets or on your clothing. If an
worn on the outside shoulder wrong buckles in the rear seats. accident occurs, objects such as
only, and never under the arm. (Continued) glasses, pens, etc. under the seat
– the shoulder straps should be belt can cause injury.
away from your face and neck, (Continued)
but not falling off your shoulder.
(Continued)

2-30

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

WARNING WARNING
(Continued) (Continued)
• Periodically inspect seat belt • Avoid contamination of seat belt
assemblies for excessive wear and webbing by polishes, oils, chemi-
damage. Seat belts should be cals, and particularly battery acid.
replaced if webbing becomes Cleaning may safely be carried out
frayed, contaminated or damaged using mild soap and water.
in any way. It is essential to replace • Do not insert any items such as
the entire seat belt assembly after it coins and clips into the seat belt
has been worn in a severe impact, buckles, and be careful not to spill
even if damage to the assembly is liquids into these parts. If foreign
not obvious. materials get into a seat belt
65D609
• Children aged 12 and under should buckle, the seat belt may not work
ride properly restrained in the rear properly.
seat. • All seatbacks should always be in
WARNING • Infants and small children should an upright position when driving,
(Continued) never be transported unless they or seat belt effectiveness may be
• Do not hold a child on a passen- are properly restrained. Restraint reduced. Seat belts are designed to
ger's lap. Even if the passenger systems for infants and small chil- offer maximum protection when
holds the child tightly, he/she dren can be purchased locally and seatbacks are in the upright posi-
would not be supported enough in should be used. Check that the tion.
the event of an accident and it system you purchase meets appli-
could result in a serious injury of cable safety standards. Read and
the child. follow all the directions provided
• Never use the same seat belt for by the manufacturer.
more than one occupant and never • For child, if the seat belt irritates
attach a seat belt over an infant or the neck or face, use a child
child being held on an occupant’s restraint system appropriately for
lap. Such seat belt use could cause the child. The seat belts of your
serious injury in the event of an vehicle are principally designed for
accident. persons of adult size.
(Continued) (Continued)

2-31

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Lap-shoulder belt
Emergency locking retractor (ELR) Low on hips
The seat belt has an emergency locking
retractor (ELR), which is designed to lock
the seat belt only during a sudden stop or
impact. It also may lock if you pull the belt
across your body very quickly. If this hap-
pens, let the belt go back to unlock it, and
then pull the belt across your body more
slowly.

Safety reminder
Sit up straight and 60A040 60A036
fully back
To reduce the risk of sliding under the belt To fasten the seat belt, sit up straight and
during a collision, position the lap portion far back into the seat, pull the latch plate
of the belt across your lap as low on your attached to the seat belt across your body
Low on hips hips as possible and adjust it to a snug fit and press it straight into the buckle until
by pulling the shoulder portion of the belt you hear a click.
upward through the latch plate. The length
of the diagonal shoulder strap adjusts itself
to allow freedom of movement.

60A038

2-32

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

EXAMPLE

52RM239 80J2008 60A039

NOTE: NOTE: To unfasten the seat belt, push the red

In case of a front seat of the sport model, The word “CENTER” is marked on the “PRESS” button on the buckle and retract
the shoulder belt webbing may be twisted buckle for the rear center belt. The buckles the belt slowly while holding the belt or/and
as shown in the above illustration. are designed so a latch plate cannot be the latch plate.
Make sure the belt webbing is not twisted inserted into the wrong buckle.
before fastening the seat belt. NOTE:
For Australia:
For additional information, refer to the
“SUPPLEMENT” section at the end of this
book.

2-33

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

(1) Driver’s seat belt reminder light / front

Seat belt reminder passenger’s seat belt reminder light
(2) Rear passenger’s seat belt reminder
EXAMPLE light (rear left)*1 (if equipped)
(3) Rear passenger’s seat belt reminder
light (rear center)*2 (if equipped)
(4) Rear passenger’s seat belt reminder
(2) (3) (4) light (rear right)*2 (if equipped)
(1)
*1 This symbol represents that the
seat belt is unfastened.
*2 This symbol represents that the
or seat belt is fastened.
(2) (3) (4) When the driver and/or passenger(s) do
not fasten their seat belts, the seat belt
reminder lights will come on or blink and a
buzzer will sound to remind the driver and/
or passenger(s) to fasten their seat belts.
For more details, refer to the explanation
Red Gray
below.

80SS102 WARNING
It is absolutely essential that the
driver and passengers fasten their
seat belts at all times. Persons who
are not fastening seat belts have a
much greater risk of injury if an acci-
dent occurs. Make a regular habit of
buckling your seat belt before putting
the key in the ignition or pressing the
engine switch.

2-34

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Driver’s seat belt reminder Front passenger’s seat belt reminder Rear passenger’s seat belt reminder
If the driver’s seat belt remains unbuckled If there is a person sitting in the front pas- (if equipped)
when the ignition switch is turned to “ON” senger seat and the front passenger seat If the ignition switch is turned to “ON” posi-
position or the engine switch is pressed to belt is unbuckled when the ignition switch tion or the engine switch is pressed to
change the ignition mode to ON, the is turned to “ON” position or the engine change the ignition mode to ON, the seat
reminder works as follows: switch is pressed to change the ignition belt reminder light of all rear passengers
1) The driver’s seat belt reminder light will mode to ON, the front passenger’s seat lights for about 65 seconds irrespective of
come on. The front passenger’s seat belt reminder will activate. The front pas- the presence or absence of passenger and
belt reminder light will also come on if a senger’s seat belt reminder works in the turns off. Also, when opening the rear seat
front passenger does not fasten his/her same manner as the driver’s seat belt door the rear passenger 's seat belt
seat belt. reminder. reminder lights will also be lit.
2) After the vehicle’s speed has reached
In the following situations, rear passen-
about 15 km/h, the driver’s seat belt NOTICE ger's seat belt reminder light blinks for
reminder light will blink and a buzzer
The sensor of the front passenger’s about 65 seconds, and the buzzer sounds
will sound for about 95 seconds.
seat belt reminder is located in the for about 35 seconds at the same time.
3) The reminder light will remain on until
seat cushion. Therefore, if you spill After 30 seconds have elapsed from the
the driver’s seat belt is buckled.
liquid such as liquid aromatics, soft stop of the buzzer, the corresponding indi-
If the driver has buckled his or her seat belt
drinks or juice on the front passen- cator will switch from blinking to lighting.
and later unbuckles the seat belt, the
ger’s seat cushion, immediately wipe • When the rear seat belt is removed while
reminder system will be activated from
it dry with a soft cloth. Otherwise, the driving at a vehicle speed of 15 km/h (9
Step 1) or 2) according to the vehicle’s
sensor of the front passenger’s seat mph) or more.
speed. When the vehicle’s speed is less
belt reminder can be damaged. • When the vehicle speed reaches 15 km/
than 15 km/h, the reminder will start from
h (9 mph) or more after the rear seat belt
Step 1). When the vehicle’s speed is more
NOTE: has been removed with no rear door
than 15 km/h, the reminder will start from
• If you put an object on the passenger’s open.
Step 2).
The reminder will be automatically can- seat, the weight of the object will be The reminder will be automatically can-
celed when the driver’s seat belt is buckled sensed by the sensor and the front pas- celed when the rear seat belt is buckled or
or the ignition switch is turned off, or the senger’s seat belt reminder light will the ignition switch is turned off, or the
engine switch is pressed to change the come on and then the interior buzzer engine switch is pressed to change the
ignition mode to LOCK (OFF). may beep. ignition mode to LOCK (OFF).
• If a child or a small sized person sit on
the front passenger’s seat or the cushio-
nis put on the front passenger’s seat, the
weight will not be sensed by the sensor
and the interior buzzer may not beep.

2-35

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Shoulder anchor height adjuster Seat belt hanger Seat belt inspection
(if equipped)
EXAMPLE EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE

52RM20150 65D209S
64J198 Periodically check if the seat belts work
Adjust the shoulder anchor height so that NOTICE properly and are not damaged. Check the
the shoulder belt rides on the center of the webbing, buckles, latch plates, retractors,
outboard shoulder. To move upward, slide When you move a seatback, make anchorages and guide loops. Replace any
the anchor up. To move downward, slide sure the belt webbing is hooked in seat belts which do not work properly or
the anchor down while pulling the lock the seat belt hangers so the seat are damaged.
knob out. After adjustment, check that the belts are not caught by the seatback,
anchor is securely locked. seat hinge, or seat latch. This helps
prevent damage to the belt system.
WARNING
Check that the shoulder belt is posi-
tioned on the center of the outside
shoulder. The belt should be away
from your face and neck, but not fall-
ing off your shoulder. Misadjustment
of the belt could reduce the effective-
ness of the seat belt in a collision.

2-36

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Read this section and “Supplemental

WARNING Seat belt pretensioner system restraint system (airbags)” section to learn
more about the pretensioner system.
Inspect all seat belt assemblies after
any collision. Any seat belt assembly EXAMPLE The seat belt pretensioner system works
and/or
which was in use during a collision with the supplemental restraint system (air-
(other than a very minor one) should bags). The crash sensors and the elec-
be replaced, even if damage to the tronic controller of the airbag system also
assembly is not obvious. Any seat control the seat belt pretensioners. The
belt assembly even which was not in pretensioners are triggered only when
use during a collision must be there is a frontal or side crash severe
replaced if the seat belt pretension- enough to trigger the airbags and the seat
ers activated. The pretensioners and belts are fastened. For precautions and
the load limiter only functions once. general information including servicing the
In case they did not activate, consult Label pretensioner system, refer to “Supplemen-
with SUZUKI dealer or qualified work- tal restraint system (airbags)” section in
shop. addition to this “Seat belt pretensioner sys-
63J269
tem” section, and follow all those precau-
tions.
WARNING
The pretensioner is located in each front
This section describes your SUZUKI seat belt retractor and each rear seat belt
vehicle’s seat belt pretensioner sys- retractor in outboard seating position (if
tem. Read and follow all these equipped). The pretensioner tightens the
instructions carefully to minimize seat belt so the belt fits the occupant’s
your risk of severe injury or death. body more snugly in the event of a frontal
or side crash. The retractors will remain
To determine if your vehicle is equipped locked after the pretensioners are acti-
with a seat belt pretensioner system at the vated. Upon activation, some noise will
front or rear seating positions, check the occur and some smoke may be released.
label on the seat belt at the bottom part. If These conditions are not harmful and do
the letters “p” and/or “PRE” appear as illus- not indicate a fire in the vehicle.
trated, your vehicle is equipped with the
seat belt pretensioner system. You can use
the pretensioner seat belts in the same
manner as ordinary seat belts.

2-37

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

The driver and all passengers must be systems inspected by an authorized

properly restrained by fastening seat belts SUZUKI dealer as soon as possible. Child restraint systems
at all times, whether or not a pretensioner
Service on or around the pretensioner sys-
is equipped at their seating position, to
tem components or wiring must be per-
minimize the risk of severe injury or death
formed only by an authorized SUZUKI
in the event of a collision.
dealer who is specially trained. Improper
Sit fully back in the seat; sit up straight; do service could result in unintended activa-
not lean forward or sideways. Adjust the tion of pretensioners or could render the
belt so the lap portion of the belt is worn pretensioner inoperative. Either of these
low across the pelvis, not across the waist. two conditions may result in personal
Please refer to “Seat adjustment” section injury.
and the instructions and precautions about
To prevent damage or unintended activa-
the seat belts in this “Seat belts and child
tion of the pretensioners, check that the
restraint systems” section for details on
lead-acid battery is disconnected and the
proper seat and seat belt adjustments.
ignition switch has been in “LOCK” position
Please note that the pretensioners along or the ignition mode has been LOCK 60G332S
with the airbags will activate in severe fron- (OFF) for at least 90 seconds before per- The following types of child restraint sys-
tal or side collision. They are not designed forming any electrical service work on your tem are available generally.
to activate in rear impacts, roll-overs, or SUZUKI vehicle.
minor frontal side collisions. The preten- Infant restraint - rear seat only
Do not touch pretensioner system compo-
sioners can be activated only once. If the
nents or wiring. The wires are wrapped
pretensioners are activated (that is, if the
with yellow tape or yellow tubing, and the
EXAMPLE
airbags are activated), have the preten-
couplers are yellow. When scrapping your
sioner system serviced by an authorized
SUZUKI vehicle, ask an authorized
SUZUKI dealer as soon as possible.
SUZUKI dealer, body repair shop, or scrap
If AIRBAG light on the instrument cluster yard for assistance.
does not blink or come on briefly when the
ignition switch is turned to “ON” position or
the engine switch is pressed to change the
ignition mode to ON, stays on for more
than 10 seconds, or comes on while driv-
ing, the pretensioner system or the airbag
system may not work properly. Have both
80JC007

2-38

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Child restraint that the restraint system you select meets

applicable safety standards. WARNING
EXAMPLE
All child restraint systems are designed to (Vehicle without the front passenger
be secured in vehicle seats either by seat airbag deactivation system)
belts (lap belts or the lap portion of lap- Do not install a rear-facing child
shoulder belts) or by special rigid lower restraint in the front passenger’s
anchor bars built into the seat. Whenever seat. If the passenger’s front airbag
possible, SUZUKI recommends that child inflates, a child in a rear-facing child
restraint systems be installed on the rear restraint could be killed or severely
seat. According to accident statistics, chil- injured. The back of a rear-facing
dren are safer when properly restrained in child restraint would be too close to
rear seating positions than in front seating the inflating airbag.
positions.

80JC016
(For countries applied for UN Regula- WARNING
tion No.16)
Booster seat When purchasing a child restraint and (Vehicle with the front passenger air-
install it to your SUZUKI vehicle, refer to bag deactivation system)
EXAMPLE Whenever a child restraint system
the information about suitability for child
restraints shown in “Child restraint system has to be used in the front passen-
for countries applied for UN Regulation ger’s seat, regardless of front facing
No.16” in this section. or rear facing, the front passenger’s
airbag system must be deactivated.
NOTE: Otherwise deployment of the front
Observe any statutory regulation about passenger’s airbag could result in
child restraints. the death or serious injury of the
child.

80JC008

SUZUKI highly recommends that you use

a child restraint system to restrain infants
and small children. Many different types of
child restraint systems are available; check

2-39

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

WARNING
If you install a child restraint system
in the rear seat, slide the front seat
far enough forward so that the child’s
feet do not touch the front seatback.
This will help avoid injury to the child
in the event of an accident.

WARNING
Children could be endangered in a
collision if their child restraint sys-
tems are not properly secured in the
vehicle. When installing a child
restraint system, follow the instruc-
tions below. Secure the child in the
restraint system according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.

2-40

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Child restraint system for countries applied for UN Regulation No.16

CAUTION
Adjust the height of the rear head restraint or remove it for fitting the child restraint, as necessary. However, if a booster
cushion not equipped with the seatback is fitted, the rear seat head restraint should not be removed. If the rear head
restraint is removed for fitting the child restraint, you need to install it again after removing the child restraint.
If the child restraint is fitted improperly, a child sitting in it could be injured in a collision. (Refer to “Installation with lap-
shoulder seat belts” section, “Installation with ISOFIX type anchorages” section and “Installation of child restraint with top
tether” section in this section for details.)

Child restraint
The suitability of each passenger’s seat position for carriage of children and fitting of child restraint system is shown in the table below.
Whenever you carry children under 12 years of age or smaller than 150 cm, properly use the child restraints which conform to UN Regu-
lation No. 44 or No. 129, the standard for child restraints, referring to the table.

Installation suitability of child restraint systems

(For models without front passenger airbag deactivation system)
Seating position (or other site)
Mass Group Intermediate Intermediate
Front Passenger Rear Outboard Rear Center2)
Outboard Center
group 0 up to 10 kg X U U N.A. N.A.
group 0+ up to 13 kg X U1) U1) N.A. N.A.
group I 9 to 18 kg UF3) U U N.A. N.A.
group II 15 to 25 kg UF3) UF UF N.A. N.A.
group III 22 to 36 kg UF3) UF UF N.A. N.A.

2-41

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

(For models with front passenger airbag deactivation system)

Seating position (or other site)
Front Passenger
Mass Group Front Passenger Front Passenger Rear Intermediate Intermediate
Rear Center2)
airbag is airbag is Outboard Outboard Center
activated deactivated
group 0 up to 10 kg X U U U N.A. N.A.
group 0+ up to 13 kg X U1) U1) U1) N.A. N.A.
group I 9 to 18 kg X U U U N.A. N.A.
group II 15 to 25 kg X UF UF UF N.A. N.A.
group III 22 to 36 kg X UF UF UF N.A. N.A.
Key of letters to be inserted in the above table:
U = Suitable for ‘universal’ category restraints approved for use in this mass group
UF = Suitable for forward-facing ‘universal’ category restraints approved for use in this mass group
L = Suitable for particular child restraints given on attached list.
These restraints may be of the ‘specific vehicle’, ‘restricted’ or ‘semi-universal’ categories.
B = Built-in restraint approved for this mass group
X = Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group
N.A. = Not applicable
NOTE:
1) SUZUKI recommends “Britax Römer Baby-Safe i-Size” child seat.
– This child restraint system is SUZUKI Genuine Accessory which complies with the UN R44 or R129, refer to the genuine accesso-
ries catalog. However, there is a case that this child restraint system is not sold because of nonconformity to the law of your country
or other reason.
– For the child restraint systems of Australia models, refer to “For Australia” in the “SUPPLEMENT” section.
2) Child seat with support leg are forbidden in this seating position.
3) Seat slide must be in its most rearward position.
NOTE:
‘universal’ is the category in UN Regulation No. 44.
NOTE:
For the Installation suitability of child restraint systems of Taiwan models, refer to “For Taiwan” in the “SUPPLEMENT” section.

2-42

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Installation suitability of ISOFIX child restraint systems

Vehicle ISOFIX positions
Size
Mass Group Fixture Front Rear Rear Intermediate Intermediate Others
class
Passenger Outboard Center Outboard Center sites
F ISO/L1 N.A. X N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
carrycot
G ISO/L2 N.A. X N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
group 0 up to 10 kg E ISO/R1 N.A. IL N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
E ISO/R1 N.A. IL N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
group 0+ up to 13 kg D ISO/R2 N.A. IL N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
C ISO/R3 N.A. IL N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
D ISO/R2 N.A. IL N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
C ISO/R3 N.A. IL N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
group I 9 to 18 kg B ISO/F2 N.A. IL,IUF N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
B1 ISO/F2X N.A. IL,IUF1) N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
A ISO/F3 N.A. IL,IUF N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
group II 15 to 25 kg N.A. IL2) N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
group III 22 to 36 kg N.A. IL2) N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

2-43

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Key of letters to be inserted in the above table

IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of universal category approved for use in this mass group
IL = Suitable for particular ISOFIX CRS are those of “specific vehicle”, “restricted” or “semi-universal” categories.
X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems in this mass group and/or this size class.
N.A. = Not applicable

NOTE:
1) SUZUKI recommends “Britax Römer Duo Plus” child seat.
2) SUZUKI recommends “Britax Römer KidFix XP” child seat.
– These child restraint systems are SUZUKI Genuine Accessory which comply with the UN R44 or R129, refer to the genuine acces-
sories catalog. However, there are cases that some or all of these child restraint systems are not sold because of nonconformity to
the law of your country or other reason.
– For the child restraint systems of Australia models, refer to “For Australia” in the “SUPPLEMENT” section.

NOTE:
‘universal’ is the category in UN Regulation No. 44.

NOTE:
For the Installation suitability of ISOFIX child restraint systems of Taiwan models, refer to “For Taiwan” in the “SUPPLEMENT” section.

2-44

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Installation suitability of i-Size child restraint systems

Seating position
Front Rear Rear Rear Intermediate Intermediate Intermediate
Passenger Outboard Outboard Outboard Outboard
Center Center
Outboard Left Right Left Right
i-Size Child
N.A. i-U i-U N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
Restraint Systems

Key of letters to be inserted in the above table

i-U = Suitable for i-Size “universal” Child Restraint Systems forward and rearward facing.
i-UF = Suitable for forward-facing i-Size “universal” Child Restraint Systems only.
X = Seating position not suitable for i-Size “universal” Child Restraint Systems.
N.A. = Not applicable

NOTE:
‘universal’ is the category in UN Regulation No. 129.

NOTE:
For the Installation suitability of i-Size child restraint systems of Taiwan models, refer to “For Taiwan” in the “SUPPLEMENT” section.

2-45

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

ELR type belt – Adjust the seatback at the 5th step

Installation with lap-shoulder seat inclined position (counted from most
belts EXAMPLE upright position) with the seatback
angle adjustment lever.
CAUTION – If your vehicle is equipped with the
seat height adjustment lever, raise the
If your vehicle is equipped with the seat to the uppermost position by the
rear head restraint, adjust the height seat height adjustment lever.
of the rear head restraint or remove it
for fitting the child restraint, as nec- Install your child restraint system accord-
essary. However, if a booster cushion ing to the instructions provided by the child
not equipped with the seatback is fit- restraint system manufacturer.
ted, the rear seat head restraint
should not be removed. If the rear Check that the seat belt is securely
head restraint is removed for fitting latched.
the child restraint, you need to install 80JC021 Move the child restraint system in all direc-
it again after removing the child Whenever possible, SUZUKI recom- tions to check that it is securely installed.
restraint. mends that child restraint systems be When you put your child in the child
If the child restraint is fitted improp- installed on the rear seat. According to restraint system, appropriately slide the
erly, a child sitting in it could be accident statistics, children are safer when front seat forward not to touch a part of
injured in a collision. properly restrained in rear seats than in the your child’s body.
front passenger seat.
NOTE: If you must install the child restraint system
Stow the removed head restraint in the lug- on the front passenger’s seat, follow
gage compartment so it will not cause instructions below. (except for Taiwan
inconvenience to the occupants. model)
– If your vehicle is equipped with the
front passenger airbag deactivation
system, deactivate the front passen-
ger’s front airbag by the front passen-
ger airbag deactivation system.
– Slide the seat to the most rear position
by the seat position adjustment lever.

2-46

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Install the ISOFIX type child restraint sys- Here is a general instruction:
Installation with ISOFIX type tem according to the instructions provided
anchorages by the child restraint system manufacturer. CAUTION
After installation, try moving the child
restraint system in all directions especially If your vehicle is equipped with the
forward to check that connecting bars are rear head restraint, adjust the height
securely latched to the anchorages. of the rear head restraint or remove it
for fitting the child restraint, as nec-
essary. However, if a booster cushion
EXAMPLE not equipped with the seatback is fit-
ted, the rear seat head restraint
should not be removed. If the rear
head restraint is removed for fitting
the child restraint, you need to install
it again after removing the child
restraint.
EXAMPLE If the child restraint is fitted improp-
erly, a child sitting in it could be
52RM20270
injured in a collision.
Your vehicle is equipped with the lower
anchorages in the rear seat outboard seat- NOTE:
ing positions for securing a ISOFIX type of 84MM00252 Stow the removed head restraint in the lug-
child restraints with the connecting bars. gage compartment so it will not cause
The lower anchorages are located where Your vehicle is equipped with the top tether inconvenience to the occupants.
the rear of the seat cushion meets the bot- anchorages. Use the top tether strap of the
tom of the seatback. child restraint according to the instructions
provided by the child restraint system man-
WARNING ufacturer.
Install the ISOFIX type of child
restraint(s) in the only outboard seat-
ing positions, not in the central posi-
tion for the rear seat.

2-47

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

EXAMPLE EXAMPLE EXAMPLE

78F114 68LM268 54G184

1) Place the child restraint in the rear seat, 2) Use your hands to carefully align the 3) Push the child restraint toward the anchor-
inserting the connecting bars to the connecting bar tips with the anchor- ages so that the connecting bar tips are
anchorages between the seat cushion ages. Take care not to pinch your fin- partially hooked to the anchorages. Use
and the seatback. gers. your hands to confirm the position.

2-48

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Installation of child restraint with

EXAMPLE top tether EXAMPLE
Front

CAUTION
If your vehicle is equipped with the
rear head restraint, adjust the height
of the rear head restraint or remove it
for fitting the child restraint, as nec-
essary. However, if a booster cushion
not equipped with the seatback is fit-
ted, the rear seat head restraint
should not be removed. If the rear
54G185 head restraint is removed for fitting 52RM20180
the child restraint, you need to install
4) Grasp the front of the child restraint and it again after removing the child Some child restraint systems require the
push the child restraint forcefully to restraint. use of a top tether strap. Top tether anchor-
latch the connecting bars. Check that If the child restraint is fitted improp- age brackets are provided in your vehicle at
they are securely latched by trying to erly, a child sitting in it could be the locations shown in the illustrations.
move the child restraint system in all injured in a collision. The number of the top tether anchorage
directions, especially forward. brackets provided in your vehicle depends
5) Attach the top tether strap referring to on the vehicle specification. Install the child
“Installation of child restraint with top NOTE: restraint system as follows:
tether” section. Stow the removed head restraint in the lug-
When you put your child in the child gage compartment so it will not cause
restraint system, appropriately slide the inconvenience to the occupants.
front seat forward not to touch a part of
your child’s body.

NOTICE
When installing a child restraint sys-
tem to the rear seat, adjust the front
seat position so that the front seat
does not interfere with the child
restraint system.

2-49

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

1) Remove the luggage compartment cover.

2) Secure the child restraint on the rear EXAMPLE NOTICE
seat using the procedure described
above for securing a restraint system When installing a child restraint sys-
that does not require a top tether strap. tem to the rear seat, adjust the front
3) Hook the top tether strap to the top seat position so that the front seat
tether anchorage bracket and tighten does not interfere with the child
the top tether strap according to the restraint system.
instructions provided by the child
restraint system manufacturer. Attach
the top tether strap to the correspond-
ing top tether anchorage bracket
located directly behind the child
restraint. Do not attach the top tether
strap to the luggage restraint loops (if
equipped).

WARNING
Do not attach the child restraint top
tether strap to the luggage restraint 52RS20431
loops (if equipped). Incorrectly
attached top tether strap will reduce 4) When routing the top tether strap, pass
the intended effectiveness of the the top tether strap as shown in the
child restraint system. illustration. (Refer to “Head restraints”
section for details on how to adjust the
height of head restraint or remove it.)
5) Check that cargo does not interfere
with routing of the top tether strap.

2-50

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Supplemental restraint EXAMPLE

system (airbags) 2
4 8
1 4
WARNING 3
7 8
This section describes the protection
provided by your SUZUKI vehicle’s 5
supplemental restraint system (air-
bags). Read and follow all instruc- 8
tions carefully to minimize your risk
of severe injury or death in the event
of a collision. 9

Your vehicle is equipped with a supple-

mental restraint system consisting of the 8
following components in addition to a lap-
shoulder belt at each seating position.
6
(1) Driver’s front airbag module 8
(2) Front passenger’s front airbag mod- 5
ule 3
(3) Side airbag module (if equipped)
(4) Side curtain airbag module 8 9
(if equipped)
(5) Front seat belt pretensioners
(6) Airbag controller 52RM20721
(7) Forward crash sensor
(8) Side crash sensor (if equipped)
(9) Rear seat belt pretensioners
(if equipped)

2-51

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Warning label for front passenger’s Description of warning label

WARNING front airbag
Symbol Symbol meaning
An airbag supplements or adds to the EXAMPLE
collision protection offered by seat
belts. The driver and all passengers Do not install a
must be properly restrained by wear- rear-facing child
ing seat belts at all times, whether or restraint system to
not an airbag is mounted at their the front passen-
seating position, to minimize the risk ger’s seat equipped
of severe injury or death in the event with an airbag.
of a collision.

AIRBAG light If the front passen-

ger’s seat airbag
were to be deployed,
a major impact could
be applied to a rear-
72M00150
facing child restraint
You may find this label on the sun visor. system and the child.

63J030 WARNING
If AIRBAG light on the instrument cluster NEVER use a rearward facing child
does not blink or come on when the igni- restraint on a seat protected by an For more details, read
tion switch is first turned to “ON” position, ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH this owner’s manual.
or the ignition mode is first changed to ON, or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD
or AIRBAG light stays on, or comes on can occur.
while driving, the airbag system (or the
seat belt pretensioner system) may not NOTE:
work properly. Have the airbag system • For the label of Taiwan models, refer to
inspected by an authorized SUZUKI dealer “For Taiwan” in the “SUPPLEMENT”
as soon as possible. section.
• For the label of GCC countries models,
refer to “For GCC countries” in the “SUP-
PLEMENT” section.

2-52

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Front airbags are not designed to inflate in Front passenger’s front airbag
Front airbags rear impacts, side impacts, rollovers or
minor frontal collisions, since they would EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE offer no protection in those types of acci-
dents. Since an airbag deploys only one
time during an accident, seat belts are
needed to restrain occupants from further
movements during the accident.

Therefore, an airbag is not a substitute for

seat belts. To maximize your protection,
always fasten your seat belts. Be aware
that no system can prevent all possible
injuries that may occur in an accident.
52RM20290
Driver’s front airbag The driver’s front airbag is located behind
63J259
EXAMPLE the center pad of the steering wheel and
Front airbags are designed to inflate in the front passenger’s front airbag is
severe frontal collisions when the ignition located behind the passenger’s side of the
switch is in “ON” position or the ignition dashboard.
mode is ON. The words “SRS AIRBAG” are molded into
the airbag covers to identify the location of
NOTE: the airbags.
In a frontal angle collision, the side airbags
(if equipped) and side curtain airbags (if WARNING
equipped) may inflate. If the airbag stored place is damaged
or cracked, the airbag system may
not work properly, which could result
52RM20280 in serious injury in the event of a col-
lision. Have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized SUZUKI dealer.

2-53

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Conditions of front airbags deployment Conditions of front airbags may inflate

WARNING (inflation) Receiving a strong impact to the lower
body of your vehicle, the front airbags may
(Vehicle without the front passenger inflate.
airbag deactivation system)
Do not install a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat. If the passenger’s front airbag
inflates, a child in a rear-facing child
restraint could be killed or severely
injured. The back of a rear-facing
child restraint would be too close to
the inflating airbag.
80J097

WARNING • Frontal collision with a fixed wall that

80J099
does not move or deform at more than
(Vehicle with the front passenger air-
about 25 km/h (15 mph) • Hitting a curb or medial strip
bag deactivation system)
Whenever a child restraint system
has to be used in the front passen-
ger’s seat, regardless of front facing
or rear facing, the front passenger’s
airbag system must be deactivated. (1)
Otherwise deployment of the front
passenger’s airbag could result in
the death or serious injury of the
child. (1)

Refer to “Seat belts and child restraint sys-

tems” section for details on securing your 80J098E 80J100E
child.
• Strong impact equivalent to frontal colli- • Falling into a deep hole or ditch
sion such as above at left and right
angles of about 30 degrees (1) or less
from the front of your vehicle

2-54

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

(1)

80J101 80J103 80J105E

• Landing hard or falling • Collision that the front of your vehicle • Collision with a fixed wall or guardrail at
goes under the bed of a truck etc. left and right angles of greater than
Front airbags may not inflate about 30 degrees (1) from the front of
The front airbags may not inflate when a your vehicle
strong impact has not occurred since the
collision object was easy to be deformed
or moved, or the crashed portion of your
vehicle was easy to be deformed.
Also, front airbags may not inflate in many
cases when the collision angle is greater
than about 30 degrees at left and right
angles from the front of your vehicle.

80J104

• Collision with a utility pole or stumpage

80J106

• Frontal collision with a fixed wall that

does not move or deform at less than
about 25 km/h (15 mph)
80J102

• Frontal collision to a stopped vehicle at

less than about 50 km/h (30 mph)

2-55

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Front airbags do not inflate

Front airbags do not inflate in rear impacts, Side airbags and side curtain air-
side impacts or rollovers, etc. However, bags (if equipped)
these might inflate in a strong impact.
EXAMPLE

80J110

• Vehicle rollover

80J120

• Impact from the rear

68KM090

Side airbags and side curtain airbags are

designed to inflate in severe side impact
collisions when the ignition switch is in
“ON” position or the ignition mode is ON.
Side airbags and side curtain airbags are
not designed to inflate in frontal or rear col-
lisions, rollovers or minor side collisions,
since they would offer no protection in
those types of accidents. Only the side air-
bag and side curtain airbag on the side of
80J119 the vehicle that is struck will inflate. How-
ever, in a frontal angle collision, the side
• Impact from the side airbags and side curtain airbags may
inflate. Since an airbag deploys only one
time during an accident, seat belts are
needed to restrain occupants from further
movements during the accident.

2-56

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Therefore, an airbag is not a substitute for Side curtain airbags (if equipped) Conditions of side airbags and side cur-
seat belts. To maximize your protection, tain airbags deployment (inflation)
always fasten your seat belts. Be aware EXAMPLE
that no system can prevent all possible
injuries that may occur in an accident.

Side airbags (if equipped)

EXAMPLE

80J119

52RM20190 • Impacts from the side at about a right

Side curtain airbags are located in the roof angle by a general passenger car to your
lining. The words “SRS AIRBAG” are vehicle at more than about 30 km/h (19
molded into the pillar to identify the loca- mph) or in a greater impact
tion of the side curtain airbags.
Side airbags and side curtain airbags
52RM20300 may inflate in a strong impact
WARNING Side airbags and side curtain airbags may
Side airbags are located in the part of the
front seatbacks closest to the doors. The If the airbag stored place is damaged inflate even in a frontal collision, if there is
“SRS AIRBAG” labels are attached to the or cracked, the airbag system may a strong impact to the lateral direction.
seatbacks to identify the location of the not work properly, which could result
side airbags. in serious injury in the event of a col-
lision. Have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized SUZUKI dealer.

80J102

• Frontal collision

2-57

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Side airbags and side curtain airbags

may not inflate

52RM20730 80J101

• Hitting a curb or bump • Landing hard or falling

80J121

80J100E 80J122

• Falling into a deep hole or ditch • Impact from the side to the vehicle body
other than the passenger compartment

2-58

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Side airbags and side curtain airbags

do not inflate

80J123 80J125

• Impact from the side at an oblique angle • Impact from the side by a motorcycle or
80J120
bicycle
• Impact from the rear

80J124
80J126
• Impact from the side by a high hood
80J110
vehicle • Collision with a utility pole or stumpage
• Vehicle rollover

2-59

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

some airbag components may be hot for a

How the system works while after inflation.
In a frontal collision, the crash sensors will A seat belt helps keep you in the proper
detect rapid deceleration, and if the con- position for maximum protection when an
troller judges that the deceleration rep- airbag inflates. Adjust your seat as far
resents a severe frontal collision, the back as possible while still maintaining
controller will trigger the inflators. If your control of the vehicle. Sit fully back in your
vehicle is equipped with side airbags and seat; sit up straight; do not lean over the
side curtain airbags, crash sensors will steering wheel or dashboard. Front occu-
detect a side collision, and if the controller pants should not lean on or sleep against
judges that the side collision is severe the door. Refer to “Seat adjustment” sec-
enough, it will trigger the side airbag and tion and “Seat belts and child restraint sys-
side curtain airbag inflators. The inflators tems” section in this section for details on
inflate the appropriate airbags with nitro- proper seat and seat belt adjustments.
gen or argon gas. The inflated airbags pro- 65D608
vide a cushion for your head (front airbags
and side curtain airbags only) and upper
body. The airbag inflates and deflates so
quickly that you may not even realize that it
has activated. The airbag will neither hin-
der your view nor make it harder to exit the
vehicle.
Airbags must inflate quickly and forcefully
in order to reduce the chance of serious or
fatal injuries. However, an unavoidable
consequence of the quick inflation is that
the airbag may irritate bare skin, such as
the facial area against a front airbag. Wash
off any residue as soon as possible to pre- 65D610
54G582
vent skin irritation. Also, upon inflation, a
loud noise will occur and some powder
and smoke will be released. These condi-
tions are not harmful and do not indicate a
fire in the vehicle. Be aware, however, that

2-60

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

WARNING
WARNING WARNING
(Continued)
• The driver should not lean over the (Continued) • Do not strike or apply significant
steering wheel. The front passen- • Do not attach any objects to, or levels of impact to the airbag com-
ger should not rest his or her body place any objects over, the steering ponent areas. It can cause the air-
against the dashboard where a wheel or dashboard. Do not place bags to malfunction.
front airbag is mounted or a child any objects between the airbag and • Even though your vehicle is moder-
should not stand in front of the the driver or front passenger. ately damaged by a collision, it may
dashboard. Otherwise, he or she These objects may interfere with not be severe enough to trigger
will get too close to the dashboard. airbag operation or may be pro- front, side or side curtain airbags
For vehicles with side airbags and pelled by the airbag in the event of to inflate. If your vehicle sustains
side curtain airbag, occupants a collision. Also, these objects may any front-end or side damage, have
should not lean on or sleep against move when you start moving vehi- the airbag system inspected by an
the door. In these situations, the cle or while vehicle is moving, they authorized SUZUKI dealer to
out-of-position occupant would be may interfere with driver’s view or ensure that it works properly. If the
too close to an inflating airbag, and safe driving. In each conditions original function of airbag system
may suffer severe injury. may cause severe injury. is damaged, airbag may not func-
(Continued) • For vehicles with side airbags, do tion effectively and fully in case of
not use non-genuine seat covers on an emergency.
the front seats, because non-genu-
ine seat covers may obstruct the
inflation of side airbags. SUZUKI Your vehicle is equipped with a diagnostic
highly recommends SUZUKI-genu- module which records information about
ine seat covers to be used when the airbag system if the airbags deploy in a
covering the front seats of such collision. The module records information
vehicles with side airbags. Also, about overall system status, and which
near the door, do not place cup sensors activated the deployment, and for
holders, hangers or any other a certain vehicle only, whether the driver’s
objects and do not lean an umbrella, seat belt was in use.
as these objects could be propelled
by the airbag in the event of a colli-
sion. Either of these conditions may
cause severe injury.
(Continued)

2-61

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Servicing the airbag system and the couplers are yellow for easy identi- When the front passenger’s airbag is acti-
If the airbags inflate, have the airbags and fication. vated, both “PASSENGER AIRBAG ON”
related components replaced by an autho- indicator (1) and “PASSENGER AIRBAG
Scrapping a vehicle that has an uninflated
rized SUZUKI dealer as soon as possible. OFF” indicator (2) come on for a few sec-
airbag can be hazardous. Ask an autho-
onds and then go out.
If your vehicle ever gets in deep water and rized SUZUKI dealer, body repair shop or
After that, only “PASSENGER AIRBAG
the driver’s floor is submerged, the airbag scrap yard for help with disposal.
ON” indicator (1) comes on for about 1
controller could be damaged. If this hap- minute and then goes out.
pens, ask an authorized SUZUKI dealer to
check the airbag system as soon as possi- Front passenger airbag deactiva- When the front passenger’s airbag is deac-
ble. tion system (if equipped) tivated, both “PASSENGER AIRBAG ON”
indicator (1) and “PASSENGER AIRBAG
Special procedures are required for servic- OFF” indicator (2) come on for a few sec-
ing or replacing an airbag. For that reason, EXAMPLE
onds and then go out.
only an authorized SUZUKI dealer should After that, only “PASSENGER AIRBAG
be allowed to service or replace your air- OFF” indicator (2) comes on.
bags. Remind anyone who services your
SUZUKI vehicle that it has airbags. When you activate or deactivate the front
passenger’s airbag, check which indicator
Service on or around airbag components is on before starting the engine.
or wiring must be performed only by an (2)
authorized SUZUKI dealer. Improper ser- Side airbags, side curtain airbags and seat
(1)
vice could result in unintended airbag belt pretensioners are not connected to the
deployment or could render the airbag airbag deactivation system. Even if the
inoperative. Either of these two conditions front passenger’s airbag is deactivated,
may result in severe injury. side airbags, side curtain airbags and seat
52RM20630 belt pretensioners are still activated.
To prevent damage or unintended inflation
of the airbag system, check that the lead- The front passenger’s front airbag must be
acid battery is disconnected and the igni- deactivated if a child restraint system is to
tion switch has been in “LOCK” position or be installed on the front passenger’s seat.
the ignition mode has been LOCK (OFF) When the engine switch is pressed to
for at least 90 seconds before performing change the ignition mode to ON, “PAS-
any electrical service work on your SENGER AIRBAG ON” indicator (1) or
SUZUKI vehicle. Do not touch airbag sys- “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” indicator (2)
tem components or wires. The wires are shows whether the front passenger’s air-
wrapped with yellow tape or yellow tubing, bag is activated or deactivated.

2-62

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

According to accident statistics, children key to “OFF” (airbag off) position, and
WARNING are safer when properly restrained in rear pull out the key.
seats than in the front passenger seat. 3) Press the engine switch to change the
Whenever a child restraint system ignition mode to ON. Both indicators
has to be used in the front passen- Airbag deactivation switch come on for a few seconds and then go
ger’s seat, regardless of front facing out.
or rear facing, the front passenger’s EXAMPLE After that, only “PASSENGER AIRBAG
airbag system must be deactivated. OFF” indicator (2) comes on to remind
Otherwise deployment of the front you that the front passenger’s airbag is
passenger’s airbag could result in deactivated.
the death or serious injury of the
child. To activate the front passenger’s airbag,
follow the instructions below before start-
（3） ing the engine.
WARNING
1) Check that the engine switch is in
Check that the front passenger’s air- LOCK (OFF) mode.
bag is activated and “PASSENGER 2) Insert the key into the airbag deactiva-
AIRBAG ON” indicator (1) is on tion switch (3), then push and turn the
whenever there is no child restraint key to “ON” (airbag on) position, and
52RM20330
installed on the front passenger’s pull out the key.
seat. The airbag deactivation switch (3) is 3) Press the engine switch to change the
installed only for use when a front-facing or ignition mode to ON. Both indicators
rear-facing child restraint system or infant come on for a few seconds and then go
restraint system is installed in the front out.
passenger’s seat. The switch is located on After that, only “PASSENGER AIRBAG
the lateral face of the passenger’s side of ON” indicator (1) comes on for about 1
the instrument panel. minute and then goes out to remind you
that the front passenger’s airbag is acti-
To deactivate the front passenger’s airbag, vated.
follow the instructions below before start-
ing the engine.
1) Check that the engine switch is in
LOCK (OFF) mode.
2) Insert the key into the airbag deactiva-
tion switch (3), then push and turn the

2-63

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Instrument cluster (Type A) (if equipped)

1. Speedometer
2. Tachometer
3. Information display
4. Trip meter selector knob
5. Indicator selector knob
6. Warning and indicator lights

EXAMPLE 2 6 1

4 6 3 6 5
80SS103

2-64

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE:
Speedometer Fuel gauge The activation point of the low fuel warning
light (1) varies depending on road condi-
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed. tions (for example, slope or curve) and
driving conditions because of fuel move-
NOTE: ment in the tank.
For models of GCC countries, a buzzer will
sound when the vehicle speed exceeds Refer to “Low fuel warning light” in “Warn-
about 120 km/h. This buzzer does not indi- ing and indicator lights” in this section for
cate a vehicle malfunction. If you slow down (2) details.
to about 118 km/h, the buzzer will stop.
The mark (2) indicates that the fuel filler
door is located on the left side of the vehi-
Tachometer (1) cle.

The tachometer indicates engine speed in

revolutions per minute. EXAMPLE
52RM20470
NOTICE When the ignition switch is in “ON” position
Never drive the vehicle with the or the ignition mode is ON, this gauge
engine revving in the red zone or gives a rough indication of the amount of
severe engine damage can result. fuel in the fuel tank. “F” stands for full and
Keep the engine speed below the red “E” stands for empty.
zone even when downshifting to a If the fuel meter indicator shows only one
lower gear position. segment to “E”, refill the tank as soon as
Refer to “Downshifting maximum possible.
allowable speeds” in “OPERATING
YOUR VEHICLE” section. NOTE:
If the last segment blinks, it means that the
fuel is almost empty.

If the low fuel warning light (1) comes on,

refill the fuel tank immediately.

2-65

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” NOTE:

Brightness control position or the engine switch is pressed to • If you do not turn the knob within several
change the ignition mode to ON, the instru- seconds of activating, the brightness
ment panel lights come on. control display will be canceled automat-
EXAMPLE ically.
Your vehicle has a system to automatically • When you reconnect the lead-acid bat-
dim the brightness of the instrument panel tery, the brightness of the instrument
lights when the position lights or headlights panel lights will be reinitialized. Readjust
are on. the brightness according to your prefer-
When the position lights and/or headlights ence.
are on, you can adjust the meter illumina-
tion brightness. NOTE:
If you adjust to the maximum brightness
To increase the brightness of the instru- level when the position lights or headlights
ment panel lights, turn the indicator selec- are on, the following functions will be can-
tor knob (1) clockwise. celled.
To reduce the brightness of the instrument • The function which automatically dims
52RS20090 panel lights, turn the indicator selector the brightness of instrument panel lights
knob (1) counterclockwise. • The function which operates with the
brightness control, except maximum
WARNING brightness level
Do not adjust the brightness of the
instrument panel lights while driving.
Otherwise, you could lose control of
the vehicle.

(1)
EXAMPLE
52RM20480

2-66

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Display (E)
Information display EXAMPLE Trip meter / Odometer / Fuel consumption /
Driving range
Information display is shown when the igni-
tion switch is turned to “ON” position or the Display (F)
(A) (B) Fuel gauge
ignition mode is ON.
(C)
EXAMPLE Clock
(D)
The display (A) shows the time.
(E)
(F) To change the time indication:
1) Push the trip meter selector knob (1)
(3) and the indicator selector knob (2)
together.
52RM20501 2) To change the hour indication, turn the
(3) Information display indicator selector knob (2) left or right
repeatedly when the hour indication
The information display shows the follow- blinks. To change the hour indication
(1) (2) ing information. quickly, turn and hold the indicator
selector knob (2). To set the hour indi-
52RM20490 Display (A) cation, push the indicator selector knob
(1) Trip meter selector knob Clock (2) and the minute indication will blink.
(2) Indicator selector knob Display (B) 3) To change the minute indication, turn
Thermometer (if equipped) the indicator selector knob (2) left or
right repeatedly when the minute indi-
Display (C) cation blinks. To change the minute
Keyless push start system remote control- indication quickly, turn and hold the
ler battery consumption warning light (if indicator selector knob (2). To set the
equipped) / Rear passenger’s seat belt minute indication, push the indicator
reminder (if equipped) selector knob (2).
Display (D)
Selector position (for CVT vehicles) To select 12/24H format, refer to “Setting
mode” in this section.

2-67

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

When the display (E) shows the driving

WARNING range, you can change the unit of tem- Keyless push start system remote
perature. controller battery consumption
If you attempt to adjust the display warning light (if equipped) /
while driving, you could lose control To change the unit of temperature, while Rear passenger’s seat belt
of the vehicle. pushing and holding the trip meter selector reminder (if equipped)
Do not attempt to adjust the display knob (1), turn the indicator selector knob
while driving. (2). Keyless push start system remote con-
troller battery consumption warning
EXAMPLE light (if equipped)
Thermometer (if equipped) Refer to “Keyless push start system
remote controller battery consumption
The display (B) shows the thermometer. (Initial warning light (Instrument cluster Type A)”
The thermometer indicates the outside setting) in “Keyless push start system remote con-
temperature. troller / Keyless entry system transmitter (if
equipped)” in the “BEFORE DRIVING”
EXAMPLE (a) section for details.

Rear passenger’s seat belt reminder

(if equipped)
Refer to “Seat belts and child restraint sys-
52RM20810 tems” in the “BEFORE DRIVING” section
If the outside temperature drops to freez- 76MH0A043 for details.
ing condition, the mark (a) will appear on
the display.

NOTE:
• The outside temperature indication is not
the actual outside temperature when
driving at low speed, or when stopped.
• If there is something wrong with the ther-
mometer, or just after the ignition switch
is turned to “ON” position or the engine
switch is pressed to change the ignition
mode to ON, the display may not indi-
cate the outside temperature.

2-68

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Selector position (for CVT vehicles) Push the trip meter selector
EXAMPLE
knob (1).
EXAMPLE
(b) Push the indicator selector
knob (2).

(b) Trip meter A

(c) (c) Trip meter B
52RM21360
(d) Odometer
(e) Instantaneous fuel consumption
Selector position (for CVT vehicles)
(f) Average fuel consumption
When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
(g) Driving range
position or the engine switch is pressed to (d)
change the ignition mode to ON; the dis-
play (D) indicates the gear position. WARNING
For details on how to use the transmission, If you attempt to adjust the display
refer to “Using transmission” in “OPERAT- while driving, you could lose control
ING YOUR VEHICLE” section. (e) of the vehicle.
Do not attempt to adjust the display
while driving.
Trip meter / Odometer / Fuel con-
sumption / Driving range (f) NOTE:
The display (E) shows one of the following • Indications will change when you push
indications; trip meter A, trip meter B, and release a knob.
odometer, instantaneous fuel consump- • The display shows estimated values.
tion, average fuel consumption or driving Indications may not be the same as
(g)
range. actual values.
To switch the display indication (E), push
52RM20820
the trip meter selector knob (1) or the indi-
cator selector knob (2) quickly.

2-69

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Trip meter Instantaneous fuel consumption Average fuel consumption

The trip meter can be used to measure the The display shows the value of instanta- If you selected average fuel consumption
distance traveled on short trips or between neous fuel consumption only when the the last time you drove the vehicle, the dis-
fuel stops. vehicle is moving. play shows the last value of average fuel
You can use the trip meter A or trip meter B consumption from previous driving when
independently. NOTE: the ignition switch is turned to “ON” posi-
• The display does not show the value tion or the engine switch is pressed to
To reset the trip meter, push and hold the unless the vehicle is moving. change the ignition mode to ON. Unless
trip meter selector knob (1) until the display • Depending on the vehicle’s specification, you reset the value of average fuel con-
shows 0.0. the fuel consumption units of initial set- sumption, the display indicates the value of
ting are indicated as L/100km or km/L. average fuel consumption which includes
NOTE: • For “L/100km” setting, the indicated average fuel consumption during previous
The indicated maximum value of the trip maximum value of instantaneous fuel driving.
meter is 9999.9. When you run past the consumption is 30. No more than 30 will
maximum value, the indicated value will To reset the average fuel consumption,
be indicated on the display even if the
return to 0.0. push and hold the indicator selector knob
actual instantaneous fuel consumption is
(2) for a while when the display shows the
higher.
Odometer average fuel consumption.
• For “km/L” setting, the indicated maxi-
The odometer records the total distance mum value of instantaneous fuel con-
the vehicle has been driven. NOTE:
sumption is 50. No more than 50 will be
When you reset the indication or reconnect
indicated on the display even if the
NOTICE actual instantaneous fuel consumption is
the negative (–) terminal to the lead-acid
battery, the value of average fuel con-
Keep track of your odometer reading higher.
sumption will be shown after driving for a
and check the maintenance sched- • The indication on the display may be
while.
ule regularly for required services. delayed if fuel consumption is greatly
Increased wear or damage to certain affected by driving conditions.
parts can result from failure to per- • The display shows estimated values.
form required services at the proper Indications may not be the same as
mileage intervals. actual values.
• For “L/100km” or “km/L” setting, you can
change the units that instantaneous fuel
consumption is displayed in. Refer to
“Average fuel consumption” in this sec-
tion.

2-70

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

(For “L/100km” or “km/L” setting) The driving range shown in the display is
To change the unit of average fuel con- the approximate distance you can drive Fuel gauge
sumption, while pushing and holding the until the fuel gauge indicates “E”, based on The display (F) shows the fuel gauge.
trip meter selector knob (1), turn the indica- current driving conditions.
tor selector knob (2). Refer to “Fuel gauge” in this section.
When the low fuel warning light comes on,
the display “---” will appear.
EXAMPLE
If the low fuel warning light comes on, fill
(Initial the fuel tank immediately regardless of the
setting) value of driving range shown in the display.
When you refuel, the driving range is
updated. However, if you only add a small
amount of fuel, the correct value will not be
displayed.

NOTE:
• If you refuel when the ignition switch is in
“ON” position or the ignition mode is ON,
68PH02207
the driving range may not indicate the
correct value.
NOTE: • When you reconnect the negative (–)
When you change the units that average terminal to the lead-acid battery, the
fuel consumption is displayed in, the value of driving range will be shown after
instantaneous fuel consumption units will driving for a while.
be changed automatically.

Driving range
If you selected driving range the last time
you drove the vehicle, the display indicates
“---” for a few seconds and then indicates
the current driving range when the ignition
switch is turned to “ON” position or the
engine switch is pressed to change the
ignition mode to ON.

2-71

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Setting mode
In the setting mode, you can set up and customize the following functions.
Indication Functions
Time indication of clock “ ”

Central door locking system “ ”

Door locking and unlocking buzzer “ ”

Additional flashes of the turn signal “ ”

Security system “ ”

Tyre pressure monitoring system setting

Initialization setting “ ”

Exit the setting mode “ ”

2-72

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE: Additional flashes of the turn signal

Turn the indicator selector knob • As shown in the above illustration, “ ” “ ”
(2). indicates on the display of currently set- • : Turn signal flashes three
ting item. times after the turn signal
• To go back to the higher level display lever is returned (default set-
Push the indicator selector during operation, turn the indicator ting)
knob (2). selector knob (2) to display “ ” or • : Disable the additional flashes
“ ” and then push the indicator of turn signal
selector knob (2).
NOTE: Security system “ ”(if equipped)
Depending on vehicle’s specifications, Time indication of clock “ ” • : Enable the security system
some items may not be displayed. • : 12-hour format (default set- (default setting)
ting) • : Disable the security system
How to use the setting mode: • : 24-hour format
1) When the ignition switch is in “ON” Tyre pressure monitoring system set-
position or the ignition mode is ON, and Central door locking system “ ” ting (if equipped)
the vehicle is stationary. • : Unlock all doors by turning • : Comfort Mode (default set-
2) Push and hold the indicator selector the key once ting)
knob (2) until the display shows • : Unlock all doors by turning • : Load Mode
“ ”. the key twice (default setting)
3) Turn and/or push the indicator selector Refer to “Tyre pressure monitoring system
knob (2) to select a function that you Door locking and unlocking (TPMS)” in “OPERATING YOUR VEHI-
want to set up according to the chart in buzzer “ ”(if equipped) CLE” section for details.
the previous page. • : Buzzer sounds when the
4) Turn and/or push the indicator selector doors (including the tailgate) Initialization setting “ ”
knob (2) to register settings of the fol- are locked or unlocked by • : Initialize all settings
lowing functions. using the keyless push start
system remote controller or How to exit the setting mode:
EXAMPLE request switch (default set- Switch the display to show “ ” and then
ting) push the indicator selector knob (2).
: Buzzer does not sound when
the doors (including the tail-
gate) are locked or unlocked
by using the keyless push
68PM00272 start system remote controller
or request switch

2-73

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Instrument cluster (Type B) (if equipped)

1. Speedometer
2. Tachometer
3. Fuel gauge
4. Temperature gauge
5. Information display
6. Trip meter selector knob
7. Indicator selector knob
8. Warning and indicator lights

EXAMPLE 2 8 1

6 4 5 8 3 7
80SS02010

2-74

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

If the low fuel warning light (1) comes on,

Speedometer Fuel gauge refill the fuel tank as soon as possible.
Refer to “Low fuel warning light” in “Warn-
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed. ing and indicator lights” in this section for
details.

Tachometer The mark (2) indicates that the fuel filler

door is located on the left side of the vehi-
The tachometer indicates engine speed in cle.
revolutions per minute.
(2)
NOTICE
Never drive the vehicle with the
engine revving in the red zone or
severe engine damage can result.
(1)
Keep the engine speed below the red EXAMPLE
zone even when downshifting to a 52RM20540
lower gear position.
Refer to “Downshifting maximum When the ignition switch is in “ON” position
allowable speeds” in “OPERATING or the ignition mode is ON, this gauge
YOUR VEHICLE” section. gives a rough indication of the amount of
fuel in the fuel tank. “F” stands for full and
“E” stands for empty.
If the indicator approaches a low level
(near “E”) on fuel gauge, refill the tank as
soon as possible.

NOTE:
The indicator moves a little depending on
road conditions (for example, slope or
curve) and driving conditions because of
fuel movement in the tank.

2-75

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

When the ignition switch is in “ON” position

Temperature gauge Brightness control or the ignition mode is ON, the instrument
panel lights come on.
Your vehicle has a system to automatically
EXAMPLE dim the brightness of the instrument panel
lights when the position lights or headlights
are on.
When the position lights and/or headlights
are on, you can adjust the meter illumina-
tion brightness.
To increase the brightness of the instru-
ment panel lights, turn the indicator selec-
tor knob (1) clockwise.

EXAMPLE To reduce the brightness of the instrument

panel lights, turn the indicator selector
52RM20550 52RS20160 knob (1) counterclockwise.
When the ignition switch is in “ON” position
or the ignition mode is ON, this gauge indi- EXAMPLE WARNING
cates the engine coolant temperature. Do not adjust the brightness of the
Under normal driving conditions, the indi- instrument panel lights while driving.
cator should stay within the normal, Otherwise, you could lose control of
acceptable temperature range between the vehicle.
“H” and “C”. If the indicator approaches
“H”, overheating is indicated. Follow the
instructions for engine overheating in
“EMERGENCY SERVICE” section.

NOTICE
Continuing to drive the vehicle when (1)
engine overheating is indicated can 52RM20560
result in severe engine damage.

2-76

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE: (2) Trip meter selector knob

• If you do not turn the knob within several Information display (3) Indicator selector knob
seconds of activating, the brightness
control display will be canceled automat- The information display is shown when the The information display shows the follow-
ically. ignition switch is in “ON” position. ing information.
• When you reconnect the lead-acid bat-
tery, the brightness of the instrument Display (A)
panel lights will be reinitialized. Readjust Clock
the brightness according to your prefer- (A) (B) Display (B)
ence. Thermometer (if equipped)

NOTE: (C) Display (C)

If you adjust to the maximum brightness Warning and indicator messages / Fuel
level when the position lights or headlights consumption / Driving range / Vehicle
(E) speed / Average speed / Driving time / Total
are on, the following functions will be can- (D)
celled.
(F) idling stop time (if equipped) / Total idling
• The function which automatically dims fuel saved (if equipped) / Energy flow indi-
(1)
the brightness of instrument panel lights cator (if equipped) / Adaptive cruise control
• The function which operates with the
EXAMPLE system (if equipped) / Cruise control (if
brightness control, except maximum 52RM252
equipped) / Speed limiter (if equipped) /
brightness level Dual sensor brake support system (if
(1) Information display equipped)

EXAMPLE Display (D)

Selector position (for automatic transmis-
sion or CVT vehicles) / Gear position (for
automatic transmission vehicles) / Gear-
shift indicator (if equipped)
Display (E)
Trip meter
Display (F)
Odometer

(2) (3)

52RM20580

2-77

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Clock Thermometer (if equipped)

When the ignition switch is in “ON” position When the ignition switch is in “ON” position
or the ignition mode is ON, the display (A) or the ignition mode is ON, the display (B)
shows the time. shows the thermometer.
The thermometer indicates the outside
To set the clock, follow “Setting mode” temperature.
instructions in this section.

WARNING EXAMPLE
If you attempt to adjust the display (a)
while driving, you could lose control
of the vehicle.
Do not attempt to adjust the display
52RS20420 while driving.
When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” 52RM20870
position or the engine switch is pressed to If the outside temperature nears freezing
change the ignition mode to ON, the mes- condition, the mark (a) will appear on the
sage shown in the above illustration will display.
appear on the display for several seconds.
Some warning and indicator messages NOTE:
may appear on the display when the igni- • The outside temperature indication is not
tion switch is in “ACC” or “LOCK” position, the actual outside temperature when
or the ignition mode is ACC or LOCK driving at low speed, or when stopped.
(OFF). • If there is something wrong with the ther-
mometer, or just after the ignition switch
is turned to “ON” position or the engine
switch is pressed to change the ignition
mode to ON, the display may not indi-
cate the outside temperature.

2-78

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

When the display (C) shows the driving

range, you can change the unit of tem-
perature.
To change the unit of temperature, refer to
“Setting mode” in this section.

EXAMPLE

(Initial
setting)

52RM20880

2-79

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

(a) Instantaneous fuel consumption

Fuel consumption / Driving range / Average speed / Driving time / (b) Average fuel consumption
Total idling stop time (if equipped) / Total idling fuel saved (if equipped) / (c) Driving range
Energy flow indicator (if equipped) / Vehicle speed (d) Average speed
When there are no warning or indicator messages on the display (C), you can select one (e) Driving time
of the following indications to appear on the display: instantaneous fuel consumption, (f) Total idling stop time (if equipped)
average fuel consumption, driving range, average speed, driving time, total idling stop (g) Total idling fuel saved (if equipped)
time (if equipped), total idling fuel saved (if equipped), energy flow indicator (if equipped), (h) Energy flow indicator (if equipped)
vehicle speed or no indication. (i) Vehicle speed
(j) No indication
EXAMPLE To switch the display indication, push the
indicator selector knob (3) quickly.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
NOTE:
The value of fuel consumption, driving
range, average speed and total idling fuel
saved shown on the display are affected
by the following conditions;
• road condition
• surrounding traffic condition
(j) (e) • driving condition
• vehicle condition
• a malfunction which causes the malfunc-
tion indicator light to come on or blink

(i) (h) (g) (f)

80SM133

2-80

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Instantaneous fuel consumption Average fuel consumption NOTE:

The display shows instantaneous fuel con- If you selected average fuel consumption If you add only a small amount of fuel
sumption with a bar graph only when the the last time you drove the vehicle, the dis- when you select “Reset after refuel”, the
vehicle is moving. play shows the last value of average fuel average fuel consumption value may not
consumption from previous driving when be reset.
NOTE: the ignition switch is turned to “ON” position
Driving range
• The display does not show the bar graph or the engine switch is pressed to change
If you selected driving range the last time
unless the vehicle is moving. the ignition mode to ON. Unless you reset
you drove the vehicle, the display indicates
• Depending on the vehicle’s specification, the value of average fuel consumption, the
“---” for a few seconds and then indicates
the fuel consumption units of initial set- display indicates the value of average fuel
the current driving range when the ignition
ting are indicated as L/100km, km/L or consumption based on the average fuel
switch is turned to “ON” position or the
MPG (UK). consumption during previous driving.
engine switch is pressed to change the
• The indicated maximum value of instan-
ignition mode to ON.
taneous fuel consumption is one of the NOTE:
followings. No more than the maximum When you reconnect the negative (–) ter- The driving range shown in the display is
value will be indicated on the display minal to the lead-acid battery, the value of the approximate distance you can drive
even if the actual instantaneous fuel average fuel consumption will be shown until the fuel gauge indicates “E”, based on
consumption is higher. after driving for a period of time. current driving conditions.
– For L/100km setting: 30
– For km/L setting: 50 You can select the timing to reset the value When the low fuel warning light comes on,
– For MPG (UK) setting: 80 of average fuel consumption by one of the the display “---” will appear.
• The indication on the display may be following three methods;
• Reset after refuel: the value of average If the low fuel warning light comes on, fill
delayed if fuel consumption is greatly the fuel tank immediately regardless of the
affected by driving conditions. fuel consumption will be reset automati-
cally by refueling. value of driving range shown in the display.
• The display shows estimated values.
Indications may not be the same as • Reset with trip meter A: the value of When you refuel, the driving range is
actual values. average fuel consumption will be reset updated. However, if you only add a small
automatically by resetting trip meter A. amount of fuel, the correct value will not be
• Reset manually: the value of average displayed.
fuel consumption will be reset by push-
ing and holding the indicator selector
knob (3) when the display indicates the
average fuel consumption.
To change the timing to reset the value of
average fuel consumption, refer to “Setting
mode” in this section.

2-81

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE: Driving time Total idling fuel saved (if equipped)

• If you refuel when the ignition switch is in The display shows the total amount of driv- The display shows the total amount (in mil-
“ON” position or the ignition mode is ON, ing time since the indication was reset. liliters) of fuel conservation by ENG A-
the driving range may not indicate the • To reset the driving time, push and hold STOP system since the indication was
correct value. the indicator selector knob (3) for a while reset.
• When you reconnect the negative (–) when the display shows the driving time. • To reset the total idling fuel saved, push
terminal to the lead-acid battery, the and hold the indicator selector knob (3)
value of driving range will be shown after NOTE: for a while when the display shows the
driving for a period of time. • When you reset the indication or recon- total idling fuel saved.
nect the negative (–) terminal to the
Average speed lead-acid battery, the driving time will be NOTE:
If you selected average speed the last time shown after driving for a while. When you reconnect the negative (–) ter-
you drove the vehicle, the display indicates • The indicated maximum value of driving minal to the lead-acid battery, the value of
the last value of average speed from previ- time is 99:59:59. No more than the maxi- the total idling fuel saved will be reset.
ous driving when the ignition switch is mum value will be indicated on the dis-
turned to “ON” position or the engine play until you reset the driving time. Energy flow indicator (if equipped)
switch is pressed to change the ignition Refer to “ENG A-STOP system (engine
mode to ON. Unless you reset the value of Total idling stop time (if equipped) auto stop start system) (for K12C engine
average speed, the display indicates the The display shows the total length (in model and K12D engine model)” in
value of average speed which includes hours, minutes and seconds) of engine “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
average speed during previous driving. stopping time by ENG A-STOP system
To reset the value of average speed, push since the indication was reset. Vehicle speed
and hold the indicator selector knob (3) for • To reset the total idling stop time, push Vehicle speed is shown.
a while when the display indicates an aver- and hold the indicator selector knob (3) You can change the unit of velocity that
age speed. The display shows “---” and for a while when the display shows the vehicle speed is displayed in. Refer to
then indicates a new average speed after total idling stop time. “Setting mode” in this section.
driving for a short time.
NOTE: NOTE:
NOTE: • The indicated maximum value of the total Displayed vehicle speed may differ a little
When you reconnect the negative (–) ter- idling stop time is 99:59:59. from the speed meter indication.
minal to the lead-acid battery, the value of • When you reconnect the negative (–)
average speed will be shown after driving terminal to the lead-acid battery, the
for a period of time. value of the total idling stop time will be
reset.

2-82

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Manual mode indicator (for automatic

Selector position (for automatic transmission vehicles) Trip meter
transmission or CVT vehicles) / When you are using the manual mode, the The display (E) shows the trip meter.
Gear position (for automatic trans- display shows the manual mode indicator
mission vehicles) / (6). The trip meter can be used to measure the
Gearshift indicator (if equipped) distance traveled on short trips or between
Gearshift indicator (if equipped) fuel stops.
The display (D) shows some of the follow- You can use trip meter A or trip meter B
ing indications. Refer to “Gearshift indicator” in “OPERAT-
ING YOUR VEHICLE” section. independently.
EXAMPLE To reset the trip meter, push and hold the
trip meter selector knob (2) for a while.
(4) (5)
NOTE:
(6) The indicated maximum value of the trip
meter is 9999.9. When you run past the
52RS20170
maximum value, the indicated value will
return to 0.0.
(4) Selector position
(5) Gear position
(6) Manual mode indicator Odometer
The display (F) shows the odometer.
Selector position (for automatic trans-
mission or CVT vehicles) / Gear posi- The odometer records the total distance
tion (for automatic transmission the vehicle has been driven.
vehicles)
The display shows the transmission selec- NOTICE
tor position (4) or the gear position (5). Keep track of your odometer reading
• For automatic transmission vehicles; and check the maintenance sched-
– When the manual mode is not in use, ule regularly for required services.
the display shows the selector posi- Increased wear or damage to certain
tion. parts can result from failure to per-
– When using the manual mode, the dis- form required services at the proper
play shows the current gear position. mileage intervals.

2-83

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE:
Information shown after driving Setting mode • If you push and hold the indicator selec-
When you turn the ignition switch to When the ignition switch is in “ON” position tor knob (3) to enter into the setting
“LOCK” position or press the engine switch or the ignition mode is ON and the vehicle mode when the display (C) shows aver-
to change the ignition mode to LOCK is stationary, you can enter the setting age fuel consumption, average speed,
(OFF), the following information appears mode of the information display by pushing driving time, total idling stop time and
for several seconds on the display (D) of and holding the indicator selector knob (3) total idling fuel saved (if equipped), the
the information display. for more than 3 seconds. value will be reset simultaneously. If you
do not want to reset the value, push the
• To select the setting that you want to indicator selector knob quickly to switch
EXAMPLE change, turn the indicator selector knob the indication of the display.
(3) left or right. • If you turn the ignition switch, press the
• To change the setting, push the indicator engine switch or start to move the vehi-
selector knob (3). cle when the display is in the setting
• To exit the setting mode, select “Back” mode, the setting mode will be canceled
and push the indicator selector knob (3). automatically.
EXAMPLE

80SM307R

52RM20910

NOTE:
The currently selected setting item is sur-
rounded by a frame.

2-84

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Distance unit Temperature the minute indication, push the indicator

(Vehicle speed / Odometer / trip meter / (Temperature unit setting) selector knob (3).
driving range / average speed distance unit You can change the units that temperature
(Selecting 12H/24H format)
setting) is displayed in.
• Switch the time indication between 12-
You can change the units in which odome- • To change the temperature unit, select
hour and 24-hour format by selecting
ter / trip meter / driving range / average “Temperature” in “Setting mode”. Then,
“Clock setting” in “Setting mode”. Then,
speed distance is displayed. select “°C” or “°F”.
select “12H” or “24H”.
Fuel economy NOTE: Door lock
(Fuel consumption unit setting) When you change the units that tempera- (Door unlock setting) (if equipped)
You can change the units that fuel con- ture is displayed in, the automatic heating You can choose either once or twice oper-
sumption is displayed in. and air conditioning system (if equipped) ation(s) to unlock all doors (including the
Language temperature display units will be changed tailgate) by turning the key, or operating
You can change the language of the infor- automatically. the keyless entry system transmitter, key-
mation display. less push start system remote controller or
Clock setting
request switch.
Fuel reset (Adjusting the clock)
(Average fuel consumption reset setting) • Adjust the clock by selecting “Clock set- You can also turn off or on the buzzer
You can change when the value of aver- ting” in “Setting mode”. Then, select sound when the door(s) is (are) locked or
age fuel consumption is reset. “Adjust clock”. unlocked.
• To change the hour indication, turn the
indicator selector knob (3) left or right Lights
repeatedly when the hour indication (Lane change setting)
appears as reversed color. To change The turn signal and its indicator can be set
the hour indication quickly, turn and hold whether they flash three times even if you
indicator selector knob (3). To set the return the turn signal control lever shortly
hour indication, push the indicator selec- after operating it.
tor knob (3) and the minute indication • To change the lane change setting,
appears as reversed color. select “Lane change” in “Setting mode”.
• To change the minute indication, turn the Then, select “ON” or “OFF”
indicator selector knob (3) left or right • If you want to change the number of
repeatedly when the minute indication flashing, consult an authorized SUZUKI
appears as reversed color. To change dealer.
the minute indication quickly, turn and
hold indicator selector knob (3). To set

2-85

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Guide me light setting (Light setting) Antitheft IS A/C

(if equipped) (Theft deterrent alarm system setting) (ENG A-STOP system setting)
You can change the lighting time of “To (if equipped) • When using the automatic heating and
car” function or “To home” function. You can switch the theft deterrent alarm air conditioning system (if equipped),
system from the enabled state to the dis- you can select one of the following
Display item abled state, and vice versa. engine auto stop settings.
(“Idling disp” setting) (if equipped) The state of the theft deterrent alarm sys- – Standard
You can switch whether the information tem is shown on the information display as – Economy
display shows the display of ENG A-STOP follows: – Comfort
operation when the ignition switch is • Mode A: Disabled state
turned to “LOCK” position. • When “Economy” is selected, engine
• Mode D: Enabled state
auto stop condition is eased, compared
(“Idling warn” setting) (if equipped) Default with “Standard”. As engine auto stop
You can switch whether the information (Initialization setting) condition will occur more frequently, the
display shows the warning and indicator If you select “YES” and push the indicator stop time will be longer, leading to reduc-
messages related on the ENG A-STOP selector knob (3), all settings will be reini- tion of fuel consumption.
system. tialized. • When “Comfort” is selected, engine auto
(“Regen disp” setting) (if equipped) stop condition becomes severe, com-
You can choose that the deceleration pared with “Standard”. As engine auto
energy regenerating indicator light comes stop condition will occur less frequently,
on or does not come on. the stop time will be shorter, leading to
more comfortable cabin condition by air
conditioner.

2-86

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator messages

The display shows warning and indicator
messages to let you know about certain
vehicle problems.
In some cases, the external or internal
buzzer may also sound at the same time to
alert you.
If warning and indicator messages appear
on the display, follow the messages.

Master warning indicator light

80P0382

When the display shows warning and indi-

cator messages, the master warning indi-
cator light may also blink.

NOTE:
• When the problem that causes a mes-
sage to appear is corrected, the mes-
sage will disappear.
• If a message is displayed, and other
problems requiring a message occur, the
message for each of the problems will
be alternately displayed about every 5
seconds.
• When you push and hold the indicator
selector knob (3) for about 2 seconds
while a message is displayed, the mes-
sage will disappear temporarily. If the
problem that caused the message is not
corrected, the message will appear
again after 5 seconds.

2-87

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator messages

All models

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Blinks Beep (one time from interior A door or tailgate is not properly closed. Stop
(only while vehicle buzzer; only while vehicle is the vehicle in a safe place and close the door or
is in motion) in motion) tailgate properly. (#1)

52RM20920

Blinks Continuous beep (from inte- The parking brake is not released. Stop the
rior buzzer) vehicle in a safe place and release the parking
brake.

52RM20930

Blinks Continuous beep (from inte- The headlights and/or the position lights are left
rior buzzer) on. Turn them off.

52RM20940

(#1) This message will disappear for a while even if the problem that caused the message to appear is not corrected.

2-88

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Off Beep (one time from interior Fuel level is low. Refill it as soon as possible.
buzzer) (#1)

52RM20950

Off Off The road may be icy. Drive very carefully. (#1)

52RM20960

(#1) This message will disappear for a while even if the problem that caused the message to appear is not corrected.

2-89

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Vehicle with keyless push start system

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Off Off This message is displayed when the ACC posi-
tion is selected as the ignition mode. (#1)

52RS20180

Off Off The brake pedal (for automatic transmission or

CVT vehicles) or the clutch pedal (for manual
transmission vehicles) is depressed. Press the
engine switch to start the engine.

52RS20190

Blinks Beep (one time from interior There is a problem with the steering lock sys-
buzzer) tem.
Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized
SUZUKI dealer.

52RS20200

(#1) This message will disappear for a while even if the problem that caused the message to appear is not corrected.

2-90

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Blinks Beep (one time from interior There is a problem with the immobilizer/keyless
buzzer) push start system. Also, the vehicle battery
voltage may be decreased.
When the message is displayed even if you
start the engine with normal voltage of the vehi-
cle battery, have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized SUZUKI dealer.
52RS20210

Blinks By certain conditions, some The remote controller may be outside the vehi-
kind of sound you will hear cle or its battery may have become discharged.
from interior and/or exterior Locate the remote controller or touch the
of the vehicle. engine switch with the remote controller.
If the message still appears, replace the remote
controller battery.
52RS20220

52RS20230

Off Off This message is displayed when the ON posi-

tion is selected as the ignition mode. (#1)

52RS20240

(#1) This message will disappear for a while even if the problem that caused the message to appear is not corrected.

2-91

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Blinks Beep (one time from interior The steering lock is not disengaged. While
buzzer) lightly turning the steering wheel in both direc-
tions, press the engine switch again.

52RS20250

Off Off The remote controller battery is about to

become flat. Replace the battery. (#1)

52RS20260

Automatic transmission or Off Off The engine switch is pressed with the gearshift
CVT lever in a position other than “P” or “N” and
depressing the brake pedal. Try again as
instructed by message.

52RS20270

(#1) This message will disappear for a while even if the problem that caused the message to appear is not corrected.

2-92

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Automatic transmission or Off Off The engine switch is pressed with the gearshift
CVT lever in a position other than “P”. Try again as
instructed by the message.

52RS20280

Manual transmission Off Off The engine switch is pressed without depress-
ing the brake and clutch pedals. Try again as
instructed by the message.

52RS20290

CVT model

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Blinks Beep (one time from interior The CVT fluid temperature becomes too high.
buzzer) Stop the vehicle in a safe place and let the fluid
cool down.

52RS20300

2-93

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Vehicle with ESP® system

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Blinks Beep (one time from interior There may be a problem with ESP® system.
buzzer) Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized
SUZUKI dealer.

52RM20980

Hill hold control system Blinks Beep (one time from interior There may be a problem with hill hold control
buzzer) system.
Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized
SUZUKI dealer.

52RM20990

• If your vehicle is equipped with the dual sensor brake support, the information display also indicates warning and indicator messages
related to the system. For information on these messages, refer to “Dual sensor brake support (if equipped)” in “OPERATING YOUR
VEHICLE” section.
• If your vehicle is equipped with the adaptive cruise control system, the information display also indicates warning and indicator mes-
sages related to the system. For information on these messages, refer to “Adaptive cruise control system (if equipped)” in “OPERAT-
ING YOUR VEHICLE” section.

NOTE:
• As the instrument cluster (Type B) is set only for a specific type of vehicle, the display in Arabic is not available.
• If your vehicle is equipped with the ENG A-STOP system, the information display also indicates warning and indicator messages
related to the system. For information on these messages, refer to “ENG A-STOP system (engine auto stop start system) (for K12C
engine model and K12D engine model)” in “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.

2-94

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Instrument cluster (Type C) (if equipped)

1. Speedometer
2. Tachometer
3. Fuel gauge
4. Temperature gauge
5. Information display
6. Trip meter selector knob
7. Indicator selector knob
8. Warning and indicator lights

EXAMPLE 2 8 1

6 8 4 5 3 7
80SS02020

2-95

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Refer to “Low fuel warning light” in “Warn-

Speedometer Fuel gauge ing and indicator lights” in this section for
details.
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed.
The mark (2) indicates that the fuel filler
door is located on the left side of the vehi-
Tachometer cle.

The tachometer indicates engine speed in

revolutions per minute.
(2)
NOTICE
Never drive the vehicle with the
engine revving in the red zone or
severe engine damage can result.
Keep the engine speed below the red (1) EXAMPLE
zone even when downshifting to a 52RS105
lower gear position.
Refer to “Downshifting maximum When the ignition switch is in “ON” position
allowable speeds” in “OPERATING or the ignition mode is ON, this gauge
YOUR VEHICLE” section. gives a rough indication of the amount of
fuel in the fuel tank. “F” stands for full and
“E” stands for empty.
If the indicator approaches a low level
(near “E”) on fuel gauge, refill the tank as
soon as possible.

NOTE:
The indicator moves a little depending on
road conditions (for example, slope or
curve) and driving conditions because of
fuel movement in the tank.

If the low fuel warning light (1) comes on,

refill the fuel tank as soon as possible.

2-96

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

When the ignition switch is in “ON” position

Temperature gauge Brightness control or the ignition mode is ON, the instrument
panel lights come on.
Your vehicle has a system to automatically
EXAMPLE EXAMPLE dim the brightness of the instrument panel
lights when the position lights or headlights
are on.
When the position lights and/or headlights
are on, you can adjust the meter illumina-
tion brightness.
To increase the brightness of the instru-
ment panel lights, turn the indicator selec-
tor knob (1) clockwise.

52RS106 52RM21370

When the ignition switch is in “ON” position

or the ignition mode is ON, this gauge indi- EXAMPLE
cates the engine coolant temperature.
Under normal driving conditions, the indi-
cator should stay within the normal,
acceptable temperature range between
“H” and “C”. If the indicator approaches
“H”, overheating is indicated. Follow the
instructions for “Engine trouble: Overheat-
ing” in “EMERGENCY SERVICE” section.

NOTICE
Continuing to drive the vehicle when (1)
engine overheating is indicated can 52RS107
result in severe engine damage.

2-97

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

To reduce the brightness of the instrument To switch to the setting mode

panel lights, turn the indicator selector Information switch 1) Push and hold the information switch
knob (1) counterclockwise. (if equipped) (1) when the vehicle is stationary.
2) After the display of setting mode is
WARNING You can use the information switch to shown, select the setting item that you
switch the display indication when the igni- want to change by turning the indicator
Do not adjust the brightness of the selector knob (2) left or right. Refer to
instrument panel lights while driving. tion switch is in “ON” position or the igni-
tion mode is ON and the vehicle is “Setting mode” in this section for
Otherwise, you could lose control of details.
the vehicle. stationary.
NOTE:
NOTE: EXAMPLE If you switch to the setting mode while
• If you do not turn the knob within several either of the following items is shown on the
seconds of activating, the brightness information display, the current value will be
control display will be canceled automat- reset. If you do not want to reset its value,
ically. push the indicator selector knob (2) quickly
• When you reconnect the lead-acid bat- beforehand and switch to the other item.
tery, the brightness of the instrument • Average speed
panel lights will be reinitialized. Readjust • Average fuel consumption
the brightness according to your prefer- • Driving time
ence. • Total idling stop time and total idling stop
(1) (2) fuel saved (if equipped)
NOTE:
If you adjust to the maximum brightness To exit the setting mode
52RS108
level when the position lights or headlights 1) Push the indicator selector knob (2)
are on, the following functions will be can- (1) Information switch and select “Back”.
celled. (2) Indicator selector knob 2) Push the information switch (1) quickly.
• The function which automatically dims
the brightness of instrument panel lights NOTE:
• The function which operates with the You can exit the setting mode by either of
brightness control, except maximum the following operations:
brightness level • Turn the ignition switch to “ACC” or
“LOCK” position.
• Press the engine switch to change the
ignition mode to ACC or LOCK (OFF).
• Start driving your vehicle.

2-98

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Display (C)
Information display EXAMPLE Warning and indicator messages /
Fuel consumption / Driving range /
The information display is shown when the Average speed / Driving time / Total idling
ignition switch is in “ON” position or the stop time and total idling fuel saved
ignition mode is ON. (if equipped) / Clock and date / Motion /
Torque and power /
Accelerator and brake /
(A) (B) Boost pressure and engine oil temperature
(if equipped) / Energy flow (if equipped) /
Vehicle speed / Adaptive cruise control
system (if equipped) / Cruise control
(C) (2) (if equipped) / Speed limiter (if equipped) /
(3) Dual sensor brake support system (if
52RS110 equipped) / Blind spot monitor
(2) Trip meter selector knob (if equipped) / Rear cross traffic alert
(E)
(D) (3) Indicator selector knob (if equipped)
(F) (1)
Display (D)
The information display shows the follow- Selector position (for automatic transmis-
ing information. sion or CVT vehicles) /
52RS109
Display (A) Gear position (for automatic transmission
(1) Information display vehicles) / Gearshift indicator (if equipped)
Clock
Display (B) Display (E)
Thermometer / Trip meter
ENG A-STOP indicator light (if equipped) / Display (F)
ENG A-STOP OFF light (if equipped) Odometer

2-99

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE:
Thermometer (if equipped) / ENG A- The outside temperature indication is not
EXAMPLE STOP indicator light (if equipped) / the actual outside temperature when driv-
ENG A-STOP OFF light (if equipped) ing at low speed, or when stopped.
Thermometer
The display (B) shows the thermometer. ENG A-STOP indicator light (if
The thermometer indicates the outside equipped) / ENG A-STOP OFF light (if
temperature. equipped)
Refer to “Warning and indicator lights” in
EXAMPLE “BEFORE DRIVING” section.

52RM240

When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”

position or the engine switch is pressed to
change the ignition mode to ON, the clock
display shown in the above illustration will
appear on the display for several seconds.
Some warning and indicator messages
may appear on the display when the igni-
tion switch is turned to “ACC” or “LOCK”
position or the ignition mode is ACC or 52RM21050
LOCK (OFF). If the outside temperature nears freezing
condition, the message shown in the
Clock above illustration will appear on the dis-
play.
The display (A) shows the time.
To change the temperature unit between
To set the clock, follow “Setting mode” “°C” and “°F”, follow “Setting mode”
instructions in this section. instructions in this section.

2-100

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

(a) Instantaneous fuel consumption /

Fuel consumption / Driving range / Average speed / Driving time / Total Average fuel consumption /
idling stop time and total idling fuel saved (if equipped) / Clock and date / Driving range
Motion / Torque and power / Accelerator and brake / Boost pressure and (b) Instantaneous fuel consumption /
engine oil temperature (if equipped) / Energy flow (if equipped) / Vehicle Average fuel consumption /
speed 5-minute average fuel consumption
When there are no warning or indicator messages on the display (C), you can select one of (c) Average speed /
the following indications to appear on the display: instantaneous fuel consumption, aver- 5-minute average speed /
age fuel consumption, driving range, average speed, driving time, Total idling stop time Driving time
and total idling fuel saved (if equipped), clock and date, motion, torque and power, acceler- (d) Total idling stop time and total idling
ator and brake, boost pressure and engine oil temperature (if equipped), Energy flow (if fuel saved (if equipped)
equipped), vehicle speed or no indication. (e) Clock and date
(f) Motion
WARNING (g) Torque and power
(h) Accelerator and brake
If you attempt to adjust the display while driving, you could lose control of the (i) Boost pressure and engine oil tem-
vehicle. Do not attempt to adjust the display while driving. perature (if equipped)
(j) Energy flow (if equipped)
EXAMPLE (k) Vehicle speed
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (l) No indication

To switch the display indication, push the

indicator selector knob (3) quickly.

(l) (k) (j) (i) (h) (g)

80SM025

2-101

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE: Instantaneous fuel consumption • For “km/L” setting, the indicated maxi-
The value of instantaneous fuel consump- The display shows instantaneous fuel con- mum value of instantaneous fuel con-
tion, average fuel consumption, driving sumption with a bar graph only when the sumption is 50. No more than 50 will be
range, average speed, total idling fuel vehicle is moving. indicated on the display even if the
saved (if equipped), motion, torque and actual instantaneous fuel consumption is
power, accelerator and brake, boost pres- EXAMPLE higher.
sure, engine oil temperature (if equipped) (4) • For “MPG(UK)” setting, the indicated
and energy flow (if equipped) shown on maximum value of instantaneous fuel
the display are affected by the following consumption is 80. No more than 80 will
conditions; be indicated on the display even if the
• road condition actual instantaneous fuel consumption is
• surrounding traffic condition higher.
• driving condition • The indication on the display may be
• vehicle condition delayed if fuel consumption is greatly
• a malfunction which causes the malfunc- affected by driving conditions.
tion indicator light to come on or blink • The display shows estimated values.
Indications may not be the same as
actual values.
52RM21070

(4) Instantaneous fuel consumption

NOTE:
• The display does not show the bar graph
unless the vehicle is moving.
• Depending on the vehicle’s specification,
the fuel consumption units of initial set-
ting are indicated as L/100km, km/L or
MPG.
• For “L/100km” setting, the indicated
maximum value of instantaneous fuel
consumption is 30. No more than 30 will
be indicated on the display even if the
actual instantaneous fuel consumption is
higher.

2-102

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Average fuel consumption / consumption based on the average fuel (5-minute average fuel consumption)
5-minute average fuel consumption / consumption during previous driving.
1-driving cycle average fuel consump- EXAMPLE
tion NOTE:
Average fuel consumption from previous When you reconnect the negative (–) ter-
reset and 5-minute average fuel consump- minal to the lead-acid battery, the value of
tion, and 1-driving cycle average fuel con- average fuel consumption will be shown
sumption are shown. after driving for a period of time.

(Average fuel consumption) You can select the timing to reset the value
of average fuel consumption by one of the
EXAMPLE following three methods; (6)
(5) • Reset after refuel: the value of average
fuel consumption will be reset automati-
cally by refueling.
• Reset with trip meter A: the value of 68PM00282
average fuel consumption will be reset (6) 5-minute average fuel consumption
automatically by resetting trip meter A.
• Reset manually: the value of average (1-driving cycle average fuel consumption)
(5) fuel consumption will be reset by push-
ing and holding the indicator selector EXAMPLE
knob (3) when the display indicates the
average fuel consumption.

52RM21080
To change the timing to reset the value of
average fuel consumption, refer to “Setting
(5) Average fuel consumption mode” in this section.
If you selected average fuel consumption NOTE:
the last time you drove the vehicle, the dis- If you add only a small amount of fuel
play shows the last value of average fuel (7)
when you select “Reset after refuel”, the
consumption from previous driving when average fuel consumption value may not
the ignition switch is turned to “ON” position be reset.
or the engine switch is pressed to change 52R30840
the ignition mode to ON. Unless you reset
the value of average fuel consumption, the (7) 1-driving cycle average fuel con-
display indicates the value of average fuel sumption

2-103

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

You can check transition of average fuel The driving range shown in the display is (Average speed)
consumption every 5 minutes from 15 min- the approximate distance you can drive
utes before up to now. Also, you can check until the fuel gauge indicates “E”, based on EXAMPLE
transition of average fuel consumption the current driving conditions.
past 3 driving cycles. Time indication and
When the low fuel warning light comes on,
driving cycle indication can be changed.
the display “---” will appear. (9)
For details, refer to “Setting mode” in this
If the low fuel warning light comes on, fill
section.
the fuel tank immediately regardless of the
value of driving range shown in the display.
Driving range
When you refuel, the driving range is
EXAMPLE updated. However, if you only add a small
amount of fuel, the correct value will not be
displayed.
52RM21100
NOTE:
• If you refuel when the ignition switch is in (9) Average speed
“ON” position or the ignition mode is ON,
the driving range may not indicate the If you selected average speed the last time
correct value. you drove the vehicle, the display indicates
• When you reconnect the negative (–) the last value of average speed from previ-
(8) terminal to the lead-acid battery, the ous driving when the ignition switch is
value of driving range will be shown after turned to “ON” position or the engine
switch is pressed to change the ignition
52RM21090
driving for a period of time. mode to ON. Unless you reset the value of
(8) Driving range average speed, the display indicates the
Average speed / 5-minute average speed value of average speed which includes
Average speed from previous reset and 5- average speed during previous driving.
If you selected driving range the last time minute average speed are shown.
you drove the vehicle, the display indicates To reset the value of average speed, push
“---” for a few seconds and then indicates and hold the indicator selector knob (3) for
the current driving range when the ignition about 2 seconds when the display indi-
switch is turned to “ON” position or the cates an average speed. The display
engine switch is pressed to change the shows “---” and then indicates a new aver-
ignition mode to ON. age speed after driving for a short time.

2-104

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE: Driving time Total idling stop time and total idling
When you reconnect the negative (–) ter- fuel saved (if equipped)
minal to the lead-acid battery, the value of EXAMPLE
average speed will be shown after driving EXAMPLE
for a period of time.

(5-minute average speed)

EXAMPLE (12)

(13)
(11)

(10) 52RM21120
52RM217
(11) Driving time
(12) Total idling stop time
Driving time from previous reset is shown. (13) Total idling fuel saved
To reset the driving time, push and hold the
indicator selector knob (3) for about 2 sec- The display shows the total length (in
52RM21110
onds when the display indicates a driving hours, minutes and seconds) of engine
(10) 5-minute average speed time. The display shows “---” and then indi- stopping time and the total amount (in milli-
cates a new driving time after driving for a liters) of fuel conservation by ENG A-
You can check transition of 5-minute aver- short time. STOP system since the indication was
age speed every 5 minutes from 10 min- reset.
utes before up to now. NOTE: • To reset the total idling stop time and the
• Disconnection of the lead-acid battery total idling fuel saved, push and hold the
negative (-) terminal will reset the indica- indicator selector knob (3) for a while
tion of the driving time. when the display shows the total idling
• The indicated maximum value of driving stop time and the total idling fuel saved.
time is 99:59:59. No more than this
value will be indicated on the display NOTE:
until you reset the driving time. • The indicated maximum value of the
total idling stop time is 99:59:59 and this
value is fixed until it is reset.

2-105

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

• When you reconnect the negative (–) body during the driving is shown as a Boost pressure and engine oil tempera-
terminal to the lead-acid battery, the graph (15). ture (if equipped)
value of the total idling stop time and the
total idling fuel saved will be reset.
G position history graph at the vehicle EXAMPLE
stopped can be changed to indicate or
hide. For details, refer to “Setting mode” in
this section.
Clock and date
Date and time are shown. For the setting WARNING (16)
procedure, refer to “Setting mode” in this Do not look in the display while driv-
section. ing. Doing so may result in an acci-
dent.
Motion
EXAMPLE NOTE: (17)
• If G position history graph at the vehicle
(14) (15) stopped has been set in indication
mode, the graph (15) is shown for sev- 52RM233
eral seconds when you turn the ignition (16) Boost pressure
switch to “LOCK” position or change the (17) Engine oil temperature
ignition mode to LOCK (OFF) after driv-
ing. Present boost pressure and engine oil
• The graph is shown approximately and temperature are shown.
the actual movement may differ.
WARNING
Torque and power
Present engine torque and power are Do not look in the display while driv-
shown. ing. Doing so may result in an acci-
52RM218 dent.
This indicates how the center of gravity is Accelerator and brake
moved while driving. Present accelerator pedal depressing NOTE:
G (acceleration of gravity) position applied degree and brake line pressure are shown. The display shows estimated values. Indi-
to the vehicle body while driving is shown The display is selectable to indicate or not cations may not be the same as actual val-
by a globe (14). to indicate. For details, refer to “Setting ues.
When the vehicle is stopped, historical mode” in this section.
data of G positions applied to the vehicle

2-106

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Energy flow Vehicle speed

The state of SHVS operation can be checked on the information display. For details, refer Vehicle speed is shown.
to “SHVS (Smart Hybrid Vehicle by Suzuki) (for K14D engine model)” or “SHVS (Smart You can change the unit of velocity that
Hybrid Vehicle by Suzuki) (for K12C engine model and K12D engine model)” in “OPER- vehicle speed is displayed in. Refer to
ATING YOUR VEHICLE” section. “Setting mode” in this section.

Information display Description NOTE:

Displayed vehicle speed may differ a little
When the vehicle is running, ISG (Integrated Starter Generator) from the speed meter indication.
assists engine power as an electric motor.

52RM20780

When the vehicle is powered by the engine.

52RM20790

When decelerating your vehicle, the ISG generates electricity

without engine power.

52RM20770

When the engine automatically stops by the ENG A-STOP sys-

tem.

52RM20800

2-107

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Information shown after driving Manual mode indicator (for automatic

When you turn the ignition switch to “LOCK” Selector position (for automatic transmission vehicles)
position or press the engine switch to transmission or CVT vehicles) / When you are using the manual mode, the
change the ignition mode to LOCK (OFF), Gear position (for automatic trans- display shows the manual mode indicator
the following information appears for sev- mission vehicles) / Gearshift indica- (18).
eral seconds on the information display. tor (if equipped)
The display (D) shows some of the follow- Gearshift indicator (if equipped)
EXAMPLE ing indications. Refer to “Gearshift indicator” in “OPERAT-
ING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
EXAMPLE
Trip meter
(18) (19)
The display (E) shows the trip meter.
The trip meter can be used to measure the
(20) distance traveled on short trips or between
fuel stops.
You can use trip meter A or trip meter B
80SM105
independently.
(18) Selector position
(19) Gear position To reset the trip meter, push and hold the
(20) Manual mode indicator trip meter selector knob (2) for about 2
seconds when the display shows the trip
Selector position (for automatic trans- meter.
mission or CVT vehicles) / Gear posi-
tion (for automatic transmission Odometer
vehicles)
The display shows the transmission selec- The display (F) shows the odometer.
tor position (16) or the gear position (17). The odometer records the total distance
• When the manual mode is not in use, the the vehicle has been driven.
display shows the selector position.
• When using the manual mode, the dis-
play shows the current gear position.

52RM21140

2-108

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE:
NOTICE Setting mode • If you push and hold the indicator selec-
When the ignition switch is in “ON” position tor knob (3) to enter into the setting
Keep track of your odometer reading mode when the display (C) shows aver-
and check the maintenance sched- or the ignition mode is ON and the vehicle
is stationary, you can enter into the setting age fuel consumption, average speed,
ule regularly for required services. driving time, total idling stop time and
Increased wear or damage to certain mode of the information display by pushing
and holding the indicator selector knob (3) total idling fuel saved (if equipped), the
parts can result from failure to per- value will be reset simultaneously. If you
form required services at the proper for more than 3 seconds.
do not want to reset the value, push the
mileage intervals. • To select the setting item that you want indicator selector knob quickly to switch
to change, turn the indicator selector the indication of the display.
knob (3) left or right. • If you turn the ignition switch, press the
• To change the setting, push the indicator engine switch or start to move the vehi-
selector knob (3). cle when the display is in the setting
• To exit the setting mode, select “Back” mode, the setting mode will be canceled
and push the indicator selector knob (3). automatically.
EXAMPLE Distance unit
(Vehicle speed / Odometer / trip meter /
driving range / average speed distance
unit setting)
You can change the units in which vehicle
speed / odometer / trip meter / driving
range / average speed distance is dis-
played.

Fuel economy
(Fuel consumption unit setting)
You can change the units that fuel con-
sumption is displayed in.
52RM21150
Language
NOTE: You can change the language of the infor-
The currently selected setting item is sur- mation display.
rounded by a frame.

2-109

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Fuel reset blinks. To change the minute indication Lights

(Average fuel consumption reset set- quickly, turn and hold the indicator selec- (Lane change setting)
ting) tor knob (3). To set the minute indication, The turn signal and its indicator can be set
You can change when the value of aver- push the indicator selector knob (3). whether they flash three times even if you
age fuel consumption is reset. return the turn signal control lever shortly
(Selecting 12H / 24H format) after operating it.
Temperature • Switch the time indication between 12- • To change the lane change setting,
(Temperature unit setting) hour and 24-hour format by selecting select “Lane Change” in “Setting mode”.
You can change the units that temperature “Clock setting” in “Setting mode”. Then, Then, select “ON” or “OFF”
is displayed in. select “12H” or “24H”. • If you want to change the number of
• To change the temperature unit, select flashing, consult an authorized SUZUKI
“Temperature” in “Setting mode”. Then, (Adjusting the date) dealer.
select “°C” or “°F”. • Adjust the date by selecting “Clock set-
ting” in “Setting mode”. Then select Guide me light setting
NOTE: “Adjust date”. (Light setting) (if equipped)
When you change the units that tempera- • To adjust year, month and day, operate You can change the lighting time of “To
ture is displayed in, the automatic heating the indicator selector knob (3) in the car” function or “To home” function.
and air conditioning system temperature same way as adjusting the clock.
display units will be changed automatically. Antitheft
Door lock (Theft deterrent alarm system setting)
Clock setting (Door lock setting) (if equipped)
(Adjusting the clock) You can choose either once or twice oper- You can switch the theft deterrent alarm
• Adjust the clock by selecting “Clock set- ation(s) to unlock all doors (including the system from the enabled state to the dis-
ting” in “Setting mode”. Then, select tailgate) or release the dead lock system (if abled state, and vice versa.
“Adjust clock”. equipped) by turning the key, or operating The state of the theft deterrent alarm sys-
• To change the hour indication, turn the keyless push start system remote control- tem is shown on the information display as
indicator selector knob (3) left or right ler or request switch. follows:
repeatedly when the hour indication • Mode A: Disabled state
You can also turn off or on the buzzer • Mode D: Enabled state
blinks. To change the hour indication
sound when the door(s) is (are) locked or
quickly, turn and hold the indicator selec-
unlocked. NOTE:
tor knob (3). To set the hour indication,
push the indicator selector knob (3) and For the theft deterrent alarm system, refer
the minute indication blinks. to “Theft deterrent alarm system (if
• To change the minute indication, turn the equipped)” in this section.
indicator selector knob (3) left or right
repeatedly when the minute indication

2-110

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

IS A/C TPMS (“Fuel eco hist” setting)

(ENG A-STOP system setting) (Tyre pressure monitoring system set- Transitional indication of average fuel con-
• When using the automatic heating and ting) (if equipped) sumption can be switched to time indica-
air conditioning system (if equipped), • You can check the current tyre pressure tion and driving cycle indication.
you can select one of the following on the information display.
engine auto stop settings. • You can set one of the initial values of (“Motion hist” setting)
– Standard tyre pressure below that are indicated on Indication of G position history graph at the
– Economy the tyre information label. vehicle stopped can be selected to enable
– Comfort – Comfort Mode or disable.
– Load Mode
• When “Economy” is selected, engine (“Idling disp” setting) (if equipped)
auto stop condition is eased, compared Refer to “Tyre pressure monitoring system Display of ENG A-STOP operation with
with “Standard”. As engine auto stop (TPMS) (if equipped)” in “OPERATING ignition mode LOCK (OFF) is selectable to
condition will occur more frequently, the YOUR VEHICLE” section for details. indicate or not to indicate.
stop time will be longer, leading to reduc-
tion of fuel consumption. BSM setting (if equipped) (“Idling warn” setting) (if equipped)
• When “Comfort” is selected, engine auto If you select “ON” the Blind Spot Monitor You can switch whether the information
stop condition becomes severe, com- (BSM) or Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) display shows the warning and indicator
pared with “Standard”. As engine auto can be activated. Refer to “Blind Spot Mon- messages related on the ENG A-STOP
stop condition will occur less frequently, itor (BSM)” or “Rear Cross Traffic Alert system.
the stop time will be shorter, leading to (RCTA)” in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHI-
more comfortable cabin condition by air CLE” section for details. (“Pedal op dsp” setting)
conditioner. Display of “Accelerator and brake” is
Display item selectable to indicate or not to indicate.
(“Calendar dis” setting)
You can select whether you show the cal- (“Regen disp” setting) (if equipped)
ender on the information display or not. You can choose that the deceleration
energy regenerating indicator light comes
(“Calendar form” setting) on or does not come on.
You can change the calendar form of the
information display. Default
To change the calendar form, select “Cal- (Initialization setting)
endar form” in “Display item”. Then, select If you select “YES” and push the indicator
the display order of date, month and year. selector knob (3), all settings will be reini-
tialized.

2-111

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE:
Warning and indicator messages • When the problem that causes a mes-
The display shows warning and indicator sage to appear is corrected, the mes-
messages to let you know about certain sage will disappear.
vehicle problems. • If a message is displayed, and other
In some cases, the external or internal problems requiring a message occur, the
buzzer may also sound at the same time to message for each of the problems will
alert you. be alternately displayed about every 5
seconds.
If warning and indicator messages appear • When you push and hold the indicator
on the display, follow the messages. selector knob (3) for about 2 seconds
while a message is displayed, the mes-
Master warning indicator light sage will disappear temporarily. If the
problem that caused the message is not
corrected, the message will appear
again after 5 seconds.

68PM00278

When the display shows warning and indi-

cator messages, the master warning indi-
cator light may also blink.

2-112

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator messages

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Blinks Beep (one time from interior A door or tailgate is not properly closed.
(only while vehicle buzzer; only while vehicle is Stop the vehicle in a safe place and close
is in motion) in motion) the door or tailgate properly. (#1)

52RM21160

Blinks Continuous beep (from inte- The parking brake is not released. Stop the
rior buzzer) vehicle in a safe place and release the
parking brake.

52RS005

(#1) This message will disappear for a while even if the problem that caused the message to appear is not corrected.

2-113

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Blinks Continuous beep (from inte- The headlights and/or the position lights are
rior buzzer) left on. Turn them off.

52RM21170

Off Beep (one time from interior Fuel level is low. Refill it as soon as possi-
buzzer) ble. (#1)

52RM21180

(#1) This message will disappear for a while even if the problem that caused the message to appear is not corrected.

2-114

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Off Off The road may be icy. Drive very carefully.
(#1)

52RM21190

(#1) This message will disappear for a while even if the problem that caused the message to appear is not corrected.

2-115

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Vehicle with keyless push start system

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Off Off This message is displayed when ACC posi-
tion is selected as the ignition mode. (#1)

52RM21210

(#1) This message will disappear for a while even if the problem that caused the message to appear is not corrected.

2-116

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Off Off The brake pedal (for automatic transmis-
sion or CVT models) or the clutch pedal (for
manual transmission models) is depressed.
Press the engine switch to start the engine.

52RM21220

Blinks Beep (one time from interior There is a problem with the steering lock
buzzer) system.
Have your vehicle inspected by an autho-
rized SUZUKI dealer.

52RM21230

2-117

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Blinks Beep (one time from interior There is a problem with the immobilizer/
buzzer) keyless push start system. Also, the vehicle
battery voltage may be decreased.
When the message is displayed even if you
start the engine with normal voltage of the
vehicle battery, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized SUZUKI dealer.

52RM21240

2-118

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Blinks Series of beeps under cer- The remote controller may be outside the
tain conditions (for about 2 vehicle or its battery may be discharged.
seconds from exterior and/or Bring the remote controller in the vehicle or
interior buzzers) touch the engine push start switch with the
remote controller.
If the message still appears, replace the
remote controller battery.

52RM21250

52RM21260

2-119

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Off Off This message is displayed when ON posi-
tion is selected as the ignition mode. (#1)

52RM21270

Blinks Beep (one time from interior The steering lock is not disengaged. While
buzzer) lightly turning the steering wheel in both
directions, press the engine switch again.

52RM21280

(#1) This message will disappear for a while even if the problem that caused the message to appear is not corrected.

2-120

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Off Off The remote controller battery is about to
become flat. Replace the battery. (#1)

52RM21290

Manual transmission Off Off The engine switch is pressed without

depressing the brake and clutch pedals. Try
again as instructed by the message.

52RM21300

(#1) This message will disappear for a while even if the problem that caused the message to appear is not corrected.

2-121

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Automatic transmission or CVT Off Off The engine switch is pressed with the gear-
shift lever in a position other than “P” or “N”
or without depressing the brake pedal. Try
again as instructed by the message.

52RM21310

Automatic transmission or CVT Off Off The engine switch is pressed with the gear-
shift lever in a position other than “P”. Try
again as instructed by the message.

52RM21320

2-122

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

CVT model

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Blinks Beep (one time from interior The CVT fluid temperature becomes too
buzzer) high.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and let the
fluid cool down.

52RM21330

2-123

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Vehicle with ESP® system

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Blinks Beep (one time from interior There may be a problem with ESP® sys-
buzzer) tem.
Have your vehicle inspected by an autho-
rized SUZUKI dealer.

52RM21340

Hill hold control system Blinks Beep (one time from interior There may be a problem with hill hold con-
buzzer) trol system (if equipped).
Have your vehicle inspected by an autho-
rized SUZUKI dealer.

52RM21350

2-124

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

K14D engine models

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Blinks Beep (one time from interior There may be a problem with the gasoline
buzzer) particulate filter.
Have your vehicle inspected by an autho-
rized SUZUKI dealer.

53SB10202

Blinks Beep (one time from interior You should regenerate the GPF.
buzzer) Refer to “Gasoline particulate filter (GPF)”
in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” sec-
tion.

53SB10203

2-125

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light
Off Continuous beep (from inte- Temperature of the lithium-ion battery is
rior buzzer) extremely low and the engine cannot be
started. Refer to “Starting engine in cold
area” in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHI-
CLE” section.

53SB20213

2-126

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE:
• If your vehicle is equipped with the ENG A-STOP system, the information display also indicates warning and indicator messages
related to the system. For information on these messages, refer to “ENG A-STOP system (engine auto stop start system) (for K14D
engine model)” or “ENG A-STOP system (engine auto stop start system) (for K12C engine model and K12D engine model)” in “OPER-
ATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
• If your vehicle is equipped with the dual sensor brake support, the information display also indicates warning and indicator messages
related to the system. For information on these messages, refer to “Dual sensor brake support (if equipped)” in “OPERATING YOUR
VEHICLE” section.
• If your vehicle is equipped with the adaptive cruise control system, the information display also indicates warning and indicator mes-
sages related to the system. For information on these messages, refer to “Adaptive cruise control system (if equipped)” in “OPERAT-
ING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
• If your vehicle is equipped with the Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) or Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), the information display also indicates
warning and indicator messages related to the system. For information on these messages, refer to “Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) (if
equipped)” or “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if equipped)” in “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
• If your vehicle is equipped with a parking sensor system, the information display also indicates warning and indicator messages
related to the system. For information on these messages, refer to “Parking sensors” in “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.

2-127

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

them to the proper pressure as indicated

Warning and indicator lights on the vehicle’s tyre information placard. WARNING
Driving on a significantly under-inflated
NOTE: tyre causes the tyre to overheat and can Failure to take corrective action when
• If warning and indicator lights blink or lead to tyre failure. Under-inflation also the low tyre pressure warning light is
come on, the corresponding messages reduces fuel efficiency and tyre tread life, not working or when it comes on and
may be shown on the information dis- and may affect the vehicle’s handling and blinks while driving can lead to an
play. stopping ability. Each tyre, including the accident.
spare, should be checked at least once a If the low tyre pressure warning light
month when cold and set to the recom- does not come on for 2 seconds after
Low tyre pressure warning light the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
(if equipped) mended inflation pressure as specified in
the vehicle placard. position or the engine switch is
pressed to change the ignition mode
The low tyre pressure warning light is also to ON, or comes on and blinks while
used to inform you of a TPMS malfunction. driving, have your vehicle inspected
When the system detects a malfunction, by an authorized SUZUKI dealer.
this light will blink for about 75 seconds Even if the light turns off after blink-
and then remain continuously illuminated. ing, indicating that the monitoring
This sequence will be repeated after the system has recovered, you should
52D305
ignition switch is turned to “ON” position or still have the system checked by an
the engine switch is pressed to change the authorized SUZUKI dealer.
As an added fuel efficiency feature, your ignition mode to ON as long as the mal-
vehicle is equipped with a tyre pressure function exists.
monitoring system (TPMS) that uses a low
tyre pressure warning light to inform you NOTE:
when one or more of your tyres is signifi- The low tyre pressure warning light may
cantly under-inflated. not come on immediately if you have a
When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” sudden loss of air pressure.
position or the engine switch is pressed to
change the ignition mode to ON, this light
comes on briefly so you can check that the
light is working.
When the low tyre pressure warning light is
lit, one or more of your tyres is significantly
under-inflated. You should stop and check
your tyres as soon as possible, and inflate

2-128

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

WARNING WARNING WARNING

The load-carrying capacity of your Continuing to drive with the low tyre (Continued)
tyres is reduced at lower inflation pressure warning light on can lead to • If your vehicle is equipped with a
pressures. If your tyres are even an accident, resulting in severe injury flat tyre repair kit instead of a spare
moderately under-inflated, the load or death. tyre, refer to “Flat tyre repair kit” in
on the tyres may exceed the load-car- If the low tyre pressure warning light “EMERGENCY SERVICE” section
rying capacity of the tyres, which comes on and stays on, reduce your for instructions on how to perform
could lead to tyre failure. The low tyre speed and avoid abrupt steering and an emergency repair of a flat tyre.
pressure warning light will not alert braking. Be aware that driving on a • If one or more of your tyres is
you to this condition, because it only significantly under-inflated tyre can under-inflated, adjust the inflation
comes on when one or more of your cause the tyre to overheat and can pressure of all tyres to the recom-
tyres becomes significantly under- lead to tyre failure, and may affect mended inflation pressure as soon
inflated. steering control and brake effective- as possible.
Check and adjust your tyre pressure ness. Stop the vehicle in a safe place
at least once a month. Refer to as soon as possible and check your Refer to “Tyre pressure monitoring system
“Tyres” in “INSPECTION AND MAIN- tyres. (TPMS)” in “OPERATING YOUR VEHI-
TENANCE” section. • If you have a flat tyre, replace it CLE” section for additional details on the
with the spare tyre (if equipped). tyre pressure monitoring system. Refer to
Refer to “Jacking instructions” in “Tyres” in “INSPECTION AND MAINTE-
“EMERGENCY SERVICE” section NANCE” section for information on main-
for the tyre replacement method. taining proper tyre pressure.
Also refer to “Replacing tyres and/
or wheels” for instructions on how
to restore normal operation of the
TPMS after you have had a flat tyre.
(Continued)

2-129

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

If the brake system warning light comes on

Brake system warning light while you are driving the vehicle, it may WARNING
mean that there is something wrong with
the vehicle’s brake system. If any of the following conditions
If this happens: occur, you should immediately ask
an authorized SUZUKI dealer to
1) Pull off the road and stop carefully. inspect the brake system.
• If the brake system warning light
WARNING does not go out after the engine
has been started and the parking
82K170 Remember that stopping distance brake has been fully released.
may be longer, you may have to push • If the brake system warning light
Three different types of operations exist harder on the pedal, and the pedal
depending on the vehicle’s specification. does not come on when the igni-
may go down farther than normal. tion switch is turned to “ON” posi-
• The light comes on briefly when the igni- tion or the engine switch is pressed
tion switch is turned to “ON” position or 2) Test the brakes by carefully starting and to change the ignition mode to ON.
the engine switch is pressed to change stopping the vehicle on the shoulder of • If the brake system warning light
the ignition mode to ON. the road. comes on at any time during vehi-
• The light comes on when the parking 3) If you determine that it is safe, drive the cle operation.
brake is engaged with the ignition switch vehicle cautiously at low speed to the
in “ON” position or the ignition mode is nearest an authorized SUZUKI dealer NOTE:
ON. for repairs or tow the vehicle to the Because the brake system is self-adjust-
• The light comes on under either or both nearest an authorized SUZUKI dealer ing, the fluid level will drop as the brake
of above two conditions. for repairs. pads become worn. Replenishing the
brake fluid reservoir is considered normal
The light also comes on when the fluid in
periodic maintenance.
the brake fluid reservoir falls below the
specified level.
NOTE:
The light should go out after starting the Parking brake reminder buzzer
engine and fully releasing the parking A buzzer sounds intermittently to remind
brake, if the fluid level in the brake fluid you to release the parking brake if you
reservoir is adequate. start the vehicle without releasing the park-
ing brake. Check that the parking brake is
The light also comes on together with the fully released and the brake system warn-
ABS warning light when the rear brake ing light turns off.
force control function (proportioning valve
function) of the ABS system fails.

2-130

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

there may be something wrong with both When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) warn- the rear brake force control function and position or the engine switch is pressed to
ing light the anti-lock function of the ABS system. change the ignition mode to ON, the light
comes on briefly so you can check that the
If one of the above occurs, have the sys-
light is working. If the light stays on or
tem inspected by an authorized SUZUKI
comes on when driving, there may be
dealer.
something wrong with the ESP® systems
If the ABS becomes inoperative, the brake
(other than ABS). You should have the
system will function as an ordinary brake
system inspected by an authorized
system that does not have this ABS sys-
SUZUKI dealer.
tem.
65D529 For details of the ESP® systems, refer to
For details of ABS system, refer to “Anti-
When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” “Electronic stability program (ESP®)” in
lock brake system (ABS)” in “OPERATING
position or the engine switch is pressed to “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
YOUR VEHICLE” section.
change the ignition mode to ON, this light
comes on briefly so you can check that the WARNING
light is working. ESP® warning light The ESP® systems cannot prevent
If the light stays on or comes on when driv- accidents. Always drive carefully.
ing, there may be something wrong with
the ABS.
If this happens:
1) Pull off the road and stop carefully.
2) Turn the ignition switch to “LOCK” posi-
tion or change the ignition mode to
LOCK (OFF) by pressing the engine 52KM133
switch and then start the engine again.
ESP® is a registered trademark of Daimler
If the warning light comes on briefly and AG.
then turns off, the system is normal. If the
This light blinks 5 times per second when
warning light still stays on, something is
one of the following systems is activated.
wrong with the system.
• Stability control system
If the light and the brake system warning • Traction control system
light stay on or come on simultaneously
when driving, your ABS system is If this light blinks, drive carefully.
equipped with the rear brake force control
function (proportioning valve function) and

2-131

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

ESP® OFF indicator light Oil pressure light Charging light

57L30045 50G051 50G052

When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
position or the engine switch is pressed to position or the engine switch is pressed to position or the engine switch is pressed to
change the ignition mode to ON, this light change the ignition mode to ON, this light change the ignition mode to ON, this light
comes on briefly so you can check that the comes on. When the engine is started, the comes on. When the engine is started, the
light is working. light goes out. The light will come on and light goes out. The light will come on and
remain on if there is insufficient oil pres- remain on if there is something wrong with
When the ESP® OFF switch is pushed to sure. If the light comes on when driving, the battery charging system. If the light
turn off the ESP® systems (other than pull off the road as soon as you can and comes on when the engine is running, the
ABS), the ESP® OFF indicator light comes stop the engine. charging system should be inspected
on and stays on. Check the oil level and add oil if necessary. immediately by an authorized SUZUKI
For details of the ESP® systems, refer to If there is enough oil, the lubrication sys- dealer.
“Electronic stability program (ESP®)” in tem should be inspected by an authorized
“OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section. SUZUKI dealer before you drive the vehi-
cle again.

NOTICE
• If you operate the engine with this
light on, severe engine damage can
result.
• Do not rely on the oil pressure light
to indicate the need to add oil. Peri-
odically check the engine oil level.

2-132

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Driver’s seat belt reminder light / AIRBAG light Malfunction indicator light
Front passenger’s seat belt
reminder light

63J030 65D530

When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” Your vehicle has a computer-controlled
60G049 position or the engine switch is pressed to emission control system. A malfunction
When the driver or front passenger does change the ignition mode to ON, this light indicator light is provided on the instrument
not buckle his or her seat belt, this light will blinks or comes on for several seconds so cluster to indicate when it is necessary to
come on and/or blink. you can check that the light is working. have the emission control system serviced.
For details of the seat belt reminder, refer When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
The light will come on and stay on if there position or the engine switch is pressed to
to “Seat belts and child restraint systems” is a problem in the airbag system or the
in this section. change the ignition mode to ON, this light
seat belt pretensioner system. comes on. When the engine is started, the
light goes out.
WARNING
If the malfunction indicator light comes on
If AIRBAG light does not blink or or blinks when the engine is running, there
come on briefly when the ignition is a damage in the emission control sys-
switch is turned to “ON” position or tem.
the engine switch is pressed to Bring the vehicle to an authorized SUZUKI
change the ignition mode to ON, dealer to have the damage fixed.
stays on for more than 10 seconds,
or comes on while driving, the airbag Also, if this light comes on when the
system or the seat belt pretensioner engine is running, there is a problem with
system may not work properly, which the automatic transmission system. Ask an
could result in serious injury in the authorized SUZUKI dealer to have the sys-
event of a collision. Have both sys- tem inspected.
tems inspected by an authorized
SUZUKI dealer.

2-133

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

NOTICE Transmission warning light Immobilizer/keyless push start sys-

(if equipped) tem warning light
Continuing to drive the vehicle when
the malfunction indicator light is on
or blinking can cause permanent
damage to the vehicle’s emission
control system, and can affect fuel
economy and driveability.

(For K12D engine models)

80J219 80JM122
Also, if this light comes on when the
engine is running, there is a problem with When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
the continuously variable transmission sys- position or the engine switch is pressed to position or the engine switch is pressed to
tem or engine cooling system. Ask your change the ignition mode to ON, this light change the ignition mode to ON, this light
SUZUKI dealer to have the system comes on for several seconds so you can comes on briefly so you can check that the
inspected. check that the light is working. light is working.
If this light comes on when the engine is
(Except for K12D engine models) If this light blinks or stays on, there is a
running, there is a problem with the auto-
Also, if this light comes on when the problem with the system or the steering
matic transmission system. Ask an autho-
engine is running, there is a problem with lock cannot be released. If this happens,
rized SUZUKI dealer to have the system
the continuously variable transmission sys- press the engine switch, turning the steer-
inspected.
tem. Ask your SUZUKI dealer to have the ing wheel to the right or left.
system inspected. (For CVT models) If this light still blinks or stays on even if
If the CVT fluid temperature becomes too you start the engine with normal voltage of
high, this light will blink. Stop the vehicle in the vehicle battery, ask an authorized
a safe place and let the fluid cool down. SUZUKI dealer to have the system
inspected.

2-134

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

When this light comes on, a ding sounds NOTE:

Open door warning light once to remind you to refuel. The following steering wheel operations
If you do not refuel, a ding sounds every may gradually take more effort while park-
time when the ignition switch is turned to ing or driving at a very low speed. This is
“ON” position or the engine switch is not a malfunction of the steering system,
pressed to change the ignition mode to but the power steering control system lim-
ON. its the power assist in order to prevent it
from overheating.
NOTE: • The steering wheel is operated very
54G391
The activation point of this light varies often.
depending on road conditions (for exam- • The steering wheel is kept in a fully
This light remains on until all doors (includ- ple, slope or curve) and driving conditions turned position for a long while.
ing the tailgate) are completely closed. because of fuel movement in the tank. When the power steering control system
If any door (including the tailgate) is open cools down, the power steering system will
when the vehicle is moving, a ding sounds return to its original condition.
Electric power steering light However, repeating these operations could
to remind you to close all doors completely.
cause damage to the power steering sys-
tem.
Low fuel warning light
NOTE:
If the power steering system does not work
properly, it will require greater effort to
steer, but you still will be able to steer.
79J039
NOTE:
When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” If the steering is operated, you may hear
position or the engine switch is pressed to noise caused by electric power steering
54G343 change the ignition mode to ON, this light operation. This is normal and indicates that
If this light comes on, refuel the fuel tank comes on. When the engine is started, the the power steering system works properly.
as soon as possible. light goes out.
If this light comes on while driving, the
power steering system may not work prop-
erly. Have the system inspected by an
authorized SUZUKI dealer.

2-135

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

High engine coolant temperature warn-

Steering lock warning light Engine coolant temperature light ing light (red color)
(if equipped) (if equipped)
If this light blinks while driving, it means the
engine is running hot. Avoid driving condi-
tions that may lead to actual overheating. If
the light stays on without blinking, then the
engine is overheating. Follow the instruc-
tions in “Engine trouble: Overheating” of
“EMERGENCY SERVICE” section.
52RS20100 54G344 NOTICE
If this light stays on, there is a problem with When the ignition switch is turned to the Continuing to drive the vehicle when
the system or the steering lock cannot be “ON” position or the engine switch is engine overheating is indicated can
released. If this happens, press the engine pressed to change the ignition mode to result in severe engine damage.
switch, turning the steering wheel to the ON, this light comes on briefly so you can
right or left. If this light still stays on, ask an check that the light is working.
authorized SUZUKI dealer to have the sys-
tem inspected. This indicator has the following two func-
tions.

Low engine coolant temperature light

(blue color)
This light stays on while the engine is still
cold and goes off when the engine has
warmed up.

If this light blinks, there is a problem with

the system. Have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized SUZUKI dealer.

2-136

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

• If both of the indicators stay on after

Dual sensor brake support indica- restarting the engine, there may be a Dual sensor brake support OFF
tor light (if equipped) failure of the dual sensor. Ask an autho- indicator light (if equipped)
rized SUZUKI dealer to have the dual
sensor inspected.
Under the following situations, the function
of the dual sensor stops temporarily. When
the situations are improved, the temporary
stop of the function will be canceled.
• When the visibility of the dual sensor is
52RS20310 poor. 52RS20320

When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” • When the temperature of the body of When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
position or the engine switch is pressed to dual sensor is high. position or the engine switch is pressed to
change the ignition mode to ON, this light • When the systems related to the dual change the ignition mode to ON, this light
comes on briefly so you can check that the sensor brake support stop temporarily. comes on briefly so you can check that the
light is working. • When the battery has a voltage abnor- light is working.
mality.
When the automatic brake system is acti- In the following situations, this light will come
vated, this light blinks rapidly. For details, refer to “Dual sensor brake on and the dual sensor brake support will
support (if equipped)” in “OPERATING stop functioning when the ignition switch is
In the following situations, this light will come YOUR VEHICLE” section. turned to “ON” position or the ignition mode
on and the dual sensor brake support will is ON.
stop functioning when the ignition switch is
• When the dual sensor brake support
in “ON” position or the ignition mode is ON.
OFF switch is pushed and held to turn
When the dual sensor has failure, the func- off the dual sensor brake support.
tion of the dual sensor stops until the igni- • When the ESP® OFF switch is pushed to
tion switch is turned to “LOCK” position or turn off the ESP® systems (other than
the engine switch is pressed to change the ABS), the ESP® OFF indicator light will
ignition mode to LOCK (OFF). Find a safe also come on.
place to park and turn the ignition switch to
“LOCK” position or change the ignition For details, refer to “Dual sensor brake sup-
mode to LOCK (OFF) by pressing the port (if equipped)” in “OPERATING YOUR
engine switch. Restart the engine, and VEHICLE” section.
check that the dual sensor brake support
indicator light and lane departure warning
indicator light go off.

2-137

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

• If both of the indicators stay on after

Lane departure warning indicator restarting the engine, there may be a Lane departure warning OFF indica-
light (if equipped) failure of the dual sensor. Ask an autho- tor light (if equipped)
rized SUZUKI dealer to have the dual
sensor inspected.

Under the following situations, the function

of the dual sensor stops temporarily. When
the situations are improved, the temporary
stop of the function will be canceled.
52RS20331 • When the visibility of the dual sensor is 52RS20341

When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” poor. When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
position or the engine switch is pressed to • When the temperature of the body of position or the engine switch is pressed to
change the ignition mode to ON, this light dual sensor is high. change the ignition mode to ON, this light
comes on briefly so you can check that the • When the systems related to the dual comes on briefly so you can check that the
light is working. sensor brake support stops temporarily. light is working.
• When the battery has a voltage abnor-
When the lane departure warning or the mality. In the following situations, this light will come
vehicle swaying warning is activated, this on and the lane departure warning and the
light blinks. For details, refer to “Dual sensor brake vehicle swaying warning will stop function-
support (if equipped)” in the “OPERATING ing when the ignition switch is turned to
When the dual sensor has failure, the func-
YOUR VEHICLE” section. “ON” position or the ignition mode is ON.
tion of the dual sensor stops until the ignition
• When the lane departure warning OFF
switch is turned to “LOCK” position or the
switch is pushed to turn off the lane
engine switch is pressed to change the igni-
departure warning.
tion mode to LOCK (OFF). Find a safe place
• When the ESP® OFF switch is pushed to
to park and turn the ignition switch to
turn off the ESP® systems (other than
“LOCK” position or change the ignition
ABS), the ESP® OFF indicator light will
mode to LOCK (OFF) by pressing the
also come on.
engine switch. Restart the engine, and
check that the dual sensor brake support
For details, refer to “Dual sensor brake
indicator light and lane departure warning
support (if equipped)” in “OPERATING
indicator light go off.
YOUR VEHICLE” section.

2-138

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”

Automatic headlight leveling LED headlight warning light position or the engine switch is pressed to
system warning light (if equipped) (if equipped) change the ignition mode to ON, this light
comes on by orange briefly so you can
check that the light is working.
For details, refer to “Dual sensor brake
support (if equipped)” in “OPERATING
YOUR VEHICLE” section.
In the following situations, this light will
64J046 54P000234
come on by orange and the dual sensor
brake support will stop functioning when
When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” When the engine switch is pressed to the ignition switch is in “ON” position or the
position or the engine switch is pressed to change the ignition mode to ON, this light ignition mode is ON.
change the ignition mode to ON, this light comes on briefly so you can check that the
comes on briefly so you can check that the light is working. When the dual sensor has failure, the func-
light is working. tion of the dual sensor stops until the igni-
If this light comes on, there is a problem tion switch is turned to “LOCK” position or
If this light comes on, there is a problem
with the LED headlight. Park the vehicle in the engine switch is pressed to change the
with the automatic headlight leveling sys-
a safe place and consult an authorized ignition mode to LOCK (OFF). Find a safe
tem. Bring the vehicle to an authorized
SUZUKI dealer to have the problem cor- place to park and turn the ignition switch to
SUZUKI dealer to have the problem cor-
rected. “LOCK” position or change the ignition
rected.
mode to LOCK (OFF) by pressing the
High beam assist warning light engine switch. Restart the engine, and
(orange) (if equipped) check that the dual sensor brake support
indicator light and lane departure warning
indicator light go off.
• If both of the indicators stay on after
restarting the engine, there may be a
failure of the dual sensor. Ask an autho-
rized SUZUKI dealer to have the dual
sensor inspected.
Under the following situations, the function
52RS20350
of the dual sensor stops temporarily. When
the situations are improved, the temporary
stop of the function will be canceled.

2-139

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

• When the visibility of the dual sensor is

poor. PUSH indicator light (if equipped) Ignition “ON” indicator light
• When the temperature of the body of (if equipped)
dual sensor is high.
• When the systems related to the dual
sensor brake support stops temporarily.
• When the battery has a voltage abnor-
mality.

NOTE: 52RS20360
If the function of the dual sensor stops 52RS20380
temporarily, high beam assist also stops If this light comes on when depressing the
temporarily. brake pedal, you can start the engine. This light comes on when the ignition
mode is ON with the engine off.
High beam assist indicator light “ACC” indicator light (if equipped)
(green) (if equipped) Turn signal indicators

52RS20370
50G055
52RS20350 This light comes on when the ignition
When the high beam assist is working, this mode is ACC. When you turn on the left or right turn sig-
light comes on by green. nals, the corresponding green arrow on the
instrument cluster will flash along with the
For details, refer to “Dual sensor brake respective turn signal lights. When you
support (if equipped)” in “OPERATING turn on the hazard warning switch, both
YOUR VEHICLE” section. arrows will flash along with all of the turn
signal lights.

2-140

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Main beam (high beam) indicator Front fog light indicator light ENG A-STOP indicator light
light (if equipped) (if equipped)

50G056 68PM00268 72M00032

This indicator comes on when headlight The front fog light indicator light comes on When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
main beams (high beams) are turned on. when the front fog light operates. position or the engine switch is pressed to
change the ignition mode to ON, this light
comes on briefly so you can check that the
Illumination indicator light Rear fog light indicator light light is working.
(if equipped)
When the engine stops automatically, this
light comes on.
• For K14D engine model, refer to “ENG
A-STOP system (engine auto stop start
system) (for K14D engine model)” in the
“OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section
64J045 for details.
54G491
• For K12C engine model and K12D
This indicator light comes on while the engine model, refer to “ENG A-STOP
position lights, tail light and/or the head- The rear fog light indicator light comes on system (engine auto stop start system)
lights are on. when the rear fog light operates. (for K12C engine model and K12D
engine model)” in the “OPERATING
YOUR VEHICLE” section for details.

2-141

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

ENG A-STOP OFF light (if equipped) Deceleration energy regenerating S (sport) mode indicator
indicator light (if equipped) (if equipped)

72M00159
52RM20600
When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
position or the engine switch is pressed to 72M00168 This light comes on when S (sport) mode
change the ignition mode to ON, this light When the ignition switch is turned to “ON” switch is ON.
comes on briefly so you can check that the position or the engine switch is pressed to
light is working. change the ignition mode to ON, this light
comes on briefly so you can check that the
Adaptive cruise control system
When you push the ENG A-STOP OFF warning light (if equipped)
switch, this light comes on. light is working.
If this light blinks when driving, there may • For K14D engine model, refer to “ENG
be something wrong with “ENG A-STOP” A-STOP system (engine auto stop start
system. You should have the system system) (for K14D engine model)” in the
inspected by an authorized SUZUKI “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section
dealer. for details.
You should have the system inspected by • For K12C engine model and K12D
an authorized SUZUKI dealer. engine model, refer to “ENG A-STOP
system (engine auto stop start system) 54P000233
• For K14D engine model, refer to “ENG (for K12C engine model and K12D When the engine switch is pressed to
A-STOP system (engine auto stop start engine model)” in the “OPERATING change the ignition mode to ON, this light
system) (for K14D engine model)” in the YOUR VEHICLE” section for details. comes on briefly so you can check that the
“OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section light is working.
for details.
• For K12C engine model and K12D If this light stays on, there is a problem with
engine model, refer to “ENG A-STOP the adaptive cruise control system or radar
system (engine auto stop start system) sensor and the system is disabled tempo-
(for K12C engine model and K12D rarily. If this light does not disappear for a
engine model)” in the “OPERATING while, have your vehicle inspected by an
YOUR VEHICLE” section for details. authorized SUZUKI dealer.

2-142

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Cruise indicator light (if equipped) Limit indicator light (if equipped) Lighting control lever

52RS20390 68PM00258

When the cruise control system is on, this When the speed limiter is on, this light will
light will be on. be on.

“SET” indicator light (if equipped) Master warning indicator light

(if equipped)
57L21128

WARNING
To avoid possible injury, do not oper-
ate controls by reaching through the
52RS20400 steering wheel.
68PM00278
When the vehicle’s speed is controlled by
the cruise control system or the speed lim- When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
iter, this light will be on. position or the engine switch is pressed to
change the ignition mode to ON, this light
comes on briefly so you can check that the
light is working.
When the information display shows warn-
ing and indicator messages, this indicator
light may also blink.
For details, refer to “Information display” in
this section.

2-143

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Automatic light operation

(if equipped)

EXAMPLE

(4)
(3)

(1) (2)

68PM00228

EXAMPLE

（5）

52RM20200

2-144

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Your vehicle’s lighting system is controlled by two main systems: the lighting switch and To turn the lights on or off, twist the knob
the auto-on headlight system (when the lighting switch is in “AUTO” position). on the end of the lever. There are four
The two systems work together to operate your lights as shown in the following chart: positions:

ON: Lights ON OFF (1)

LIGHT: When it is light around the light sensor (5). All lights are off.
DARK: When it is dark around the light sensor (5).
AUTO (2)
Ignition switch in the This function works when the ignition
Ignition switch in the
Lighting “LOCK” or “ACC” position / switch is turned to “ON” position or the
Main lights to “ON” position /
switch Ignition mode engine switch is pressed to change the
be operated Ignition mode ON
position LOCK (OFF) or ACC ignition mode to ON. The headlights and
LIGHT DARK LIGHT DARK position lights are turned on and off auto-
matically according to the amount of out-
Position lights, side light detected by a sensor. They go
– – – –
(1) OFF Tail lights out automatically when you turn the igni-
Headlights – – – – tion switch to “ACC” or “LOCK” position or
change the ignition mode to ACC or LOCK
Position lights, (OFF) by pressing the engine switch.
– – – ON
(2) AUTO Tail lights
The light sensor (5) for sensing the amount
Headlights – – – ON of outside light is installed on the passen-
Position lights, ger’s seat side of instrument panel.
ON ON ON ON
(3) Tail lights
When the following conditions are met, you
Headlights – – – – can use the high beam assist (if equipped).
Position lights, • The ignition switch is turned to “ON”
ON ON ON ON position or the engine switch is pressed
(4) Tail lights
to change the ignition mode to ON
Headlights ON ON ON ON • The headlights are turned on when it
becomes dark outside the vehicle
• The lighting switch is in “AUTO” position
• The lighting control lever is pushed for-
ward
For details, refer to “High beam assist” in
“OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.

2-145

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

(4) Auto-on headlight system

CAUTION Front position lights, tail lights, license
plate light, instrument lights and headlights EXAMPLE
If the light sensor area of the wind- are on.
shield is covered with mud, ice, or
other similar substances, the head-
lights and position lights may be EXAMPLE
turned on even when it is still light （5）
outside.

NOTE:
• Avoid covering the light sensor area of
the windshield with a sticker. The sticker
may impair the performance of the sen-
sor and make the system unable to con-
trol operation of the lights correctly. 52RM20200
• If you turned the ignition switch to “ON”
position or changed the ignition mode to The auto-on headlight system automati-
ON by pressing the engine switch and cally turns on all lights that are operated by
68PM00230
“AUTO” position remains selected, the the lighting switch, when the following
headlights and position lights come on With the headlights on, push the lever for- three conditions are all met.
automatically as it gets dark outside, ward to switch to the high beams (main
beams) and pull the lever toward you to Conditions for auto-on headlight system
even with the engine not running. Leav- operation:
ing the lights lit for a long time may lead switch to the low beams. When the high
beams (main beams) are on, a light on the 1) It is dark around the light sensor (5).
to a completely discharged battery. 2) The lighting switch is in “AUTO” posi-
instrument cluster will come on. To
momentarily activate the high beams (main tion.
(3) 3) You turn the ignition switch to “ON”
Front position lights, tail lights, license beams) as a passing signal, pull the lever
slightly toward you and release it when you position or press the engine switch to
plate light and instrument lights are on, but change the ignition mode to ON.
headlights are off. have completed the signal.
This system is activated by a signal from
the light sensor (5) on the passenger side
of instrument panel. Do not cover the sen-
sor (5). Otherwise, the system will not work
correctly.

2-146

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

WARNING Light reminder buzzer Guide me light (if equipped)

It takes about 5 seconds for the light The interior buzzer continuously beeps if Guide me light has two functions of “To
sensor to react to a change in light- you open the driver’s door without turning home” and “To car” for improving your visi-
ing conditions. To help avoid an acci- off the headlights and position lights. This bility in the dark.
dent due to reduced visibility, turn on function is triggered under the following
your headlights before driving into a condition: “To home” function
tunnel, parking structure, etc. The headlights and/or position lights are Even after you leave the car, the ground
on even after the ignition switch is turned will be illuminated for a short while with this
off, or the engine switch is pressed to function. You can turn on the front position
NOTE: change the ignition mode to LOCK (OFF). lights and the headlights in the low beam
The light sensor reacts even to infrared setting for about 10 seconds after the igni-
rays, so it may operate incorrectly when The buzzer stops sounding when you turn
tion switch is turned to “LOCK” position or
there are strong infrared rays. off the headlights and position lights. the engine switch is pressed to change the
ignition mode to LOCK (OFF).
NOTE:
A message is indicated on the information To set the function:
display in the instrument cluster while the 1) Turn the lighting switch to “AUTO” posi-
buzzer is sounding. tion.
2) Turn the ignition switch to “LOCK” posi-
Daytime running light (D.R.L.) sys- tion or press the engine switch to
tem (if equipped) change the ignition mode to LOCK
(OFF).
When the engine is started, the daytime 3) Pull the lighting control lever toward
running lights are turned on by this system. you once and open the driver’s side
Conditions for D.R.L. system operation door within 60 seconds. Or pull the
1) The engine is running. lighting control lever toward you once
2) Headlights and front fog light (if while the driver’s side door is open.
equipped) are off.

NOTE:
Brightness of the daytime running lights is
different from the brightness of the position
lights, but it is not a malfunction.

2-147

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

To cancel the function: To cancel the function:

Perform any of the following operations. Perform any of the following operations. Front fog light switch
• Pull the lighting control lever toward you • Lock the doors by using the keyless (if equipped)
once. push start system remote controller, the
• Turn the ignition switch to “ACC” or “ON” request switch or the key in the driver’s EXAMPLE
position or change the ignition mode to door lock.
ACC or ON by pressing the engine • Change the ignition mode to ACC or ON
switch. by pressing the engine switch.
• Turn the lighting switch to any other • Turn the ignition switch to “ACC” or “ON”
position than “AUTO” position. position or change the ignition mode to
ACC or ON by pressing the engine
NOTE: switch.
• When the “To home” is functioning, the
front fog lights (if equipped), rear fog NOTE:
light (if equipped) and the headlights • When the “To car” is functioning, the
(high beam) are not turned on. front fog lights (if equipped), rear fog
• Lighting time of the “To home” function light (if equipped) and the headlights
can be changed on the information dis- (high beam) are not turned on. 68PM00232
play. Refer to “Information display” in this • Lighting time of the “To car” function can
To turn the front fog light on, twist the knob
section. be changed on the information display.
as shown in the illustration with the posi-
Refer to “Information display” in this sec-
tion lights, tail lights and/or the headlights
“To car” function tion.
are on. When the front fog light is on, an
Before you get in the vehicle, the ground
indicator light on the instrument cluster will
will be illuminated for a short while to easily
come on.
lead the driver to the vehicle. If UNLOCK
button of the keyless push start system
NOTE:
remote controller is pressed while the light-
In some countries the lighting operation
ing switch is positioned in “AUTO”, the
may be different from the above descrip-
front position lights and the headlights in
tion according to local regulations.
the low beam are turned on for 10 sec-
onds.
This function will operate only when it is
dark outside the vehicle.

2-148

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Headlight pattern, right hand traffic

Rear fog light switch (if equipped) Adjusting headlight pattern
Headlight pattern, left hand traffic
EXAMPLE

68PM00260

68PM00233
68PM00259
To turn the rear fog light on, twist the knob
as shown in the illustration with the head-
lights on. When the rear fog light is on, an
indicator light on the instrument cluster will
come on.
If you twist the knob to the mark of rear fog
light with the front fog light on, the rear fog
light will turn on and an indicator light on
the instrument cluster will come on.

2-149

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

The headlight pattern must be adjusted to Right side headlight (A) Left side headlight (B)
avoid dazzling oncoming motorists and
can be set for right or left hand traffic. (1) (1)

LED headlights (if equipped)

You do not need to adjust the light pattern.

Halogen headlights (if equipped)

The light pattern may not be as good. (2) (2)
You should readjust the light pattern by
masking the headlight lens.
Left hand drive vehicle
To readjust the light pattern by masking the (3) (3)
headlight for left hand traffic;
1) Copy the A and B templates as shown 52RS011 52RS012
later in this section. (1) Horizontal line: approximately 2.1 mm (1) Horizontal line: approximately 2.5 mm
2) Transfer the template to a self-adhesive (2) Vertical line: approximately 18.5 mm (2) Vertical line: approximately 11.2 mm
waterproof material and cut it out. (3) Center mark (small projection on the (3) Center mark (small projection on the
3) Position the cutout tape at the right dis- inner surface of the lens) inner surface of the lens)
tance from the center mark of the head-
light lens.
Refer to the dimensions in the following
illustrations.

2-150

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Right hand drive vehicle Right side headlight (C) Left side headlight (D)
To readjust the light pattern by masking the
headlight for right hand traffic; (1)
(1)
1) Copy the C and D templates as shown
later in this section.
2) Transfer the template to a self-adhesive
waterproof material and cut it out.
3) Position the cutout tape at the left dis-
tance from the center mark of the head- (2) (2)
light lens.
Refer to the dimensions in the following
illustrations.
(3) (3)

52RS013 52RS014

(1) Horizontal line: approximately 16.7 mm (1) Horizontal line: approximately 16.7 mm
(2) Vertical line: approximately 5.8 mm (2) Vertical line: approximately 5.8 mm
(3) Center mark (small projection on the (3) Center mark (small projection on the
inner surface of the lens) inner surface of the lens)

2-151

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Templates for halogen headlights

(5)

(4)
A

52RM22011

(4) 63 mm (2.4 in.)

(5) 116 mm (4.5 in.)

2-152

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

(5)

(4) B

52RM22021

(4) 66 mm (2.5 in.)

(5) 139 mm (5.4 in.)

2-153

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

(5)

(4) C

52RM22031

(4) 56 mm (2.2 in.)

(5) 111 mm (4.3 in.)

2-154

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

(5)

(4) D

52RM22041

(4) 51 mm (2.0 in.)

(5) 87 mm (3.4 in.)

2-155

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Headlight leveling switch Turn signal control lever Turn signal operation
(if equipped) With the ignition switch in “ON” position or
the ignition mode ON, move the lever
upward or downward to activate the right
or left turn signals.

Normal turn signal

75RM008

Level the headlight beam according to the 57L21128

load condition of your vehicle by turning
this switch. The chart shows the appropri-
ate switch position for different vehicle load WARNING
EXAMPLE
conditions. To avoid possible injury, do not oper-
68PM00234
ate controls by reaching through the
Switch steering wheel. Move the lever all the way upward or
Vehicle Load Condition
Position downward to signal. When the turn is com-
pleted, the signal will cancel and the lever
Driver only 0
will return to its normal position.
Driver + 1 passenger
0.5
(in front seat)
Driver + 4 passengers,
1.5
no cargo
Driver + 4 passengers,
2
cargo added
Driver + full cargo 3

2-156

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Lane change signal

Hazard warning switch Windshield wiper and washer
lever
EXAMPLE

EXAMPLE
68PM00235

Move the lever partially upward or down-

ward to turn right or left and hold the lever
in the moved position.
• The turn signal and its indicator flash
52RS20110
while the lever is held at the moved posi-
tion. Push the hazard warning switch to activate 65D611
• The turn signal and its indicator flash 3 the hazard warning lights. All turn signal
times even if you returned the lever lights and both turn signal indicators will
flash simultaneously. To turn off the lights, WARNING
immediately after the activation.
push the switch again. To avoid possible injury, do not oper-
NOTE: Use the hazard warning lights to warn ate controls by reaching through the
The turn signal and its indicator can be set other drivers of possible risk of traffic haz- steering wheel.
whether they flash 3 times after the turn ard when you park your vehicle in case of
signal lever is returned via the information emergency.
display. Refer to “Information display” in
this section.

NOTE:
You can customize the setting for the num-
ber of flashing times of the turn signal and
its indicator (1 to 4 times). Please ask an
authorized SUZUKI dealer for the customi-
zation.

2-157

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

Wiper and washer operation Windshield wipers

EXAMPLE
When the ignition switch is in “ON” position
or the ignition mode is ON, you can use EXAMPLE
the wiper/washer lever.
When the wipers are under heavy load
such as covered by snow, the breaker will
be activated and the wipers will stop oper-
ating to protect the wiper motor from over-
heating. If the wiper stops during
operation, do the following methods.
1) Stop the vehicle in a safe place, and
turn the engine off.
2) Move the wiper lever and switch to 68PM00238
“OFF” position. If the lever is equipped with “INT TIME”
3) Remove obstacles such as snow on the 68PM00237 control, turn the control knob forward or
wipers. To turn the windshield wipers on, move the backward to adjust the intermittent wiper
4) After a while, when the temperature of lever down to one of the three operating operation to the desired interval.
the wiper motor becomes low enough, positions. In “INT” position, the wipers
the breaker will be reset automatically operate intermittently. The “INT” position is
and the wipers will be able to use. very convenient for driving in mist or light
If you cannot use the wipers after a while, rain. In “LO” position, the wipers operate at
there may be another problem. Ask an a steady low speed. In “HI” position, the
authorized SUZUKI dealer to have the wip- wipers operate at a steady high speed. To
ers inspected. turn off the wipers, move the lever back to
“OFF” position.
Move the lever up and hold it to “MIST”
position, the windshield wipers will turn on
continuously at low speed.

2-158

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Windshield washer NOTICE Rear window wiper/washer switch

To help prevent damage to the wind-
EXAMPLE shield wiper and washer system EXAMPLE
Washer
components, you should take the fol-
lowing precautions: Wiper
• Do not continue to hold in the lever
when there is no windshield
washer fluid being sprayed or the
washer motor can be damaged.
• Do not attempt to remove dirt from
a dry windshield with the wipers or
you can damage the windshield Intermittent wiper
and the wiper blades. Always wet
the windshield with washer fluid
before operating the wipers.
68PM00239 68PM00240
• Clear ice or packed snow from the
To spray windshield washer fluid, pull the wiper blades before using the wip- To turn the rear wiper on, twist the rear
lever toward you. The windshield wipers ers. wiper switch on the end of the lever for-
will automatically turn on at low speed if • Check the washer fluid level regu- ward to “ON” position. If your vehicle is
they are not already on and your vehicle is larly. Check it often when the equipped with “INT” position (if equipped),
equipped with “INT” position. weather is bad. the rear wiper operates intermittently when
• Fill a reservoir to 3/4 level with you twist the switch forward to “INT” posi-
WARNING washer fluid for its expansion, if tion. To turn the rear wiper off, twist the
temperature falls low enough to switch rearward to “OFF” position.
• To prevent windshield icing in cold
weather, turn on the defroster to freeze the fluid. With the rear wiper in “OFF” position, twist
heat the windshield before and the switch rearward and hold it there to
during windshield washer use. spray window washer fluid.
• Do not use radiator antifreeze in With the rear wiper in “ON” position, turn
the windshield washer reservoir. It the switch forward and hold it there to
can severely impair visibility when spray window washer fluid.
sprayed on the windshield, and can
also damage your vehicle’s paint.

2-159

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

NOTICE Tilt/telescoping (if equipped) WARNING

Clear ice or snow from the rear win- steering lock lever Never attempt to adjust the steering
dow and rear wiper blade before wheel while the vehicle is moving or
using the rear wiper. Accumulated you could lose control of the vehicle.
ice or snow could prevent the wiper EXAMPLE
blade from moving, causing damage
to the wiper motor.

(1)

(2)

52RM20700

(1) LOCK
(2) UNLOCK

The lock lever is located under the steering

column. To adjust the steering wheel
height and fore-aft position:
1) Push down the lock lever to unlock the
steering column.
2) Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
height and fore-aft position and lock the
steering column by pulling up the lock
lever.
3) Try moving the steering wheel up and
down and back and forth to check that it
is securely locked in position.

2-160

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

Type 2
Horn Heated rear window switch /
EXAMPLE
heated outside rearview
EXAMPLE mirrors switch (if equipped) (1)

Type 1
EXAMPLE

52RM20440

When the rear window is misted, push this

52RM20420 switch (1) to clear the window.
(1)
Press the horn button of the steering wheel
to sound the horn. The horn will sound with
the ignition switch in any position or any 52RM20430
ignition mode.

2-161

80SS5-01E
 BEFORE DRIVING

NOTE:
EXAMPLE • The defogger will work only when the
engine is running.
• The defogger will automatically turn off
after the defogger remains on for 15 min-
utes to prevent discharging of the lead-
(2) acid battery.
• If your vehicle is equipped with heated
outside rearview mirrors, only the
driver’s side outside rearview mirror has
the mark (2), but both outside rearview
mirrors work simultaneously.

52RM20450

If the outside rearview mirror has the mark

(2), it is also equipped with the heated out-
side rearview mirrors. When you push the
switch (1), both the heated outside rear-
view mirrors and the heated rear window
will operate simultaneously.
An indicator light will come on when the
defogger is on. The defogger will work only
when the engine is running. To turn off the
defogger, push the switch (1) again.

NOTICE
The heated rear window and the
heated outside rearview mirrors (if
equipped) use a large amount of elec-
tricity. Turn off the switch after the
window and mirrors (if equipped)
have become clear.

2-162

80SS5-01E
BEFORE DRIVING

MEMO

2-163

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Starting / stopping engine (vehicle without
keyless push start system) (if equipped) .......................... 3-13
Starting / stopping engine (vehicle with
keyless push start system) (if equipped) .......................... 3-15 3
Gasoline particulate filter (GPF)
(for K14D engine model) ..................................................... 3-19
Using transmission ............................................................. 3-20
Gearshift indicator (if equipped) ........................................ 3-33
SHVS (Smart Hybrid Vehicle by Suzuki) (for K12C engine
model and K12D engine model) (if equipped) .................. 3-37
ENG A-STOP system (engine auto stop start system)
(for K12C engine model and
K12D engine model) (if equipped) ..................................... 3-39
SHVS (Smart Hybrid Vehicle by Suzuki)
(for K14D engine model) ..................................................... 3-53
ENG A-STOP system (engine auto stop start system)
60G408
(for K14D engine model) ..................................................... 3-56
Exhaust gas warning ...........................................................3-1 Cruise control (if equipped) ............................................... 3-67
Daily inspection checklist ...................................................3-1 Speed limiter (if equipped) ................................................. 3-69
Engine oil consumption ......................................................3-2 SUZUKI SAFETY SUPPORT (if equipped) ......................... 3-71
Ignition switch (vehicle without keyless push start system) Emergency stop signal (ESS) (if equipped) .....................3-119
(if equipped) .........................................................................3-3 Parking sensors (if equipped) ...........................................3-120
Engine switch (vehicle with keyless push start system) Rearview camera (if equipped) .........................................3-125
(if equipped) .........................................................................3-5 Braking ................................................................................3-129
Keyless push start system (if equipped) ...........................3-7 Electronic stability program (ESP®) .................................3-131
Parking brake lever ..............................................................3-11 Tyre pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
Pedal .....................................................................................3-12 (if equipped) ........................................................................3-135

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Exhaust gas warning WARNING Daily inspection checklist

(Continued)
• Do not park with the engine run-
ning for a long period of time, even
Before driving
in an open area. If it is necessary to
sit for a short time in a parked vehi-
cle with the engine running, check
that the air intake selector is set to
FRESH AIR and the blower is at
high speed.
• Avoid operating the vehicle with
the tailgate or trunk open. If it is
necessary to do so, check that the
sunroof (if equipped) and all win-
dows are closed, and the blower is
52D334
at high speed with the air intake
selector set to FRESH AIR.
• To allow proper operation of your
WARNING vehicle’s ventilation system, keep 60A187

Avoid breathing exhaust gases. the air inlet grill in front of the wind- 1) Check that windows, mirrors, lights and
Exhaust gases contain carbon mon- shield clear of snow, leaves or reflectors are clean and unobstructed.
oxide, a potentially lethal gas that is other obstructions at all times. 2) Visually check the tyres for the follow-
colorless and odorless. Since carbon • Keep the exhaust tailpipe area clear ing points:
monoxide is difficult to detect by of snow and other material to help – the depth of the tread groove
itself, take the following precautions reduce the buildup of exhaust – abnormal wear, cracks and damage
to help prevent carbon monoxide gases under the vehicle. This is – loose wheel nuts
from entering your vehicle. particularly important when parked – existence of foreign material such as
• Do not leave the engine running in in blizzard conditions. nails, stones, etc.
garages or other confined areas. • Have the exhaust system inspected
(Continued) periodically for damage and leak- Refer to “Tyres” in “INSPECTION AND
age. Any damage or leakage MAINTENANCE” section for details.
should be repaired immediately. 3) Look for fluid and oil leakage.

3-1

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE: Once a week, or each time you fill your fuel

It is normal for water to drip from the air tank, perform the following under-hood Engine oil consumption
conditioning system while and after use. checks:
It is normal for the engine to consume
1) Engine oil level some engine oil during normal vehicle
4) Check that the hood is fully closed and
2) Coolant level operation.
latched.
3) Brake fluid level
5) Check the headlights, turn signal lights,
4) Lead-acid battery solution level The amount of engine oil consumption
brake lights and horn for proper opera-
5) Windshield washer fluid level depends on viscosity and quality of the oil
tion.
6) Hood latch operation and your driving conditions.
6) Adjust the seat and head restraint.
Pull the hood release handle inside the More oil is consumed during high-speed
7) Check the brake pedal feeling and the
vehicle. Check that you cannot open driving and when there is frequent acceler-
adjustment condition for the parking
the hood further without releasing the ation and deceleration. Under high loads,
brake lever.
secondary latch. Close the hood your engine also will consume more oil.
Refer to “Brake” in “INSPECTION AND
securely after checking for proper latch A new engine also consumes more oil,
MAINTENANCE” section for details.
operation. See the item “All latches, since its pistons, piston rings and cylinder
8) Adjust the mirrors.
hinges and locks” of “Chassis, body walls have not yet become conditioned.
9) Check that you and all passengers
and others” in “Maintenance schedule” New engines reach the normal level of oil
have properly fastened by the seat
in “INSPECTION AND MAINTE- consumption only after approximately
belts.
NANCE” section for lubrication sched- 5000 km (3000 miles) driving.
10)Check that all warning lights come on
ule.
as the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
Oil consumption:
position or the engine switch is pressed
WARNING Max. 1.0 L per 1000 km
to change the ignition mode to ON.
(1 Qt. per 600 miles)
11)Check all gauges. Check that the hood is fully closed
12)Check that the brake system warning and latched before driving. If it is not, When judging the amount of oil consump-
light turns off when the parking brake is it can fly up unexpectedly during tion, note that the oil may become diluted
released. driving, obstructing your view and and it is difficult to judge the accurate oil
resulting in an accident. level.
As an example, if a vehicle is used for
Once a month, or each time you fill your repeated short trips, and consumes a nor-
fuel tank, check the tyre pressure using a mal amount of oil, the dipstick may not
tyre pressure gauge. Also check the tyre show any drop in the oil level at all, even
pressure of the spare tyre. after 1000 km (600 miles) or more of driv-
ing. This is because the oil gradually
becomes diluted with fuel or moisture,

3-2

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

making it appear that the oil level has not

changed. Ignition switch EXAMPLE
You should also be aware that the diluting (vehicle without keyless push
ingredients evaporate out when the vehicle
is subsequently driven at high speeds, start system) (if equipped)
such as on an expressway, making it
appear that oil is excessively consumed
after high-speed driving.

68PH00310

The ignition switch has the following four

positions:

LOCK
This is the normal parking position. It is the
65D611
only position in which the key can be
removed.
WARNING
To avoid possible injury, do not oper-
ate controls by reaching through the
steering wheel.

3-3

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Manual transmission ACC

Accessories such as the radio can oper-
Turn to “LOCK”
ate, but the engine is off.

ON
This is the normal operating position. All
Push
electrical systems are on.

START
This is the position for starting the engine
using the starter motor. The key should be
released from this position as soon as the
engine starts.

60G033
Ignition key reminder 81A297S
A buzzer sounds intermittently to remind
• Manual transmission vehicles: you to remove the ignition key if it is in the
You must push in the key to turn it to WARNING
ignition switch when the driver’s door is
“LOCK” position. It locks the ignition, and opened. • Never return the ignition switch to
prevents normal use of the steering “LOCK” position and remove the
wheel after the key is removed. ignition key while the vehicle is
moving. The steering wheel will
• CVT vehicles: lock and you will not be able to
The gearshift lever must be in “P” (Park) steer the vehicle.
position to turn the key to “LOCK” posi- (Continued)
tion. It locks the ignition and prevents
normal use of the steering wheel and
gearshift lever.

To release the steering lock, insert the key

and turn it clockwise to one of the other
positions. If you have trouble turning the
key to unlock the steering wheel, try turn-
ing the steering wheel slightly to the right
or left while turning the key.

3-4

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

the instrument cluster shows the following

WARNING Engine switch message: “ACC” IGNITION SWITCH
(vehicle with keyless push POSITION. Refer to “Warning and indica-
(Continued) tor lights” or “Information display” in
• Always return the ignition switch to start system) (if equipped) “BEFORE DRIVING” section for details.
“LOCK” position and remove the
ignition key when leaving the vehi- ON
cle even only for a short time. Also • With the engine off
do not leave children alone in a EXAMPLE
You can use such electric equipment as
parked vehicle. Unattended chil- the power windows and wipers with the
dren could cause accidental move- engine off. When this ignition mode is
ment of the vehicle or could tamper selected by pressing the engine switch,
with power windows or power sun- the ignition “ON” indicator light in the
roof. They also could suffer from instrument cluster comes on or the infor-
heat stroke in warm or hot weather. mation display in the instrument cluster
These could result in severe injury shows the following message: “ON”
or even death. IGNITION SWITCH POSITION.
• With the engine on
NOTICE All electric equipment is operational. The
Do not leave the ignition switch in 52RM30010
vehicle can be driven when you have
“ON” position if the engine is not run- selected this ignition mode by pressing
LOCK (OFF) the engine switch.
ning as the lead-acid battery will dis- This mode is for parking the vehicle. When
charge. this mode is selected by pressing the
engine switch and then any door (including
the tailgate) is opened or closed, the steer-
ing will be locked automatically.

ACC
Press the engine switch to select this igni-
tion mode to use such electric equipment
as the audio system, outside rearview mir-
rors and accessory socket with the engine
off. When this position is selected, the
“ACC” indicator light in the instrument clus-
ter comes on or the information display in

3-5

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

START
• Manual transmission vehicles: NOTICE Unreleased steering lock warning
Provided you have the keyless push start If the steering lock remains engaged when
system remote controller with you, the Do not leave the engine switch in
ACC or ON mode when the engine is you press the engine switch to change the
engine automatically starts when you ignition mode to ON, the information dis-
press the engine switch to select this igni- not running. Avoid using the radio or
other electric accessories for a long play in the instrument cluster shows the
tion mode after shifting to “N” (Neutral) and message: “TRN. STEERING WHEEL TO
depressing the brake and clutch pedals. time when the engine switch is in
ACC or ON mode when the engine is RELEASE LOCK”. Refer to “Information
not running, otherwise the lead-acid display” in “BEFORE DRIVING” section for
• Automatic transmission or CVT vehi- details.
cles: battery may discharge.
Provided you have the keyless push start NOTE:
system remote controller with you, the NOTE: The steering lock may not be released and
engine automatically starts when you • You do not need to keep the engine the immobilizer/ keyless push start system
press the engine switch to select this igni- switch pressed until the engine starts. warning light turns on if some load is
tion mode after placing the gearshift lever • In the presence of strong radio wave or applied on the steering wheel. If this hap-
in “P” (Park) position and depressing the noise, you may not be able to change pens, turn the steering wheel system to the
brake pedal. (If you need to restart the the ignition mode to ACC or ON or to right or left to relieve it from the load before
engine while the vehicle is moving, shift start the engine using the engine switch. you press the engine switch again to
into “N”.) In this case, the information display in change to the desired ignition mode.
the instrument cluster will show the fol-
lowing message: KEY FOB NOT
DETECTED.
• For K14D engine model:
The vehicle with lithium-ion battery may
click at the lithium-ion battery when
change the ignition mode to ON or
LOCK (OFF). This is a normal operation
sound.

3-6

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• When the engine is off and the position

Keyless push start system lights are on. The illumination will go out Selection of ignition modes
(if equipped) when the position lights are turned off. Press the engine switch to select ACC or
• When the engine is on and the position ON mode as follows when you use an
Provided the keyless push start system lights and/or the headlights are on. The electric accessory or check the operation
remote controller is within the interior work- illumination will go out when the position of instruments without running the engine.
able area (refer to the related explanation lights and the headlights are turned off.
in this section), you can use the engine 1) Bring the keyless push start system
switch for starting the engine and selecting remote controller with you and sit in the
an ignition mode (ACC or ON). In addition, driver’s seat.
the following functions can be used: 2) Manual transmission – Without
• Keyless entry function. Refer to “Keyless depressing the clutch pedal, press the
push start system remote controller / engine switch (1).
keyless entry system transmitter (if
equipped)” in “BEFORE DRIVING” sec- Automatic transmission or CVT – With-
tion for details. out depressing the brake pedal, press
• Locking and unlocking doors (including the engine switch (1).
the tailgate) using a request switch.
Refer to “Keyless push start system
remote controller / keyless entry system
transmitter (if equipped)” in “BEFORE 82K253
DRIVING” section for details. NOTE:
• Immobilizer (anti-theft) function. Refer to To save the lead-acid battery, the illumina-
“Immobilizer system” in “BEFORE DRIV- tion will be automatically turned off when
ING” section for details. both of the following conditions are simul-
taneously met:
Engine switch illumination • The headlights and position lights are (1)
turned off.
The engine switch is illuminated (lit) in the • 15 minutes has elapsed since opening
following situations: the driver’s door.
• When the engine is off and the driver’s
82K254
door is open, or for 15 seconds after the
driver’s door is closed. The illumination
will fade out after 15 seconds passed.

3-7

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Every time you press the engine switch, NOTE:

the ignition mode changes as follows. • Automatic transmission or CVT – If the EXAMPLE
gearshift lever is in any position other
Manual transmission than “P”, or if the knob button is pushed (1)
when the gearshift lever is in “P” position
the ignition mode cannot be returned to
LOCK (OFF).
• When selecting the ignition modes, the
information display in the instrument
cluster shows certain messages. Refer
to “Information display” in “BEFORE
(2)
DRIVING” section for details.
(OFF) (Audio equipment)
If the “PUSH” indicator light blinks and
the ignition modes cannot be selected 52RM30020
(Instrument cluster Type A)
Your keyless push start system remote con- 1) Without depressing the brake pedal
troller may not be sensed as being within the and the clutch pedal, push the engine
68PH00322 “interior workable area” (refer to the related switch (1).
explanation in this section). Try again after 2) Within about 10 seconds during which
Automatic transmission or CVT
making sure you have the remote controller the “PUSH” indicator light in the instru-
with you. If the ignition modes still cannot be ment cluster is blinking, touch the
Gearshift selected, the battery of the remote controller engine switch with LOCK button end of
lever in P may be discharged. To be able to select an the remote controller (2) for about 2
ignition mode, you must then use the follow- seconds.
ing method:
LOCK ACC ON
(OFF) (Audio equipment)

Gearshift lever in a
position other than P

57L31006

3-8

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE: If the master warning indicator light 2) The master warning indicator light in
• If you still cannot select the ignition blinks and the ignition modes cannot the instrument cluster blinks and the
modes, there may be some problems be selected (Instrument cluster Type B message “PLACE KEY FOB ON
with the keyless push start system. Con- or C) START SWITCH” appears in the infor-
tact an authorized SUZUKI dealer for an Your keyless push start system remote con- mation display within about 10 sec-
inspection of the system. troller may not be sensed as being within the onds. Touch the engine switch with
• The immobilizer/keyless push start sys- interior workable area (refer to the related LOCK button side of remote controller
tem warning light come on for about 5 explanation in this section). Try again after (2) for about 2 seconds.
seconds while the “PUSH” indicator light checking that you have the remote controller
is blinking. Refer to “Warning and Indica- with you. If the ignition modes still cannot be NOTE:
tor Lights” in the “BEFORE DRIVING” selected, the battery of the remote controller • If you still cannot select the ignition
section for details. may be discharged. To select an ignition modes, there may be some problem with
• You may customize the system to cause mode, you must then use the following the keyless push start system. Contact
the interior buzzer to sound once for the method: an authorized SUZUKI dealer for an
“remote controller out of sensing range” inspection of the system.
warning. To incorporate this customiza- EXAMPLE • The immobilizer/keyless push start sys-
tion, please contact an authorized tem warning light will come on for about
SUZUKI dealer. (1) 5 seconds while the master warning indi-
• If the battery of the remote controller is cator light is blinking. In addition, the
about to become completely discharged, information display in the instrument
the keyless push start system remote cluster will show a message during this
controller battery consumption warning time. Refer to “Information display” in
light in the instrument cluster will come “BEFORE DRIVING” section for details.
on for a few seconds when you press the • You may customize the system to cause
engine switch to change the ignition the interior buzzer to sound once for
(2)
mode to ON. Refer to “Keyless push warning that remote controller is out of
start system remote controller battery sensing range. To incorporate this cus-
consumption warning light (Instrument tomization, please contact an authorized
cluster Type A)” in “Keyless push start 52RM30020 SUZUKI dealer.
system remote controller / Keyless entry 1) Without depressing the brake pedal
system transmitter (if equipped)” in the and the clutch pedal, push the engine
“BEFORE DRIVING” section for details. switch (1).

3-9

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• If the battery of the remote controller is change the ignition mode to LOCK (OFF)
becoming discharged, the correspond- EXAMPLE by pressing the engine switch and then
ing message will appear in the informa- (2) perform the engine starting operation.
tion display when you press the engine Refer to “Starting / stopping engine (vehi-
switch to change the ignition mode to cle with keyless push start system) (if
ON. Refer to “Information display” in equipped)” in this section.
“BEFORE DRIVING” section for details. • Always keep the remote controller with
For details on replacing the battery, refer you as the driver.
to “Keyless push start system remote
controller / keyless entry system trans- (1)
mitter (if equipped)” in “BEFORE DRIV- Interior workable area for keyless
ING” section. push start system

REMOTE CONTROLLER OUTSIDE 52RM30230

warning
(1) Immobilizer/keyless push start sys-
When either of the conditions described tem warning light (blinks)
below is met, the system causes a (2) Master warning indicator light (blinks)
REMOTE CONTROLLER OUTSIDE warn- (Instrument cluster Type B or C)
ing by sounding the interior and exterior
buzzers. At the same time, the immobi- NOTE:
lizer/keyless push start system warning • If the warning is given, relocate the
light comes on and the master warning remote controller as soon as possible. (1)
indicator light (Instrument cluster Type B or • Any attempt to start the engine will fail
C) blinks. while the warning is active. The mes-
• Any door is opened and then closed while sage appearing in the information dis-
the remote controller is not inside the vehi- play in the instrument cluster will also 68PH00306

cle and the engine is running or the igni- indicate this condition. Refer to “Informa- (1) Interior workable area
tion mode has been changed to ACC or tion display” in “BEFORE DRIVING” sec-
ON by pressing the engine switch. tion for details. The interior workable area is defined as all
• The remote controller is not inside the • Normally, the immobilizer/keyless push the interior spaces except for the space
vehicle when you attempt to start the start system warning light should go out above the instrument panel or in the lug-
engine after changing the ignition mode and the master warning indicator light gage compartment.
to ACC or ON by pressing the engine should stop blinking shortly after the
switch. remote controller is brought back inside
the vehicle. If they remain lit and blinking,

3-10

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE: For automatic transmission or CVT vehi-

• Even when the remote controller is in the Parking brake lever cles, always set the parking brake before
interior workable area, if it is in any of the moving the gearshift lever to “P” (PARK)
following conditions, you may not be position. If you park on an incline and shift
able to start the engine or select the igni- EXAMPLE into “P” before setting the parking brake,
tion modes, and the REMOTE CON- the weight of the vehicle may make it diffi-
TROLLER OUTSIDE warning may be (1) cult to shift out of “P” or a sound and a
given. shock may occur when you are ready to
–The remote controller’s battery is low. drive the vehicle. These are not malfunc-
–The remote controller is affected by (2) tions.
strong radio wave or noise.
When preparing to drive the vehicle, move
–The remote controller is in contact with
the gearshift lever out of “P” position
or covered by a metallic object. (3) before releasing the parking brake.
–The remote controller is in the secluded
stowages such as the glove box or a
door pocket. WARNING
–The remote controller is in the sun visor • Never drive your vehicle with the
pocket or on the floor. 54G039 parking brake on: rear brake effec-
• Even when the remote controller is out- (1) To set tiveness can be reduced from over-
side the interior workable area, if it is in (2) To release heating, brake life may be
any of the following conditions, you may (3) To release shortened, or permanent brake
be able to start the engine or select the damage may result.
ignition mode. The REMOTE CON- The parking brake lever is located between • If the parking brake does not hold
TROLLER OUTSIDE warning may not the front seats. To set the parking brake, the vehicle securely or does not
be given at that time. depress the brake pedal and pull the park- fully release, have your vehicle
–The remote controller is outside the ing brake lever all the way up. To release inspected immediately by an autho-
vehicle but very close to a door. the parking brake, depress the brake pedal rized SUZUKI dealer.
–The remote controller is in certain area and pull up slightly on the parking brake
on the instrument panel or in the lug- lever, push the button on the end of the
gage compartment. lever with your thumb, and lower the lever
to its original position.

3-11

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

WARNING WARNING Pedal

Always set the parking brake fully Do not leave cigarette lighters, spray Manual transmission
before leaving your vehicle or it may cans, soft drink cans or plastic arti-
move, causing injury or damage. cles (such as glasses, CD cases, etc.) EXAMPLE
When parking, make sure the gear- in sun-heated vehicle. The tempera-
shift lever for manual transmission ture inside the vehicle may cause as
vehicles is in 1st gear or “R” follows: (1) (2)
(Reverse) and the gearshift lever for • Gas may leak from a cigarette
automatic transmission or CVT vehi- lighter or spray can and may lead
cles is in “P” (Park). Remember, even to a fire.
though the transmission is in gear or • The glasses, plastic cards or CD
in Park, you must set the parking cases, etc. may deform or crack.
brake fully. • Soft drink cans may fracture. (3)

WARNING Parking brake reminder buzzer

80J2121
When parking the vehicle in A buzzer sounds intermittently to remind
extremely cold weather, the following you to release the parking brake if you Automatic transmission or CVT
procedure should be used: start the vehicle without fully releasing the
1) Set the parking brake. parking brake. Check that the parking EXAMPLE
2) Manual transmission – turn off the brake is fully released and the brake sys-
engine, then shift into reverse or tem warning light turns off.
first gear. (2)
Automatic transmission or CVT –
shift into “P” (Park) and turn off
the engine.
3) Get out of the vehicle and put
chocks under the wheels.
(3)
4) Release the parking brake.
When you return to your vehicle,
first set the parking brake, and
then remove the wheel chocks. 80J2122

3-12

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Clutch pedal (1) WARNING Starting / stopping engine

A clutch pedal is used to disengage the Do not apply brakes continuously or (vehicle without keyless push
driving force to the wheels when starting rest your foot on the brake pedal.
the engine, stopping, or shifting the gear- start system) (if equipped)
This will result in overheating of the
shift lever. Depressing the pedal disen- brakes which could cause unpredict-
gages the clutch. able braking action, longer stopping Starting engine
distances, or permanent brake dam-
WARNING age.
Do not drive with your foot resting on MT
the clutch pedal. It could result in
excessive clutch wear, clutch dam- Accelerator pedal (3)
age, or unexpected loss of engine An accelerator pedal controls the speed of
braking. the engine. Depressing the accelerator
pedal increases power output and speed.
Brake pedal (2) NOTE:
AT

Your vehicle is equipped with either front Your vehicle is equipped with Brake Over-
and rear disc brakes or front disc brakes ride System. If you depress both the accel-
and rear drum brakes. Depressing a brake erator pedal and the brake pedal
pedal applies both sets of brakes. simultaneously, the engine power output
may be suppressed. CVT
You may hear occasional brake squeal
when you apply the brakes. This is a nor-
mal condition caused by environmental
factors such as temperature, humidity or
dust, etc. 52RM30240

1) Check that the parking brake is set fully.

WARNING 2) Turn off such loads as the headlights
If brake squeal is excessive and and air conditioning system to facilitate
occurs each time the brakes are starting of the engine.
applied, you should have the brakes
checked by an authorized SUZUKI
dealer.

3-13

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

3) Manual transmission vehicles: NOTE:

Shift into “N” (Neutral). Hold the clutch NOTICE Automatic transmission or CVT vehicles:
pedal and brake pedal fully depressed. • Automatic transmission or CVT vehicles
Automatic transmission or CVT vehi- • Automatic transmission or CVT have a starter interlock device. The
cles: vehicles: engine starts when the gearshift lever is
If the gearshift lever is not in “P” (Park) In case that you need to restart the in either “P” or “N” position.
position, shift into “P” (Park). engine while the vehicle is moving,
4) With your foot taken off the accelerator shift into “N”. Otherwise the engine
pedal, crank the engine by turning the and transmission can be damaged.
ignition key to “START”. Release the • For protection of a lead-acid bat-
key immediately after the engine has tery and a starter motor, do not use
started. the starter motor by turning the key
to “START” for more than 12 sec-
onds at a time. If the engine does
not start, turn the key to “LOCK”
position and wait for more than 30
seconds before trying again. If the
engine does not start after several
attempts, consult a SUZUKI dealer
or a qualified workshop.
• Do not try to start the engine by
pushing or towing the vehicle, or
coasting down a hill. This starting
method could result in damage to
the catalytic converter or damage
to other parts.

3-14

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

3) Manual transmission vehicles:

Stopping engine Starting / stopping engine Shift into “N” (Neutral). Hold the clutch
(vehicle with keyless push pedal and brake pedal fully depressed.
WARNING Automatic transmission or CVT vehi-
start system) (if equipped) cles:
Except in cases of emergency, do not If the gearshift lever is not in “P” (Park)
stop the engine while the vehicle is in position, shift into “P” (Park). Hold the
motion. If you stop the engine while Starting engine brake pedal fully depressed.
the vehicle is in motion, the steering 4) The “PUSH START SWITCH” message
wheel will lock and you will not be will appear in the information display in
able to steer the vehicle. This may MT
the instrument cluster.
result in an accident. Avoid stopping
the engine while driving.

NOTICE
• Automatic transmission or CVT AT
vehicles:
If you stop the engine while the
vehicle is in motion, the automatic
transmission or CVT may be dam-
aged. Avoid stopping the engine CVT
(1)
while driving.
• Vehicles equipped with the engine
with turbocharger:
When stopping the engine after 82K254
climbing or high speed driving, let 52RM202 5) With your foot taken off the accelerator
the engine idle for about one min- 1) Check that the parking brake is set fully. pedal, push the engine switch (1).
ute or more (if it is not prohibited) 2) Turn off such loads as the headlights When the engine is started, the starter
to cool down the turbocharger and and air conditioning system to facilitate motor will automatically stop.
engine oil. This is to prevent the starting of the engine. • Even if you fail to start the engine,
engine oil from over-deteriorating. the starter motor will stop turning
Deteriorated engine oil will damage automatically after approximately 12
the bearings of the turbocharger. seconds. In this case, press the
engine switch to select LOCK (OFF)
mode and restart the engine.

3-15

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• If there is a problem with the system, NOTE:

the engine will not start automatically • You do not need to keep the engine Starting engine in cold area
even if the switch is pressed. In case switch pressed to start the engine. (for K14D engine model)
the starter motor does not turn or • Manual transmission vehicles:
stops immediately, start the engine The engine of a manual transmission
by the following procedure. vehicle will not start unless the clutch
a. Press the engine switch to select pedal is depressed.
the ON mode. • Automatic transmission or CVT vehicles:
b. Perform the above procedure 1) Automatic transmission or CVT vehicles
to 3). have a starter interlock device. The
c. Keep the engine switch pressed engine starts when the gearshift lever is
until the engine starts. Release in either “P” or “N” position.
your finger from the engine switch • During the engine starting procedure,
after the engine has started. messages on the information display will
help you. Refer to “Information display”
NOTICE in “BEFORE DRIVING” section for
details.
• If the engine does not start, press • For K12D or K14D engine models:
53SB30208
the engine switch to select LOCK If the ambient temperature is less than - When temperature of the lithium-ion bat-
(OFF) mode and wait for more than 10°C (14°F) when the engine is started, tery becomes extremely low (about -35°C
30 seconds before trying again, for you may hear a periodic loud noise from (-31°F or below) especially in cold area,
protection of a lead-acid battery the engine room. The noise will stop the engine cannot be started. In such a
and a starter motor. If the engine when the engine has warmed up. This is case, buzzer in the cabin sounds and
does not start after several not a malfunction. “ENGINE START NOT POSSIBLE (LOW
attempts, consult a SUZUKI dealer TEMP)” is indicated on the information dis-
or a qualified workshop. play when ignition mode is changed to ON.
• Do not try to start the engine by Further, charging light comes on and ENG
pushing or towing the vehicle, or A-STOP OFF light blinks. In this case,
coasting down a hill. This starting press the engine switch to select LOCK
method could result in damage to (OFF) mode immediately. As a solution,
the catalytic converter or damage wait for the rise of the ambient temperature
to other parts. and start the engine when the lithium-ion
battery temperature comes up.

3-16

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

While driving, if temperature of the lithium-

ion battery becomes extremely low (about Stopping engine NOTICE
-35°C (-31°F) or below), the situation is • Depress the engine switch to stop the
informed sounding buzzer in the cabin, • Automatic transmission or CVT
engine after the vehicle stopped com- vehicles:
blinking charging light and ENG A-STOP pletely.
OFF light. The engine does not stall soon, If you stop the engine while the
• If the engine remains stopped for a while vehicle is in motion, the automatic
however, since the lead-acid battery is not after it was stopped unexpectedly or was
charged, move the vehicle to a safe place transmission or CVT may be dam-
raced before stopping, a clicking sound aged. Avoid stopping the engine
or the like as soon as possible. Press the may be heard from around the engine
engine switch to select LOCK (OFF) mode while driving.
when it is restarted. This is not a mal- • Vehicles equipped with the engine
and stop the engine. function. Always let the engine idle
Wait for the rise of the ambient tempera- with turbocharger:
before stopping it. When stopping the engine after
ture and start the engine when the lithium-
ion battery temperature comes up. climbing or high speed driving, let
WARNING the engine idle for about one min-
NOTE: Except in cases of emergency, do not ute or more (if it is not prohibited)
• When temperature of the lithium-ion bat- stop the engine while the vehicle is in to cool down the turbocharger and
tery is extremely low (about -35°C (-31°F motion. If you stop the engine while engine oil. This is to prevent the
or below) especially in cold area, warm the vehicle is in motion, the steering engine oil from over-deteriorating.
the cabin using a heater available in the wheel will lock and you will not be Deteriorated engine oil will damage
market and start the engine when the able to steer the vehicle. This may the bearings of the turbocharger.
temperature of the lithium-ion battery result in an accident. Avoid stopping
comes up. When using the heater, follow the engine while driving.
the instructions in the attached manual
for the safety use.
• When the vehicle is stored especially in
cold area of about -35°C (-31°F) or
below, keep the vehicle in a garage or
the like so that the temperature of the
lithium-ion battery does not fall very low.

3-17

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE:
Emergency stop • If you still cannot start the engine after
EXAMPLE
In case of emergency, you can stop the several attempts using the above
engine by quickly pushing the engine (1) method, there may be a problem else-
switch more than 3 times, or pushing and where, such as a low lead-acid battery.
holding the engine switch for more than 2 Consult a SUZUKI dealer or a qualified
seconds while the vehicle is in motion. workshop for inspection.
• The immobilizer/keyless push start sys-
NOTE: tem warning light will come on for about
Except in cases of emergency, do not stop 5 seconds while the master warning indi-
the engine while the vehicle is in motion. cator light is blinking. In addition, the
(2)
The steering and braking operation will information display will show a certain
require more effort when the engine is message during this time. Refer to
stopped. Refer to “Braking” in this section. “Information display” in “BEFORE DRIV-
52RM30020 ING” section for details.
1) Check that the parking brake is set fully. • You may customize the system to cause
Master warning indicator light the interior buzzer to sound once for
blinks and engine cannot be started 2) Manual transmission vehicles:
Shift into “N” (Neutral). Hold the clutch warning that remote controller is out of
Your keyless push start system remote and brake pedals fully depressed. sensing range. Please consult a
controller may not be sensed as being Automatic transmission or CVT vehi- SUZUKI dealer or a qualified workshop
within the interior workable area. Try again cles: for the customization.
after checking that you have the remote If the gearshift lever is not in “P” (Park) • If the battery of the remote controller is
controller with you. If the engine still can- position, shift it to “P” (Park). Hold the about to become completely discharged,
not be started, the battery of the remote brake pedal fully depressed. the corresponding message will appear
controller may be discharged. To start the 3) The “PUSH START SWITCH” message in the information display when you
engine, use the following method: will appear in the information display in press the engine switch to change the
the instrument cluster. Press the engine ignition mode to ON. For details on
switch (1). replacing the battery, refer to “Keyless
4) The master warning indicator light in push start system remote controller /
the instrument cluster blinks within keyless entry system transmitter (if
about 10 seconds. Touch the engine equipped)” in “BEFORE DRIVING” sec-
switch with LOCK button side of remote tion.
controller (2) for about 2 seconds.

3-18

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

LOCK (OFF) mode reminder buzzer

Returning ignition mode to LOCK If the driver’s door is opened without Gasoline particulate filter
(OFF) returning the ignition mode to LOCK (OFF)
by pressing the engine switch, a buzzer
(GPF) (for K14D engine
Automatic transmission or CVT – To
ensure safety, the ignition mode can be sounds to warn you of this condition. model)
returned to LOCK (OFF) by pressing the • If you open the driver’s door after press-
engine switch only when the gearshift lever ing the engine switch to change the igni- The GPF filters off the soot particles in the
is placed in “P” position without pressing tion mode to ACC, the interior buzzer exhaust gas, so the GPF could get
the knob button. beeps intermittently. clogged depending on the driving condi-
• The buzzer will stop sounding if you then tion. The GPF is cleaned by the regenerat-
NOTE: push the engine switch twice, thus bring- ing function that combusts the soot
In the case of an automatic transmission or ing it back the ignition mode to LOCK particles in the GPF by raising the exhaust
CVT, the ignition mode cannot be returned (OFF). gas temperature during driving or idling.
to LOCK (OFF) position if the gearshift
lever is in any other position than “P”. When a certain amount of soot particles is
NOTE: accumulated in the GPF, the GPF will
Certain problems such as a fault in engine Whenever you leave the vehicle, check
system may prevent the engine switch regenerate automatically to avoid clogging
that you have returned the ignition mode to the filter. Therefore, you may hear a little
from going back to LOCK (OFF) mode. If LOCK (OFF) using the engine switch and
this happens, have the vehicle inspected louder engine sounds and/or the exhaust
then lock the doors. Without returning the gas temperature could be higher due to
by an authorized SUZUKI dealer after ignition mode to LOCK (OFF), you cannot
doing the following: combustion of the soot particles.
use a request switch or keyless push start
• Lock the doors using the key to prevent system remote controller to lock the doors.
theft. (The request switches and the key- CAUTION
less push start system remote controller Steering lock warning buzzer Keep away from the exhaust pipe
cannot be used to lock them.) If the steering lock fails to engage due to a when the engine is running. If the
• Disconnect the negative cable from the fault in the system when the ignition mode GPF is regenerating, the exhaust gas
lead-acid battery to prevent discharge. is turned to LOCK (OFF) by pressing the temperature could be higher.
engine switch and any door (including the
tailgate) is opened or closed, the interior
buzzer will warn you of this condition with
repeated short beeps. If this happens,
have the vehicle inspected by an autho-
rized SUZUKI dealer.

3-19

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

GPF warning light

NOTICE Using transmission
Be sure to regenerate the GPF when
the GPF warning light comes on. Fail- WARNING
ure to regenerate the GPF will cause
a vehicle malfunction due to the Do not hang any items on the gear-
clogged filter. shift lever and do not use the gear-
64J244 shift lever as a handrest. Otherwise,
it could prevent proper operation of
If the GPF warning light comes on when the gearshift lever and cause its mal-
driving, the GPF is nearly clogged. You function, resulting in an accident.
should regenerate the GPF when the GPF
warning light comes on. To go out the
warning light, the vehicle must stay in Manual transmission
motion until regeneration has been com-
pleted. 5MT model
The process normally takes about 25 min-
utes.
The optimum condition to end the process
are achieved by keeping the vehicle in
motion at a speed of 50 km/h (31 mph) or
higher, and an engine speed higher than
2,000 rpm.
However, you should drive carefully and
within the legal speed limit, and should
take in to consideration the surrounding
traffic condition.
If you drive your vehicle until the light goes
out, the regeneration of the GPF will be EXAMPLE
completed.
79MH0303

3-20

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

6MT model For K12M engine models

Downshifting km/h (mph)
2nd to 1st 20 (12)
3rd to 2nd 80 (49)
4th to 3rd 125 (77)
5th to 4th 175 (108)*

For K12C and K12D engine models

(2WD)
EXAMPLE EXAMPLE Downshifting km/h (mph)
61MS2A004
61MS2A005 2nd to 1st 20 (12)
Reverse gear (6MT model): with lifting up
3rd to 2nd 85 (52)
Starting off ring, shift the gearshift lever to the right,
To start off, depress the clutch pedal all the engage gear. 4th to 3rd 130 (80)
way to the floor and shift into 1st gear.
After releasing the parking brake, gradually Downshifting maximum allowable 5th to 4th 180 (111)*
release the clutch. When you hear a speeds
change in the engine’s sound, slowly press For K14C engine models
the accelerator while continuing to gradu- For K10C engine models Downshifting km/h (mph)
ally release the clutch. Downshifting km/h (mph)
2nd to 1st 20 (12)
Shifting 2nd to 1st 23 (14)
All forward gears are synchronized and 3rd to 2nd 80 (49)
provide quiet and easy shifting. Always 3rd to 2nd 85 (52)
4th to 3rd 105 (65)
depress the clutch pedal all the way to the 4th to 3rd 135 (83)
floor before shifting gears. Keep the 5th to 4th 140 (86)
engine speed from rising into the red zone 5th to 4th 190 (118)*
of the tachometer. 6th to 5th 180 (111)*

3-21

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

For K14D engine models

WARNING 6-Speed automatic transmission
Downshifting km/h (mph)
2nd to 1st 20 (12) • Reduce your speed and downshift Gearshift lever
to a lower gear before going down
3rd to 2nd 85 (52) a long or steep hill. A lower gear
will allow the engine to provide
4th to 3rd 130 (80) braking. Avoid riding the brakes or
5th to 4th 175 (108)* they may overheat, resulting in
brake failure.
6th to 5th 210 (130)* • When driving on slippery roads,
slow down before downshifting.
*NOTE: Excessive and/or sudden changes
You may not accelerate to the maximum in engine speed may cause loss of
allowable speed because of the driving sit- traction, which could cause you to
uation and/or the vehicle condition. lose control.

NOTICE NOTICE 52RM30250

Do not downshift to a lower gear at The gearshift lever is designed so that it

Check that the vehicle is completely
the speed faster than the maximum cannot be shifted out of “P” position unless
stationary before you shift into
allowable speeds for the next lower the ignition switch is in “ON” position or the
reverse.
speed, or severe damage to engine ignition mode is ON and the brake pedal is
and transmission can result. depressed.
NOTICE Use the gearshift lever positions as fol-
• To help avoid clutch damage, do lows:
not use the clutch pedal as a foot-
rest while driving or use the clutch P (Park)
to keep the vehicle stationary on a Use this position to lock the transmission
slope. Depress the clutch fully when the vehicle is parked or when start-
when shifting. ing the engine. Shift into Park only when
• When shifting or starting off, do not the vehicle is completely stationary.
race the engine. Racing the engine R (Reverse)
can shorten engine life and cause Use this position to reverse the vehicle
negative effect to smooth shifting. from stop. Make sure that vehicle is com-

3-22

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

pletely stationary before shifting into The gearshift lever has a lock mechanism
Reverse. to help prevent accidental shifting. Shift the CAUTION
gearshift lever as follows:
N (Neutral) For the vehicles with the keyless
Use this position for starting the engine if push start system, if you cannot
EXAMPLE press the engine switch firmly, the
the engine stalls and you need to restart it
while the vehicle is moving. You may also (1) engine may not start. Even if you shift
shift into Neutral and depress the brake the gearshift lever into “R” or “D”
pedal to hold the vehicle stationary during position without the engine running,
idling. the vehicle does not move. If you try
to move your vehicle under the
D (Drive) above-mentioned condition, the vehi-
Use this position for all normal driving. cle may move in unexpected direc-
tions on a slope, etc. This may cause
With the gearshift lever in “D” range you an accident. When starting the
can get an automatic downshift by press- engine, press the engine switch
ing the accelerator pedal. The higher the firmly. Also, make sure that the
vehicle speed is, the more you need to 52RM30260
engine is running by checking engine
press the accelerator pedal to get a down- sound or warning and indicator
shift. (1) knob button lights.

M (manual mode) Shift with the knob button (1)

Use this position for driving in the manual pushed in and the brake pedal
mode. depressed.
Refer to “Manual mode” later in this section
for details on how to use the manual mode. Shift with the knob button (1)
pushed in.
WARNING
Always depress the brake pedal Shift without the knob button (1)
before shifting from “P” (Park) (or pushed in.
“N” (Neutral) if the vehicle is station-
ary) to a forward or reverse gear, to
help prevent the vehicle from moving
unexpectedly when you shift.

3-23

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• Always shift the gearshift lever without

NOTICE pushing in the knob button except when EXAMPLE (1) (2)
you shift from “P” to “R”, from “D” to “M”,
• Do not shift the gearshift lever into from “N” to “R” or from “R” to “P”. If you
“R” while moving forward, or the always push in the knob button when
transmission may be damaged. If shifting the gearshift lever, you could
you shift into “R” when the vehicle shift into “P”, “R” or “M” by mistake.
speed is over 11 km/h (7 mph), the • If driver’s or passenger’s knee hits the 52RS30140
transmission will not shift into gearshift lever while driving, the lever (1) Manual mode indicator
reverse. could move and the gear could be (2) Gear position
• Be sure to take the following pre- changed unexpectedly.
cautions to help avoid damage to The information display shows the manual
the automatic transmission: Manual mode mode indicator and the current gear posi-
– Make sure that the vehicle is The automatic transmission can shift gears tion.
completely stationary before automatically. When using the manual
shifting into “P” or “R”. mode, you can shift gears in the same NOTE:
– Do not shift from “P” or “N” to manner as conventional manual transmis- • The indicated gear position in the infor-
“R”, “D” or “M” when the engine sion. mation display when you shift from “D” to
is running above idle speed. To use the manual mode, shift the gearshift “M” is the gear position that was
– Do not rev the engine with the lever from “D” to “M”. selected automatically when the gear-
transmission in a drive position shift lever was in “D”.
(“R”, “D” or “M”) and the front • You can change to the manual mode
wheels not moving. EXAMPLE
temporarily by pulling the shift paddle on
– Do not use the accelerator to the steering wheel toward you when the
hold the vehicle on a hill. Use the gearshift lever is in “D”.
vehicle’s brakes.
Shifting in the manual mode
NOTE: You can shift gears from 1st to 6th depend-
• When you shift the gearshift lever into ing on driving speed.
“P” and stop the engine before depress-
ing the parking brake pedal, if you try to
restart the engine and shift the gearshift
lever into the position other than “P”, it
may reduce gearshift lever capability, or
unusual sound and shock may occur. 52RM30270
However, this is not abnormal.

3-24

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE: To shift up, pull “+” side shift paddle,

• When the engine is revved, the gear is located on right side of the steering wheel, EXAMPLE (1) (2)
shifted up automatically to prevent dam- toward you. When you release your finger
age to the engine and the transmission. from the switch, the switch will return to the
• When the driving speed becomes slow, original position.
the gear shifts down automatically, and
when the vehicle stops, the gear position To shift down, pull “–” side shift paddle,
52RS30140
will be in 1st gear without shifting the located on left side of the steering wheel,
gearshift lever. toward you. When you release your finger (1) Manual mode indicator
• If you depress the accelerator pedal a from the switch, the switch will return to the (2) Gear position
certain amount, the gear shifts down original position.
automatically even if the gearshift lever The temporary manual mode will be can-
is in the manual mode. NOTE: celed automatically in the following situa-
• To shift gears continuously, release your tions.
NOTE: finger from the shift paddle, then pull the • When you press and hold the accelera-
When you change gear, sometimes the shift paddle again. You cannot shift tor pedal for a certain period of time with-
transmission may not shift to the desired gears continuously while holding the out shifting gears.
gear but a buzzer sounds instead. This is shift paddle toward you. • When driving speed becomes slow.
to maintain good drivability and to protect • When you pull the both “+” and “–” shift
the transmission. paddle simultaneously, the gear may not
shift.
Using the shift paddle
Canceling the manual mode
To cancel the manual mode, shift the gear-
shift lever from “M” to “D”.

Temporary manual mode

Pull the shift paddle toward you when driv-
ing with the gearshift lever in “D”. The
information display shows the manual
mode indicator and the current gear posi-
tion.

52RM30280

3-25

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

1) Be sure the parking brake is firmly Right hand drive vehicle

If you cannot shift automatic trans- applied.
mission gearshift lever out of “P” 2) If the engine is running, stop the
(PARK) engine. (2)
3) Make sure the key is in “ON” or “ACC” (1)
Left hand drive vehicle
position, or the ignition mode is ON or
ACC.
(3) 4) Remove the cover (1) by using a flat-
(1) bladed screwdriver covered with a soft
cloth as shown.
5) With the release button (2) pushed by
the key or the flat end rod, push the
knob button (3) and shift the gearshift
lever to the desired position.
(2)
This procedure is for emergency use only. 52RM30300
If repeated use of this procedure is neces- The automatic transmission vehicles have
sary, or the procedure does not work as an electrically operated parklock feature. If
described, take your vehicle to an autho- the vehicle’s lead-acid battery is dis-
80SS03040 rized SUZUKI dealer for repair. charged, or there is some other electrical
The automatic transmission vehicles have failure, the automatic transmission cannot
an electrically operated park-lock feature. be shifted out of Park in the normal way.
If the vehicle’s lead-acid battery is dis- Jump starting may correct the condition. If
charged, or there is some other electrical not, follow the procedure described below.
failure, the automatic transmission cannot This procedure will permit shifting the
be shifted out of Park in the normal way. transmission out of Park.
Jump starting may correct the condition. If
not, follow the procedure described below.
This procedure will permit shifting the
transmission out of Park.

3-26

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

1) Be sure the parking brake is firmly The gearshift lever has a lock mechanism
applied. Continuously Variable Transmis- to help prevent accidental shifting. To shift
2) If the engine is running, stop the sion (CVT) the gearshift lever:
engine.
3) Make sure the key is in “ON” or “ACC” Gearshift lever Models with S (sport) mode
position, or the ignition mode is ON or EXAMPLE
ACC.
EXAMPLE
4) With the release button (1) pushed,
push the knob button (2) and shift the
gearshift lever to the desired position. (1)
This procedure is for emergency use only.
If repeated use of this procedure is neces-
sary, or the procedure does not work as
described, take the vehicle to an autho-
rized SUZUKI dealer for repair.

52RM30250 80SM108
The gearshift lever is designed so that it
cannot be shifted out of “P” position unless
the ignition switch is in “ON” position or the
ignition mode is ON and the brake pedal is
depressed.

WARNING
Always depress the brake pedal
before shifting from “P” (Park) (or
“N” (Neutral) if the vehicle is station-
ary) to a forward or reverse gear, to
help prevent the vehicle from moving
unexpectedly when you shift.

3-27

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Models with manual mode NOTE: N (Neutral)

• Always shift the gearshift lever without Use this position for starting the engine if
EXAMPLE pushing in the knob button (1) except the engine stalls and you need to restart it
(1) when you shift from “P” to “R”, from “D” while the vehicle is moving. You may also
to “M” or “L”, from “N” to “R” or from “R” shift into Neutral and depress the brake
to “P”. If you always push in the knob pedal to hold the vehicle stationary during
button (1) when shifting the gearshift idling.
lever, you could shift into “P”, “R”, “M” or
D (Drive)
“L” by mistake.
Use this position for all normal driving.
• If driver’s or passenger’s knee hits the
gearshift lever while driving, the lever With the gearshift lever in “D” range you
could move and the gear could be can get an automatic downshift by pressing
changed unexpectedly. the accelerator pedal. The higher the vehi-
cle speed is, the more you need to press
80SM109
Use the gearshift lever positions as the accelerator pedal to get a downshift.
described below:
(1) Knob button L (Low) (models with S (sport) mode)
P (Park) Use this position to provide maximum
Shift with the knob button (1) Use this position to lock the transmission power when climbing steep hills or driving
pushed in and the brake pedal when the vehicle is parked or when start- through deep snow or mud, or to provide
depressed. ing the engine. Shift into Park only when maximum engine braking when going
the vehicle is completely stationary. down steep hills.
Shift with the knob button (1)
pushed in. R (Reverse)
Use this position to reverse the vehicle
from stop. Make sure that vehicle is com-
Shift without the knob button (1) pletely stationary before shifting into
pushed in. Reverse.

NOTICE
Do not shift the gearshift lever into
“R” while moving forward, or the
transmission may be damaged. If you
shift into “R” when the vehicle speed
is over 10 km/h (6 mph), the transmis-
sion will not shift into reverse.

3-28

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

M (manual mode) S (sport) mode

(models with manual mode) NOTICE (models with S (sport) mode)
Use this position for driving in the manual The sport mode is suitable for the following
mode. Refer to “Manual mode” later in this Be sure to take the following precau- driving conditions:
section for details on how to use the man- tions to help avoid damage to the • Driving on hilly, winding roads
ual mode. CVT: – You can drive more smoothly with less
• Make sure that the vehicle is com- frequent gear changing
NOTE: pletely stationary before shifting • Going down a steep hill
If you move the gearshift lever to a lower into “P” or “R”. – Some engine braking is provided
gear while driving faster than the maximum • Do not shift from “P” or “N” to “R”,
allowable speed for the lower gear, the “D”, “M” or “L” when the engine is
transmission will not actually downshift running above idle speed.
until your speed drops below the maximum • Do not rev the engine with the
speed for the lower gear. transmission in a drive position
(“R”, “D”, “M” or “L”) and the front
wheels not moving.
• Do not use the accelerator to hold
CAUTION the vehicle on a hill. Use the vehi-
For the vehicles with the keyless cle’s brakes.
push start system, if you cannot
press the engine switch firmly, the NOTE:
engine may not start. When you shift the gearshift lever into “P”
Even if you shift the gearshift lever and stop the engine before depressing the
into “R” or “D” position without the parking brake pedal, if you try to restart the
engine running, the vehicle does not engine and shift the gearshift lever into the
move. position other than “P”, it may reduce gear-
If you try to move your vehicle under shift lever capability, or unusual sound and
the above-mentioned condition, the shock may occur. However, this is not
vehicle may move in unexpected abnormal.
directions on a slope, etc. This may
cause an accident. When starting the
engine, press the engine switch
firmly. Also, make sure that the
engine is running by checking engine
sound or warning and indicator
lights.

3-29

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

S (sport) mode switch When the engine restarts, the sport mode The information display shows the manual
is turned to the off automatically. mode indicator and the current gear posi-
EXAMPLE tion.
Manual mode
(models with manual mode) NOTE:
(1) The CVT can shift gears automatically. • The indicated gear position in the infor-
When using the manual mode, you can mation display when you shift from “D” to
shift gears in the same manner as conven- “M” is the gear position that was
tional manual transmission. selected automatically when the gear-
To use the manual mode, shift the gearshift shift lever was in “D”.
lever from “D” to “M”. • You can change to the manual mode
temporarily by pulling the shift paddle on
EXAMPLE the steering wheel toward you when the
gearshift lever is in “D”.
52RM30310
Shifting in the manual mode
(1) S (sport) mode switch You can shift gears from 1st to 7th depend-
ing on driving speed.
(2) NOTE:
• When the engine is revved, the gear is
shifted up automatically to prevent dam-
age to the engine and the transmission.
• When the driving speed becomes slow,
the gear shifts down automatically, and
68PM00308
52RM30270 when the vehicle stops, the gear position
(2) Sport mode indicator will be in 1st gear without shifting the
The sport mode switch (1) is used to turn EXAMPLE (1) (2) gearshift lever.
on and off the sport mode. • If you depress the accelerator pedal a
To turn on the sport mode, push in the certain amount, the gear shifts down
switch and sport mode indicator (2) in the automatically even if the gearshift lever
instrument cluster will come on. To turn off is in the manual mode.
the sport mode, push in the switch again
52RM30030
and sport mode indicator will go off.
(1) Manual mode indicator
(2) Gear position

3-30

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE: NOTE: Temporary manual mode

When you change gear, sometimes the • To shift gears continuously, release your Pull the shift paddle toward you when driv-
transmission may not shift to the desired finger from the shift paddle, then pull the ing with the gearshift lever in “D”. The
gear but a buzzer sounds instead. This is shift paddle again. You cannot shift information display shows the manual
to maintain good drivability and to protect gears continuously while holding the mode indicator and the current gear posi-
the transmission. shift paddle toward you. tion.
• When you pull the both “+” and “–” shift
Using the shift paddle paddle simultaneously, the gear may not EXAMPLE (1) (2)
shift.

Canceling the manual mode

To cancel the manual mode, shift the gear-
shift lever from “M” to “D”.
52RM30030

(1) Manual mode indicator

(2) Gear position

The temporary manual mode will be can-

celed automatically in the following situa-
tions.
• When you press and hold the accelera-
tor pedal for a certain period of time with-
52RM30280
out shifting gears.
To shift up, pull “+” side shift paddle, • When driving speed becomes slow.
located on right side of the steering wheel,
toward you. When you release your finger
from the switch, the switch will return to the
original position.

To shift down, pull “–” side shift paddle,

located on left side of the steering wheel,
toward you. When you release your finger
from the switch, the switch will return to the
original position.

3-31

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

1) Be sure the parking brake is firmly Right hand drive vehicle

If you cannot shift CVT gearshift applied.
lever out of “P” (PARK) 2) If the engine is running, stop the
engine.
Left hand drive vehicle 3) Make sure the key is in “ON” or “ACC”
position, or the ignition mode is ON or (2)
ACC.
(1) (3) 4) Remove the cover (1) by using a flat- (1)
bladed screwdriver covered with a soft
cloth as shown.
5) With the release button (2) pushed by
the key or the flat end rod, push the
knob button (3) and shift the gearshift
lever to the desired position.
EXAMPLE
(2)
This procedure is for emergency use only. 52RM30640
If repeated use of this procedure is neces- Vehicles with a CVT have an electrically
EXAMPLE sary, or the procedure does not work as operated park-lock feature. If the vehicle’s
described, take the vehicle to an autho- lead-acid battery is discharged, or there is
80SS03040
rized SUZUKI dealer for repair. some other electrical failure, the CVT can-
Vehicles with a CVT have an electrically not be shifted out of Park in the normal
operated park-lock feature. If the vehicle’s way. Jump starting may correct the condi-
lead-acid battery is discharged, or there is tion. If not, follow the procedure described
some other electrical failure, the CVT can- below. This procedure will permit shifting
not be shifted out of Park in the normal the transmission out of Park.
way. Jump starting may correct the condi-
tion. If not, follow the procedure described
below. This procedure will permit shifting
the transmission out of Park.

3-32

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

1) Be sure the parking brake is firmly Automatic transmission vehicle

applied. Gearshift indicator (when using the manual mode)
2) If the engine is running, stop the (if equipped) If UP arrow is indicated in the display while
engine. driving, we recommend you to shift up the
3) Make sure the key is in “ON” or “ACC” gear until the arrow disappears. It is the opti-
position, or the ignition mode is ON or mal gear position for a driving condition that
ACC. EXAMPLE reduces the over revolution and stress to the
4) With the release button (1) pushed, engine, and improves fuel consumption.
push the knob button (2) and shift the
gearshift lever to the desired position. Manual transmission vehicle
If UP/DOWN arrow is indicated in the dis-
This procedure is for emergency use only.
play while driving, we recommend you to
If repeated use of this procedure is neces-
shift up or down the gear. It is the optimal
sary, or the procedure does not work as 80SS03010 gear position for a driving condition that
described, take your vehicle to an autho-
In the following cases, the gearshift indica- reduces the over revolution and stress to
rized SUZUKI dealer for repair.
tor is indicated in the information display the engine, and improves fuel consump-
when the ignition switch is in “ON” position tion.
or the ignition mode is ON.
• For automatic transmission, when using CVT vehicle (when using the manual
the manual mode. mode)
• For manual transmission vehicle, when If UP arrow is indicated in the display while
the gearshift lever is in a position other driving, we recommend you to shift up the
than “N” (Neutral). gear until the arrow disappears. It is the opti-
• For CVT vehicle, when using the manual mal gear position for a driving condition that
mode. reduces the over revolution and stress to the
• For cruise control, when the system is engine, and improves fuel consumption.
not in use. For details on how to use the transmission,
The electronic control system monitors refer to “Using the transmission” in this sec-
driving condition (such as vehicle speed tion.
and/or engine revolution), and it shows
which gear position is optimal for your driv-
ing with the indication on the display.

3-33

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

condition and/or driving situation even in

WARNING the same vehicle speed and engine rev-
olution.
The gearshift indicator is designed to • If any of the electrical systems such as
indicate optimal gear position for ESP® system is working, the gearshift
your driving, however, a driver will indicator will disappear temporarily.
not be relieved from the duty of care
of driving operation or gear change
with this indicator.
To drive safe, do not gaze the gear-
shift indicator, pay attention to your
driving situation and shift up or down
if necessary.

NOTE:
• For manual transmission vehicle, the
gearshift indicator is not indicated when
the gear position is in “N” (Neutral).
• For manual transmission vehicle, if you
depress the clutch pedal while UP/
DOWN arrow is indicated, the indication
will disappear.
• In ordinary driving, UP/DOWN arrow will
disappear when you release your foot
from the accelerator pedal.
If your vehicle is equipped with the adap-
tive cruise control and while it is working,
however, UP/DOWN arrow (for manual
transmission vehicle) or UP arrow (for
CVT vehicle, when using the manual
mode) may be indicated continuously
depending on driving conditions. It
means that the indicated gear position is
optimal for the current cruising speed.
• The indication of gearshift indicator tim-
ing may differ depending on the vehicle

3-34

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Example of the gearshift indicator

Automatic transmission (when using the manual mode)

Indication Description

Lower gear position is selected for the vehicle speed and/or engine revolution. Changing to a higher gear posi-
tion is recommended.
• In this case, shifting up 3rd or upper gear position is recommended.

Manual transmission

Indication Description

Lower gear position is selected for the vehicle speed and/or engine revolution. Changing to a higher gear posi-
tion is recommended.
• In this case, shifting up is recommended.

Higher gear position is selected for the vehicle speed and/or engine revolution. Changing to a lower gear posi-
tion is recommended.
• In this case, shifting down is recommended.

3-35

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

CVT (when using the manual mode)

Indication Description

Lower gear position is selected for the vehicle speed and/or engine revolution. Changing to a higher gear posi-
tion is recommended.
• In this case, shifting up 3rd or upper gear position is recommended.

3-36

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE:
SHVS (Smart Hybrid Vehicle Deceleration energy regenerating The deceleration energy regenerating
function function may not work depending on vehi-
by Suzuki) (for K12C engine cle conditions.
model and K12D engine EXAMPLE
model) (if equipped) Engine power assist function

SHVS has an Integrated Starter Generator EXAMPLE

(ISG) instead of conventional generator to
get a better fuel consumption.

Integrated Starter Generator (ISG) is a gen-

erator which incorporates a motor function.

The ISG has the following 3 functions.

• Deceleration energy regenerating func-
tion
• Engine power assist function 52RM30420

• Starter motor function While decelerating your vehicle, the ISG

generates electricity without engine power.
WARNING This reduces engine loads and improves 52RM30430
fuel consumption.
Dripping engine oil, brake fluid and While the vehicle is running, ISG assists
coolant, etc. to the ISG may cause a While decelerating your vehicle, decelera- engine power as a motor in the following
fire or malfunction. Do not spill them tion energy regenerating function will be limited condition. This reduces engine
when pouring. activated when the following conditions are loads and improves fuel consumption.
satisfied.
• Gearshift lever is not in “N” (Neutral). While the vehicle is running with the
• Clutch pedal is not depressed. engine speed at approximately 3900 rpm
• Inside temperature of lead-acid battery or less, engine power assist function will
is in normal condition. be activated when all of the following con-
• Lithium-ion battery is not fully charged and ditions are satisfied.
inside temperature is in normal condition.
etc. • SHVS system and ENG A-STOP system
are working properly. (ENG A-STOP
OFF indicator light is not blinking.)

3-37

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• Clutch pedal is not depressed. restarted using a cranking power of the battery under certain conditions, for exam-
• ESP® is not activated. ISG. ple, when the outside temperature is low.
• Accelerator pedal is excessively Also, the minimum segment is 1 bar and
depressed. The starting with the ISG is quiet com- the bar will never be 0. Even when 1 bar is
• Lead-acid battery and lithium-ion bat- pared with starting by the conventional shown, the battery level may be close to
tery are fully charged and each inside starter motor. be flat.
temperature is in normal condition.
• Engine coolant temperature is in normal NOTE:
condition. When you restart the engine by turning the Deceleration energy regenerating
• ISG inside temperature is in normal con- ignition switch or pushing the engine indicator light
dition. switch, the conventional starter motor is
used and you will hear a gear engagement EXAMPLE
NOTE: sound.
The engine power assist function may not
work depending on vehicle conditions.
Lithium-ion battery indication
Starter motor function (1)
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
(1)

52RM30450
80SM127
The segments in the lithium-ion battery
indicator (1) give an approximate indication When the deceleration energy regenerat-
of the charge of the lithium-ion battery. The ing function is working, the deceleration
number of segments that appear in the energy regenerating indicator light (1)
indication increases or decreases with the comes on.
charge of the lithium-ion battery.
NOTE:
NOTE: If the gearshift lever is in the “N” (Neutral)
52RM30440
The indicator gives an approximate indica- position, this light does not come on.
After the engine auto stop by the ENG tion. The indication may be delayed or dif-
A-STOP system, the engine will be fer from the actual charge of the lithium-ion

3-38

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE:
ENG A-STOP OFF light ENG A-STOP system (engine If your vehicle is equipped with the auto air
auto stop start system) (for conditioning system, you can change the
EXAMPLE automatic engine stop condition via the
K12C engine model and K12D information display. Refer to “Information
engine model) (if equipped) display” in “BEFORE DRIVING” section.

The ENG A-STOP system (engine auto CAUTION

stop start system) automatically stops the • Do not get out of the vehicle while
52RM30460 engine while waiting briefly at a traffic light, the engine is automatically stopped
If this indicator blinks when driving, there etc., or decelerating to a stop, and auto- by the ENG A-STOP system. Doing
may be something wrong with the ENG A- matically restarts the engine afterward. so may lead to an accident.
STOP system or the SHVS system. You This system helps reduce emissions, If the driver’s seat belt is unfas-
should have the system inspected by an improve fuel consumption and lower tened or the driver’s door is
authorized SUZUKI dealer. engine noise. opened, the engine will restart.
– For manual transmission, if the
This system stops the engine temporarily driver’s seat belt is unfastened or
under specific conditions. Before parking the driver’s door is opened, the
the vehicle for an extended period of time engine will be restarted to warn
or leaving the vehicle, properly apply the you that the engine was stopped
parking brake and stop the engine with the automatically by the ENG A-
ignition switch or the engine switch. STOP system.
– For CVT, if the driver’s seat belt is
If certain conditions are met, the engine is unfastened, even if the brake
stopped automatically when decelerating pedal is pressed down, or the
(approximately 15 km/h (9 mph) or less for driver’s door is opened, the
manual transmission vehicles, approxi- engine will be restarted to warn
mately 13 km/h (8 mph) or less for CVT you that the engine was stopped
vehicles) before stopping. However, the automatically by the ENG A-
engine will not be stopped automatically STOP system.
during deceleration until confirmation of (Continued)
the system function is finished.

3-39

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

CAUTION Lithium-ion battery WARNING

(Continued)
• If the engine does not restart auto- Wrong handling of the lithium-ion
matically after having been battery may result in fire, electric
stopped automatically by the ENG
(1) shock or system malfunction.
A-STOP system, turn the ignition Accordingly, observe the instructions
switch or push the engine switch to listed below:
start the engine. • Do not dismount or disassemble
Trying to move the vehicle when the lithium-ion battery.
the engine has not yet restarted • Do not let the lithium-ion battery
requires a strong force to turn the come in contact with water or other
steering wheel or depress the liquids.
brake pedal, potentially leading to • Do not apply strong impact on the
an accident.
(2) lithium-ion battery.
• Do not step on the lithium-ion bat-
tery or put articles on the lithium-
68PM00368
ion battery.
(1) Battery (lead-acid battery) • Do not disconnect the lithium-ion
(2) Lithium-ion battery battery terminals or draw power
from the terminals for electrical
This lithium-ion battery is used exclusively products.
for the vehicle equipped with SHVS, and
located below the front left side seat.
• Just like a battery (lead-acid battery), the
lithium-ion battery also discharges grad-
ually.
To prevent the lithium-ion battery from
dying, you must charge the lithium-ion
battery by driving continuously for at
least 30 minutes once a month.
• The lithium-ion battery is maintenance-
free.
• To replace or dispose of the lithium-ion
battery, consult an authorized SUZUKI
dealer.

3-40

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• During the automatic engine stop, the engine stop, but the air conditioner will
Automatic stopping/restarting of engine may shut down, accompanied switch to the fan mode.
the engine by an interior buzzer or restarted, to • If the vehicle is equipped with an auto air
ensure safety. conditioner, the fan speed will be limited
Manual transmission vehicles For details, refer to the section, “Precau- during the automatic engine stop (only in
1) With the brake pedal depressed, decel- tions of when the engine is stopped auto- the auto control mode) to keep the cabin
erate the vehicle. matically”. air-conditioned for a longer time.
EXAMPLE NOTICE EXAMPLE
During the automatic engine stop, do
not shift the gearshift lever to a posi-
tion other than “N” without depressing
(1) the clutch pedal. If the gear shift lever
is in a position other than “N”, the (1)
engine will not restart automatically
even if the clutch pedal is depressed.

NOTE:
• Engine auto stop function during decel-
52RM243
eration will be ready once the vehicle
runs at a speed exceeding 10 km/h 52RM244
2) When decelerating at approximately (6 mph) after restart of the engine.
15 km/h (9 mph) or less with the clutch • Even if the engine did not stop automati- 3) Regardless of whether the vehicle has
pedal depressed and the gearshift lever cally before the vehicle came to a stop stopped or not, depressing the clutch
shifted to “N”, and then release the (still traveling at approximately 15 km/h pedal will restart the engine and ENG
clutch pedal, the engine will stop auto- (9 mph) or less), the engine may stop A-STOP indicator light (green) (1) will
matically. automatically once the vehicle stops. go off.
The ENG A-STOP indicator light • If the engine stalled by a rapid clutch
(green) (1) will come on. operation, the engine may restart when
• The ENG A-STOP system will not the gearshift lever is in “N” (Neutral)
stop the engine automatically if all the position, the clutch lever is depressed,
automatic engine stop conditions are and other standby conditions are met.
not met. • The audio and other electrical compo-
For details, refer to the section, “Oper- nent can be used during the automatic
ating conditions of ENG A-STOP sys-
tem”.

3-41

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

While the engine is stopped automatically, CVT vehicles NOTE:

depressing the clutch pedal will restart the 1) Depress the brake pedal to decelerate • The engine is not stopped automatically
engine consuming fuel. Therefore, for fuel while the gearshift lever is in the “D” when decelerating without depressing
economy, it is recommended to depress position will automatically stop the the brake pedal, for example, by using
the clutch pedal just before the vehicle engine before the vehicle is stopped engine braking.
start. (approximately 13 km/h or less). At the • The engine may be stopped automati-
• Without depressing the clutch pedal, the same time, the ENG A-STOP indicator cally when the vehicle is stopped, even if
engine may restart automatically if the light (green) will remain on. the engine is not stopped automatically
automatic engine restart conditions are • The engine is not stopped automati- before stopping the vehicle (approxi-
met. cally if all of the conditions to stop the mately 13 km/h or less).
For details, refer to the section, “Auto- engine automatically are not met, • Electrical components, such as the navi-
matic engine restart conditions”. even if the brake pedal is pressed gation system or audio system, can be
• When restarting the engine, keeping down to decelerate. used while the engine has been stopped
brake force temporarily prevents the For details on the conditions for auto- automatically, however, the air condi-
vehicle from moving forward by the matically stopping the engine, refer to tioner switches to the ventilation posi-
creeping function. Also, this prevents the “Conditions to stop the engine auto- tion.
matically” in this section.
vehicle from rolling downward on a hill. • For the automatic heating and air condi-
• To ensure safety when the engine is
For details, refer to the section “Hill hold stopped automatically, the interior tioning system, airflow is limited (only
control system”. buzzer may sound and the engine under automatic operation) when the
will stall, or the engine may be engine is stopped automatically, in order
NOTE: restarted. to improve the cooling and heating per-
When the engine is restarted automati- formance.
cally, the following conditions may be
found as the hill hold control system is acti-
vated, but this is not a malfunction.
• You may hear a sound from the engine
room.
• As brake pedal becomes heavy, it may (1)
be difficult for you to depress it.

80SS03020

3-42

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

2) When you remove your foot from the

brake pedal, regardless of whether it is
before or after stopping the vehicle, the
engine is restarted and the ENG A-STOP
indicator light (green) goes off.
• The engine is restarted automatically
if the conditions to restart the engine
automatically are met, even if the
brake pedal is depressed.
For details on the conditions for auto-
matically restarting the engine, refer
to “Conditions to restart the engine
automatically” in this section.

(1)

80SS03030

NOTE:
The hill hold control system is activated
when the engine is restarted automatically.

3-43

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Precautions of when the engine is stopped automatically

WARNING
Do not perform any of the following operations while the engine has been stopped automatically. This may result in an acci-
dent.

Operation/Vehicle Condition Solution

Engine hood opened To restart the engine, follow the procedure below.
• The interior buzzer sounds intermittently. 1) Set the parking brake firmly, and then place the gearshift lever in
• After the engine is stopped automatically, it stalls. the “N” position (for manual transmission) or “P” position (for
Common • The ENG A-STOP indicator light (green) goes off. CVT).
2) Securely close the engine hood.
3) Turn the ignition switch or press the engine switch to restart
the engine.
Driver’s seat belt unfastened or driver’s door opened Fasten the driver’s seat belt and/or close the driver’s door.
• The engine is restarted automatically.
• The ENG A-STOP indicator light (green) blinks 5
times, then goes off.
Manual
transmis- Gearshift lever shifted to a position other than “N” To restart the engine, follow the procedure below.
sion without depressing the clutch pedal, driver’s seat belt 1) Set the parking brake firmly, and then place the gearshift lever
unfastened and driver’s door opened in the “N” position.
• The interior buzzer sounds intermittently. 2) Close the door and buckle the seat belt.
• After the engine is stopped automatically, it stalls. 3) Turn the ignition switch or press the engine switch to restart
• The ENG A-STOP indicator light (green) goes off. the engine.

3-44

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Operation/Vehicle Condition Solution

Driver’s seat belt unfastened, or driver’s door opened Before driving, close the door and buckle the seat belt. In addi-
• The engine is restarted automatically. tion, before getting out of the vehicle, follow the procedure below.
• The ENG A-STOP indicator light (green) blinks 5 1) Set the parking brake firmly, and then place the gearshift lever
CVT times, then goes off. in the “P” position.
2) When the vehicle will be stopped for a long time or when you
will leave the vehicle unattended, press the engine switch to
stop the engine.
NOTE:
The following indicator lights in the instrument cluster do not come on when the engine is stopped automatically.
• Malfunction indicator light, electric power steering light, oil pressure light, charging light

3-45

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Operating conditions of ENG A-STOP system

Standby conditions
If all of the following conditions are met while driving, the automatic engine stop will be permitted.
When the engine is started • The engine is started with the engine hood securely closed.
• The ENG A-STOP system is not deactivated (OFF).
• The battery is charged more than a certain amount, and the temperature inside the battery is within
the specified range. (#1)
• The engine coolant temperature is within the specified range.
• The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
Common • The driver’s door is securely closed.
• The engine hood is securely closed.
<Vehicle with automatic heating and air conditioning system>
When driving • The air from the outlets is sufficiently cooled while cooling or sufficiently warmed while heating.
• The defroster is turned off.
Manual • There is no signal to prevent stopping the engine from any electronic control systems other than the
transmis- ENG A-STOP system. (#2)
sion
• The gearshift lever is in the “D” or “N” position. (#3)
• The manual mode is not in use.
CVT
• There is no signal to prevent stopping the engine from any electronic control systems other than the
ENG A-STOP system. (#2)
#1: If the battery is discharged, for example, if the vehicle has not been used for a long time or electrical components, such as the navi-
gation system or audio system, have not been used for a long time while the engine was stopped, it may take some time until the
system can be in standby.
#2: If any of the warning and indicator lights affecting the ENG A-STOP system come on, the engine will not be stopped automatically.
#3: The system will be in standby even though the gearshift lever is in the “N” position, however, the engine will be stopped automati-
cally when the vehicle is stopped, instead of when it is decelerating (approximately 13 km/h or less) before stopping.

3-46

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Conditions to stop the engine automatically

If all of the following conditions are met while the standby conditions are met, the engine is stopped automatically when the vehicle is
decelerating before stopping or when the vehicle is stopped.

Manual • The clutch pedal is depressed, the gearshift lever is shifted into “N” position, and then the
transmis- clutch pedal is released when the vehicle speed is approximately 15 km/h (9 mph) or less.
sion
• The ABS or ESP® system has not been activated.
When decelerating • Brake booster vacuum pressure is normal.
before stopping • The brake pedal is sufficiently depressed. (#)
CVT • The vehicle is decelerating to a speed of approximately 13 km/h (8 mph) or less.
• The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
• The vehicle is not being driven on a steep hill.
• The brake is not applied abruptly.
Manual • The gearshift lever is in “N” position.
transmis- • The clutch pedal is released.
sion
When the vehicle is • The ABS or ESP® system has not been activated.
stopped • Brake booster vacuum pressure is normal.
• The brake was not applied abruptly before the vehicle was stopped.
CVT
• The brake pedal is sufficiently depressed. (#)
• The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
• The vehicle is not stopped on a steep hill.

#: The engine may not be stopped automatically if the brake pedal was depressed lightly or strongly.

3-47

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Conditions to restart the engine automatically

If any of the following vehicle conditions occur or operations are performed while the engine is stopped automatically, the engine is
restarted automatically and the ENG A-STOP indicator light (green) goes off.

• The ENG A-STOP system is deactivated (OFF).

• The battery continues to be discharged. (#1)
• A malfunction was detected in this system. (#2)
• Brake booster vacuum pressure is low. (#1)
Common • The temperature of the air from the outlets changes greatly, or the cooling and heat-
ing performance is insufficient. (#1)
• The temperature selector was greatly set toward COOL while cooling or greatly set
toward HOT while heating. (#1)
• The defroster is turned on. (#1)
Manual transmission • The clutch pedal is depressed.
• The foot is removed from the brake pedal. (#3)
CVT • The accelerator pedal is depressed.
• The gearshift lever is placed in the “P”, “R” or “M” position.
Common • The engine hood was opened.
When decelerating
(approximately 15 km/h (9 mph) Manual • The vehicle speed exceeds 15km/h (9 mph) when going down a slope. (#1)
or less for manual transmission transmis-
vehicles, sion
approximately 13 km/h (8 mph)
or less for CVT vehicles) • The gearshift lever is placed in the “N” position.
CVT
• The slope of the road suddenly changes. (#1)
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. (#1)
• The driver’s door is opened. (#1)
Common • The vehicle is moving along a slope. (#1)
When the vehicle is stopped • Some time (about 3 minutes) has passed since the engine was stopped automati-
cally. (#1)
CVT • After the gearshift lever is placed in the “N” position, it is returned to the “D” position.

3-48

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

#1: After the ENG A-STOP indicator light (green) blinks, it goes off. Also, the interior buzzer may sound at the same time.
#2: Depending on the situations of malfunction, it is a normal restart or the restart as #1.
#3: The engine may be restarted automatically when the brake pedal is depressed lightly. In this case, when the brake pedal is
depressed again, the engine is stopped automatically and the ENG A-STOP indicator light (green) comes on again.

3-49

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE:
ENG A-STOP OFF switch ENG A-STOP OFF light If the indicator blinks during the automatic
The ENG A-STOP system can be deacti- engine stop, the engine may shut down.
vated.
• To deactivate the system, press the ENG
A-STOP OFF switch (1) to turn on ENG
A-STOP OFF light (2).
• To activate the system once again, press
the switch (1) again to turn off the indica-
tor. 52RM30460

• Every time the engine is stopped manu- This indicator comes on in the information
ally, the system is enabled again and the display.
ENG A-STOP OFF light (2) goes off.
• This indicator comes on when the ENG
A-STOP system is deactivated.
• The indicator blinks when the ignition
switch is turned to “ON” position or the
(2) engine switch is pressed to change the
(1) ignition mode to ON, if one of the condi-
tions listed below is met.
The ENG A-STOP system or the SHVS
system does not actuate correctly while
the indicator is blinking. Have the system
inspected by an authorized SUZUKI
dealer.
– There may be something wrong with
the ENG A-STOP system or the SHVS
52RM30170 system.
NOTE: – An engine component (ISG) or the
Pressing the ENG A-STOP OFF switch (1) lead-acid battery is due for replace-
during the automatic engine stop will ment.
restart the engine automatically and the
ENG A-STOP OFF light (2) will come on.

3-50

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Information message
The information display shows the messages to let you know certain problems of the ENG A-STOP system.

Information message Cause and remedy

The ENG A-STOP system cannot stop the engine automatically because some-
thing of the actuation conditions is not met.
For details, refer to “Operating conditions of ENG A-STOP system” in this section.

52RM30650

The engine is restarting automatically because one of the following automatic

engine restart conditions is met.
• The temperatures at air conditioner outlets have changed considerably after the
automatic engine stop to the point of affecting the cooling/heating performance.
• The lead-acid battery has discharged substantially.
• Some time has elapsed after the start of the automatic engine stop.

52RM30660

The engine restarted automatically because one of the following automatic engine
restart conditions is met.
• The negative pressure of the brake booster has dropped.

52RM30890

3-51

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Information message Cause and remedy

The engine restarted automatically because one of the following automatic engine
restart conditions is met.
• The defroster is turned on.
• The driver’s seat belt is released.
• The driver’s door is opened.
• The vehicle is started to move on a slope, etc.

52RM30670

The engine shut down because one of the following operations is performed during
the automatic engine stop.
• The hood is opened.
• For Manual transmission vehicle, the driver’s door is opened with the driver’s seat
belt is unfastened.

Restart the engine by usual operation. Refer to “Starting / stopping engine (vehicle
without keyless push start system) (if equipped)” or “Starting / stopping engine
(vehicle with keyless push start system) (if equipped)” in this section for details.
52RM30680

Manual transmission The gearshift lever is shifted to a position other than “N” (Neutral) position without
depressing the clutch pedal during the automatic engine stop.
To restart the engine, place the gearshift lever in “N” (Neutral) position and depress
the clutch pedal.

52RM30690

3-52

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• Starter motor function: Energy flow indicator

SHVS (Smart Hybrid Vehicle This function restarts the engine after With the energy flow indicator in the instru-
by Suzuki) (for K14D engine being stopped by the ENG A-STOP sys- ment cluster, you can check whether or not
tem by using the ISG through the drive the ISG is functioning.
model) belt.
• Normal driving conditions:
The SHVS (Smart Hybrid Vehicle by The ISG is not functioning.
NOTE:
Suzuki) of this vehicle is a system that When you restart the engine by pushing
uses generators with motor function (ISG) the engine switch, the ordinary starter EXAMPLE
to operate the following functions accord- motor is used and you will hear a gear
ing to the driving situations, to increase engagement noise.
quietness of the engine and fuel efficiency.
ISG stands for Integrated Starter Genera-
tor.
• Deceleration energy regenerating func-
tion:
This function generates intensively
during deceleration by using the ISG.
When generation while driving is not
required, the ISG can be stopped to
reduce the load on the engine, leading to 80SM027
improved fuel economy.

• Motor assistance function:

This function assists the engine by using
the ISG as a motor to reduce the power
output of the engine while driving nor-
mally or adds the motor power to the
engine while accelerating. These opera-
tions improve fuel economy and acceler-
ating performance.

3-53

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• The deceleration energy regenerating • Engine has been automatically stopped • The starter motor function is functioning
function is functioning while the vehicle is when the vehicle is stopped: when the engine has been automatically
decelerated in normal driving conditions: Stored power is being used by electrical stopped:
The batteries are being charged. components, such as the audio system, Stored power is being used by the ISG,
without the batteries being charged. without the batteries being charged.
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE EXAMPLE

52RM30420
52RM30440 52RM30440

3-54

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• The motor assistance function is func- • The engine coolant temperature is more Deceleration energy regenerating indi-
tioning during accelerating: than specified range. cator light
The ISG assists the engine.
Battery indicator
EXAMPLE The segments in the battery indicator (1)
give an approximate indication of the
charge of the lithium-ion battery.

EXAMPLE (1)

(1)

52RM30450

NOTE: 80SM033
52RM30430
• The indicator gives an approximate indi-
cation. The indication may be delayed or When the deceleration energy regenerat-
If all of the following conditions are met, differ from the actual charge of the lith- ing function is working, the deceleration
the motor assistance function is function- ium-ion battery under certain conditions, energy regenerating indicator light (1)
ing. for example, when the outside tempera- comes on.
• To accelerate, the accelerator pedal is ture is low.
depressed. • When the engine speed is low, decelera- NOTE:
• The gearshift lever is in a position other tion energy regenerating function may If the gearshift lever is in the “N” (Neutral)
than “N” (Neutral). not function. position, this light does not come on.
• The brake pedal and clutch pedal are
not depressed.
• When the engine revolution is lower than
about 5200 rpm.
• The ABS or ESP® system has not been
activated.
• The lithium-ion battery is charged more
than a certain amount, and the tempera-
ture inside the battery is within the speci-
fied range.

3-55

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE:
Handling of the Integrated Starter ENG A-STOP system (engine If your vehicle is equipped with the auto air
Generator (ISG) conditioning system, you can change the
auto stop start system) automatic engine stop condition via the
(for K14D engine model) information display. Refer to “Setting
mode” in “Information display” in “BEFORE
The ENG A-STOP system (engine auto DRIVING” section.
stop start system) automatically stops and
restarts the engine when decelerating
before stopping and when the vehicle is
stopped, such as at a traffic signal, in order
to reduce exhaust gases, fuel consumption
and lower engine noise.
(2)
• This system automatically stops the
engine under certain conditions. When
(1) the vehicle will be stopped for a long
80SS03050 time or when you will leave the vehicle
unattended, set the parking brake firmly,
(1) Integrated Starter Generator (ISG) and then push the engine switch to stop
(2) Terminal cover the engine.
• If certain conditions are met, the engine 80SM028
WARNING is stopped automatically when decelerat-
• Dripping engine oil, brake fluid and ing (approximately 15 km/h (9 mph) or
coolant, etc. to the ISG may cause less) before stopping. However, the
a fire or malfunction. Do not spill engine will not be stopped automatically
them when pouring. during deceleration until confirmation of
• Touching the ISG terminal may the system function is finished.
cause an electric shock. Do not
remove the terminal cover.

3-56

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

This lithium-ion battery and DCDC con-

CAUTION Lithium-ion battery and DCDC con- verter are used exclusively for the vehicle
verter equipped with ENG A-STOP system or
• Do not get out of the vehicle when SHVS, and located below the front seat.
the engine has been stopped auto- • Just like a battery (lead-acid battery), the
matically by the ENG A-STOP sys- lithium-ion battery also discharges grad-
(2)
tem. This may result in an accident. ually.
If the driver’s seat belt is unfas- To prevent the lithium-ion battery from
tened or the driver’s door is dying, you must charge the lithium-ion
opened, the engine will be restarted battery by driving continuously for at
to warn you that the engine was least 30 minutes once a month.
stopped automatically by the ENG • The lithium-ion battery and DCDC con-
ASTOP system. verter are maintenance-free.
• If the engine does not restart auto- • To replace or dispose of the lithium-ion
matically after having been battery, or to replace the DCDC con-
stopped automatically by the ENG (1)
(3)
verter, consult an authorized SUZUKI
A-STOP system, push the engine dealer.
switch to start the engine.
53SB20205
Trying to move the vehicle when NOTE:
the engine has not yet restarted (1) Lead-acid battery The upper part of the DCDC converter is
requires a strong force to turn the (2) Lithium-ion battery equipped with a cooling fan and you may
steering wheel or depress the (3) DCDC converter hear the operating noise. But this is nor-
brake pedal, potentially leading to mal.
an accident.

3-57

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• During the automatic engine stop, the

WARNING Automatic stopping/restarting of engine may shut down, accompanied
the engine by an interior buzzer or restarted, to
• Wrong handling of the lithium-ion ensure safety.
battery and DCDC converter may 1) With the brake pedal depressed, decel-
erate the vehicle. For details, refer to the section, “Precau-
result in fire, electric shock or sys- tions of when the engine is stopped auto-
tem malfunction. Accordingly, matically”.
observe the instructions listed EXAMPLE
below:
– Do not remove or disassemble it.
NOTICE
– Do not allow it to get wet, for During the automatic engine stop, do
example, with water. not shift the gearshift lever to a posi-
– Do not expose it to a strong (1) tion other than “N” without depressing
impact. the clutch pedal. If the gear shift lever
– Do not lean or place any object is in a position other than “N”, the
on it. engine will not restart automatically
– Do not remove terminals or even if the clutch pedal is depressed.
power electrical accessories
from the terminals.
• If something fell down under the
52RM243
lithium-ion battery or the DCDC
converter and difficult to remove, 2) When decelerating at approximately
consult an authorized SUZUKI 15 km/h (9 mph) or less with the clutch
dealer. pedal depressed and the gearshift lever
shifted to “N”, and then release the
clutch pedal, the engine will stop auto-
NOTICE matically.
Do not obstruct the lithium-ion bat- The ENG A-STOP indicator light
tery cover and ventilation opening of (green) (1) will come on.
DCDC converter cover. The blockage • The ENG A-STOP system will not
may cause overheat and malfunction. stop the engine automatically if all the
automatic engine stop conditions are
not met.
For details, refer to the section, “Oper-
ating conditions of ENG A-STOP sys-
tem”.

3-58

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE: NOTE:
• Engine auto stop function during decel- EXAMPLE When the engine is restarted automati-
eration will be ready once the vehicle cally, the following conditions may be
runs at a speed exceeding 10 km/h found as the hill hold control system is acti-
(6 mph) after restart of the engine. vated, but this is not a malfunction.
• Even if the engine did not stop automati- • You may hear a sound from the engine
cally before the vehicle came to a stop (1) room.
(still traveling at approximately 15 km/h • As brake pedal becomes heavy, it may
(9 mph) or less), the engine may stop be difficult for you to depress it.
automatically once the vehicle stops.
• The audio and other electrical compo-
nent can be used during the automatic
engine stop, but the air conditioner will
switch to the fan mode.
• If the vehicle is equipped with an auto air 52RM244
conditioner, the fan speed will be limited 3) Regardless of whether the vehicle has
during the automatic engine stop (only in stopped or not, depressing the clutch
the auto control mode) to keep the cabin pedal will restart the engine and ENG
air-conditioned for a longer time. A-STOP indicator light (green) (1) will
go off.

While the engine is stopped automatically,

depressing the clutch pedal will restart the
engine consuming fuel. Therefore, for fuel
economy, it is recommended to depress
the clutch pedal just before the vehicle
start.
• Without depressing the clutch pedal, the
engine may restart automatically if the
automatic engine restart conditions are
met.
For details, refer to the section, “Condi-
tions to restart the engine automatically”.

3-59

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Precautions of when the engine is stopped automatically

WARNING
Do not perform any of the following operations while the engine has been stopped automatically. This may result in an acci-
dent.

Operation/Vehicle Condition Solution

Engine hood opened To restart the engine, follow the procedure below.
• The interior buzzer sounds intermittently. 1) Set the parking brake firmly, and then place the gearshift lever in the “N”
• After the engine is stopped automatically, it stalls. position.
• The ENG A-STOP indicator light (green) goes off. 2) Securely close the engine hood.
3) Push the engine switch to restart the engine.
Driver’s seat belt unfastened or driver’s door opened Fasten the driver’s seat belt and/or close the driver’s door.
• The engine is restarted automatically.
• The ENG A-STOP indicator light (green) blinks 5
times, then goes off.
Gearshift lever shifted to a position other than “N” To restart the engine, follow the procedure below.
without depressing the clutch pedal, driver’s seat belt 1) Set the parking brake firmly, and then place the gearshift lever in the “N”
unfastened and driver’s door opened position.
• The interior buzzer sounds intermittently. 2) Close the door and buckle the seat belt.
• After the engine is stopped automatically, it stalls. 3) Push the engine switch to restart the engine.
• The ENG A-STOP indicator light (green) goes off.
NOTE:
The following indicator lights in the instrument cluster do not come on when the engine is stopped automatically.
• Malfunction indicator light, electric power steering light, oil pressure light, charging light

3-60

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Operating conditions of ENG A-STOP system

Standby conditions
If all of the following conditions are met while driving, the automatic engine stop will be permitted.
When the engine is started • The engine is started with the engine hood securely closed.
• The ENG A-STOP system is not deactivated (OFF).
• The engine coolant temperature is within the specified range.
• The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
• The driver’s door is securely closed.
• The engine hood is securely closed. (#1)
When driving • There is no signal to prevent stopping the engine from any electronic control systems other than the
ENG A-STOP system. (#2)
<Vehicle with automatic heating and air conditioning system>
• The air from the outlets is sufficiently cooled while cooling or sufficiently warmed while heating.
• The defroster is turned off.
#1: If the engine hood is opened or closed after the engine switch is pressed to change the ignition mode to ON, the engine is not
stopped automatically.
#2: If any of the warning and indicator lights affecting the ENG A-STOP system come on, the engine will not be stopped automatically.

3-61

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Conditions to stop the engine automatically

If all of the following conditions are met while the standby conditions are met, the engine is stopped automatically when the vehicle is
decelerating before stopping or when the vehicle is stopped.

• The ABS or ESP® system has not been activated.

When decelerating • Brake booster vacuum pressure is normal.
before stopping • The clutch pedal is depressed, the gearshift lever is shifted into “N” position, and then the clutch pedal is
released when the vehicle speed is approximately 15 km/h (9 mph) or less.
• The ABS or ESP® system has not been activated.
When the vehicle is • Brake booster vacuum pressure is normal.
stopped • The gearshift lever is in “N” position.
• The clutch pedal is released.

3-62

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Conditions to restart the engine automatically

If any of the following vehicle conditions occur or operations are performed while the engine is stopped automatically, the engine is
restarted automatically and the ENG A-STOP indicator light (green) goes off.

• The ENG A-STOP system is deactivated (OFF).

• A malfunction was detected in this system. (#2)
• Brake booster vacuum pressure is low. (#1)
<Vehicle with automatic heating and air conditioning system>
• The temperature of the air from the outlets changes greatly, or the cooling and heating perfor-
Common mance is insufficient. (#1)
• The temperature selector was greatly set toward COOL while cooling or greatly set toward HOT
while heating. (#1)
• The defroster is turned on. (#1)
• The clutch pedal is depressed.
• The ABS or ESP® system is activated.
When decelerating • The engine hood was opened.
(approximately 15 km/h (9 mph) • The vehicle speed exceeds 15km/h (9 mph) when going down a slope. (#1)
or less for manual transmission
vehicles)
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. (#1)
• The driver’s door is opened. (#1)
When the vehicle is stopped
• The vehicle is moving along a slope. (#1)
• Some time (about 3 minutes) has passed since the engine was stopped automatically. (#1)

#1: After the ENG A-STOP indicator light (green) blinks, it goes off. Also, the interior buzzer may sound at the same time.
#2: Depending on the situations of malfunction, it is a normal restart or the restart as #1.

3-63

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

ENG A-STOP OFF switch ENG A-STOP OFF light

The ENG A-STOP system can be deacti-
vated.
• To deactivate the system, press the ENG
A-STOP OFF switch (1) to turn on ENG
A-STOP OFF light (2).
• To activate the system once again, press
the switch (1) again to turn off the indica-
tor. 52RM30460

• Every time the engine is stopped manu- This indicator comes on in the information
ally, the system is enabled again and the display.
ENG A-STOP OFF light (2) goes off.
• This indicator comes on when the ENG
EXAMPLE A-STOP system is deactivated.
• The indicator blinks when the engine
switch is pressed to change the ignition
(2) mode to ON, if one of the conditions
(1) listed below is met.
The ENG A-STOP system or the SHVS
system does not actuate correctly while
the indicator is blinking. Have the system
inspected by an authorized SUZUKI
dealer.
– There may be something wrong with
the ENG A-STOP system or the SHVS
system.
52RM30170 – An engine component (ISG) or the
NOTE: lead-acid battery is due for replace-
Pressing the ENG A-STOP OFF switch (1) ment.
during the automatic engine stop will
restart the engine automatically and the NOTE:
ENG A-STOP OFF light (2) will come on. If the indicator blinks during the automatic
engine stop, the engine may shut down.

3-64

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Information message
The information display shows the messages to let you know certain problems of the ENG A-STOP system.

Information message Cause and remedy

The ENG A-STOP system cannot stop the engine automatically because some-
thing of the actuation conditions is not met.
For details, refer to “Precautions of when the engine is stopped automatically”
described above.

52RM30650

The engine is restarting automatically because one of the following automatic

engine restart conditions is met.
• The temperatures at air conditioner outlets have changed considerably after the
automatic engine stop to the point of affecting the cooling/heating performance.
• The lithium-ion battery has discharged substantially.
• Some time has elapsed after the start of the automatic engine stop.

52RM30660

The engine restarted automatically because one of the following automatic engine
restart conditions is met.
• The negative pressure of the brake booster has dropped.
• The driver’s seat belt is released.
• The driver’s door is opened.

52RM30890

3-65

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Information message Cause and remedy

The engine restarted automatically because one of the following automatic engine
restart conditions is met.
• The defroster is turned on.
• The vehicle is started to move on a slope, etc.

52RM30670

The engine shut down because one of the following operations is performed during
the automatic engine stop.
• The hood is opened.
• The gearshift lever is shifted to a position other than “N” without depressing the
clutch pedal and opened the driver’s door with the driver’s seat belt unfastened.

Restart the engine by usual operation. Refer to “Starting / stopping engine (vehicle
with keyless push start system)” in this section for details.

52RM30680

The gearshift lever is shifted to a position other than “N” (Neutral) position without
depressing the clutch pedal during the automatic engine stop.
To restart the engine, place the gearshift lever in “N” (Neutral) position and depress
the clutch pedal.

52RM30690

3-66

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Instrument cluster Type B

Cruise control (if equipped) Setting cruising speed
Cruise control switch
EXAMPLE
The cruise control system allows you to
maintain a steady speed without keeping EXAMPLE
your foot on the accelerator pedal. The
controls for operating the cruise control (6) (7)
system are on the steering wheel. (3)
52RS30240
You can use the cruise control system (2)
under the following conditions: (1) (6) Cruise indicator
• For manual transmission vehicle, the (7) “SET” indicator
gear position is in 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th (if
equipped). Instrument cluster Type C
• For automatic transmission vehicle, the EXAMPLE
gearshift lever is in “D” position, or the
gear position is in 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th in (8) (9) (10)
the manual mode.
52RM30190
• For CVT vehicle, the gearshift lever is in
“D” position. (1) Cruise switch
• The vehicle speed is about 40 km/h (25 (2) “CANCEL” switch
mph) or higher. (3) “RES +/SET –” switch

WARNING Instrument cluster Type A

To help avoid loss of vehicle control,
do not use the cruise control system 52RS116
when driving in heavy traffic, on slip- (8) Cruise indicator
pery or winding roads, or on steep (9) “SET” indicator
downhills. (4) (5) (10) Set speed indication
52RS30170

(4) Cruise indicator light

(5) “SET” indicator light

3-67

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

1) Turn on the cruise control system by

pushing cruise switch (1). When the Changing speed temporarily Changing cruising speed
cruise indicator light (4) (for instrument When the cruising speed is maintained, you
cluster type A), cruise indicator (6) (for can temporarily accelerate or decelerate. Using the accelerator pedal
instrument cluster type B) or (8) (for To reset at a faster cruising speed, acceler-
instrument cluster type C) comes on, To accelerate, depress the accelerator ate to the desired speed using the accelera-
you can set cruising speed. pedal. When you take your foot off the pedal, tor pedal and push down the “RES +/SET –”
2) Accelerate or decelerate to the desired your vehicle will return to the set speed. switch (3). The new speed will be main-
speed. tained.
To decelerate, depress the brake pedal.
3) Push down the “RES +/SET –” switch The set speed will be canceled and “SET”
(3), “SET” indicator light (5) (for instru- Using the brake pedal
indicator light (5), “SET” indicator (7) or (9) To reset at a slower cruising speed, decel-
ment cluster type A), “SET” indicator (7) will go off.
(for instrument cluster type B) or (9) (for erate to the desired speed using the brake
To resume the previously set speed, push pedal and push down the “RES +/SET –”
instrument cluster type C) comes on. up the “RES +/SET –” switch (3) and turn
Also, set speed indication (10) (for switch (3). The new speed will be main-
on “SET” indicator light (5), “SET” indicator tained.
instrument cluster type C) comes on at (7) or (9) again when vehicle speed is
the same time. Take your foot off the above 40 km/h (25 mph). The vehicle will
accelerator pedal and the set speed will NOTE:
accelerate to the previously set speed and
be maintained. When the brake pedal is depressed, “SET”
maintain its speed.
indicator light (5), “SET” indicator (7) or (9)
WARNING will go off until you reset the cruising
NOTE:
speed.
If the cruising speed is set by acci- For automatic transmission vehicle, when
dent, you cannot decelerate or could the cruising speed is maintained, you can-
Using “RES +/SET –” switch
loose control of the vehicle. This not decelerate by using the engine brake
To reset at a faster cruising speed, press
could lead to an accident, resulting in even if you downshift from higher gear to
repeatedly or hold push up the “RES +/
severe injury or death. 3rd in the manual mode.
SET –” switch (3). Vehicle speed will
Turn off the cruise control system To decelerate while the cruise control is
steadily increase. When you release the
and check that cruise indicator light on, depress the brake pedal or push down
switch, the new speed will be maintained.
(4), cruise indicator (6) or (8) is off the “RES +/SET –” switch (3).
when the system is not in use. To reset at a slower cruising speed, press
repeatedly or hold push down the “RES +/
SET –” switch (3) until the vehicle has
NOTE: slowed to the desired speed, and then
Established cruising speed may differ a lit- release the switch. The new speed will be
tle from the speed meter indication maintained.
depending on the road conditions.

3-68

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE: • When the vehicle skids and ESP® is

• You can adjust the set speed by approxi- activated. Speed limiter (if equipped)
mately 1 km/h (1 mph) by pushing
“RES +/SET –” switch quickly. To resume the previously set speed, push The speed limiter allows you to choose a
• When the current vehicle speed is about up the “RES +/SET –” switch (3) and turn maximum speed that you do not wish to
10 km/h or more faster than the previ- on “SET” indicator light (5), “SET” indicator exceed.
ously set speed, the cruising speed can- (7) or (9). The vehicle speed must be
not be decreased even if the “RES +/ above 40 km/h (25 mph) when the vehicle
SET –” switch (3) is pushed down. is not under the above conditions. Setting maximum speed
• When the current vehicle speed is about
10 km/h or more slower than the previ- To turn off the cruise control system, push Speed limiter switch
ously set speed, the cruising speed can- cruise switch (1) and check that the cruise
indicator light (4), cruise indicator (6) or (8) EXAMPLE (3)
not be increased even if the “RES +/
SET –” switch (3) is pushed up. is off.
(2)
Also, if the malfunction indicator light in the
Cancelling cruise control instrument cluster comes on or blinks, the
cruise control system will be turned off.
“SET” indicator light (5), “SET” indicator (7)
or (9) will go off and the cruise control will NOTE:
be canceled temporarily with the following If you turn off the cruise control system, the
conditions: previously set speed in the memory is
• Push “CANCEL” switch (2). cleared. Reset your cruising speed again. (1)
• Depress the brake pedal.
• For manual transmission, depress the clutch 80SM009
pedal.
• For automatic transmission vehicle, (1) “LIMIT” switch
downshift from 3rd to 2nd in the manual (2) “CANCEL” switch
mode. (3) “RES +/SET –” switch
• For CVT vehicle, the gear position is
changed to “L”
• The vehicle speed falls more than about
20 percent from the set speed.
• Any time the vehicle speed falls below
40 km/h (25 mph).

3-69

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Instrument cluster Type B 1) Turn on the speed limiter system by

pushing “LIMIT” switch (1). When the Exceeding maximum speed
EXAMPLE limit indicator (4) comes on, you can set You can exceed the maximum speed tem-
the maximum speed. porarily by quickly depressing the acceler-
(4) (5) (6) 2) Accelerate or decelerate to the desired ator pedal all the way down. While the
speed. vehicle speed is exceeded, the speed indi-
3) Pull down the “RES +/SET –” switch cation (6) on the information display will
(3), “SET” indicator (5) comes on. The flash and the buzzer will sound briefly.
current vehicle speed is set as the max- If the accelerator pedal is released to
imum speed. return below the maximum speed, the
speed indication (6) will stop flashing and
NOTE: then stay lit, and the function will restore.
If you pull down the “RES +/SET –” switch
52RS30191 (3) when the vehicle speed is less than 30 NOTE:
km/h or 20 mph, the maximum speed will be • When you depress the accelerator pedal
Instrument cluster Type C set to 30 km/h or 20 mph. slowly, the vehicle speed may not
exceed the maximum speed. If you wish
EXAMPLE to exceed the maximum speed, depress
the accelerator pedal all the way down
(4) (5) (6) quickly or push “CANCEL” switch (2) to
cancel the maximum speed temporarily.
• The speed indication (6) will also flash
and the buzzer will sound if the speed
limiter cannot prevent the vehicle from
exceeding the maximum speed in such
cases as when going down a steep hill,
or under excessive acceleration. In this
case, decelerate to return below the
52RM30490 maximum speed using the brake pedal.
(4) Limit indicator
(5) “SET” indicator
(6) Speed indication

3-70

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Changing speed setting Cancelling speed limiter SUZUKI SAFETY SUPPORT

• To cancel the speed limiter, push “CAN- (if equipped)
Setting to the current speed CEL” switch (2). The “SET” indicator (5)
1) Push “CANCEL” switch (2). will go off.
2) Accelerate or decelerate to the desired • To resume the previously set speed, pull Dual sensor brake support system
speed. up the “RES +/SET –” switch (3) and (if equipped)
3) Pull down the “RES +/SET –” switch (3) turn on the “SET” indicator (5).
and turn on “SET” indicator (5). The Dual sensor brake support is a system that
current vehicle speed is set as the max- To turn off the speed limiter system, push detects a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of
imum speed. “LIMIT” switch (1) and check that limit indi- your vehicle by the dual sensor, attempts
cator (4) is off. to avoid a collision by giving warning to the
Using “RES +/SET –” switch Also, you can turn off the speed limiter by driver, and attempts to reduce damage in
To change to a faster speed, press repeat- turning off the engine. the event of a collision.
edly or hold pulling up the “RES +/SET –”
switch (3). NOTE: WARNING
To change to a slower speed, press If you turn off the speed limiter system, the
previously set speed in the memory is • Dual sensor brake support has lim-
repeatedly or hold pulling down the “RES
cleared. Set your speed again. its and may not function properly
+/SET –” switch (3).
depending on the driving condi-
NOTE:
tions. Do not rely excessively on
• You can adjust the set speed by 1 km/h
the system and always drive in a
(or 1 mph) by pulling up and down “RES
safe manner.
+/SET –” switch (3) quickly.
• For safety reasons, do not check
• You can adjust the set speed by 5 km/h
the operation of the system by
(or 5 mph) by pulling up and down and
yourself.
holding “RES +/SET –” switch (3).
• Check that all passengers fasten
(e.g. 62 Km/h (or 42 mph) > 65 Km/h (or
their seat belts when the vehicle is
45 mph) > 70 Km/h (or 50 mph), etc)
being operated.
• If the current vehicle speed exceeds the
When the system is activated, there
maximum speed when changing to the
is a risk of serious injury from
slower speed using “RES +/SET –”
being thrown.
switch (3), the speed indication (6) will
flash and the buzzer will sound.

3-71

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE:
• While the system is working, if a vehicle
in front of you moves outside of the dual
sensor’s detection field or the vehicle
can no longer be detected, the system
may stop functioning.
• While the system is working, a braking
sound may be heard even if you do not
depress the brake pedal, but this is nor-
mal.
• As the function of the dual sensor brake
support is different depending on some
destinations or areas, there are vehicles
with the function not to detect the pedes-
trians.

3-72

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Frontal collision warning

When there is a risk of a frontal collision, a warning will be given through the information
display and sound.

EXAMPLE

Information buzzer
display

52RM30320

Brake assist system

When there is high probability of a frontal collision, the brake assist system provides more
powerful braking when you slam down on the brake pedal. Brake assist system might
work at the same time as automatic brake system.

EXAMPLE

Information buzzer
display

52RM30330

3-73

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Automatic brake system

When a frontal collision is unavoidable, the brakes will powerfully operate automatically.
(#1)

EXAMPLE
Indicator
light

Information buzzer
display

52RM30340

(#1) After the vehicle has been stopped by the automatic brake system, the interior
buzzer will continue to beep until the automatic brake system is released. Also, the
indication on the information display and the dual sensor brake support indicator light
will go off 3 seconds after the automatic brake system is released.

CAUTION
After the vehicle has been stopped by the automatic brake system, immediately
depress the brake pedal. If your vehicle is equipped with the automatic transmis-
sion or CVT, and when the automatic brake system is released, the vehicle will
start to move by the creeping function. This may result in an accident.

3-74

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Situations where the system does not • When you take evasive action with the Situations where the system may acti-
activate steering wheel or accelerator pedal vate by chance
Under the following situations, the system Under the following situations, the dual
does not activate. Situations where the vehicle may not sensor may judge that there is a vehicle or
• When the engine is off (except when the decelerate properly a pedestrian in front of you, and the sys-
engine is automatically stopped by the Under the following situations, the vehicle tem may activate. Drive carefully and
ENG A-STOP system) may not decelerate properly even when calmly.
• When dual sensor brake support indica- the system is activated. • When passing through a toll booth with
tor light and lane departure warning indi- • When the outside temperature is low, or more than recommended speeds
cator light are initially lighting when the temperature of the brake is low • Before the parking lot gates or railroad
immediately after the ignition switch is such as right after starting crossing gates are opened fully
turned to “ON” position or the engine • When the brake is overheating and the • When driving on hills that have varying
switch is pressed to change the ignition brake effect is deteriorated due to con- slopes
mode to ON. tinuing to travel on a downhill road • When you suddenly accelerate and
• When the gearshift lever is in reverse • When the brake effect is deteriorated approach the vehicle in front of you or on
gear due to passing over puddles or washing neighboring lane
• When the ESP® system is activated the vehicle • Front visibility is poor due to that there is
(except the frontal collision warning) • When driving on the following roads water vapor, sand or smoke or when the
• When the following switches are pushed – On sharp curves or extremely rough vehicle in front of you or on oncoming
and the system is turned off: surfaces lane is surrounded by exhaust gas,
– Dual sensor brake support OFF switch – On a steep slope water or snow
– ESP® OFF switch • When driving on the following slippery • When passing through masses of water
surfaces vapor or smoke
• When the dual sensor is temporarily – Frozen or snow-covered surfaces • When stopping close to an obstacle in
stopped or malfunctioning – Over manholes or metal construction front of you
plates • When passing through near a vehicle or
Situations where the system may not – Gravel obstacle
activate properly • When driving in a rainy day
Under the following situations, the system
may not activate.
• When the dual sensor cannot detect a
vehicle or a pedestrian in front of your
vehicle
Refer to “Handling dual sensor” in the
“OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.

3-75

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• When you pass by an oncoming vehicle Frontal collision warning

EXAMPLE when you turn to the right / left Under the following situations, there is a
• When the posture of the vehicle is risk of a frontal collision and a warning will
changing by an undulated and uneven work.
road surface • When you are operating at speeds
• When there is objects protruding from between approximately 15 km/h and 140
the road’s surface, manhole covers, km/h (9 mph to 87 mph). (For pedes-
signs and other metal objects, as well as trian, operating speed is between
falling objects or level changes in the approximately 15 km/h and 60 km/h (9
road mph to 37 mph).)
• When there is a parking lot gates, toll • The relative speed between your vehicle
gates, railroad crossing gates or sign- and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead is
boards in the direction of travel. approximately 15 km/h (9 mph) or more.
54P000330
• When driving in the field covered with
grown grass The interior buzzer will intermittently beep
• When you pass by an oncoming vehicle • When the posture of the vehicle is and the indication on the information dis-
on a curvy road changing play will appear.
• When the mounting position of the dual
EXAMPLE sensor is shifted by strong impact
• When you pass under an object (grade
separation, road sign, billboard, street
lamp, etc.) at the top of an uphill road
• When there are paint or patterns on the
road or the wall that may be indistin-
guishable from a vehicle
Information
display

54P000332 53SB3075

• When there is a roadside guard rail, or When the frontal collision warning sounds,
sign on a curve depending on the distance from the vehicle
• When you pass by an oncoming vehicle in front of you and driving conditions, take
that is stopped to make a right/left turn evasive action with the steering wheel or
brake pedal.

3-76

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Brake assist system Automatic brake system

Under the following situations, and there is Under the following situations, and a fron- Indicator Information
a high probability of a frontal collision, the tal collision is judged to be unavoidable, light display
brake assist system provides more power- the brakes will powerfully operate automat-
ful braking when you slam down on the ically.
brake pedal. • When you are operating at speeds
• When you are operating at speeds between approximately 5 km/h to 100
between approximately 15 km/h and 80 km/h (3 mph to 62 mph).(For pedestrian,
km/h (9 mph to 50 mph). (For pedes- operating speed is between approxi-
trian, operating speed is between mately 5 km/h to 60 km/h (3 mph to 37
approximately 15 km/h and 60 km/h (9 mph).)
mph to 37 mph).) • The relative speed between your vehicle
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead is
and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead is approximately 5 km/h (3 mph) or more.
approximately 15 km/h (9 mph) or more. 53SB3077
When the automatic brake system acti- NOTE:
When the brake assist system activates, vates at a speed of approximately 50 km/h The indication on the information display
the frontal collision warning also activates (31 mph) or lower toward the vehicle in and the dual sensor brake support indica-
at the same time. front of you (or toward the pedestrian, tor light will go off approximately 3 seconds
approximately 30 km/h (19 mph) or lower), after the automatic brake system is
collisions may be avoidable. released.
While the automatic brake system is acti-
vating, the interior buzzer will intermittently
beep, the dual sensor brake support indi-
cator light will blink rapidly, the indication
on the information display will appear, and
Information the brake lights will come on.
display

53SB3075

3-77

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• When the dual sensor is temporarily

Lane departure warning WARNING stopped or malfunctioning
When you are driving at a speed of • When the system judges that the inten-
• The lane departure warning may tional lane change, such as during or
approximately 60 km/h (37 mph) or over not be suitable for every situation.
and the dual sensor judges that your vehi- after flashing the turn signal lights
Also, the system is not designed to
cle is to deviate from the running lane, the avoid the lane deviations automati-
following warnings will work. Situations where the system may not
cally. Do not rely excessively on activate properly
• The lane departure warning indicator the system and always drive in a
light will blink Under the following situations, the system
safe manner. may not activate.
• A message will appear on the informa- • Depending on road surface condi-
tion display • When you suddenly approach the parti-
tions, you may not feel the vibra- tion lines
• The steering wheel will vibrate tion of the steering wheel even • When driving on sharp curves
when the lane departure warning • When you do not return to inside of the
EXAMPLE works. lane after the lane departure warning is
• For safety reasons, do not check activated
the operation of the system by • When the electric power steering light
yourself. comes on
Situations where the system does not If the dual sensor cannot detect partition
activate lines except for above situations, the sys-
Indicator B TYPE C TYPE Under the following situations, the system
light CLUSTER CLUSTER tem may also not activate. Refer to “Situa-
does not activate. tions where the dual sensor may not
METER METER • When dual sensor brake support indica- activate properly” in this section for details.
tor light and lane departure warning indi-
cator light are initially lighting
immediately after the ignition switch is
turned to “ON” position or the engine
switch is pressed to change the ignition
52RM30920
mode to ON.
• When the following switches are pushed
and the system is turned off:
– Lane departure warning OFF switch
– ESP® OFF switch
• When the hazard warning switch is oper-
ated

3-78

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Situations where the system may acti-

vate by chance Vehicle swaying warning WARNING
Under the following situations, the system When you are driving at a speed of
may activate. • The vehicle swaying warning may
approximately 60 km/h (37 mph) or over not be suitable for every situation.
• When there are a lot of lines in the run- and the vehicle swaying warning judges Also, the system is not designed to
ning lane that your vehicle is unsteady by detecting avoid the unsteadiness of the vehi-
• When there is a shadow (for example, the meandering patterns or lane departure cle automatically. Do not rely
the shadow of the guardrail) parallel to warning is activated in a short period of excessively on the system and
the partition line time in a row, the following warnings will always drive in a safe manner.
• When partition line is in the shadows work. • For safety reasons, do not check
• When partition lines are drawn doubly • The lane departure warning indicator the operation of the system by
• When there is a liner paint on the road of light will blink yourself.
a construction zone because the previ- • A message will appear on the informa-
ous line has not been erased completely tion display NOTE:
• When there is repair marks on the road • The interior buzzer will intermittently Vehicle swaying warning by the meander-
or a boundary between asphalt and beep ing pattern of the vehicle in the lane is
snow judged based on the driving data over the
• When there is tyre marks on snow-cov- EXAMPLE past several tens of minutes, so the sys-
ered or wet road tem does not activate when right after
• When driving in the place without parti- swaying.
tion lines (such as a tollgate or check-
point, or at an intersection, etc.) Situations where the system does not
• When driving on roads that are branch- activate
ing or merging Under the following situations, the system
• When driving on an unpaved or rough Indicator B TYPE C TYPE does not activate.
road light CLUSTER CLUSTER • When dual sensor brake support indica-
METER METER tor light and lane departure warning indi-
cator light are initially lighting immediately
after the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
position or the engine switch is pressed
to change the ignition mode to ON.
• When the following switches are pushed
and the system is turned off:
– Lane departure warning OFF switch
52RM30930 – ESP® OFF switch
• When the dual sensor is temporarily
stopped or malfunctioning

3-79

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Situation where the system may not When the following conditions are met, the Under the all of the following conditions
activate properly high beam assist system is activated. are met, the high beams (main beams)
Under the following situation, the system When the system is activated, the high turn on.
may not activate. beam assist indicator light (green) comes • When vehicle speed is approximately 40
• Right after lane changing on. km/h (24.9 mph) or over
• The ignition switch is turned to “ON” • When the front of the vehicle is dark
If the dual sensor cannot detect partition position or the engine switch is pressed • When the vehicle in front of you is driv-
lines except for the above situation, the to change the ignition mode to ON ing without lights
system may also not activate. Refer to “Sit- • The headlights are turned on when it • There is few street lamps in front of you
uations where the dual sensor may not becomes dark outside the vehicle
activate properly” in this section for details. • The lighting switch is in “AUTO” position WARNING
• The lighting control lever is pushed for-
ward • High beam assist has limits and
High beam assist may not function properly depend-
To cancel the function, pull the lever to the ing on the surrounding environ-
Depending on the forward brightness con- original position. ment.
ditions of the lights from the vehicle in front Always drive in a safe manner,
of you and street lights, high beam switch manually to the low beams
(upward) and low beam (downward) of and high beams (main beams), if
headlights will be switched automatically. necessary.
• Switching of the low beams and
high beams (main beams) might
not match the feeling of the driver.

NOTE:
52RM20740 • Light vehicle such as a bicycle might not
detected.
Under the any of following situations, the • In sudden acceleration, high beam
low beam turns on. assist might not operate for a few sec-
• When vehicle speed is approximately 35 onds, even if vehicle speed exceeds
km/h (21.7 mph) or under 40km/h (24.9 mph).
• When the front of the vehicle is bright
• When the vehicle in front of you turned
52R40460 on the lights
• There are many street lamps in front of
you

3-80

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Situation where the system does not Under the following situations, high Under the following situations, the
activate beam may not be automatically brightness of the surrounding area can
• When the high beam assist warning light switched to low beam. not be detected accurately, and there is
(orange) comes on by the temporary • When you pass by an oncoming vehicle a case where the high beam is a nui-
stop or malfunction of system. on a curvy road where the visibility is sance to pedestrians or the vehicle
poor ahead, or low beam will remain to con-
NOTE: • When another vehicle crosses in front of tinue.
When the function of the dual sensor brake you In these cases, change high beam or
support is temporarily stopped, high beam • When the vehicle in front of you low beam manually.
assist will be temporarily stopped. Refer to glimpses due to continuous curves, • When there are the lights around which
“Temporary stop or failure of the dual sen- medial strip or street trees are similar to headlights or tail lights
sor” in this section for details. • When the vehicle in front of you • When the vehicle in front of you is driv-
approaches towards you from the far ing without lights
• When high beam assist warning light lane • When the headlights of oncoming vehi-
(orange) is initially lighting immediately • When the vehicle in front of you is driv- cle are covered in dirt or discolored
after the ignition switch is turned to “ON” ing without lights • When the optical axis of the headlight of
position or the engine switch is pressed oncoming vehicle is deviated
to change the ignition mode to ON. Under the following situations, there is • When the brightness is changed
case where the switching timing of the extremely and continuously
high beam and low beam varies. • When driving on an undulated or bumpy
• When the lights of the vehicle in front of road
you are dark • When driving on the road with a lot of
• When only one side of the lights of the curves
vehicle in front of you is turned on • When there are things that strongly
• The directions and movements of the reflect light, such as road signs or mir-
vehicle in front of you rors in front of you
• When the vehicle in front of you is a • When the rear part of the vehicle in front
motorcycle of you strongly reflects light, such as
• When driving on the following roads containers
– On sharp curves or extremely rough • When the headlights of your vehicle are
surfaces damaged or covered in dirt
– On a steep slope • When your vehicle is tilted due to the flat
• When your vehicle is weighed down by tyres or being towed
heavy items in the luggage compartment
or rear seat

3-81

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Under the situations other than described – When tyres are worn
above, the dual sensor cannot detect the Dual sensor brake support OFF – When non-specified sized tyres or
vehicle in front of you or light source, and switch wheels are equipped
there is a case where high beam assist You can turn off the dual sensor brake sup- – When a suspension is modified
may not activate properly. port system. – When attaching an item which inter-
Refer to “Situations where the dual sensor • Under the following situations, push and feres with the visibility of the dual sen-
may not activate properly” in this section hold the dual sensor brake support OFF sor
for details. switch as the dual sensor brake support – When the vehicle is being weighed
system may activate unexpectedly. down by heavy items
Under the following situations, switch – When the vehicle is placed upon a tes- – When the vehicle is used to tow a
high beam or low beam manually. ter such as when undergoing a vehicle trailer
• When switching between the high inspection
beams (main beams) and low beams – When the vehicle is placed upon a lift,
frequently and the tyres are idling
• When there is a problem using the high – When the vehicle is being towed
beams (main beams) (2)
– When the vehicle is being carried on a
• When automatic high beam operation car carrier
seems to disturb other drivers or pedes- – When the vehicle is being driven on a
trians race track
(1)
– When there is vinyl curtains or pendu-
There is a case that high beams (main lous branches in front of the vehicle
beams) are switched to low beams by the – When driving in the field covered with
fog lights of the vehicle in front of you. grown grass
– When using an automatic car washer
Street lights, traffic signals, and illumina- – When the vehicle is placed upon a car
tion of billboards or signs may cause the elevator or placed in a mechanical 80SM010
high beams (main beams) to switch to the parking lot
low beams, or low beam to remain on. – When a spare tyre or snow chains are • When you want to turn off the system,
equipped push and hold the dual sensor brake
– When you repair a flat tyre temporarily support OFF switch (1) until the interior
– When your vehicle have an accident buzzer beeps and the dual sensor brake
or breakdown support OFF indicator light (2) comes
– When the automatic brake system on.
activates frequently
– When tyres are not inflated to the rec- Perform the following operations to turn
ommended tyre pressure the system back on.

3-82

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• Push and hold the dual sensor brake

support OFF switch (1) until the interior Lane departure warning OFF switch WARNING
buzzer beeps and the dual sensor brake You can turn off the lane departure warning
support OFF indicator light (2) goes off. If you attempt to press the lane
and the vehicle swaying warning. departure warning OFF switch while
• Turn off the engine and then turn it on
again. driving, you could lose control of the
vehicle.
Do not press the lane departure warn-
WARNING ing OFF switch while driving.
(1)
If you attempt to press the dual sen-
sor brake support OFF switch while (2)
NOTE:
driving, you could lose control of the Once the system is turned off, it does not
vehicle. turn on automatically, even if you turn off
Do not press the dual sensor brake the engine and then start the engine again.
support OFF switch while driving. To turn the system back on, push the
switch again.

80SM011

• When you want to turn off the system,

push and hold the lane departure warn-
ing OFF switch (1) until the interior
buzzer beeps and the lane departure
warning OFF indicator light (2) comes
on.

Perform the following method to turn the

system back on.
• Push and hold the lane departure warn-
ing OFF switch (1) until the interior
buzzer beeps and the lane departure
warning OFF indicator light (2) goes off.

3-83

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Handling dual sensor WARNING WARNING

The detection performance of the (Continued)
EXAMPLE (1) dual sensor has limits and the dual – Do not remove or disassemble
sensor cannot detect all vehicles, the dual sensor.
pedestrian, object of the high beam – Do not stick or affix anything to
assist (such as the lights of the vehi- the lens of the dual sensor, not
cle in front of you, street lamps, etc.) even clear items.
or partition lines. Do not rely exces- • When the windshield around the
sively on the system and always dual sensor is deformed or dam-
drive in a safe manner. aged, or the windshield in front of
• Observe the following instructions the dual sensor cracks because of
in order to keep the dual sensor an accident, the dual sensor can-
functioning properly. If mishandled, not detect an obstacle in front of
the dual sensor cannot accurately you, a pedestrian, an object of the
detect a vehicle, a pedestrian, an high beam assist (such as the
52RM30390
object of the high beam assist lights of the vehicle in front of you,
(1) Dual sensor (such as the lights of the vehicle in street lamps, etc.) or partition lines
front of you, street lamps, etc.) or properly. If driving with these dam-
partition lines in front of you, the aged parts, the dual sensor brake
system will not function properly support will not function properly
and accidents may occur. and accidents may occur. Operate
– Do not touch the lens of the dual the dual sensor brake support OFF
sensor. switch to turn off the dual sensor
– Do not clean the lens of the dual brake support, and ask an autho-
sensor by yourself. rized SUZUKI dealer to have them
– Do not strike the body of, or any inspected.
surrounding parts of the dual (Continued)
sensor.
(Continued)

3-84

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE:
WARNING WARNING The detection of the vehicle and an obsta-
cle in front of you, partition lines by the
(Continued) • Do not remove or disassemble dual sensor is limited within the visual
• Do not apply any accessories laser sensor parts of dual sensor. range. It also takes several seconds to
(other than SUZUKI genuine acces- • Do not look into irradiation portion detect and activate the alert after an object
sories), films or stickers to the area of dual sensor by using an optical is appeared in the visual range of the dual
listed below. These may affect visi- instrument such as magnifying sensor.
bility of the dual sensor. If the area glass, an objective glass, etc at a
of the dual sensor is obstructed, distance within 10 cm (3.9 inch) Laser classification label
the dual sensor cannot detect any from dual sensor when the ignition
vehicles, pedestrians, objects of mode is ON. Your eyes might be
the high beam assist (such as the damaged by the laser.
lights of the vehicle in front of you,
street lamps, etc.) properly and the Laser explanatory label
dual sensor brake support may not
function properly. Also, even if
applying them to an area other than
the prohibited area, it may affect
the function of the dual sensor by
reflection of light or an image. In
this case, move them to another
place.
– On windshield
52RM30520

WARNING
Do not stick a sticker or a film
52RM30510 (including transparent thing) on the
Laser emission data front of dual sensor of the outside
Maximum average power: 45 mW windshield as shown in the following
Pulse duration: 33 ns illustration.
Wave length: 905 nm
Divergence
(horizontal × vertical): 28° × 12°

3-85

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

When there is a large temperature gap

between inside of the vehicle and outside
air (such as winter), windshield is easy to
(1) fog. If the front portion of dual sensor on
the windshield is fogged up or covered
with condensation or ice, dual sensor
(2) brake support may not activate temporar-
ily. In this case, use the windshield
defroster to remove the fog, etc.
When cleaning inside of the windshield, do
not adhere the glass cleaner to lens.
(3) (4)

52RM203 52RM204

(1) (2) Prohibited area (3) (4) Prohibited area

The prohibited area (1) and (2) are shown The prohibited area (3) and (4) are shown
below. below.
(1) From the top of the windshield to (3) Approximately 10 cm (3.9 inch)
approximately 10 cm (3.9 inch) below (Starting from the bottom of the dual
the bottom of the dual sensor sensor)
(2) Approximately 20 cm (7.8 inch) (4) Approximately 20 cm (7.8 inch)
(Approximately 10 cm (3.9 inch) to (Approximately 10 cm (3.9 inch) to
the right and left from the center of the right and left from the center of
the dual sensor) the dual sensor)

WARNING
Do not stick a sticker or a film
(including transparent thing) below
the dual sensor camera inside the
windshield as shown in the following
illustration.

3-86

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Temporary stop or failure of the dual sensor

The following chart shows the temporary stop or failure of the dual sensor.

Dual sensor (1) Dual sensor brake support indicator

Temporary light
Failure (2) Lane departure warning indicator light
Stop (3) High beam assist warning light
(orange)
(1) On (4) Indication of information display

#1: Depending on the cause of the tem-

porary stop or failure, the following
(2) On message may appear simultaneously.

EXAMPLE
B TYPE C TYPE
(3) On CLUSTER METER
CLUSTER METER

B TYPE C TYPE
CLUSTER METER CLUSTER METER

On Off
B TYPE C TYPE
CLUSTER METER CLUSTER METER
(4) (#1) (#1)
B TYPE C TYPE
CLUSTER METER CLUSTER METER

Off On
52RS119

3-87

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE: Restart the engine, and check that the dual Pedestrian detection
When the function of the dual sensor is sensor brake support indicator light and The dual sensor detects pedestrians by
temporarily stopped or malfunctioning, all lane departure warning indicator light, and whose size, shape or motion.
the following functions will be turned off. high beam assist warning light go off.
• Dual sensor brake support • If all of the indicators stay on after
• Lane departure warning restarting the engine, there may be a
• Vehicle swaying warning failure of the dual sensor. Ask an autho-
• High beam assist rized SUZUKI dealer to have the dual
sensor inspected.
Temporary stop of the dual sensor (1)
Under the following situations, the function NOTE:
of the dual sensor stops temporarily. • Under the following situations, the dual
When the situations are improved, the tem- sensor brake support indicator light, lane
porary stop of the function will be canceled. departure warning indicator light, and
• When the visibility of the dual sensor is high beam assist warning light come on
poor after the engine has been started, it does 75RM238
Refer to “Situations where the dual sen- not indicate a malfunction. Once the igni-
sor may not activate properly” in this tion switch is turned to “LOCK” position (1) About 1 – 2 m (3.3 – 6.6 ft)
section for details. or the engine switch is pressed to
• When the temperature of the body of change the ignition mode to LOCK WARNING
dual sensor is high (OFF) and then the engine is restarted, Even when the detection conditions
• When the systems related to the dual sen- these indicators will go off. are satisfied, not all pedestrians may
sor brake support are stopped temporarily – When the automatic brake system be detected by the dual sensor.
• When the lead-acid battery has a volt- operates 3 times In the following situations, there is a
age abnormality – When the automatic brake system high possibility of no detection or
operates for a long period delay of detection. Always drive in a
Failure of the dual sensor safe manner.
When the dual sensor has failure, the func- • The function of the dual sensor is • A person who walks in a group
tion of the dual sensor is stopped until the stopped if the dual sensor brake support • A person who walks beside a wall
ignition switch is turned to “LOCK” position indicator light, lane departure warning or another obstacle
or the engine switch is pressed to change indicator light, and high beam assist • A person who has an umbrella up
the ignition mode to LOCK (OFF). warning light come on and there may be • A person whose color is similar to
Find a safe place to park and turn the igni- a failure of the dual sensor, but it does the background and who is
tion switch to “LOCK” position or change not hinder normal driving. blended into the scenery
the ignition mode to LOCK (OFF) by press- (Continued)
ing the engine switch.

3-88

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• When lens of dual sensor is dirty or dam-

WARNING aged
EXAMPLE
(Continued)
• A person who has a big luggage EXAMPLE
• A person who walks with a stoop or
who crouches.
• A person who is lying down
• A person who is in a dark place
• A person who jumps out in front of
you 81M40380
• A person at night
• When there is bad weather such as 72M20423

NOTE: heavy rain, fog or a blizzard • When the vision of the dual sensor is
As the function of the dual sensor brake • When the dual sensor is hit by a bright obstructed with the following objects:
support is different depending on some light such as sunlight or the headlight of – A sticker or film on the windshield
destinations or areas, there are vehicles oncoming vehicle – An accessory on the windshield
with the function not to detect the pedestri- • When there is a sight of similar tone and – A crack or scratch on the windshield
ans. color such as a snowscape – A long object such as a roof carrier or
• When there is a dark place and no land- ski board on the roof
Situations where the dual sensor may mark around
not activate properly • When front visibility is poor due to that
there is water vapor, sand or smoke or EXAMPLE
In the following situations, there is a high
possibility that the dual sensor cannot when the vehicle in front of you is sur-
detect a vehicle, a pedestrian, an object of rounded by exhaust gas, water or snow
the high beam assist (such as the lights of • When your vehicle gets close to an
the vehicle in front of you and street lamps, object in a dark place such as at dusk, at
etc.) or partition lines. Also the function of dawn or an indoor parking lot
the dual sensor may be stopped temporar- • When the windshield is covered in fog,
ily. When the situations are improved, the snow, ice or dirt 72M20405
temporary stop of the function will be can- • When raindrop, water or dirt on the wind-
shield is not wiped up enough • When your vehicle is weighed down by
celed. heavy items in the luggage compartment
• While using the windshield washer
• When a wiper blade other than SUZUKI or rear seat
genuine parts, including short type wiper • When wheel alignment is deviated
blade is used

3-89

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• When the tyres are not inflated to the • When pole-shaped objects such as
recommended tyre pressure or the tyres EXAMPLE signs, streetlights, and utility poles are
are worn present
• When snow chains or non-specified • Guard rails and other obstructions of low
sized tyres are equipped height
• When you repair a flat tyre temporarily • When glass such as glass walls or doors
• When a suspension is modified are present
• When the brightness changes extremely • Small animals, children, or other objects
such as when passing through the also of low height
entrance or exit of a tunnel • An object is present in a position close to
72M20407
• When driving at night or driving without the vehicle bumper
lighting the headlights in tunnels • Vehicles in front of you have small, low, • When an object is present outside of the
• When driving on the following roads or uneven backs as shown below: headlight illuminated area
– On sharp curves or extremely rough – A track without side or back gates, and
surfaces when mounting no luggage on the EXAMPLE
– On a steep slope cargo bed
– On seam of the road – A vehicle with luggage protruding out
• When the optical axis of the headlight is of the back
deviated – A specially shaped vehicle such as a
• When headlights and/or front fog lights car carrier trailer or a motorcycle with
are modified side car
• When the headlights are covered in dirt, – A low-slung vehicle
snow, ice or mud • When your vehicle is swaying
72M20406
• When ground clearance of vehicle in
Under the following conditions, the dual front of you is extremely high. • When only a part of the vehicle in front of
sensor may not detect the vehicle in front • When a vehicle is oncoming or retreating you is within the dual sensor detection
of you or it may take more time to detect • When a vehicle faces sideways field
the vehicle. • When a vehicle in front of you drives • When the difference of speed between
without lighting the tail lights at night or the vehicle in front of you and your vehi-
in tunnels cle increases
• When a vehicle in front of you reflects • When the distance to the vehicle in front
sunlight strongly of you is short
• When there is a wall in front of the • When the vehicle in front of you is diffi-
parked vehicle cult to reflect the laser beam
• When there is another obstacle beside a • When driving on a curve
vehicle • For a while after escaping from a curve

3-90

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• When the vehicle in front of you turns,

accelerates or decelerates suddenly Adaptive cruise control system (if WARNING
• When a vehicle in front of you jumps out equipped)
• When you change the lane and Deceleration control by the adaptive
approach the vehicle in front of you The adaptive cruise control system allows cruise control system is limited.
you to maintain a steady speed without Therefore, you are requested to pay
Under the following conditions, the dual keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. enough attention for safety driving,
sensor may not detect the lines or it may You can use the adaptive cruise control by checking the surrounding traffic
take more time to detect the lines. system under the following conditions: always and operating brake pedal
• The narrow lane width and/or accelerator pedal as neces-
• When the lane is difficult to detect • Driver’s seat belt is fastened. sary.
– No partition lines, or fading lines • Open door warning light is off.
– The color of partition lines is similar to • Parking brake is completely released. The adaptive cruise control system has the
the road • Speed limiter is not used. following four controls.
– The width of partition lines is narrow • For manual transmission vehicle, the
– The partition lines has blurred gear position is in 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th. (1) Constant-speed control
– There are road studs or stones • For automatic transmission vehicle, the (There is no vehicle ahead)
– The partition lines cannot be seen, or gearshift lever is in “D” position, or the
difficult to see due to sand, etc. gear is in any position in the manual EXAMPLE
– Driving on a road that is wet due to mode.
rain, after the rain, puddles, etc. • For CVT vehicle, the gearshift lever is in
– The partition lines is drawn on a curb “D”, “M”, “L” position, or the gear is in any
– Driving on a road that is bright due to position in the manual mode (if
reflected light, etc. equipped).
• When the distance to the vehicle in front • The vehicle speed is about 40 km/h (25 54P000342
of you is short mph) or higher.
• ESP® OFF switch is not pushed and the Your vehicle cruises at the set speed.
• Immediately after the lane change, or • The vehicle speed can be set between
immediately after passing through the system is not turned off.
• When the temperature of the brake pads 40 km/h (25 mph) to 160 km/h (100
intersection. mph).
is not high.
• When there is no failure or malfunction
of the system

3-91

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

(2) Deceleration control NOTE: Situations where radar will not activate
(A vehicle ahead is within radar range • When your vehicle is getting close to the properly
and going slower than the set speed) vehicle ahead while deceleration control
or following control is functioning, a fron- WARNING
EXAMPLE tal collision warning is activated.
• When operating brake pedal during fol- Do not use the adaptive cruise con-
lowing control, you might feel that a trol system under the following situa-
brake is heavy. However, this is normal tions. Otherwise, the system will not
in the brake system. This occurs function properly and accidents may
because of the feature of adaptive cruise occur.
54P000343 control system.
Under the following situations, there is a
Your vehicle slows down, and maintains (4) Acceleration control high possibility that deceleration control,
the same speed as the speed of the vehi- (A vehicle ahead goes out of range) following control and acceleration control
cle ahead to maintain the following dis- will not function properly, even if a vehicle
tance. EXAMPLE ahead is within radar range.
• Possible detecting distance between • When vehicle is driven in a traffic jam
your vehicle and a vehicle ahead is • When vehicle is driven on sharp curves
within about 100 m (328 ft). • When vehicle is driven on slippery road
such as ice or snow-covered road
(3) Following control • When vehicle is driven on steep hill
(A vehicle ahead is within radar range
54P000345
and going at a steady speed) EXAMPLE
The adaptive cruise control system accel-
EXAMPLE erates your vehicle to the set speed, and
then maintains it.

54P000344
54P000376
Your vehicle follows the vehicle ahead, • When vehicle is driven on the road with
keeping a constant distance, without many steep uphills and downhills
exceeding the set speed. • When your vehicle is towing a trailer

3-92

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Situations where radar may not activate

EXAMPLE properly EXAMPLE
Under the following situations, the radar
may not detect a vehicle ahead correctly
and frontal collision warning may not func-
tion. You need to decelerate the vehicle
operating brakes as necessary.

• When a vehicle ahead is running slowly

or stopping at the end of the line in a traf-
54P000374 54P000375
fic jam or a tollgate
• Highway gate • When the vehicle is approaching repair- • When the bicycles or motorcycles are
• When the vehicle cannot move in a ing road running on the edge of your lane
straight manner without consistent steer- • While running inside a tunnel
ing, due to an accident or breakdown • When the radar sensor cover is covered WARNING
• When the vehicle is running on left turn in snow, water or dirt
lane or right turn lane Always drive safely with proper driv-
• When there is bad weather such as rain ing operations depending on traffic
• When the radiator grill or front bumper or fog, a blizzard or sandstorm or when
hits a hard object situation.
the vehicle in front of you is surrounded
• When the system is temporarily stopped by water, snow or sand
or malfunctioning, some of the following • When a vehicle ahead has extremely
indicator and messages will come on: small rear end area such as an unloaded
– Adaptive cruise control system warn- trailer
ing light • When your vehicle is weighed down by
– “INSPECT CRUISE SYSTEM” mes- heavy items in the luggage compartment
sage or rear seat
– “CRUISE SYSTEM: NOT ACTIVE BY • When your vehicle is running at 160 km/h
SENSOR.” message (100 mph) or higher speed
– “RADAR BRAKE SUPPORT SYS • When a vehicle ahead is cutting in sud-
INSPECTION REQUIRED” message denly
– “CRUISE SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
DISABLED” message

3-93

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Situations where radar may activate by Setting cruising speed Information display
chance (Instrument cluster Type B)
Adaptive cruise control switch
Under the following situations, the radar EXAMPLE
system detects a vehicle on the neighbor- EXAMPLE (4)
ing lane or roadside objects and frontal col- (8) (6) (7)
lision warning may function.
(3)
• At a corner or narrow traffic lane (2)
• The vehicle position in your lane
is unstable due to steering operation etc.
• Objects protruding from the road’s
surface such as manhole covers and
other metal objects, as well as falling
objects or level changes in the road (1)
(5) (9)
WARNING 52RS30130
80SM008
Always drive safely with proper driv- Information display
ing operations depending on traffic (1) Following distance setting switch (Instrument cluster Type C)
situation. (2) Cruise switch
(3) “CANCEL” switch EXAMPLE
(4) “RES +/SET –” switch (8) (6) (7)

(5) (9)
52RM30470

3-94

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

(5) Following distance indicator

(6) Adaptive cruise control indicator B TYPE C TYPE
(7) “SET” indicator CLUSTER METER CLUSTER METER
(8) Vehicle ahead detecting indicator
(9) Set speed indication

1) Turn on the adaptive cruise control sys-

tem by pushing cruise switch (2). When
the adaptive cruise control indicator (6), A vehicle ahead is not detected. In this
and following distance indicator (5) case, your vehicle is in the state of con-
come on or appear in the information stant-speed control.
display, you can set cruising speed. B TYPE C TYPE
2) Accelerate or decelerate to the desired CLUSTER METER CLUSTER METER
speed.
3) Pull down the “RES +/SET –” switch
(4), “SET” indicator (7) and set speed
indication (9) appears in the information
display.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal
and the set speed will be maintained. At A vehicle ahead is detected. In this case,
this time, vehicle ahead detecting indi- your vehicle is in the state of deceleration
cator (8) will vary as follows, depending control and following control.
on the presence or absence of the vehi-
cle ahead. WARNING
If the cruising speed is accidentally
set, you could lose control of the
vehicle. This could lead to an acci-
dent, resulting in severe injury or
death.
Turn off the adaptive cruise control
system and check that the adaptive
cruise control indicator (6) disap-
pears when the system is not in use.

3-95

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Changing following distance

While adaptive cruise control indicator (6) is displayed, you can adjust a following distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you as follows, by pressing following distance setting switch (1).

Indication Description
B TYPE CLUSTER METER C TYPE CLUSTER METER
Short
A following distance will be kept shorter, compared
with Middle setting.

Middle
This is an initial setting. When your vehicle is driven at 80
km/h (50 mph), a following distance will be kept as about
40 m (131 ft).

Long
A following distance will be kept longer, compared with
Middle setting.

WARNING
Maintain a safe following distance depending on traffic situation. Otherwise, it could result in severe injury or death.

NOTE:
• When turning off the engine, the previously set distance in the memory is canceled and the system is initialized.
• An appropriate following distance will vary depending on vehicle speed.

3-96

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Changing speed temporarily Changing cruising speed NOTE:

When the cruising speed is maintained, • You can adjust the set speed by 1 km/h
Using the accelerator pedal
you can temporarily accelerate or deceler- (or 1 mph) by pulling up and down “RES
To reset at a faster cruising speed, acceler-
ate. +/SET –” switch (4) quickly.
ate to the desired speed using the accelera-
• You can adjust the set speed by 5 km/h
tor pedal and pull down the “RES +/SET –”
To accelerate, depress the accelerator (or 5 mph) by pulling up and down and
pedal. When you take your foot off the switch (4). The new speed will be main- holding “RES +/SET –” switch (4).
pedal, your vehicle will return to the set tained. (e.g. 62 Km/h (or 42 mph) > 65 Km/h (or
speed. 45 mph) > 70 Km/h (or 50 mph), etc)
Using the brake pedal • While deceleration control or following
To decelerate, depress the brake pedal. To reset at a slower cruising speed, decel- control is activated, the vehicle is not
The set speed will be canceled and “SET” erate to the desired speed using the brake accelerated even though resetting to
indicator (7) will disappear. To resume the pedal and pull down the “RES +/SET –” higher cruising speed by continuous
previously set speed, pull up the “RES +/ switch (4). The new speed will be main- pulling up the “RES +/SET –” switch (4)
SET –” switch (4) and turn on “SET” indica- tained. is operated. However, if the vehicle
tor (7) again when vehicle speed is above ahead disappears, the vehicle is accel-
about 40 km/h (25 mph). The vehicle will NOTE: erated automatically to the set speed.
accelerate to the previously set speed and When the brake pedal is depressed, “SET”
maintain its speed. indicator (7) disappears until you reset the
cruising speed.

Using “RES +/SET-” switch

To reset at a faster cruising speed, press
repeatedly or hold pulling up the “RES +/
SET –” switch (4). Vehicle speed will
steadily increase. When you release the
switch, the new speed will be maintained.

To reset at a slower cruising speed, press

repeatedly or hold pulling down the “RES
+/SET –” switch (4).

3-97

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Cancelling adaptive cruise control To resume the previously set speed, pull Frontal collision warning
“SET” indicator (7) will disappear and the up the “RES +/SET –” switch (4) and show
adaptive cruise control system will be can- “SET” indicator (7). The vehicle speed
celed temporarily under the following con- must be above about 40 km/h (25 mph)
ditions: when the vehicle is not under the above
conditions.
(1)
• When “CANCEL” switch (3) is pushed To turn off the adaptive cruise control sys-
• When brake pedal is depressed tem, push cruise switch (2) and check that 68PM00327
• When vehicle speed falls below about 40 the adaptive cruise control indicator (6)
km/h (25 mph) disappears. Also, if any warning indication If your vehicle gets too close to the vehicle
• When a vehicle skids and ESP® is acti- or message related to the adaptive cruise ahead as described below, the interior
vating control system is displayed on the instru- buzzer sounds, the indicator (1) appears
• When radar sensor cover is covered in ment cluster, the adaptive cruise control on the information display at the same
snow, water or dirt and the system system will be turned off. time, to promote deceleration.
detects radar dirt • The vehicle ahead of you slows down
• When engine speed is too high or too NOTE: abruptly.
low If you turn off the adaptive cruise control • Another vehicle cuts in front of you.
• When driver’s door is open system, the previously set speed in the
• When driver’s seat belt is unfastened memory is cleared. Reset your cruising Depress the brake pedal, and keep an
• When parking brake is applied speed again. appropriate distance from the vehicle
• When “LIMIT” switch is pressed ahead. The buzzer timing of frontal colli-
• When ESP® OFF switch is pressed sion warning varies depending on the vehi-
• When the temperature of the brake pads cle speed and a following distance
is too high. between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead.
For manual transmission vehicle
• When clutch pedal is continuously
depressed
• When gear position is changed to “N”
(Neutral) for a period of time
• When gear position is changed to 1st or
2nd
For automatic transmission vehicle or CVT
vehicle
• When gear position is changed to “N”

3-98

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

There are different frontal collision warning Adaptive cruise control system warning Handling the radar sensor
operations in adaptive cruise control sys- light
Except for sport model
tem, dual sensor brake support system.
Therefore, the interior buzzer in adaptive B TYPE C TYPE
cruise control system sounds a little earlier CLUSTER METER CLUSTER METER
than the buzzer in dual sensor brake sup-
port system. For details of frontal collision
warning in dual sensor brake support sys-
tem, refer to “Dual sensor brake support
system (if equipped)” in this section.
(1)
WARNING
52RS115
• Do not use the adaptive cruise con-
trol system in a heavy traffic area If this light stays on, there is a problem with
where the frontal collision warning the adaptive cruise control system or radar (2)
frequently activates. sensor. When the radar sensor has failure,
52RM30210
• Even if the distance between your the function of the radar sensor stops until
vehicle and the vehicle ahead is the ignition switch is turned to “LOCK” The radar sensor (1) can be found inside
short, frontal collision warning may position or the engine switch is pressed to the sensor cover (2) which is located on
not alert you under the following change the ignition mode to LOCK (OFF). the radiator grill.
circumstances: Find a safe place to park and turn the igni-
– The vehicle ahead of you is going tion switch to “LOCK” position or change
at almost the same speed as, or the ignition mode to LOCK (OFF) by press-
faster than your vehicle. ing the engine switch. Restart the engine,
– When the vehicle ahead of you is and check that the adaptive cruise control
going away from your vehicle. system warning light goes off. If the indica-
– Right after setting up to the tor stays on after restarting the engine,
desired speed. there may be a failure of the radar sensor.
– While depressing the accelerator Ask an authorized SUZUKI dealer to have
pedal or right after releasing the the radar sensor inspected.
pedal.
– While decelerating by depressing
the brake pedal.

3-99

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Sport model If dirt is detected on the radar sensor or

sensor cover, adaptive cruise control sys- WARNING
EXAMPLE tem will stop functioning and adaptive
cruise control system warning light (3) will • Always keep the sensor or sensor
come on, and “CRUISE SYSTEM: NOT cover surface clean. When it is
ACTIVE BY SENSOR.” message (4) will dirty, wipe it down with a soft cloth
appear as follows. that will not scratch the cover.
Also, when the following things are
covering or attached to the sensor
or sensor cover, they will be
detected as dirt and the radar will
either take more time to detect
things or it will not detect things at
(1) all. If this happens, the system will
CRUISE not function normally and acci-
52RM245 SYSTEM: NOT dents may occur.
The radar sensor (1) is located at the back ACTIVE BY – Plastic bags (transparent, semi-
of the opening of the radiator grill. SENSOR. transparent, colored or metal-
coated)
(3) (4)
NOTE: – Rain, snow, etc.
In the following situations, the radar sensor • Observe the following instructions
may stop functioning temporarily. 52RM30701
in order to keep the radar sensor
• When the lead-acid battery voltage is functioning properly. If mishandled,
decreased the radar sensor cannot accurately
• When the temperature of the lead-acid detect a vehicle in front of you, the
battery is low system will not function properly
• When the lead-acid battery voltage and accidents may occur.
decreases temporarily due to engine – Do not strike the radar sensor
starting forcefully. If there is a minor colli-
When the lead-acid battery voltage is sion and the radar sensor is dam-
recovered, the function of the radar sensor aged or hindered, have it
will turn back on. inspected by an authorized
SUZUKI dealer.
(Continued)

3-100

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

When dirt is detected on the sensor or NOTE:

WARNING sensor cover In the following situations, the adaptive
If the message (4) does not disappear, cruise control system warning light (3) may
(Continued) perform the following procedure. come on, the message (4) may appear
– Do not stick or affix anything to and adaptive cruise control system may be
the sensor or sensor cover, not 1) Find a safe place to park and turn the deactivated automatically, even if there is
even clear items. ignition switch to “LOCK” position or no dirt on the sensor or sensor cover.
– Do not do any customizing, coat- change the ignition mode to LOCK
ing or applying of non-genuine • In a tunnel
(OFF) by pressing the engine switch.
SUZUKI parts to the radiator grill • A road where there are concrete walls
2) Clean the sensor or sensor cover with a
or front bumper. For repairs and on both sides
soft cloth.
parts replacement, contact an • A road where there are metal fences on
3) Turn the ignition switch to “ON” position
authorized SUZUKI dealer. one side
or change the ignition mode to ON by
– Do not remove or disassemble • Around overpasses or grade separated
pressing the engine switch.
the radar sensor or any sur- crossings
4) Check that the message (4) disap-
rounding parts. • When there is bad weather such as rain
pears.
– Do not sit on or lean against the or snow
front bumper. • A road where there are puddles
• If you clean the sensor or sensor cover
– When using a high pressure car and drive the vehicle, but the message
washer, do not point the nozzle In these situations, adaptive cruise control
(4) appears again even though the road
at, or around, the sensor or sen- system is stopped functioning temporarily,
is not in the situations described in the
sor cover. because millimeter-waves emanating from
following NOTE, there might be another
– Do not push other vehicle or the radar sensor cause diffused reflection
problem. Contact an authorized SUZUKI
objects with the front bumper and a position of the vehicle in front of you
dealer for further assistance.
when you pull out of a parking cannot be detected correctly.
area. If you drive the vehicle for about 2 minutes
after the above situations have improved,
NOTE: these indicator and message will turn off
The system may not function properly if and the adaptive cruise control system will
there is any snow or water on the radar turn back on.
sensor or sensor cover.

3-101

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Warning and indicator messages

The information display shows the warning and indicator messages to let you know about certain problems of the adaptive cruise control
system.

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light

Blinks Beep (one time from There may be malfunction of the adaptive cruise control
interior buzzer) system. Contact an authorized SUZUKI dealer for inspec-
tion.

52RM30710

Blinks Beep (one time from The message appears on the information display because
interior buzzer) dirt is detected on the sensor or sensor cover, or millime-
ter-waves from the radar sensor cause diffused reflection.
If the message does not disappear for a while, wipe the
sensor or sensor cover with a soft cloth.
CRUISE
SYSTEM: NOT
ACTIVE BY
SENSOR.
52RM30720

3-102

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Warning and indicator Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
message indicator light

Blinks Beep (one time from There may be a problem with adaptive cruise control sys-
interior buzzer) tem and the system is disabled temporarily.
If the message does not disappear for a while, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized SUZUKI dealer.

CRUISE
SYSTEM
TEMPORARILY
DISABLED

52RM30740

3-103

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

When adaptive cruise control can not be set

Warning and Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
indicator message indicator light
Off Off Adaptive cruise control can not be set because the
brake pad got hot.Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
let the brake pad cool down.

53SB3054

Off Off Adaptive cruise control can not be set because the
vehicle speed is less than about 40 km/h (25 mph).Try
again at a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or higher.

80SM305

3-104

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Warning and Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
indicator message indicator light
Off Off Adaptive cruise control can not be set because the
driver's seat belt has unfastened. Fasten the driver's
seat belt and try again.

53SB3057

Off Off For manual transmission vehicle

Adaptive cruise control can not be set because gear
position is not in 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th. Shift the gear posi-
tion in 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th and try again.

For CVT vehicle

Adaptive cruise control can not be set because the
gearshift lever is not in “D”, “M” or “L” position. Shift the
gearshift lever in “D”, “M” or “L” and try again.
53SB3059

3-105

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Warning and Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
indicator message indicator light
Off Off It is displayed in situations where adaptive cruise con-
trol can not be set except for the above. Refer to
“Adaptive cruise control” in this section and try again.

53SB3053

3-106

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

When adaptive cruise control is cancelled

Warning and Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
indicator message indicator light
Off Beep (one time from inte- Adaptive cruise control was cancelled because the
rior buzzer) brake pad got hot. Stop the vehicle in a safe place
and let the brake pad cool down.

53SB3061

Off Beep (one time from inte- Adaptive cruise control was cancelled because the
rior buzzer) vehicle speed is less than about 40 km/h (25 mph).
Try again at a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or
higher.

80SM303

3-107

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Warning and Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
indicator message indicator light
Off Off Adaptive cruise control was cancelled because the
driver's seat belt has unfastened. Improve the cause,
set adaptive cruise control again.

53SB3064

Off Off For manual transmission vehicle

Adaptive cruise control was cancelled because the
gear position has become other than 3rd, 4th, 5th or
6th. Improve the cause, set adaptive cruise control
again.

For CVT vehicle

Adaptive cruise control was cancelled because the
gearshift lever has become other than “D”, “M” or “L”
position. Improve the cause, set adaptive cruise con-
53SB3066 trol again.

3-108

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Warning and Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
indicator message indicator light
Off Beep (one time from inte- It is displayed when the adaptive cruise control is
rior buzzer) (#1) cancelled except for the above. Refer to “Adaptive
cruise control” in this section. Improve the cause, set
adaptive cruise control again.

80SM304

(#1) A buzzer will not be performed if the driver is intentionally suspected to be cancelled, such as when the driver steps on the brake or
presses the cancel switch.The buzzer sounds when canceling other than user operation.

3-109

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

The sensor detects a vehicle running on the neighboring lane or approaching from the
Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) rear on the neighboring lane and tells the presence to you. An indicator in the outside rear
(if equipped) view mirror at the detected side comes on.
Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) detects pres-
ence of a vehicle diagonally in the rear and EXAMPLE
tells you of the presence through the out-
side rear view mirror and an interior
buzzer. This system assists the driver in
making a lane change.

WARNING
• The BSM is a supplemental device
to tell you of a vehicle approaching
diagonally from the rear. However,
your responsibility for safety driv-
ing is the most important matter. (1)
You must checking around it using
your direct vision or mirrors.
• Depending on the circumstances,
the system may not work. Do not
rely excessively on the system and
always drive in a safe manner. Over (2)
reliance on this function may lead
to an accident.

53SBB002

(1) A vehicle running alongside in the area where the outside rear view mirror cannot
reflect.
(2) A vehicle rapidly approaching the area where the outside rear view mirror cannot
reflect.

3-110

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

When the driver operates turn signal con- Detecting area

trol lever to the detected side, an interior Vehicle entering the following areas can be detected.
buzzer sounds and the indicator in the out-
side rear view mirror blinks.
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE

(1)

(4) (3) (2)

80SM002

80SM024

(1) An area about 0.5 to 4.0 m (1.6 to 13.1 ft) from the vehicle both side
(2) An area between the rear bumper and near the driver’s seat
(3) An area about 4 m (13.1 ft) behind the rear bumper
(4) An area between about 4 and 50 m (13.1 and 164 ft) behind the rear bumper

NOTE:
The greater the difference in speed between your vehicle and the detected vehicle is, the
farther away the vehicle will be detected, causing the outside rear view mirror indicator to
illuminate or blink.

3-111

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Activating conditions Situations where the system does not Situations where the system may not
When all the following conditions are satis- activate activate properly
fied, the BSM will actuate. Vehicles shown below cannot be detected Under the following situations, the BSM
• When the BSM OFF indicator light is not and the BSM will not activate. may not activate correctly due to ineffec-
indicated. • Small motorcycle, bicycle and pedes- tive detection.
• When gearshift lever position is other trian.* • When sensor or surrounding area on the
than “R”. • Oncoming vehicle. rear bumper is covered with foreign
• When vehicle speed is above 15 km/h (9 • Vehicle running behind on the same materials such as dirt, snow, ice, etc.
mph). lane.* (remove foreign materials)
• When the engine is running. • Vehicles traveling 2 lanes away from • When sensor is misaligned in such a
your vehicle.* case as a strong impact to the sensor or
NOTE: • Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles the rear bumper.
Using the setting mode in the information and similar stationary objects.* • When the tyres are slipping or spinning.
display, the BSM can be canceled. For • When the distance between your vehicle
details on how to use the information dis- * Depending on conditions, detection of a and a guardrail, wall, etc., that enters the
play, refer to “Setting mode” in BEFORE vehicle and/or object may occur. detection area is short.
DRIVING section. • With a modified suspension (Altering the
vehicle height, etc.)
• When your vehicle is weighed down by
heavy items in the luggage compart-
ment.
• When the battery has a voltage abnor-
mality.
• When the temperature around the sen-
sor is too high/low.
• The entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• When rear visibility is poor due to
exhaust gas, splash of water or snow,
spray, sand or smoke.
• When two or more vehicles are
approaching one after another continu-
ously.
• When distance to a vehicle behind is too
close.

3-112

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• When speed difference between your Sensor location

vehicle and a vehicle behind in the Sensors (1) are arranged in the rear WARNING
detecting area is too big. bumper at right and left one by one.
• When vehicle speed between your vehi- For correct activation of the sensor,
you are requested to observe the fol-
cle and other vehicle in the detecting EXAMPLE lowing precautions. Lack of reason-
area is almost the same.
• When starting from standstill, another able care of the sensor may cause
vehicle in the detecting area remains. detection error due to malfunction
• When running on a steep uphill, down- and lead to accident.
hill, continuous sharp curves or pave- • Keep the rear bumper around the
ment joints. sensors clean always.
• When running on road with rough, • Do not give strong impact or pres-
bumpy or uneven surface. sure to the rear bumper.
• When speed difference between your (1) • Do not stick stickers on the rear
vehicle and other vehicle varies. bumper around the sensors.
• When the other vehicle running on the • Do not modify the surrounding area
(1) on the rear bumper. In case the rear
neighboring lane is too far due to wide
lane, running on edge of lane, etc. 80SM012
bumper gets damaged or the paint
• When your vehicle is equipped with gets peeled off then the system
accessory such as carrier in the rear. may malfunction, If this occurs
• When height difference between your consult your Suzuki dealer.
vehicle and other vehicle in the detecting
area is too big. (A low-slung vehicle and
sports cars etc.)

3-113

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Stopping BSM • When the mounting position or angle of

the sensor is shifted
EXAMPLE (2) (1) • When the battery voltage is decreased
If the light blinks and stays on, there may
be a malfunction of the systems. You
should have the systems inspected by an
authorized SUZUKI dealer.

NOTE:
When the BSM is stopped, the BSM and
RCTA also are stopped. When the BSM is
ON, the RCTA can be stopped separately.
For details about RCTA, refer to “Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if equipped)” in
this section.
80SM013

(1) BSM OFF indicator light

(2) RCTA OFF indicator light

Using the setting mode on the informa-

tion display, the BSM can be stopped.
For details on how to use the informa-
tion display, refer to “Setting mode” in
BEFORE DRIVING section. When the
BSM is stopped, the BSM OFF indicator
light (1) and RCTA OFF indicator light
(2) come on.

In the following situations, the BSM OFF

indicator light or RCTA OFF indicator light
blinks and the system is deactivated.
• When the sensor or bumper is covered
in snow, ice or dirt
• When the temperature around the sen-
sor is too high/low

3-114

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Warning and indicator messages

The information display shows the warning and indicator messages to let you know about certain problems.

Warning and Warning Master warning

Sound Cause and remedy
indicator message indicator indicator light
Blinks Blinks Beep BSM and RCTA are suspended. If the warning
(one time from message remains after starting the engine again,
interior buzzer) have your vehicle inspected by an authorized
SUZUKI dealer.

80SM034 53SB3033

Blinks Blinks Beep BSM and RCTA are suspended due to dirt on
(one time from sensor and rear bumper around the sensor.
interior buzzer) Remove the dirt from the sensor and rear bumper
around the sensor, and restart the engine. If the
warning message remains, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized SUZUKI dealer.

80SM034 53SB3033

Blinks Blinks Beep There may be a problem with the BSM and
(one time from RCTA. Have your vehicle inspected by an autho-
interior buzzer) rized SUZUKI dealer.

80SM035 53SB3033

3-115

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

While your vehicle is backing up, approaching vehicle from the rear at right or left is
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if detected by the radar sensor and the presence is told to you. When the approaching vehi-
equipped) cle is detected, an interior buzzer sounds and the information display is indicated.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) detects
presence of a vehicle the rear at right or
left and tells you of the presence through
EXAMPLE
indicator in the information display and an
interior buzzer. This system assists when
backing up. (1)
WARNING (1)
• The RCTA is a supplemental device
to tell you the existence of a vehi-
cle approaching from the left and
right rear when backing up. How-
ever, your responsibility for safety (3) (2)
driving is the most important mat-
ter. You must checking around it
using your direct vision or mirrors.
• Depending on the circumstances,
80SM029
the system may not work. Do not
rely excessively on the system and (1) Approaching vehicle
always drive in a safe manner. Over (2) Approaching vehicle from the rear right
reliance on this function may lead (3) Approaching vehicle from the rear left
to an accident.

3-116

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Detectable area Operating condition Situations where the system does not
Vehicle in the following area is detected. When all of the following conditions are activate
satisfied, the RCTA is activated. The system does not detect the following
EXAMPLE vehicles and the RCTA will not activate.
• When the BSM OFF indicator light is not • Approaching vehicle from just behind.
indicated. • A vehicle backing up from the neighbor-
• When the RCTA OFF indicator light is ing parking space.
not indicated. • A vehicle cannot be detected due to an
• When gearshift lever position is in “R” obstacle.
position. • Parked vehicles and similar stationary
• When the retreating vehicle speed is 8 objects.*
(1) km/h(5 mph) or below.
(2) • When approaching vehicle speed is from EXAMPLE
3.6 to 90 km/h (2 to 56 mph).

NOTE:
53SBB006 • Using the setting mode on the informa-
(1) 20 m (66 ft) tion display, RCTA can be stopped. For
(2) 8 m (26 ft) details on how to use the information dis-
play, refer to “Setting mode” in BEFORE
DRIVING section.
• If the BSM is stopped using the setting
mode on the information display, the
RCTA also is stopped.
53SBB007

• Small motorcycle, bicycle and pedes-

trian.*
• A vehicle moving away from your vehi-
cle.

* Depending on conditions, detection of a

vehicle and/or object may occur.

3-117

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Situations where the system may not Sensor location

activate properly EXAMPLE For details, refer to “Sensor location” in
Under the following conditions, the system “Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) (if equipped)” in
cannot detect vehicle effectively and the this section.
RCTA may not activate correctly.
• When sensor or surrounding area on the Stopping RCTA
rear bumper is covered with foreign For details, refer to “Stopping BSM” in
materials such as dirt, snow, ice, etc. “Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) (if equipped)” in
(remove foreign materials) this section.
• When there is bad weather such as a
heavy rain, dense fog or blizzard. Warning and indicator messages
• When rear visibility is poor due to 53SBB008 The information display shows the warning
exhaust gas, splash of water or snow, and indicator messages to let you know
spray, sand or smoke. about certain problems of the BSM. For
• When sensor is misaligned in such a details, refer to “Warning and indicator
case as a strong impact to the sensor or messages” in “Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) (if
the rear bumper. equipped)” in this section.
• When two or more vehicles are
approaching one after another continu-
ously.
• A vehicle approaching in high speed.
• A vehicle parked at a shallow angle.
• When the battery has a voltage abnor-
mality.
• When the temperature around the sen-
sor is too high/low.

3-118

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Emergency stop signal (ESS) (if equipped) WARNING

ESS stands for Emergency Stop Signal. Although the ESS is designed to
reduce the number of rear-end colli-
ESS is a feature that gives a warning to a following vehicle by flashing all turn signal lights sions that occur from sudden brak-
faster than usual if all the following conditions are met. Also, within these conditions, it will ing, by warning a following vehicle, it
flash along with your turn signal in the instrument cluster. cannot prevent all collisions. Always
• When you slam down on the brakes at speeds of approximately 55 km/h (34 mph) or make an effort to drive safely and
over. avoid unnecessary sudden braking
• When the ABS is activated or when you suddenly brake similar to activating the ABS. when stopping or decelerating.

EXAMPLE NOTE:
• The ESS feature cannot be deactivated.
• Use of the hazard warning switch should
be given preference over the ESS.
• When driving on the following surfaces
and the ABS gives out momentarily, the
ESS may not function.
– When driving on slippery surfaces
– When driving over bumps on the road
such as highway joint seams

74P40170

The ESS will stop functioning in the following situations:

• When you release the brake
• When the ABS is no longer activated
• When you turn on the hazard warning switch
• When the car is no longer rapidly decelerating

3-119

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• For the instrument cluster (Type A), the

Parking sensors (if equipped) system warns you only by sounding a WARNING
buzzer.
• The system emits an ultrasonic wave • The parking sensor warns you of
and the relevant sensor detects the obstacles with buzzers and by
EXAMPLE showing you the location of the
return of the wave reflected by an obsta-
cle. The system measures the time obstacles on the information dis-
taken by the ultrasonic wave to reach the play. However, you still have to
obstacle and return from it, from which it drive with particular care.
determines the obstacle’s position. • The sensors can detect obstacles
• The parking sensor function can be used only within a limited area and only
when you turn the ignition switch to “ON” when the vehicle is moving within a
position or press the engine switch to limited speed range. So, in tricky
change the ignition mode to ON, the areas, you must move the vehicle
(1) gearshift lever is in the “R” position and slowly while checking around it
80SM030 the parking sensor switch is in “ON” using your direct vision or rearview
position. This function is helpful in the mirrors. There is increased risk of
(1) Symbol representing an obstacle an accident if you control the vehi-
detected by parking sensor* following cases: pulling over to the curb;
parallel parking the vehicle; steering the cle relying only on the parking sen-
* This symbol shows that an obstacle vehicle into a garage; driving along an sor.
is located on the right rear of vehi- alley; and moving slowly in a place with
cle. obstacles.
• The parking sensor system uses ultra-
sonic sensors to detect obstacles near
the rear bumper. If obstacles are sensed
while you are parking or moving the
vehicle slowly, the system warns you by
sounding a buzzer and displaying sym-
bols representing the obstacles on the
information display in the instrument
cluster.
• For the instrument cluster (Type B or C)
only, the information display shows the
above symbols representing the obsta-
cles.

3-120

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Working sensors
Sensor locations The sensors work depending on the gearshift lever position and parking brake lever posi-
On rear bumper tion as follows:
Automatic transmis-
EXAMPLE Manual transmission sion
Gearshift lever CVT Parking
position brake lever
N, 1st – 5th or
R R N, D, M or L
6th
Center On Off On Off No relation
Rear sensors
Corner On Off On Off No relation

(2)
(1)
(2) (1)
80SM014

(1) Rear center sensors (2 places)

(2) Rear corner sensors (2 places)

NOTICE
• Avoid hitting the sensor areas or
directing the nozzle of a high-pres-
sure car washer onto the sensor
areas. Otherwise, the sensors may
be damaged.
• If the bumper hits a hard object, the
sensors on it may not work prop-
erly. If this occurs, have the sen-
sors inspected by an authorized
SUZUKI dealer.

3-121

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Approximate areas where obstacles can

be detected WARNING WARNING
(Continued) (Continued)
EXAMPLE – Sensors are wet from water – Sensors are at an angle to a
splashes or heavy rain. highly reflective object such as
– Sensors are covered by a hand, glass. (Ultrasonic waves are not
sticker, accessory, etc. reflected back from the obstacle.)
– There is an accessory or other • Sensors may not be able to cor-
object attached within the sen- rectly detect the following types of
sor’s sensing area. obstacles:
– Items such as tow hooks, com- – Objects made of a thin material
mercially available corner poles, such as wire netting and ropes
radio antenna, etc. are installed – Square-shaped curbstones or
on the bumper. other objects with sharp edges
– The height of the bumper is – Tall objects with a large upper
80SM003
changed due to alteration to the part such as a road sign
suspension or other causes. – Low-profile objects such as curb-
• An obstacle within about 20 cm (8 in) – The sensor areas are extremely stones
from a sensor or just below a sensor is hot from direct sunlight or cold – Sound-absorbing objects such
not detectable. due to freezing weather. as cotton and snow
• The sensors can detect an obstacle up – The vehicle is on a rough sur-
to about 1.5 m (5 ft) from the rear of face, slope, gravel road or grass NOTE:
vehicle. field. • Thin poles or obstacles lower than the
– The vehicle is at a steep angle. sensors may become undetectable as
WARNING – Sensors have intercepted ultra- the vehicle moves closer to them even if
sonic noise from another vehi- they have been detected from longer
• Under the following conditions, the distances.
parking sensor system may not cle’s horn, engine, air braking
system (large vehicles), or park- • The system may calculate the distance
work normally because the sensors to a road sign or similar obstacle to be
cannot detect obstacles correctly. ing sensor.
– Obstacles are too close to the shorter than the actual distance.
– Sensors are covered with mud,
ice or other materials. (Such sensors.
materials must be removed for (Continued)
normal operation.)
(Continued)

3-122

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

• When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position or the ignition mode is ON and the indi-
How to use parking sensor cator light in the parking sensor switch is on, indicating that the parking sensor is ready
for operation under the following condition:
Parking sensor switch – The gearshift lever is in the “R” position.
• To deactivate the parking sensor, push the parking sensor switch and check that the
indicator light goes off.
(2)
Switch position State
(1)
EXAMPLE
ON
• When the indicator light is on and all necessary conditions are
met, system becomes ready for operation.

66RH120

(1) Parking sensor switch EXAMPLE

(2) Indicator
OFF
• The system does not operate. Push the switch to turn off the
indicator if you do not wish to use the parking sensor.

NOTE:
If you push the parking sensor switch from OFF to ON position when the ignition switch is
in the “ON” position or the ignition mode has been changed to ON by pressing the engine
switch, the interior buzzer sounds.

3-123

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Upon detecting an obstacle, the parking sensor causes an interior buzzer to sound and a
Obstacle indication by parking sen- symbol representing the obstacle appears on the information display in the instrument cluster.
sor • A different symbol is displayed depending on the direction and distance of the obstacle.
• A buzzer located behind the rear seat sounds when a sensor at the rear detects an
EXAMPLE obstacle.
• Warnings when obstacles are detected by rear sensors
Distance (approx.) Buzzer Symbol
center 60 – 150 cm Short beeps at long intervals
sensors (24 – 59 in)
Three lines
45 – 60 cm Short beeps at short intervals
(18 – 24 in)
35 – 45 cm Short beeps at very short intervals Two lines
(14 – 18 in)
(2) (1) (2) Less than 35 cm
Continuous beep One line
80SM031 (14 in)
(1) Obstacle detected by rear center sen- NOTE:
sors • Symbols are displayed with a short delay after the detection of obstacles.
(2) Obstacle detected by rear corner sen- • If the system detects multiple obstacles simultaneously, the display shows all of their
sors positions using the corresponding symbols. However, the buzzers will sound only for
the nearest obstacles.

3-124

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Warning and indicator messages Rearview camera

If there is a problem or warning regarding the parking sensor system, a message is dis- (if equipped)
played on the information display in the instrument cluster and a symbol blinks. If a mes-
sage is displayed, follow its instruction. When the gearshift lever is shifted to “R”
position while the ignition switch is in “ON”
Message Symbol Probable cause and remedy
position or the ignition mode is ON, the
rearview camera system automatically
shows the view behind the vehicle on the
display.
There may be a problem with the parking
Two blinking lines in sensor system. WARNING
a sensor location. Have your vehicle inspected by an autho-
rized SUZUKI dealer. The distance viewed in the rearview
camera may differ from the actual
distance according to the condition
of road or the load the vehicle is car-
rying. Since the camera display area
is also limited, backing up by only
looking at the display may cause an
accident or a collision with an object.
One blinking line in The indicated sensor is contaminated. The rearview camera cannot replace
a sensor location. Wipe it clean with a soft cloth. the driver’s attention. The driver
alone is responsible for parking and
similar driving maneuvers.
• Use the rearview camera only to
provide driving assistance.
• Always drive carefully confirming
the safety of the rear and the sur-
rounding conditions by looking
directly with your eyes and using
the rear view mirror.
• Check that the tailgate is securely
closed when backing up.

3-125

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTICE Rearview camera location NOTICE

If you use the rearview camera for a If water enters the rearview camera, it
long time when the ignition switch is EXAMPLE may cause a malfunction or catch
in “ON” position or the ignition mode fire.
is ON, but the engine is not running, Do not use high pressure water
the lead-acid battery may discharge. around the camera.
Do not leave the ignition switch in
“ON” position or the ignition mode
ON for a long time when the engine is NOTICE
not running. (1) This lens is hard coated to prevent
damage or discoloration. Damage or
discoloration of lens may obscure
the image.
• Do not use a brush to clean lens.
52RM30220 • Do not use alcohol, benzene or
thinner to clean the lens.
(1) Rearview camera • Do not use wax on the camera lens.
The rearview camera is installed beside
the license plate light. NOTE:
If body wax gets on the camera lens, wipe
NOTICE off the wax with a clean cloth dampened
with mild detergent diluted with water, and
The rearview camera is a precision then wipe the lens with a dry cloth.
instrument. If you strike the camera,
it may be broken and cause damage
resulting in a catch fire or a malfunc-
tion.
• Do not strike the camera.
• Do not remove snow or mud on the
camera lens with a stick.

3-126

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Display range of rearview camera NOTE:

How to use rearview camera • Images shown on the display from the
1) Turn the ignition switch to “ON” position
EXAMPLE rearview camera are reversed images
or press the engine switch to change (mirror images).
the ignition mode to ON. • The colors of objects on the rearview
2) Shift the gearshift lever in “R” position. (1) camera may differ from the actual object
• The display automatically shows the colors.
view behind the vehicle. • The rearview camera display may be dif-
• When the gearshift lever is shifted ficult to see under the following condi-
from “R” to another gearshift lever tions, but this is not a system
position, the display returns to the malfunction.
previous display. – In dark areas, on a rainy day or at
night.
NOTE: – When the temperature around the lens
The rearview camera display has first pri- 52RM30770
is too high/low, or the camera is wet
ority in any display mode. However, the such as on a rainy day or during peri-
rearview camera display does not show ods of high humidity (dew condensa-
the rear view while the system is initializ- EXAMPLE tion may occur on the camera lens).
ing. (1) – When a foreign object such as mud or
a drop of water is stuck around the
camera lens.
Display range of rearview camera – When strong light directly enters the
The rearview camera display shows the camera (vertical lines may be seen on
area behind the rear end of the bumper. the display).
The display cannot show objects which are – Under fluorescent light. (The display
close to the bumper or under the bumper. may flicker.)
The rearview camera display cannot show – When the outside temperature is low
obstacles which are higher than the cam- (the image on the display may be
era. Upper parts of tall objects such as darkened).
road signs cannot be viewed on the dis-
play.
68PH00317 Rearview camera screen indication
(1) Display range The distance viewed in the rearview cam-
era may differ from the actual distance
according to the condition of the road or
the load the vehicle is carrying.

3-127

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Uphill incline behind the vehicle Downhill incline behind the vehicle If the rear view from the rearview cam-
era is not shown or there is a poor
EXAMPLE EXAMPLE image
• If the rear view from the rearview camera
(1) (1) is not shown.
– Check that the ignition switch is in
“ON” position or the ignition mode is
ON.
– Check that the gearshift lever is
(2) (3) shifted to “R” position.
(3) (2) • If the image from the rearview camera is
poor.
– Check that the camera lens is not dirty.
52RM30780 52RM30790
– Check that light from the sun or the
beam of the headlights from the vehi-
(1) Object (1) Object cle behind is not shining directly into
(2) Actual distance (2) Actual distance the lens.
(3) Distance on the display (3) Distance on the display
When there is an uphill incline behind the When there is a downhill incline behind the If the rearview camera system is still not
vehicle, the object shown on the display vehicle, the object shown on the display working properly after checking the above,
appears farther away than the actual dis- appears closer than the actual distance. have the system inspected by an autho-
tance. rized SUZUKI dealer as soon as possible.

3-128

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Braking WARNING WARNING

If water gets into the brake devices, Even without reserve power in the
brake performance may become poor brake system, you can still stop the
and unpredictable. After driving vehicle by pressing the brake pedal
through water or washing the under- harder than normally required. How-
side of the vehicle, test the brakes ever, the stopping distance may be
while driving at a slow speed to see if longer.
they have maintained their normal
effectiveness. If the brakes are less
effective than normal, dry them by Brake assist system
repeatedly applying the brakes while When you slam the brakes on, the brake
driving slowly until the brakes have assist system determines it to be an emer-
regained their normal effectiveness. gency stop and provides more powerful
braking for a driver who cannot hold down
the brake pedal firmly.
Power-assisted brakes
60G165S

The distance needed to bring any vehicle Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes. If NOTE:
to a halt increases with the speed of the power assistance is lost due to a stalled If you quickly and forcefully depress the
vehicle. The braking distance needed, for engine or other failures, the system is still brakes, you may hear a clicking sound in
example, at 60 km/h (37 mph) will be fully operational on reserve power and you the brake pedal. This is normal and indi-
approximately 4 times greater than the can bring the vehicle to a complete stop by cates that the brake assist system is acti-
braking distance needed at 30 km/h (19 pressing the brake pedal once and holding vated properly.
mph). Start to depress the brake pedal it down. The reserve power is partly used
when there is plenty of distance between up when you depress the brake pedal and
reduces each time the pedal is pressed. Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
your vehicle and the stopping point, and
slow down gradually. Apply smooth and even pressure to the ABS will help you avoid skidding by elec-
pedal. Do not pump the pedal. tronically controlling braking pressure. It
will also help you maintain steering control
when braking on slippery surfaces or when
braking hard.
The ABS works automatically, so you do
not need any special braking technique.
Just push the brake pedal down without
pumping. The ABS will operate whenever

3-129

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

it senses that the wheels are locking up.

You may feel the brake pedal move a little WARNING WARNING
while the ABS is operating.
(Continued) • If the ABS warning light (1) on the
NOTE: • On regular paved roads, some driv- instrument cluster comes on and
• The ABS will not work if vehicle speed is ers may be able to obtain slightly stays on while driving, there may
under about 9 km/h (6 mph). shorter stopping distances with be a problem with the ABS system.
• If the ABS system is activated, you may conventional brake systems than Ask an authorized SUZUKI dealer
hear a clunking noise and/or feel pulsat- with ABS. to inspect the ABS system immedi-
ing in the brake pedal. This is normal • In both of the above conditions, ately. If the ABS system becomes
and indicates that the brake fluid pres- ABS will still offer the advantage of inoperative, the brake system will
sure is being controlled properly. helping you maintain directional function as an ordinary brake sys-
• You may hear an operation sound when control. However, remember that tem that has no ABS.
you start the engine or after the vehicle ABS will not compensate for bad • If the ABS warning light (1) and the
begins to move. This means that the road or weather conditions or poor brake system warning light (2) on
above systems are in the self-check driver judgment. Use good judg- the instrument cluster simultane-
mode. This sound does not indicate a ment and do not drive too fast. ously stay on or come on while
malfunction. driving, both anti-lock function and
rear brake force control function
WARNING (proportioning valve function) of
the ABS system may have failed. If
• On some types of loose surfaces so, the rear wheels may easily skid
(such as gravel, snow-covered or the vehicle can even spin in the
roads, etc.), the stopping distance worst case when braking on a slip-
required for a vehicle with ABS pery road or when hard braking
may be slightly greater than the even on a dry paved road. Ask an
one required for a comparable vehi- authorized SUZUKI dealer to
cle with a conventional brake sys- (1) (2)
inspect the ABS system immedi-
tem. With a conventional brake ately. Drive carefully, avoiding hard
system, skidding tyres are able to braking as much as possible.
plow the gravel or snow layer,
shortening the stopping distance.
ABS minimizes this resistance 54MN069
effect. Allow for extra stopping dis-
(1) ABS warning light
tance when driving on loose sur-
(2) Brake system warning light
faces.
(Continued)

3-130

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

The ESP® has the following three sys-

How ABS works Electronic stability program tems:
A computer continuously monitors wheel (ESP®)
speed. The computer compares the
changes in wheel speed when braking. If
Stability control system
ESP® is a registered trademark of Daimler
the wheels slow suddenly, indicating a AG. The vehicle stability control system helps
skidding situation, the computer will provide integrated control of systems such
change braking pressure several times as anti-lock brakes, traction control, engine
each second to prevent the wheels from The Electronic Stability Program (ESP®) control, etc. This system automatically
locking. When you start your vehicle or helps to control the vehicle during corner- controls the brakes and engine to help pre-
when you accelerate after a hard stop, you ing if front wheels or rear wheels skid. It vent the vehicle from skidding when cor-
may hear a momentary motor or clicking also assists you in maintaining traction nering on a slippery road surface or when
noise as the system resets or checks itself. while accelerating on loose or slippery turning the steering wheel abruptly.
road surfaces. It does this by regulating
WARNING the engine’s output, and by selectively Traction control system
The ABS may not work properly if applying the brakes. In addition, ESP®
tyres or wheels other than those helps to avoid skidding by controlling brak- The traction control system automatically
specified in the owner’s manual are ing pressure. helps prevent the spinning of wheels when
used. This is because the ABS works the vehicle is started or accelerated on
by comparing changes in wheel WARNING slippery road surfaces. The system oper-
speed. When replacing tyres or ates only if it senses that some of the
The ESP® cannot enhance the vehi- wheels are spinning or beginning to lose
wheels, use only the size and type cle’s driving stability in all situations
specified in this owner’s manual. traction. When this happens, the system
and does not control your vehicle’s operates the front or rear brakes and
entire braking system. The ESP® can- reduces engine power to limit wheel spin.
not prevent accidents, including
those resulting from excessive speed NOTE:
in turns, or hydroplaning. Only safe You may hear an operation sound when
and attentive drive can prevent acci- you start the engine or after the vehicle
dents. The capabilities of an ESP®- begins to move. This means that the
equipped vehicle must never be used above systems are in the self-check mode.
as a substitute for careful driving. This sound does not indicate a malfunc-
tion.

3-131

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

The ESP® indicator lights are described

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) WARNING below:
ABS will help you avoid skidding by elec- (Continued)
tronically controlling braking pressure. It
will also help you maintain steering control
• The ESP® may not work properly if ESP® warning light
the tyres are excessively worn.
when braking on slippery surfaces or when Replace tyres when the tread wear
braking hard. The ABS works automati- indicators in the grooves appear on
cally, so you do not have to use any spe- the tread surface.
cial braking technique. Just push the brake • The ESP® is not a substitute for
pedal down without pumping. The ABS will winter tyres or snow chains on a
operate whenever it senses that wheels snow-covered road.
are locking up. You may feel the brake
pedal pulsate while the ABS is operating. 52KM133
(For more information on ABS, see “Brak- WARNING
ing” in this section.) This light blinks 5 times per second when
• The ESP® may not work properly if one of the following systems is activated.
NOTE: engine related parts such as the • Stability control system
The ABS will not work if vehicle speed is muffler are not equivalent to stan- • Traction control system
under about 9 km/h (6 mph). dard equipment or are extremely If this light blinks, drive carefully.
deteriorated.
WARNING • Do not modify the vehicle’s sus- When the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
pension since the ESP® may not position, or the engine switch is pressed to
• The ESP® may not work properly if work properly. change the ignition mode to ON, this light
tyres or wheels other than those comes on briefly so you can check that the
specified in the owner’s manual are NOTE: light is working.
used. When replacing tyres or • If the ESP® system is activated, you may
wheels, use only the size and type hear a clunking noise and/or feel pulsat- NOTICE
specified in this owner’s manual. ing in the brake pedal. This is normal
• The ESP® may not work properly if If the ESP® warning light comes on
and indicates that the brake fluid pres- and stays on while driving, there may
tyres are not inflated to the recom- sure is being controlled properly.
mended tyre inflation pressure. be a malfunction of the ESP® sys-
• You may hear an operation sound when tems (other than ABS). You should
• The ESP® may not work properly if you start the engine or after the vehicle
tyres are fitted with snow chains. have the systems inspected by an
begins to move. This means that the authorized SUZUKI dealer.
(Continued) above systems are in the self-check
mode. This sound does not indicate a
malfunction.

3-132

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE:
When the ESP® warning light comes on ESP® OFF switch
and stays on while driving, indicating a B TYPE C TYPE
malfunction of the ESP® systems (other CLUSTER METER CLUSTER METER
than ABS), the brake system will function
as an ordinary ABS with no additional
ESP® functions.

ESP® OFF indicator light

52RS120

If the message shown in the above illustra-

(1) tion appears on the information display,
there may be a problem with the ESP®
75RM055
system. Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized SUZUKI dealer.
57L30045 (1) ESP® OFF switch
You should turn the ESP® on during your When the ESP® OFF switch located at the NOTE:
ordinary driving, so that you have the ben- instrument panel is pushed and held to The ESP® system will not activate while
efits of all of the ESP® systems. turn off the ESP® systems (other than this message is displayed.
It may be required to turn the ESP® sys- ABS), the ESP® OFF indicator light in the
instrument cluster comes on. NOTE:
tems (other than ABS) off if your vehicle is If your vehicle is equipped with the dual
stuck in sand, mud, or snow, where wheel When you have turned the ESP® systems
(other than ABS) off, turn them back on sensor brake support system, when the
spin is necessary. ESP® system is turned off, dual sensor
before resuming ordinary driving.
When you push the ESP® OFF switch brake support system, lane departure
again, the ESP® OFF indicator light will go warning and vehicle swaying warning will
out and all of the ESP® systems will be be turned off. (High beam assist does not
activated. turn off.)

3-133

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

(Except for manual transmission model)

ABS warning light / brake system WARNING On models equipped with the ENG A-
warning light STOP system, the hill hold control system
(Continued) is activated when the engine is restarted
See “Braking” in this section. • After you release your foot from the after being stopped automatically, even if
brake pedal, accelerate the vehicle the previous conditions are not met.
Hill hold control system to move up immediately. If you
(if equipped) release your foot from the brake
pedal over 2 seconds, the hill hold NOTE:
The hill hold control system is designed to control system will be canceled. If When the hill hold control system is acti-
assist you in starting to move up hills. so, the vehicle may roll downward, vated, the following conditions may be
When you start to move up a hill, the sys- which can result in an accident found, but this is not a malfunction.
tem helps to prevent the vehicle from roll- depending on the degree of slope. • You may hear a sound from the engine
ing downward (for approximately 2 And, the engine may stall and the room.
seconds) while you move your foot from power assist for the steering and • As brake pedal becomes heavy, it may
the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal. brakes will not work so steering be difficult for you to depress it.
and braking will be much harder
WARNING than usual which can result in an
• Do not rely excessively on the hill accident or vehicle damage.
hold control system. The hill hold • If you drive on the steep slope, the
control system may not prevent the gravel, the snow-covered road, or
vehicle from rolling downward on a the muddy road and the hill hold
hill under all load or road condi- control system is activated, there
tions. Always be prepared to may be a possibility that the wheels
depress the brake pedal to prevent will be locked and then the vehicle
the vehicle from rolling downward. may lose the control.
Failure to pay attention and The hill hold control system activates for a
depress the brake pedal to hold the maximum of about 2 seconds if your foot is
vehicle on a hill when necessary, moved from the brake pedal when the fol-
may result in loss of control or an lowing conditions are all met.
accident.
• The hill hold control system is not 1) The gearshift lever is in a forward gear
designed to stop the vehicle on a or reverse gear.
hill. 2) The parking brake is released.
(Continued) 3) The vehicle is on an upward incline.

3-134

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Tyre pressure monitoring Low tyre pressure warning light

B TYPE C TYPE
CLUSTER METER CLUSTER METER system (TPMS) (if equipped)
The tyre pressure monitoring system is
designed to alert you when one or more of
the tyres on your vehicle is significantly
under-inflated. The tyre pressure monitor-
ing system (TPMS) sensor containing a
unique identification code is mounted on 52D305
each wheel. The TPMS sensors transmit Each tyre should be checked monthly
52RS121 tyre pressure signals to the receiver of the when cold and inflated to the inflation pres-
If the message shown in the above illustra- tyre pressure monitoring system controller. sure recommended by the vehicle manu-
tion appears on the information display, When the inflation pressure of one or more facturer on the vehicle placard or tyre
there may be a problem with the hill hold tyres indicates significant under-inflation, pressure label. (If your vehicle has tyres of
control system. Have your vehicle the low tyre pressure warning light comes a different size than the size indicated on
inspected by an authorized SUZUKI on. the vehicle placard or tyre pressure label,
dealer. you should determine the proper tyre pres-
sure for those tyres.)
NOTE: As an added fuel efficiency feature, your
The hill hold control system will not acti- vehicle has been equipped with a tyre
vate while this message is displayed. pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tyre pressure warning
light when one or more of your tyres is sig-
nificantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tyre pressure
warning light illuminates, you should stop
and check your tyres as soon as possible,
and inflate them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated
tyre causes the tyre to overheat and can
lead to tyre failure. Under-inflation also
reduces fuel efficiency and tyre tread life,
and may affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.

3-135

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-

tute for proper tyre maintenance, and it is WARNING WARNING
the driver’s responsibility to maintain cor-
rect tyre pressure, even if under-inflation Failure to take corrective action when The load-carrying capacity of your
has not reached the level to trigger illumi- the low tyre pressure warning light is tyres is reduced at lower inflation
nation of the TPMS low tyre pressure not working or when it comes on and pressures. If your tyres are even
warning light. blinks while driving can lead to an moderately under-inflated, the load
accident. on the tyres may exceed the load-car-
If the low tyre pressure warning light rying capacity of the tyres, which
WARNING does not come on for 2 seconds after could lead to tyre failure. The low tyre
Relying only on the tyre pressure the ignition switch is turned to “ON” pressure warning light will not alert
monitoring system to determine position or the engine switch is you to this condition, because it only
when it is necessary to add air to the pressed to change the ignition mode comes on when one or more of your
tyres can result in loss of control or to ON, or comes on and blinks while tyres becomes significantly under-
an accident. driving, have your vehicle inspected inflated. Check and adjust your tyre
Check tyre pressures monthly when by an authorized SUZUKI dealer. pressure at least once a month. Refer
the tyres are cold. If necessary, Even if the light turns off after blink- to “Tyres” in “INSPECTION AND
adjust them to the recommended ing, indicating that the monitoring MAINTENANCE” section.
inflation pressure as specified on the system has recovered, you should
vehicle’s tyre information placard still have the system checked by an
and in this owner’s manual. Refer to authorized SUZUKI dealer.
“Tyres” in “INSPECTION AND MAIN-
TENANCE” section.

3-136

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

WARNING WARNING NOTICE

Continuing to drive with the low tyre (Continued) If the low tyre pressure warning light
pressure warning light on can lead to • If your vehicle is equipped with a does not go off even when you drive
an accident, resulting in severe injury flat tyre repair kit instead of a spare for more than 10 minutes after adjust-
or death. tyre, refer to “Flat tyre repair kit” in ing the cold tyre pressure, there may
If the low tyre pressure warning light “EMERGENCY SERVICE” section be a problem with the TPMS. Have
comes on and stays on, reduce your for instructions on how to perform your vehicle inspected by an autho-
speed and avoid abrupt steering and an emergency repair of a flat tyre. rized SUZUKI dealer.
braking. Be aware that driving on a • If one or more of your tyres is
significantly under-inflated tyre can under-inflated, adjust the inflation If the light turns on again shortly after
cause the tyre to overheat and can pressure in all of your tyres to the adjusting the pressure in your tyres, you
lead to tyre failure, and may affect recommended inflation pressure as may have a flat tyre. If you have a flat tyre,
steering control and brake effective- soon as possible. replace it with the spare tyre (if equipped).
ness. Stop in a safe place as soon as Refer to “Jacking instructions” in “EMER-
possible and check your tyres. The low tyre pressure warning light can GENCY SERVICE” section. Refer to
• If you have a flat tyre, replace it come on due to normal causes such as “Replacing tyres and/or wheels” for instruc-
with the spare tyre (if equipped). natural air leakage and pressure changes tions on how to restore normal operation of
Refer to “Jacking instructions” in caused by changes in temperature or the tyre pressure monitoring system after
“EMERGENCY SERVICE” section atmospheric pressure. Adjusting the air you have had a flat tyre.
for the tyre replacement method. pressure in the tyres to the pressure
Also refer to “Replacing tyres and/ shown on the tyre information placard
or wheels” for instructions on how should cause the low tyre pressure warn-
to restore normal operation of the ing light to turn off.
TPMS after you have had a flat tyre.
(Continued) To make the low tyre pressure warning
light go off, adjust the tyre pressures when
the tyres are cold, and drive the vehicle for
about 10 minutes.
When the adjusted tyre pressure is recog-
nized, the low tyre pressure warning light
will go off and the information display
shows the current tyre pressure (if you
select the TPMS monitor (if equipped)).

3-137

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

atmospheric pressure, it is important to

check and adjust the tyre pressures TPMS malfunction indicator
when the tyres are cold. If you check Your vehicle has also been equipped with
tyres after driving, they are warm. Even if a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
the tyre pressure seems to be good in when the system is not operating properly.
this condition, it could fall below the
specified pressure when tyres cool The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-
down. Also, if tyres are inflated to the bined with the low tyre pressure warning
specified pressure in a warm garage, the light. When the system detects a malfunc-
tyre pressure could fall below the speci- tion, the low tyre pressure warning light will
fied one when you drive the vehicle out- flash for about 75 seconds and then
side in very cold temperature. If you remain continuously illuminated. This
80SS109
adjust the tyre pressure in a garage that sequence will continue upon subsequent
NOTE: is warmer than the outside temperature, vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc-
• For a certain type of instrument cluster you should add 1 kPa to the recom- tion exists.
only, the information display shows the mended cold tyre pressure for every
above warning and indicator message The TPMS malfunction indicator is not
0.8°C difference between garage tem- reset even after the engine is turned off; it
when this light comes on. perature and outside temperature.
• When the tyre pressure is adjusted in remains in the ON state until the normal
high altitude areas, the low tyre pressure conditions are restored.
warning light may not turn off even after When the malfunction indicator is illumi-
tyre pressure adjustment. In this case, nated, the system may not be able to
adjust the inflation pressure to a slightly detect or signal low tyre pressure as
higher pressure than the one shown on intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
the tyre information placard. for a variety of reasons, including the
• The low tyre pressure warning light may installation of replacement or alternate
turn off temporarily after coming on. This tyres or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
could be due to increase of surface tem- the TPMS from functioning properly.
perature after long distance driving or Always check the low tyre pressure warn-
traveling to a high temperature area. ing light after replacing one or more tyres
Even if the low tyre pressure warning or wheels on your vehicle to ensure the
light turns off after coming on, check the replacement or alternation of tyres and
inflation pressure of all tyres. wheels to allow the TPMS to continue to
• To reduce the chance that the low tyre function properly.
pressure warning light will come on due
to normal changes in temperature and

3-138

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTICE TPMS limitations

The tyre pressure sensors can be The tyre pressure monitoring system may
damaged if you do not take proper not function properly under certain circum-
precautions. stances. In the following situations, the low
• We highly recommend that you tyre pressure warning light may come on
have tyres repaired or replaced by and remain on or may blink.
an authorized SUZUKI dealer. The • When you replace a flat tyre with the
tyre pressure sensors can be dam- spare tyre.
aged by installation or removal of • When you include a spare tyre during a
tyres. tyre rotation.
• Do not use liquid sealants for a flat 80SS110 • When the TPMS sensor is damaged
tyre unless your vehicle is during a tyre replacement or liquid seal-
NOTE:
equipped with a flat tyre repair kit ants are used to repair a flat tyre.
For a certain type of instrument cluster
instead of a spare tyre. • When the electronic signal of TPMS sen-
only, the information display shows the
sor is disturbed in one of the following
above warning and indicator message
ways:
when this light comes on.
NOTICE – Electric devices or facilities using simi-
lar radio wave frequencies are nearby.
If the low tyre pressure warning light – A metallic film that may cause radio
comes on frequently, there may be wave interference is attached on the
something wrong with one or more of window.
the tyres, tyre pressure sensors or – A lot of snow or ice covers the vehicle,
the monitoring system. in particular, around the wheels or
If the low tyre pressure warning light wheel housings.
comes on frequently, have your vehi- – Snow tyres that are not installed with
cle inspected by an authorized genuine TPMS sensors or snow
SUZUKI dealer. chains are used.
• When you use non-genuine SUZUKI
wheels or tyres.
• When the pressure of any tyre is too
high.
• When there is a problem with the
receiver of the TPMS controller.

3-139

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

To check the current tyre inflation pres-

TPMS setting (For instrument clus- TPMS setting (For instrument clus- sure
ter - Type A) ter - Type C)
EXAMPLE
• You can set one of the initial value of tyre • You can check the current tyre pressure
pressure below that is indicated on the on the information display.
tyre information label. • You can set one of the initial value of tyre
– Comfort Mode pressure below that is indicated on the
– Load Mode tyre information label.
– Comfort Mode
For details on how to set the mode, refer to – Load Mode
“Setting mode” in “BEFORE DRIVING”
section. WARNING
If the loading weight has changed,
WARNING adjust the tyre pressure according to (1)
If the loading weight has changed, the tyre information label and set the 52RM20560
adjust the tyre pressure according to initial value via the information dis-
the tyre information label and set the play. If the loading weight, tyre pres- 1) When the ignition switch is in “ON”
position or the ignition mode is ON and
initial value via the information dis- sure and initial value do not match,
the vehicle is stationary, push and hold
play. If the loading weight, tyre pres- the tyre pressure monitoring system
sure and initial value do not match, will not function properly. the indicator selector knob (1) on the
instrument cluster for more than 3 sec-
the tyre pressure monitoring system
onds to change the information display
will not function properly.
to the setting mode.

3-140

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

NOTE:
EXAMPLE EXAMPLE • If the low tyre pressure warning light
comes on, the information display will be
switched to “Tyre Press” display and the
Type B Type C
corresponding tyre pressure indication
blinks to alert you which tyre(s) is(are)
low pressure.
• The display may not show the tyre pres-
sure for about 10 minutes after the vehi-
cle begins to move. This is because the
TPMS system learns the tyre pressure
within this 10 minutes. The display will
show the tyre pressure after 10 minutes
52RM30850 pass.
52RM30840
3) Turn the indicator selector knob (1) left • If you stop the vehicle and turn the igni-
2) Turn the indicator selector knob (1) left or right to select “Tyre Press” and push tion switch to “LOCK” position or change
or right to select “TPMS” and push the the indicator selector knob. the ignition mode to LOCK (OFF), and
indicator selector knob. leave it for 20 minutes or more, tyre
pressure will be reset and will be indi-
EXAMPLE cated as 0 kPa when the engine is
NOTE:
Type B Type C restarted. In this case, the current tyre
If you exit the setting mode, select “Back”
and push the indicator selector knob (1). pressure indication will recover after
driving for a while. However, if any of
tyre pressures has been detected as low
pressure before stopping the engine, the
tyre pressure indication may not recover
and may be indicated as “---”.

52RM30860

4) The display shows current tyre inflation

pressure.

3-141

80SS5-01E
 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

To set the initial value of tyre pressure

EXAMPLE EXAMPLE EXAMPLE

Type B Type C

(1) 52RM30850
52RM30840
52RM20560 3) Turn the indicator selector knob (1) left
2) Turn the indicator selector knob (1) left or right to select “TPMS Mode” and
1) When the ignition switch is in “ON”
or right to select “TPMS” and push the push the indicator selector knob.
position or the ignition mode is ON and
indicator selector knob.
the vehicle is stationary, push and hold
the indicator selector knob (1) on the EXAMPLE
NOTE:
instrument cluster for more than 3 sec-
If you exit the setting mode, select “Back”
onds to change the information display Type B Type C
and push the indicator selector knob (1).
to the setting mode.

52RM30870

4) Turn the indicator selector knob (1) left

or right to select the initial value and
push the indicator selector knob.

3-142

80SS5-01E
OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

Replacing tyres and/or wheels

If you got a flat tyre and replaced it with the
spare tyre, SUZUKI recommends that you
have an authorized SUZUKI dealer mount
a new tyre on the wheel that had the flat
tyre. The TPMS is already set up to recog-
nize the ID code of the original wheel, and
normal TPMS operation will be restored.
If you need to replace any wheels on your
vehicle, an authorized SUZUKI dealer
must check that TPMS sensors are
installed in the new wheels and must set
52RS30210
up the TPMS to recognize the new sen-
sors.
5) When the display shows the message
shown in the above illustration, the set- NOTE:
ting is completed. A TPMS sensor is not installed in the spare
tyre. You should use the spare tyre only in
an emergency situation, and should
replace the spare tyre as soon as possible
to restore normal TPMS operation.

WARNING
Use of tyres or wheels not recom-
mended by SUZUKI can result in fail-
ure of the TPMS.
When replacing tyres and wheels,
use only tyres and wheels recom-
mended by SUZUKI as standard or
optional equipment for your vehicle.
Refer to “Tyres” in “INSPECTION
AND MAINTENANCE” section for
additional information.

3-143

80SS5-01E
 DRIVING TIPS

DRIVING TIPS
Running-in ........................................................................... 4-1
Catalytic converter .............................................................. 4-1
Improving fuel economy ..................................................... 4-2
Highway driving .................................................................. 4-3
Driving on hills .................................................................... 4-3
Driving on slippery roads ................................................... 4-4 4
Off-road driving ................................................................... 4-6
When encountering a flooded area ................................... 4-6

60G409

80SS5-01E
DRIVING TIPS

Running-in Catalytic converter

NOTICE
The future performance and reliabil-
ity of the engine depends on the care
52D078 and restraint exercised during its
early life. It is especially important to
WARNING observe the following precautions
during the first 960 km (600 miles) of
• Fasten your seat belts at all times. vehicle operation.
Even though airbags are equipped • After starting, do not race the
at the front seating positions, the engine. Warm it up gradually.
driver and all passengers should • Avoid prolonged vehicle operation
be properly restrained at all times, at a constant speed. Moving parts
using the seat belts provided. Refer will break in better if you vary your
to “Seat belts and child restraint speed.
80G106

systems” section for instructions • Start off from a stop slowly. Avoid The purpose of the catalytic converter is to
on proper use of the seat belts. full throttle starts. minimize the amount of harmful pollutants
• Never drive under the influence of • Avoid hard braking, especially in your vehicle’s exhaust. Use of leaded
alcohol or other drugs. Alcohol and during the first 320 km (200 miles) fuel in vehicles equipped with catalytic
drugs can seriously impair your of driving. converters is prohibited, because lead
ability to drive safely, greatly • Do not drive slowly with the trans- deactivates the pollutant-reducing compo-
increasing the risk of injury to mission in a high gear. nents of the catalyst system.
yourself and others. You should • Drive the vehicle at moderate
also avoid driving when you are The converter is designed to last the life of
engine speeds. the vehicle under normal usage and when
tired, sick, irritated or under stress. • Do not tow a trailer during the first unleaded fuel is used. No special mainte-
960 km (600 miles) of vehicle oper- nance is required on the converter. How-
ation. ever, it is very important to keep the engine
properly tuned. Engine misfiring, which can
result from an improperly tuned engine,
may cause overheating of the catalytic
converter. This may result in permanent

4-1

80SS5-01E
 DRIVING TIPS

heat damage to the catalytic converter and

other vehicle components. Improving fuel economy
NOTICE The following instructions will help you
improve fuel economy.
To minimize the possibility of cata-
lytic converter or other vehicle dam- Avoid excessive idling
age: If you park your vehicle for more than one
• Maintain the engine in the proper minute, stop the engine and start it again
operating condition. later. When warming up a cold engine, do
• In the event of an engine malfunc- not allow the engine to idle or apply full
tion, particularly one involving throttle until the engine has reached oper-
engine misfire or other apparent ating temperature. Allow the engine to
loss of performance, have the vehi- warm up by driving.
cle serviced promptly. 54G584S Avoid fast starts
• Do not turn off the engine or inter- Fast starts away from lights or stop signs
rupt the ignition when the transmis- will consume fuel unnecessarily and
sion is in gear and the vehicle is in WARNING
shorten engine life. Start off slowly.
motion. Be careful where you park and drive;
• Do not try to start the engine by the catalytic converter and other Avoid unnecessary stops
pushing or towing the vehicle, or exhaust components can get very Avoid unnecessary deceleration and stop-
coasting down a hill. hot. As with any vehicle, do not park ping. Try to maintain a moderate, steady
• Do not idle the engine with any or operate this vehicle in areas where speed whenever possible. Slowing down
spark plug wires disconnected or combustible materials such as dry and then accelerating again uses more
removed, such as during diagnos- grass or leaves can come in contact fuel.
tic testing. with a hot exhaust system. Keep a steady cruising speed
• Do not idle the vehicle for pro-
Drive at a constant speed that road and
longed periods if idling seems
traffic conditions will permit.
rough or there are other malfunc-
tions.
• Do not allow the fuel tank to get
near the empty level.

4-2

80SS5-01E
DRIVING TIPS

Keep the air cleaner clean

Highway driving Driving on hills
EXAMPLE
When driving at highway speeds, pay Manual transmission
attention to the following:
• Stopping distance progressively
increases with vehicle speed. Apply the
brakes far enough ahead of the stopping
point to allow for the extra stopping dis-
tance.
• On rainy days, hydroplaning can occur.
Hydroplaning is the loss of direct contact 61MM706
between the road surface and the vehi-
cle’s tyres due to a water film forming Automatic transmission
60A183
between them. Steering or braking the
vehicle during hydroplaning can be very
If the air cleaner is clogged with dust, there difficult, and loss of control can occur.
will be greater intake resistance, resulting Keep speed down when the road sur-
in decreased power output and increased face is wet.
fuel consumption. • At high speeds, the vehicle may be
Keep weight to a minimum affected by side winds. Therefore,
The heavier the load is, the more fuel the reduce speed and be prepared for unex-
vehicle consumes. Unload any unneces- pected buffeting, which can occur at the 52RM40010

sary luggage or cargo. exits of tunnels, when passing by a cut CVT

of a hill, or when being overtaken by
Keep tyre pressures correct large vehicles, etc.
Under-inflation of the tyres can waste fuel
due to increased rolling resistance of the
tyres. Keep your tyres inflated to the cor-
rect pressure shown in the label on driver’s
door lock pillar.
52RM40020

4-3

80SS5-01E
 DRIVING TIPS

• When driving on steep hills, the vehicle

may begin to slow down and show a lack Driving on slippery roads Snow chains
of power. If this happens, you should Snow chains should only be used if they
shift to a lower gear so that the engine are needed to increase traction or are
will again be operating in its higher required by law. Check that the chains you
power range. Shift rapidly to prevent the use are the correct size for your vehicle’s
vehicle from losing momentum. tyres. Also check that there is enough
• When driving down a hill, the engine clearance between the fenders and the
should be used for braking by shifting to chains as installed on the tyres.
the next lower gear.
Install the chains on the front tyres tightly,
WARNING according to the chain manufacturer’s
instructions. Retighten the chains after
Do not hold the brake pedal down too driving about 1.0 km (1/2 mile) if neces-
long or too often while going down a sary. With the chains installed, drive slowly.
steep or long hill. This could cause
the brakes to overheat, resulting in NOTICE
reduced braking efficiency. Failure to 60G089S
take this precaution could result in • If you hear the chains hitting
loss of vehicle control. On wet roads, you should drive at a lower against the vehicle body while driv-
speed than you do on dry roads due to ing, stop and tighten them.
possible slippage of tyres during braking. • If your vehicle is equipped with full
NOTICE When driving on icy, snow-covered or wheel caps, remove the wheel caps
muddy roads, reduce your speed and before installing the chains or the
When descending a downhill, Never avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt braking, wheel caps can be damaged by the
turn the ignition key to “LOCK” posi- or sharp steering movements. chain bands.
tion or press the engine switch to
change the ignition mode to LOCK
(OFF). Emission control system and
automatic transmission and CVT (if
equipped) damage may result.

4-4

80SS5-01E
DRIVING TIPS

2) If your vehicle remains stuck after a few

Stuck vehicle minutes of rocking, we recommend you
If your vehicle gets stuck in snow, mud or to consult an authorized SUZUKI dealer
sand, follow the directions below: or a roadside assistance service. If a
towing service is not available in an
1) Shift the transmission back and forth emergency, your vehicle may be tem-
between a “D” (drive) (or first gear for porarily towed by other vehicle with a
manual transmission) and reverse. This towing cable or chain secured to the
will create a rocking motion which may towing hook either on the front of the
give you enough momentum to free the vehicle or on the rear of the vehicle.
vehicle. Press gently on the accelerator Refer to “Frame hooks” in “OTHER
to keep wheel spinning to a minimum CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT” sec-
wheel rpm. Remove your foot from the tion.
accelerator while shifting.
Do not excessively rev up the engine. WARNING 54G638
Excessive wheel spin will cause the
tyres to dig deeper, making it more diffi- Do not allow anyone to stand near
cult to free the vehicle. the vehicle when you are rocking it, WARNING
and do not spin the wheels faster In addition to following the driving
NOTE: than an indicated 40 km/h (25 mph) tips in this section, it is important to
If your vehicle is equipped with the ESP®, on the speedometer. Personal injury observe the following precautions.
you may have to turn the ESP® system off and/or vehicle damage may result • Check that your tyres are in good
in order to allow spinning the wheels. from spinning the wheels too fast. condition and always maintain the
specified tyre pressure. Refer to
NOTICE “Tyres” in “INSPECTION AND
MAINTENANCE” section for
Do not continue rocking the vehicle details.
for more than a few minutes. Pro- (Continued)
longed rocking can cause engine
overheating or transmission damage.

4-5

80SS5-01E
 DRIVING TIPS

Avoid driving in a flooded area or a deep

WARNING Off-road driving puddle. If driving in a flooded area is
unavoidable, go slowly in the lowest gear.
(Continued) In case that you have driven in a flooded
• Do not use tyres other than those Do not drive in the field covered area, stop the vehicle in a safe place while
specified by SUZUKI. Never use dif- with grown grass checking the brake effectiveness. Then,
ferent sizes or types of tyres on the ask a SUZUKI dealer or a qualified work-
front and rear wheels. For informa- If you drive in the field covered with grass,
it may cause accident or vehicle damage shop to check the following inspection
tion regarding the specified tyres, items.
refer to the tyre information label by getting caught in grown grass.
located on the driver’s door lock • Function of brake
pillar. • Function of electrical components
• Never use oversized tyres or spe-
cial shock absorbers and springs
When encountering a flooded • Changes of oil level and quality for
engine, transmission and differential. In
to raise (jack up) your vehicle. This area case that the oil is turbid whitely, water
will change the handling character- has been mixed in the oil and an oil
istics. Oversized tyres may also change is required.
rub against the fender over bumps, • Lubricant condition of the bearings, sus-
causing vehicle damage or tyre fail- pension joints, etc.
ure.
• After driving through water, test the
brakes while driving at a slow
speed to see if they have main-
NOTICE
tained their normal effectiveness. If Avoid driving in a flooded area or a
the brakes are less effective than deep puddle. It may cause an engine
normal, dry them by repeatedly stall, short in electrical components,
applying the brakes while driving engine and transmission damages,
slowly until the brakes have etc.
regained their normal effective-
ness.
61M0075

4-6

80SS5-01E
DRIVING TIPS

MEMO

4-7

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Fuel filler cap ....................................................................... 5-1
Engine hood ........................................................................ 5-2
Sun visor .............................................................................. 5-4
Interior light ......................................................................... 5-5
Accessory socket ................................................................ 5-6
AUX/USB socket (if equipped) ........................................... 5-7
Assist grips (if equipped) ................................................... 5-7
Glove box ............................................................................. 5-7 5
Cup holder and storage area ............................................. 5-8
Footrest ................................................................................ 5-10
Floor mats (if equipped) ..................................................... 5-10
Luggage compartment hook .............................................. 5-11
Luggage compartment cover ............................................. 5-11
Luggage compartment carpet ............................................ 5-12
Frame hooks ........................................................................ 5-12
Heating and air conditioning system ................................ 5-16
60G407
Manual heating and air conditioning system ................... 5-17
Automatic heating and air conditioning system
(climate control) .................................................................. 5-23
Radio antenna ..................................................................... 5-29
Audio system (if equipped) ................................................ 5-30

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

A fuel filler cap is located on the left rear

Fuel filler cap side of the vehicle. The fuel filler door can (3) EXAMPLE
be unlocked by pulling up the opener lever
located on the outboard lower side of the
EXAMPLE driver’s seat and locked by simply closing (1) (1)
the door.
(2)

Open Close

52RM50030

NOTE:
The cap holder (1) holds the fuel filler cap
52RM50010
(2) by hooking the groove (3) when refuel-
EXAMPLE ing.
EXAMPLE 57L51093
To reinstall the fuel filler cap:
To remove the fuel filler cap: 1) Turn the cap clockwise until you hear
1) Stop the engine and close all the doors several clicks.
and windows while refueling. 2) Close the fuel filler door.
2) Open the fuel filler door.
3) Remove the cap by turning it counter- WARNING
clockwise.
Fuel is extremely flammable. Do not
smoke when refueling, and check
CAUTION that there are no open flames or
Remove the fuel filler cap slowly. The sparks in the area.
fuel may be under pressure and may
52RM50020
spray out, causing injury.

5-1

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

WARNING Engine hood EXAMPLE

If you need to replace the fuel cap,
use a genuine SUZUKI cap. Use of an
improper cap can result in a malfunc- EXAMPLE
tion of the fuel system or emission
control system. It may also result in
fuel leakage while driving and in the
event of an accident.

52RM50490

2) Push the under-hood release lever

sideways with your finger, as shown in
52RM50040
the illustration. While pushing the lever,
To open the engine hood: lift up the engine hood.
1) Pull the hood release handle located
under the driver’s side instrument panel CAUTION
in the outboard position. This will disen-
gage the engine hood lock halfway. The release lever and its peripheral,
or engine hood can be hot enough to
burn your finger right after driving.
Touch after those becomes cool
enough.

NOTICE
Check that the wiper arms are not
raised before you lift up the engine
hood to avoid damaging the wiper
arms and the engine hood.

5-2

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

To close the engine hood:

EXAMPLE 1) Lift the hood up slightly and remove the CAUTION
prop rod from the hole. Put the prop rod
back into the holding clip. To avoid injury, check that no part of
the occupant’s body such as hands
or head is in the path of the hood
EXAMPLE when closing it.

NOTICE
Pushing on the hood from the top
may damage it.

52RM50050

3) While holding the hood, pull the prop

rod out from the holding clip, and then
insert the end of the rod into the desig-
52RM50060
nated hole.
2) Lower the hood to about 20 cm above
CAUTION the hood latch, and then let it drop
down. Check that the hood is securely
• The prop rod can be hot enough to latched after closing.
burn your finger right after driving.
Touch the rod after it becomes cool
enough.
WARNING
• Insert the end of the rod into the Check that the hood is fully closed
hole securely. If the rod slips out, and latched before driving. If it is not,
you may get caught in the closing it can fly up unexpectedly during
hood. driving, obstructing your view and
• The rod may slip out when the resulting in an accident.
hood is blown by wind. Be careful
on windy days.

5-3

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Card holder (if equipped) Vanity mirror (if equipped)

Sun visor
EXAMPLE
(1)

(3)
(2)
EXAMPLE
52RM50680 68PM00508

(1) Mirror cover (3) Vanity mirror

79J161 (2) Card holder
To use the vanity mirror (3) on the back of
The sun visors can be pulled down to block
You can put a card in the card holder (2) the sun visor, pull up the mirror cover (1).
glare coming through the windshield, or
on the back of the sun visor.
they can be unhooked and turned to the
side to block glare coming through the side WARNING
window. NOTICE • Do not use the mirror while driving
When you park your vehicle outdoors your vehicle or you lose control of
NOTICE in direct sunlight or in hot weather, the vehicle.
do not leave plastic cards in the • When using the vanity mirror, do
When unhooking and hooking a sun
holder. The heat may distort them. not move too close to a front airbag
visor, handle it by the hard plastic
location or lean against it. If the
parts or the sun visor can be dam-
front airbag is accidentally inflated,
aged.
it could hit you hard.

5-4

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

• The hazard warning lights, the position

Interior light lights and the headlights are off. Luggage compartment
• After 15 minutes from the light on. (if equipped)
DOOR (2)
Front The light comes on when the door is EXAMPLE
opened. After closing all doors, the light
will remain on for about 15 seconds and (1) (2)
EXAMPLE
then fade out. If you insert the key, or press
the engine switch to change the ignition
mode to ACC or ON during this time, the
light will start to fade out immediately. After
removing the key from the ignition switch
or press the engine switch to change the
ignition mode to LOCK (OFF), the light will
turn on for about 15 seconds and then fade
(3) (2) (1) out.
68PM00510
NOTE:
The light will automatically be turned off to When you open the tailgate with the lug-
52RM50070 prevent the lead-acid battery from dis- gage compartment light switch in ON posi-
This light switch has three positions which charging when the following conditions are tion (1), the light comes on for about 15
function as described below: simultaneously met: minutes.
• The ignition switch is in “LOCK” position, When the luggage compartment light
ON (1) or the ignition mode is LOCK (OFF). switch is in OFF position (2), the light
The light comes on and stays on regard- • After about 15 minutes of the light on. remains off regardless of whether the tail-
less of whether the door is open or closed. gate is open or close.
OFF (3)
NOTE: The light remains off even when the door is
The light will automatically be turned off to opened. NOTICE
prevent the lead-acid battery from dis- Do not leave the tailgate open with
charging when the following conditions are the luggage compartment light
simultaneously met: switch in ON position for a long time,
• The ignition switch is in “LOCK” position, or the lead-acid battery will dis-
or the ignition mode is LOCK (OFF). charge.

5-5

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

NOTE:
The light will automatically be turned off to Accessory socket NOTICE
prevent the lead-acid battery from dis-
charging when after 15 minutes of the tail- Center console • Use of inappropriate electrical
gate open. accessories can cause damage to
EXAMPLE your vehicle’s electrical system.
Check that any electrical accesso-
EXAMPLE ries you use are designed to plug
into this type of socket.
• Check that the cap remains on the
socket when the socket is not in
use.
• When the ignition switch is in
“LOCK” position or the ignition
mode is LOCK (OFF) during using
the accessory socket, the following
accidents may occur;
– the audio or navigation system
52RM50430 does not turn off.
The accessory socket will work when the – the keyless entry system does
52RM50080 ignition switch is in “ACC” or “ON” position, not work, etc.
NOTE: or the ignition mode is ACC or ON. If they occur, disconnect the item
The number of doors involved in the light- This socket can be used to provide 12 volt/ from the accessory socket and
ing operation of the interior light depends 120 watt/10 ampere power for electrical check whether the electrical equip-
on the vehicle specification. If there is a accessories. ments work properly. If the problem
switch (rubber protrusion) at the door persists, ask an authorized SUZUKI
opening as shown, the door is involved in dealer to have the system
the lighting operation. The tailgate is also inspected.
involved in this operation even without the
rubber protrusion.

5-6

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

AUX/USB socket (if equipped) Assist grips (if equipped) Glove box

EXAMPLE EXAMPLE

52RM50440 54G249 52RM50090

Connect your portable digital music player, Assist grips are provided for convenience. To open the glove box, pull the latch lever.
etc. to this socket to enjoy music through To close it, push the lid until it latches
the vehicle’s audio system. Refer to “Audio NOTICE securely.
system (if equipped)” in this section.
To avoid damaging the assist grip
and the molded headlining, do not
WARNING
NOTICE hang down the assist grip. Never drive with the glove box lid
Always close the rubber cap when open. It could cause injury if an acci-
not in use, since entry of foreign dent occurs.
material, dust, water, conductive liq-
uids may damage the audio system
or USB device. WARNING
Do not leave cigarette lighters or
spray cans in the glove box. If a ciga-
rette lighter or spray can is in a place
such as the glove box, it may light
accidentally when luggage is loaded,
causing a fire.

5-7

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Cup holder and storage area Center console tray (1)

WARNING
EXAMPLE
(4) Do not place any objects which may
fall out from the tray when the vehicle
is moving.
(1) (2) (3) (5) (6) Failure to take the precaution may
result in an object interfering with the
pedals and causing a loss of vehicle
control or an accident.

(3) (4) (6)

(4)

52RM50100

(1) Center console tray (2) Front cup holders

(3) Front bottle holder (4) Rear cup holder
(5) Front seat back pocket (if equipped) (6) Rear bottle holder

5-8

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Front cup holders (2) / WARNING Front bottle holder (3) /

Rear cup holder (4) Rear bottle holder (6)
Failure to take the precautions listed
Use the rear cup holder to put a cup with a below could cause personal injury or You should only place a bottle with a cap
lid or a bottle with a cap. Also, you can put vehicle damage. in the holder.
small articles in the rear cup holder. • Be careful when you are using the
cup holders to hold a cup contain-
ing liquid. Spilling out hot liquid
can cause burn injury. The lithium-
ion battery and DCDC converter (if
equipped) is (are) located under
the front seat. Spilling liquids on
the lithium-ion battery and DCDC
converter (if equipped) in models
equipped with ENG A-STOP system
and SHVS may cause a fire or elec-
tric shock or damage.
• Do not use the cup holders to hold
sharp-edged, hard or breakable
objects. Objects in the cup holders
may be thrown about during a sud-
den stop or impact, and could
cause personal injury.
• Be careful not to spill liquid or
insert any foreign materials into the
moving part of the gearshift lever,
or any electrical components. Liq-
uid or foreign materials may dam-
age these parts.
• If you spill, or drop liquid acciden-
tally, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized SUZUKI dealer.

5-9

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Front seat back pocket Footrest Floor mats (if equipped)

(if equipped) (5)

EXAMPLE EXAMPLE

(1)
EXAMPLE
52RM50110 52RM50120 52RM50130

This pocket is provided for holding light Use the footrest (1) as a support for your To prevent the driver’s side floor mat from
and soft things such as gloves, newspa- left foot and body. sliding forward and possibly interfering with
pers or magazines. the operation of the pedals, genuine
SUZUKI floor mats are recommended.
CAUTION Whenever you put the driver’s side floor
mat back in the vehicle after it has been
Do not put hard or breakable objects removed, hook the floor mat grommets to
in the pocket. If an accident occurs, the fasteners and position the floor mat
objects such as bottles, cans, etc. properly in the footwell.
can injure the occupants in the rear
seat. When you replace the floor mats in your
vehicle with a different type such as all-
weather floor mats, we highly recommend
to use genuine SUZUKI floor mats for
proper fitting.

5-10

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

WARNING Luggage compartment hook Luggage compartment cover

Failure to take the following precau-
tions may result in the driver’s side
floor mat interfering with the pedals EXAMPLE EXAMPLE
and causing a loss of vehicle control
or an accident.
• Check that the floor mat grommets
are hooked to the fasteners.
• Never stack floor mats.
• Never use a floor mat which does
not fit the floor contours.

52RM50150

Luggage or other cargo placed in the lug-

gage compartment is hidden from view by
a luggage compartment cover.
52RM50140

You can hang the shopping bag or other WARNING

suitable objects on the hook. Do not carry items on top of the lug-
This hook is not designed for large or gage compartment cover, even if they
heavy items. are small and light. Objects on top of
the cover could be thrown about in
NOTICE an accident, causing injury, or could
obstruct the driver’s rear view.
To avoid breaking the hook, do not
hang items heavier than the following
weight.
Shopping hook: 2 kg (4.4 lbs)

5-11

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Luggage compartment carpet Frame hooks Front

It is not recommended that you use the EXAMPLE

frame hooks for towing another vehicle.
(1) They were originally designed to tow your
(2) vehicle in emergency situation.
If your vehicle needs to be towed in an
emergency, refer to “Towing” in “EMER-
GENCY SERVICE” section.

WARNING
Observe the following instructions
when using frame hooks. The towing
hook or vehicle body may break and (1)
EXAMPLE cause serious injury or damage:
80SM114
52RS302
• Do not use the frame hooks for
towing another vehicle. The towing hook (1) is provided on the
There is a tool box under the luggage com- • Avoid pulling the vehicle to get out front of the vehicle for use in emergency
partment carpet. For models with flat tyre of severe snowy, muddy or sandy situations and sea shipping purpose only.
repair kit, when installing the luggage com- conditions, sudden starts or erratic
partment carpet, hook the carpet by using driving maneuvers which could NOTICE
the holes (1) in the carpet, onto the hooks cause excessive stress on the tow-
(2) at the base of the luggage compart- To prevent damage to the vehicle,
ing hook.
ment. never use the towing hook (1) for
In such case, we recommend that trailer / train shipping.
you contact a professional service.

5-12

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

To install the hook (1), follow the proce- Except for sport model 2) Remove the cover (C) by using a jack
dure below. handle (A) covered with a soft cloth as
EXAMPLE shown in the illustration.
EXAMPLE （1） • For sport model, the cover (C) is
(C) divided into two pieces. After remov-
ing one cover by using a jack handle
(A) covered with a soft cloth, remove
（A） the remaining cover by hand.

NOTE:
Do not use excessive force as it may dam-
age the cover strap.
（B） (A)
EXAMPLE
80SM115

52RM50170
For sport model
1) Pick up the towing hook (1), jack handle
(A) and wheel wrench (B) in the lug-
gage compartment. (1)

(A)

80SM116

3) Install the towing hook (1) by hand.

NOTE:
(C) It is recommended to secure the cover with
52RM213 tape to prevent damage during towing.

5-13

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

For sport model

Rear
EXAMPLE EXAMPLE
（B）
EXAMPLE
（1）

（2）

80SS117
52RM249
4) To tighten the towing hook (1), turn it NOTE:
clockwise by using a wheel wrench (B) 52RM50210
For sport model, open upper part of the
until the hook (1) is securely installed. The frame hook (2) is provided on the rear hook cover with both hands and remove it
To remove the towing hook (1), reverse of the vehicle for use in emergency situa- before using the frame hook. To reinstall
the installation procedure. tions and sea shipping purposes only. the hook cover, do it in reverse order of
removal.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle,
never use the frame hook (2) for
trailer / train shipping.

5-14

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Other holes

EXAMPLE

(3) (3)
52RS50170

The frame holes (3) are provided only for

transporting by a car carrier trailer.

WARNING
Do not use the frame holes (3) for
towing purpose. These holes may
break and cause serious injury or
damage.

5-15

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Heating and air conditioning Air outlet

system
There are two types of heating and air con- (1)
ditioning systems as follows: (2)
• Manual heating and air conditioning sys-
tem
• Automatic heating and air conditioning (3)
system (climate control)
(4)
(2)
(3)
(5)

(5)

EXAMPLE
52RS50010

1. Windshield defroster outlet

2. Side defroster outlet
3. Side outlet
4. Center outlet
5. Floor outlet

5-16

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Center outlet Side outlet

Manual heating and air
(2) conditioning system
(4) (3)
Description of controls

(4) (2) (5) (1)

(1)

52RS007

When open, air comes out regardless of

the air flow selector position. Move the
knob (3) vertically or horizontally, to adjust
the direction of airflow as desired. The side (3)
outlet opens when you turn the dial (4)
52RS006
upward and closes when you turn it down- 52RM50330
To open the louver (1), push the arrow part ward.
(2) as shown in the illustration. To adjust Temperature selector (1)
the direction of the air flow, move up or CAUTION This is used to adjust the temperature.
down or turn the opened louver (1).
Prolonged exposure to hot air from Blower speed selector (2)
the heater or air conditioner could This is used to turn on the blower and to
result in low temperature burns. All select blower speed.
vehicle occupants, particularly chil-
dren, the elderly, those with special
needs, individuals with delicate skin,
and sleeping individuals, should
maintain sufficient distance from the
air outlets to prevent prolonged
exposure to hot airflow.

5-17

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Air intake selector (3) Air flow selector (4)

(a) (b) (e)

（6） (d) (f)

52RM50310

This selector is used to select the following

modes. (c) (g)
FRESH AIR (a) （4）
When this mode is selected by moving the 52RS50181
52RM50250
lever to left, outside air comes in.
NOTE: This is used to select one of the following
RECIRCULATED AIR (b) The mark of “ ” (6) functions.
When this mode is selected by moving the To clear fog on the windshield and/or the
lever to right, outside air is shut out and side windows quickly, set the air flow
inside air is recirculated. This mode is suit- selector (4) to HEAT & DEFROST or VENTILATION (c)
able when driving through dusty or polluted DEFROST and air intake selector (3) to
air such as in a tunnel, or when attempting FRESH AIR. These positioning will clear
to quickly cool down or warm up the inte- the fogged windshield and/or the side win-
rior. dows faster than the RECIRCULATED
AIR.
NOTE:
If you select RECIRCULATED AIR for an
extended period of time, the air in the vehi-
cle can become contaminated and the win-
dows tend to get misted. Therefore, you
should select FRESH AIR whenever possi-
ble.
52RS50020

Temperature-controlled air comes out of

the center and side air outlets.

5-18

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

BI-LEVEL (d) HEAT (e) HEAT & DEFROST (f)

52RS50030 52RS50040 52RS50050

Temperature-controlled air comes out of Temperature-controlled air comes out of Temperature-controlled air comes out of
the floor outlets and cooler air comes out the floor outlets and the side outlets, also the floor outlets, the windshield defroster
of the center and side outlets. When the comes out of the windshield defroster out- outlets, the side defroster outlets and the
temperature selector (1) is in the fully cold lets and also comes slightly out of the side side outlets.
position or fully hot position, however, the defroster outlets.
air from the floor outlets and the air from
the center and side outlets will be the
same temperature.

5-19

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

DEFROST (g) Air conditioning switch (5)

To turn on the air conditioning system, set System operating instructions
the blower speed selector to a position
other than off and push in “A/C” switch. Natural ventilation
With this “A/C” switch operation, a indica- Select VENTILATION and FRESH AIR, the
tor light will come on when the air condi- temperature selector to the desired tem-
tioning system is working. To turn off the perature position, and the blower speed
air conditioning system, push “A/C” switch selector to off. Fresh air will flow through
again. the vehicle during driving.
During operation of the air conditioner, you Forced ventilation
may notice slight changes in engine The base settings are the same as for nat-
speed. These changes are normal, the ural ventilation except you set the blower
system is designed so that the compressor speed selector to a position other than off.
turns on or off to maintain the desired tem- Normal heating (using outside air)
52RS50060 perature. Select HEAT and FRESH AIR, the tem-
Temperature-controlled air comes out of Less operation of the compressor results perature selector to the desired tempera-
the windshield defroster outlets, the side in better fuel economy. ture position and the blower speed selector
defroster outlets and the side outlets. to the desired blower speed position. Set-
ting the blower speed selector to a higher
blower speed position increases heating
efficiency.
Quick heating (using recirculated air)
The base settings are the same as for nor-
mal heating except you select RECIRCU-
LATED AIR. If you use this heating method
for an extended period of time, the air in
the vehicle can become contaminated and
the windows can become misty. Therefore,
use this method only for quick heating and
change to the normal heating method as
soon as possible.

5-20

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Head cooled/Feet warmed heating • If your vehicle has been left in the sun NOTE:
Select BI-LEVEL and FRESH AIR, the with the windows closed, it will cool If you need maximum defrosting:
temperature selector to the desired tem- faster if you open the windows briefly • select DEFROST and FRESH AIR,
perature position, and the blower speed while you operate the air conditioner with • set the blower speed selector to high,
selector to the desired blower speed posi- the air intake selector at FRESH AIR • adjust the temperature selector to the
tion. Unless the temperature selector is in and the blower at high speed. hot end,
the fully cold position or fully hot position, • turn on “A/C” switch, and
the air that comes out of the center and Dehumidifying • adjust the side outlets so the air blows
side outlets will be cooler than the air that Set the air flow selector to a desired air on the side windows.
comes out of the floor outlets. flow selector position, the temperature
selector to the desired temperature posi-
Normal cooling tion and the blower speed selector to the
Set the air flow selector to VENTILATION, desired blower speed position. Also select
the temperature selector to the desired tem- FRESH AIR and turn on “A/C” switch.
perature position and the blower speed
selector to the desired blower speed posi- NOTE:
tion, and turn on “A/C” switch. Setting the Because the air conditioner dehumidifies
blower speed selector to a higher blower the air, turning it on will help keep the win-
speed position increases cooling efficiency. dows clear, even when blowing heated air
You can switch the air intake selector to using DEFROST or HEAT & DEFROST
either FRESH AIR or RECIRCULATED functions.
AIR as you desire. Choosing RECIRCU-
LATED AIR increases cooling efficiency. EXAMPLE
Quick cooling (using recirculated air)
The base settings are the same as for nor-
mal cooling except you select RECIRCU-
LATED AIR and the highest blower speed.

NOTE:
• If you select RECIRCULATED AIR for an
extended period of time, the air in the
vehicle can become contaminated and
the windows tend to get misted. There-
fore, you should select FRESH AIR
whenever possible. 52RM50320

5-21

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

(For models with air conditioner refrig-

Maintenance erant R-134a)
If you do not use the air conditioner for a NOTE:
long period, such as during winter, it may Your vehicle uses the air conditioning
not give the best performance when you refrigerant HFC-134a, commonly called
start using it again. To help maintain opti- R-134a. R-134a replaced R-12 around
mum performance and durability of your air 1993 for automotive applications. Other
conditioner, it needs to be run periodically. refrigerants are available, including recy-
Operate the air conditioner at least once a cled R-12, but only R-134a should be used
month for one minute with the engine in your vehicle.
idling. This circulates the refrigerant and oil
and helps protect the internal components. NOTICE
If your air conditioner is equipped with air Using the wrong refrigerant may
filters, clean or replace them as specified damage your air conditioning sys-
in “Maintenance schedule” in “INSPEC- tem. Use R-134a only. Do not mix or
TION AND MAINTENANCE” section. replace the R-134a with other refrig-
erants.
(For models with air conditioner refrig-
erant R-1234yf)
NOTE:
Your vehicle uses the air conditioning
refrigerant HFO-1234yf, commonly called
R-1234yf. R-1234yf replaced R-134a for
automotive applications. Other refrigerants
are available, but only R-1234yf should be
used in your vehicle.

NOTICE
Using the wrong refrigerant may
damage your air conditioning sys-
tem. Use R-1234yf only. Do not mix or
replace the R-1234yf with other refrig-
erants.

5-22

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

(1) Temperature selector

Automatic heating and air conditioning system (2) Blower speed selector
(climate control) (3) Air intake selector
(4) Air flow selector
(5) Defrost switch
(6) Air conditioning switch
Description of controls (7) “OFF” switch
(8) “AUTO” switch
(9) Display

(5) (4) (9) (7) (8)

(2) (3) (6) (1)

52RM50340

5-23

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Temperature selector (1) Blower speed selector (2) Air intake selector (3)

(1) (2)

(a)
(3)

(b)

52RM50350 52RM50360 52RM50370

Turn the temperature selector (1) to adjust The blower speed selector (2) is used to Push the air intake selector (3) to change
the temperature. turn on the blower and to select blower between the recirculated air and fresh air
speed. mode.
NOTE:
If “AUTO” switch (8) is pushed, the blower If “AUTO” switch (8) is pushed, the air
If you turn the temperature selector (1)
speed will vary automatically as the cli- intake will vary automatically as the climate
until “HI” or “LO” appears on the display,
mate control system maintains the control system maintains the selected tem-
the climate control system will operate at
selected temperature. perature.
maximum heating or cooling. The tempera-
ture of the air from the outlets may change
NOTE:
suddenly while “LO” or “HI” is displayed,
When the recirculated air mode is
but this is normal.
selected, the automatic operation system
is deactivated even if you push “AUTO”
NOTE:
switch (8).
When you change the unit of temperature
in the information display, the unit of tem-
perature in the air conditioning system will
be changed. Refer to “Information display”
in the “BEFORE DRIVING” section for
details.

5-24

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

RECIRCULATED AIR (a) Air flow selector (4) VENTILATION (c)

When this mode is selected, outside air is
shut off and inside air is recirculated. This (c)
(4)
mode is suitable when driving through
dusty or polluted air such as a tunnel, or
when attempting to quickly cool down or
warm up the interior. (d)

FRESH AIR (b)

When this mode is selected, outside air is (e)
introduced.
FRESH AIR and RECIRCULATED AIR are
selected alternately each time the air
intake selector is pushed. (f)
52RM50380 52RS50020
NOTE:
If you select RECIRCULATED AIR for an Push the air flow selector (4) to change Temperature-controlled air comes out of
extended period of time, the air in the vehi- among the following functions. The indica- the center and side outlets.
cle can become contaminated and the win- tion of the selected mode appears in the
dows tend to get misted. Therefore, you display. BI-LEVEL (d)
should select FRESH AIR whenever possi- If “AUTO” switch (8) is pushed, the air flow
ble. will vary automatically as the climate con-
trol system maintains the selected tem-
perature.

52RS50030

5-25

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Temperature-controlled air comes out of HEAT & DEFROST (f) Push the defrost switch (5) to turn on the
the floor outlets and cooler air comes out defroster.
of the center and side outlets. When the
temperature selector (1) is in the fully cold DEFROST
position or fully hot position, however, the
air from the floor outlets and the air from
the center and side outlets will be the
same temperature.

HEAT (e)

52RS50050

Temperature-controlled air comes out of

the floor outlets, the windshield defroster
52RS50060
outlets, the side defroster outlets and the
side outlets. Temperature-controlled air comes out of
the windshield defroster outlets, the side
Defrost switch (5) defroster outlets and the side outlets.

(5) NOTE:
52RS50040
When the defrost switch (5) is pushed to
Temperature-controlled air comes out of turn on the defroster, the air conditioning
the floor outlets and the side outlets, a system will operate and FRESH AIR mode
small amount of air comes out of the wind- will be selected automatically. In very cold
shield defroster outlets and also comes weather, however, the air conditioning sys-
slightly out of the side defroster outlets. tem will not operate.

52RM50390

5-26

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Air conditioning switch (6) You can use the air conditioning switch (6)
System operating instructions to manually turn the air conditioner on or off
Automatic operation according to your preference. When you
turn the air conditioning switch off, the cli-
(7) (8) mate control system cannot lower the inside
temperature below outside temperature.
To turn the climate control system off, push
“OFF” switch (7).

NOTE:
If “AUTO” in the display blinks, there is a
(6) problem in the heating system and/or air
conditioning system. You should have the
system inspected by an authorized
52RM50400 SUZUKI dealer.
(6) (1)
The air conditioning switch (6) is used to 52RM50410 NOTE:
turn on and off the air conditioning system • To find the temperature at which you are
only when the blower is on. To turn on the You can let the climate control system work
most comfortable, start with the 22°C
air conditioning system, push in the switch automatically. To set the system for fully-auto-
(72°F) or 25°C (75°F) setting. (the tem-
and “A/C” will appear in the display. To turn matic operation, follow the procedure below.
perature vary depending on vehicle
off the air conditioning system, push in the 1) Start the engine. specifications.).
switch again and “A/C” will go off. 2) Push “AUTO” switch (8). • If you turn the temperature selector (1)
3) Set the desired temperature by turning until “HI” or “LO” appears on the display,
the temperature selector (1). the climate control system will operate at
maximum heating or cooling and the
The blower speed, air intake and air flow blower will run at full speed.
are controlled automatically to maintain the • To avoid blowing cold air in cold weather
set temperature. However, the air flow is or hot air in hot weather, the system will
not changed to DEFROST position auto- delay turning on the blower until warmed
matically. or cooled air is available.
• If your vehicle has been left in the sun
NOTE:
with the windows closed, it will cool
When the recirculated air mode is selected,
faster if you open the windows briefly.
the automatic operation system is deacti-
• Even under the automatic operation, you
vated even if you push “AUTO” switch (8).
can set individual selectors to the manual

5-27

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

mode. The manually selected functions Manual operation Models with ENG A-STOP System
are maintained, and the other functions You can manually control the climate con- • If the heating performance can no longer
remain under automatic operation. trol system. Set the selectors to the perform at a sufficient level due to auto-
• If the windshield and/or the front door desired positions. matically stopping the engine, press the
windows are fogged, push the defrost ENG A-STOP OFF switch to deactivate
switch (5) to turn on the defroster, or EXAMPLE the ENG A-STOP system. (The engine
push the air flow selector (4) to change will automatically restart and the air con-
the air flow to HEAT & DEFROST posi- ditioning performance will be restored.)
tion to defog the windows. • If the windshield and/or the driver’s side/
• To return the blower speed selector (2), passenger side door windows are
air intake selector (3), and air flow selec- fogged during automatically stopping the
tor (4) to automatic operation, push engine, stop the ENG A-STOP system
“AUTO” switch (8). and restart the engine. Then, turn the air
flow selector (4) to change the air flow to
EXAMPLE the HEAT & DEFROST or DEFROST
position to defog the windows.

(11) 52RM50320

NOTE:
If you need maximum defrosting:
• push the defrost switch (5) to turn on the
defroster (the air conditioning system will
(10) operate and FRESH AIR mode will be
selected automatically),
• set the blower speed selector to high,
• adjust the temperature selector to “HI”
52RM50420
indication on the display, and
Be careful not to cover the interior tem- • adjust the side outlets so the air blows
perature sensor (10) located between the on the side windows.
steering wheel and the climate control
panel, or the solar sensor (11) located at
the top of the driver’s side dashboard.
These sensors are used by the automatic
system to regulate temperature.

5-28

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Maintenance NOTICE Radio antenna

If you do not use the air conditioner for a Using the wrong refrigerant may
long period, such as during winter, it may damage your air conditioning sys-
not give the best performance when you tem. Use R-1234yf only. Do not mix or EXAMPLE
start using it again. To help maintain opti- replace the R-1234yf with other refrig-
mum performance and durability of your air erants.
conditioner, it needs to be run periodically.
Operate the air conditioner at least once a
month for one minute with the engine (For models with air conditioner refrig-
idling. This circulates the refrigerant and oil erant R-134a)
and helps protect the internal components. NOTE:
Your vehicle uses the air conditioning
If your air conditioner is equipped with air refrigerant HFC-134a, commonly called
filters, clean or replace them as specified R-134a. R-134a replaced R-12 around
in “Maintenance schedule” in “INSPEC- 1993 for automotive applications. Other
TION AND MAINTENANCE” section. Have refrigerants are available, including recy-
this job done by an authorized SUZUKI cled R-12, but only R-134a should be used 63J055
dealer as the lower glove box must be low- in your vehicle.
ered for this job. The radio antenna on the roof is remov-
able. To remove the antenna, turn it coun-
NOTICE terclockwise. To reinstall the antenna, turn
(For models with air conditioner refrig-
erant R-1234yf) Using the wrong refrigerant may it clockwise firmly by hand.
NOTE: damage your air conditioning sys-
• Your vehicle uses the air conditioning tem. Use R-134a only. Do not mix or NOTICE
refrigerant HFO-1234yf, commonly replace the R-134a with other refrig-
erants. To avoid damage to the radio
called R-1234yf. R-1234yf replaced R- antenna:
134a for automotive applications. Other • Remove the antenna when using an
refrigerants are available, but only R- automatic car wash.
1234yf should be used in your vehicle. • Remove the antenna when the
(For the country of Singapore) antenna hits anything such as a
• For repair and parts replacement, have low ceiling in a parking garage or
your vehicle repaired or replaced parts putting a car cover over your vehi-
by an authorized SUZUKI dealer that cle.
has the mechanic qualified with SAE
J2845 for air conditioner of R-1234yf.

5-29

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Audio system (if equipped)

EXAMPLE

52RS50091

AM/FM CD player with Bluetooth® function

5-30

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Cautions on handling
Safety information Notes on discs
Precautions
WARNING
• When the inside of the vehicle is very
If you pay too much attention to cold and the player is used soon after
operating the audio system or (A)
switching on the heater, condensation
watching the audio system display may form on the compact disc (CD) or
while driving, an accident can
occur. If you set the sound volume the optical parts of the player and 52D274

too loud, it could prevent you from proper playback may not be possible. If This unit has been designed specifically for
being aware of road and traffic con- condensation forms on the disc, wipe it playback of compact discs bearing mark
ditions. off with a soft cloth. If condensation (A) shown above.
• Keep your eyes on the road and forms on the optical parts of the player, No other discs can be played.
your mind on the drive. Avoid pay- do not use the player for about one
ing too much attention to operat-
hour. This will allow the condensation
ing the audio system or watching
the audio system display. to disappear normally.
• Familiarize yourself with the audio • Driving on extremely bumpy roads
system controls and operation of which cause severe vibrations may
the audio system before driving. cause sound to skip when playing a
• Preset your favorite radio stations CD.
before driving so that you can
• This unit uses a precision mechanism.
quickly tune to them using the
presets. Even in the event that trouble arises,
• Set the sound volume to a level never open the case, disassemble the
that will allow you to continue to unit, or lubricate the rotating parts.
be aware of surrounding road and Bring the unit to an authorized SUZUKI
traffic conditions while driving. dealer.

5-31

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Removing the disc Proper way to hold

the compact disc

52D347 52D348

To remove fingermarks or dust, use a soft Never affix labels on the surface of the
cloth, and wipe in a straight line from the compact disc or write on the surface with a
center of the compact disc to the edge. pencil or pen.
52D275

To remove the compact disc from its stor-

age case, press down on the center of the (B)
(C) (B)
case and lift the disc out, holding it care-
fully by the edges.

Always handle the compact disc by the 52D349

edges.
Do not use any solvents such as commer-
Never touch the surface.
cially available cleaners, anti-static spray,
or thinner to clean compact discs.
52D277

New discs may have some roughness

around the edges. The unit may not work
or the sound may skip if such discs are
used. Use a ball-point pen (B), etc. to
remove the roughness (C) from edges of
the disc before inserting it into the unit.

5-32

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

WARNING
This is a class I laser product. Use
of controls or adjustments or perfor-
mance of procedures other than
those specified herein may result in
52D350 52D351
hazardous radiation exposure.
Do not open covers and do not
Do not use compact discs that have large Do not expose compact discs to direct
attempt to repair this unit by your-
scratches, are misshaped, or cracked, etc. sunlight or any heat source.
self.
Use of such discs will cause damage or
Ask an authorized SUZUKI dealer
prevent the system from operating prop- NOTE:
for the repair.
erly. • Do not use commercially available CD
protection sheets or discs equipped with
stabilizers, etc.
These may get caught in the internal
mechanism and damage the disc and the
mechanism.
• It may be impossible to play CD-R discs
with this unit due to the recording format.
• CD-RW discs cannot be played with this
unit.

5-33

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Information on disposal for users of

The Bluetooth® word mark and logo are waste electrical & electronic equip-
Access to http://www.ptc.panasonic.eu/, ment (private households)
registered trademarks and are owned by enter the below
the Bluetooth SIG, Ink. Model No. into the keyword search box, This symbol on the
products and/or
you can download the latest “DECLARA-
Stop using this unit and a Bluetooth® TION of CONFORMITY” (DoC).
accompanying docu-
ready device whenever requested. ments means that
This unit shares the communication fre- used electrical and
Set No. AZ1601 electronic products
quency with other private or public wireless
should not be mixed
communication equipment such as a wire- with general house-
less LAN and other wireless communica- hold waste.
tion radios. For proper treatment,
You should stop using this unit immedi- recovery and recy-
ately whenever you are notified that your cling, please take
68LM560
unit disturbs other wireless communica- these products to
tion. designated collection
points, where they
will be accepted on a free of charge basis.
Alternatively, in some countries you may
be able to return your products to your
local retailer upon the purchase of an
equivalent new product.
Disposing of this product correctly will help
to save valuable resources and prevent
any potential negative effects on human
health and the environment which could
otherwise arise from inappropriate waste
handling. Please contact your local author-
ity for further details of your nearest desig-
nated collection point.
Penalties may be applicable for incorrect
disposal of this waste, in accordance with

5-34

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

national legislation. Part 15 of the FCC Rules

For business users in the European FCC ID: ACJ932AZ1601 WARNING
Union This is a class I laser product. Use of
NOTE: controls or adjustments or perfor-
If you wish to discard electrical and elec- Properly shielded and grounded cables mance of procedures other than
tronic equipment, please contact your and connectors must be used for connec- those specified herein may result in
dealer or supplier for further information. tion to host computers and/or peripherals hazardous radiation exposure.
in order to meet FCC emission limits. Do not open covers and do not
Information on disposal in other coun-
attempt to repair this unit by yourself.
tries outside the European Union WARNING Ask an authorized dealer for the
This symbol is only valid in the European repair.
RF Exposure
Union. This equipment complies with FCC
If you wish to discard this product, please radiation exposure limits set forth for
contact your local authorities or dealer and an uncontrolled environment and
ask for the correct method of disposal. meets the FCC radio frequency (RF)
Exposure Guidelines. This equipment
has very low levels of RF energy that
it deemed to comply without maxi-
mum permissive exposure evaluation
(MPE). [But it is desirable that it
should be installed and operated
keeping the radiator at least 20 cm or
more away from person’s body.]

CAUTION
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment.

5-35

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Stop using this unit and a Bluetooth® NOTE:

ready device whenever requested. These limits are designed to provide rea-
The Bluetooth® word mark and logo are This unit shares the communication fre- sonable protection against harmful interfer-
registered trademarks and are owned by quency with other private or public wireless ence in a residential installation. This
the Bluetooth SIG, Ink. communication equipment such as a wire- equipment generates, uses and can radi-
less LAN and other wireless communica- ate radio frequency energy and, if not
NOTE:
tion radios. installed and used in accordance with the
This equipment complies with FCC radia-
tion exposure limits set forth for uncon- You should stop using this unit whenever instructions, may cause harmful interfer-
trolled equipment and meets the FCC you are notified that your unit disturbs ence to radio communications. However,
radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines other wireless communication immediately. there is no guarantee that interference will
in Supplement C to OET65. This equip- not occur in a particular installation. If this
ment has very low level of RF energy equipment does cause harmful interfer-
which does not comply with maximum per- ence to radio or television reception, which
missive exposure (MPE) evaluation. But it
is desirable that it should be installed and can be determined by turning the equip-
operated with at least 20cm and more ment off and on, the user is encouraged to
between the radiator and person’s body try to correct the interference by one or
(excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet more of the following measures:
and ankles). • Reorient or relocate the receiving anten-
na.
• Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on
a circuit different from that to which the
receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.
• This transmitter must not be co-located
or operated in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.

5-36

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Turning on/off power

Basic operations Press “VOL PUSH PWR” knob (1) to turn
on the audio system. The unit starts to
EXAMPLE operate in the previous setting that the
system was turned off.

Adjusting the volume

Turn “VOL PUSH PWR” knob (1).
Turning it clockwise increases the volume;
turning it counterclockwise decreases the
volume.

NOTE:
For the purposes of safe driving, adjust the
audio volume to a level that allows you to
hear sounds outside of the vehicle includ-
ing car horns and particularly emergency
vehicle sirens.

(1) (2)

52RS50101

(1) “VOL PUSH PWR” knob (2) “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob

5-37

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Adjusting bass/treble/balance/fader Adjusting the AVC (Auto volume con- Preset-EQ

1) Press “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” trol) Preset-EQ (equalizer) calls up various
knob (2). The Auto Volume Control (AVC) function sound modes optimized for specific music
Each time the knob is pressed, sound automatically adjusts (increases/ category.
adjustment mode will change as fol- decreases) the sound volume in accor- 1) Press “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND”
lows: dance with vehicle speed. The AVC control knob (2) several times until “PRESET-
is provided with three selectable levels EQ” appears.
(LEVEL OFF, 1, 2, 3). The range of volume 2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
adjustment increases together with the (2).
Preset-EQ (EQ OFF)
LEVEL number. Each time the knob is turned, preset
1) Press “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” EQ mode will change as follows:
Bass adjustment (BASS 0)
knob (2) until the AVC adjustment mode
is selected.
Treble adjustment (TREBLE 0)
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob OFF (FLAT)
(2) to select the desired AVC adjust-
Balance adjustment (BALANCE 0)
ment level. (Initial setting: LEVEL 2) JAZZ
Fader adjustment (FADER 0)
ROCK
AVC adjustment (AVC LEVEL 2)
POP

CLASSIC
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(2) to adjust the sound. HIP-HOP

5-38

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Display
Listening to the radio
(A)
EXAMPLE

(B)

(A) Band
(1) (3) (B) Frequency

(2) (4)

(7)

(5)

(6)

52RM50530

(1) “FM” button (2) “AM” button

(3) UP button (4) DOWN button
(5) “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (6) PRESET buttons ([1] to [6])
(7) “AS” button

5-39

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Selecting the FM band Auto store Radio reception

Press “FM” button (1). Hold down “AS” button (7) for 2 seconds or Radio reception can be affected by envi-
Each time the button is pressed, the recep- longer. ronment, atmospheric conditions, or radio
tion band will change as follows: 6 stations in good reception will automati- signal’s power and distance from the sta-
cally be stored to PRESET buttons (6) in tion. Nearby mountains and buildings may
order, starting from a station whose fre- interfere or deflect radio reception, causing
quency is the lowest. poor reception. Poor reception or radio
FM1 FM2 static can also be caused by electric cur-
NOTE: rent from overhead wires or high voltage
• Auto store can be released by pressing power lines.
“AS” button (7) while auto store is under
way.
Selecting the AM band • When the auto store is performed, the
Press “AM” button (2). station previously stored in the memory
at the position is overwritten.
Seek tuning • When there are fewer than 6 stations
Press UP button (3) or DOWN button (4). that can be stored even if 1 round of
The unit stops searching for a station at a auto store operation is performed, no
frequency where a broadcast station is station will be stored at the remaining
available. PRESET buttons (6).
• 6 stations can be preset for FM1 and
Manual tuning FM2 in common, and 6 stations for AM
Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (5). in auto store mode.
The frequency being received is displayed.
Auto store mode on/off
Preset memory Press “AS” button (7).
1) Select the desired station. Each time the button is pressed, the mode
2) Hold down a desired button ([1] to [6]) is switched as follows:
of the PRESET buttons (6) to which you
want to store the station for 2 seconds
or longer.
AS mode on AS mode off

5-40

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Display
Listening to a CD
(A)
EXAMPLE

(1) (2) (B)

(A) Track number

(3) (B) Play time

(4) NOTE:
This product does not support 8 cm CD
(5) (sometimes called as “mini single CD”, “3-
inch CD”, “CD3”, etc.).

(8) (6) (7)

52RS50111

(1) Insertion slot (2) EJECT button

(3) “CD” button (4) UP button
(5) DOWN button (6) “RPT” button
(7) “RDM” button (8) “DISP” button

5-41

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

NOTICE NOTICE
• Never insert your finger or hand If you forcefully try to push an
into the CD insertion slot. Never ejected CD inside the unit before auto
(A) insert foreign objects into the CD reloading, the disc surface might be
insertion slot. scratched.
• Never insert a CD with glue coming Before reloading a CD, remove it
• CDs or CD-ROMs without mark (A) can- out from adhesive tape or a rental from the unit completely.
not be used. CD label or with a trace indicating
• Some discs recorded in CD-R/CD-RW that adhesive tape or a rental CD Listening to a CD
format may sometimes be impossible to label has been removed. This may When a CD is inserted, playback will auto-
use. cause the CD not to eject or result matically start.
in a malfunction. When a CD is already inside the unit,
press “CD” button (3) to start playback.
Loading a CD
Insert a CD in the insertion slot (1). Selecting a track
When the CD is loaded, it starts to play. • Press UP button (4) to listen to the next
track.
Ejecting a CD • Press DOWN button (5) twice to listen to
Press EJECT button (2). the previous track.
• A CD is to be inserted with its label side When the ignition switch is in “LOCK” posi- When DOWN button (5) is pressed
up. tion or the engine switch is in LOCK (OFF) once, the track currently being played
• When there is a CD already in the unit, it mode, the CD being ejected for around 15 will start from the beginning again.
is impossible to insert another CD with- seconds or longer will automatically be
out ejecting the CD in the unit. Do not drawn inside the unit. (Auto reload func- Fast forwarding/rewinding a track
use force to insert a CD into the CD tion) • Hold down UP button (4) to fast forward
insertion slot. The backup eject function: the track.
This function allows you to eject a CD by • Hold down DOWN button (5) to fast
pressing EJECT button (2) even when the rewind the track.
ignition switch is in “LOCK” position or the
engine switch is in LOCK (OFF) mode.

5-42

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Random playback Display change

Press “RDM” button (7). Press “DISP” button (8).
Each time the button is pressed, the mode Each time the button is pressed, display
will change as follows: will change as follows:

OFF TRACK RANDOM Play time

Disc title

Track title
• TRACK RANDOM
The random indicator “RDM” will light.
The tracks in the loaded disc will be NOTE:
played in random order. • “NO TITLE” will be displayed when there
is no text information in the disc currently
Repeat playback being played.
Press “RPT” button (6). • If text data contains more than 16 char-
Each time the button is pressed, the mode acters, “>” mark will appear at the right
will change as follows: end. Holding down “DISP” button (8) for
1 second or longer can display the next
page.
OFF TRACK REPEAT

• TRACK REPEAT
The repeat indicator “RPT” will light.
The track currently being played will be
played repeatedly.

5-43

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Display
Listening to a MP3/WMA/AAC disc
(A) (B)
EXAMPLE

(D) (C)

(A) Folder number

(B) Track number
(2) (C) Play time
(D) File type
(3)

(1)

(6) (4) (5)

52RS50121

(1) “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (2) UP button

(3) DOWN button (4) “RPT” button
(5) “RDM” button (6) “DISP” button

5-44

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Selecting a folder Random playback Repeat playback

Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (1) Press “RDM” button (5). Press “RPT” button (4).
to select a folder. Each time the button is pressed, the mode Each time the button is pressed, the mode
will change as follows: will change as follows:
Selecting a track
• Press UP button (2) to listen to the next
track.
• Press DOWN button (3) twice to listen to OFF FOLDER RANDOM ALL RANDOM OFF FILE REPEAT FOLDER REPEAT
the previous track.
When DOWN button (3) is pressed
once, the track currently being played
will start from the beginning again.
• FOLDER RANDOM • FILE REPEAT
The random indicator “F.RDM” will light. The repeat indicator “RPT” will light.
Fast forwarding/rewinding a track
The tracks in the current folder will be The track currently being played will be
• Hold down UP button (2) to fast forward
the track. played in random order. played repeatedly.
• ALL RANDOM • FOLDER REPEAT
• Hold down DOWN button (3) to fast
rewind the track. The random indicator “RDM” will light. The repeat indicator “F.RPT” will light.
The tracks in the loaded disc will be All tracks in the currently selected folder
played in random order. will be played repeatedly.

5-45

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Display change Points to remember when making MP3/

Press “DISP” button (6). Notes on MP3/WMA/AAC WMA/AAC files
Each time the button is pressed, display What is MP3? Common
will change as follows: • An abbreviation of “MPEG audio layer3”, • High bit rate and high sampling fre-
MP3 is an audio compression format quency are recommended for high qual-
that has become the standard format ity sounds.
Play time among PC users. Its merit is that the • Selecting VBR (Variable Bit Rate) is not
original audio data is compressed to recommended. Selecting VBR may
Folder name approximately 1/10 and high sound qual- cause display of incorrect playing time
ity is maintained. This means that it is and jumpiness of playback.
File name possible to store the data of approxi- • Playback sound quality varies depend-
mately 10 music CDs on a single CD-R/ ing on the encoding environment. For
Album name (MP3, AAC only) RW disc, which in turn makes it possible details, refer to the user manual of the
to play music for a long time without hav- encoding software and the writing soft-
Track title ing to change the disc. ware in use.

Artist name What is WMA? NOTICE

• An abbreviation of “Windows Media Never use “.mp3”, “.wma” or “.m4a”
Audio,” WMA is an audio compression as a file name extension if it is not in
format developed by Microsoft. the MP3/WMA/AAC format file. Fail-
NOTE: • WMA files for which the DRM (Digital
• “NO TITLE” will be displayed when there ure to observe this may result in
Rights Management) function is on can- damage to the speaker due to noise
is no text information in the disc currently not be played.
being played. production.
• If text data contains more than 16 char- Windows MediaTM and the Windows® logo
acters, “>” mark will appear at the right are trademarks or registered trademarks of
end. Holding down “DISP” button (6) for Microsoft Corporation in the United States
1 second or longer can display the next and other countries.
page.
What is AAC?
• An abbreviation of “Advanced Audio
Coding,” AAC is an audio compression
format used by MPEG2 and MPEG4.

5-46

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Recording MP3/WMA/AAC files on a CD Compression formats

media MP3
• It is recommended not to write both CD- • Bit rate:
DA files and MP3/WMA/AAC files on a MPEG1 Audio Layer III: 32 k - 320 kbps
disc. MPEG2 Audio Layer III: 8 k - 160 kbps
• If both CD-DA files and MP3/WMA/AAC MPEG2.5 Audio Layer III: 8 k - 160 kbps
files are on the same disc, tracks may • Sampling frequency:
not be played in the correct order or MPEG1 Audio Layer III: 32 k/44.1 k/
some tracks may not be played at all. 48 kHz
• When storing both MP3 data and WMA MPEG2 Audio Layer III: 16 k/22.05 k/
data on the same disc, sort and place 24 kHz
them in different folders. MPEG2.5 Audio Layer III: 8 k/11.025 k/
• Do not write files other than MP3/WMA/ 12 kHz
AAC files and unnecessary folders on a
disc. WMA (Ver. 7, Ver. 8, Ver. 9*)
• MP3/WMA/AAC files should be named • Bit rate: CBR 32 k - 320 kbps
to meet the standards and the file sys- • Sampling frequency: 32 k/44.1 k/48 kHz
tem specifications as shown below. * WMA 9 Professional/LossLess/Voice
• The file extension “.mp3”, “.wma” or are not supported.
“.m4a” should be assigned to files based
on their format independently. AAC*
• You may encounter a trouble in playing • Bit rate: ABR 16 k - 320 kbps
MP3/WMA/AAC files or displaying infor- • Sampling frequency: 32 k/44.1 k/48 kHz
mation of MP3/WMA/AAC files depend- * Apple Lossless is not supported.
ing on the writing software or CD
recorder in use. Supported file systems
• This unit does not have a playlist func- ISO 9660 Level 1/Level 2, Joliet, Romeo
tion.
• It is recommended to write discs in Disc- Maximum number of files/folders
at-Once mode even though Multi-ses- • Maximum number of files: 512
sion mode is supported. These modes • Maximum number of files in a folder: 255
are the methods for writing audio data in • Maximum depth of tree structure: 8
CD. • Maximum number of folders: 255
(Root folder is included.)

5-47

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Display
Listening to files stored in a USB device
(A) (B)
EXAMPLE

(D) (C)

(A) Folder number

(B) Track number
(C) Play time
(3) (D) File type
(4)
(1) NOTICE
Do not connect any USB device other
than a USB memory or a USB audio
(2) player. Do not connect multiple USB
devices to the USB connector using a
USB hub, etc. Supplying power to
multiple USB devices from the con-
nector could cause overheating and
(7) (5) (6) smoking.

52RS50131

(1) “MEDIA” button (2) “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob

(3) UP button (4) DOWN button
(5) “RPT” button (6) “RDM” button
(7) “DISP” button

5-48

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Selecting a USB device mode Random playback • FOLDER REPEAT

Press “MEDIA” button (1). Press “RDM” button (6). The repeat indicator “F.RPT” will light.
Each time the button is pressed, the mode Each time the button is pressed, the mode All the tracks in the folder currently
will change as follows: will change as follows: selected will be played repeatedly.

Display change
USB (iPod) (if equipped) Press “DISP” button (7).
OFF FOLDER RANDOM ALL RANDOM Each time the button is pressed, display
Bluetooth® audio (if equipped) will change as follows:

AUX (if equipped)

• FOLDER RANDOM Play time
The random indicator “F.RDM” will light.
Selecting a folder The tracks in the currently selected Folder name
Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (2) folder will be played in random order.
to select the desired folder. • ALL RANDOM File name
The random indicator “RDM” will light.
Selecting a track The tracks in the connected USB device Album name (MP3, AAC only)
• Press UP button (3) to listen to the next will be played in random order.
track. Track title
• Press DOWN button (4) twice to listen to Repeat playback
the previous track. Press “RPT” button (5). Artist name
When DOWN button (4) is pressed Each time the button is pressed, the mode
once, the track currently being played will change as follows:
will start from the beginning again. NOTE:
• “NO TITLE” will be displayed when there
Fast forwarding/rewinding a track is no text information in the file currently
• Hold down UP button (3) to fast forward OFF FILE REPEAT FOLDER REPEAT being played.
the track. • If text data contains more than 16 char-
• Hold down DOWN button (4) to fast acters, “>” mark will appear at the right
rewind the track. end. Holding down “DISP” button (7) for
1 second or longer can display the next
• FILE REPEAT
page.
The repeat indicator “RPT” will light.
The track currently being played will be
played repeatedly.

5-49

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

USB device connection Compression formats

Notes on USB device • When connecting a USB device, check MP3
Compatible USB devices that the connector is pushed all the way • Bit rate:
• USB mass storage class into the port. MPEG1 Audio Layer III: 32 k - 320 kbps
For details as to whether your USB • Do not leave the USB device for long MPEG2 Audio Layer III: 8 k - 160 kbps
memory/USB audio is compatible with periods of time inside the vehicle where MPEG2.5 Audio Layer III: 8 k - 160 kbps
USB mass storage class, please contact the temperature can rise too high. • Sampling frequency:
the USB memory/USB audio manufac- • Back up any important data beforehand. MPEG1 Audio Layer III: 32 k/44.1 k/48 kHz
turer. We cannot accept responsibility for any MPEG2 Audio Layer III: 16 k/22.05 k/24 kHz
• USB standard compatibility 1.1/2.0 full lost data. MPEG2.5 Audio Layer III: 8 k/11.025 k/12 kHz
speed • It is recommended not to connect a USB
• File system FAT12/16/32, VFAT device that contains data files other than WMA (Ver. 7, Ver. 8, Ver. 9*)
• Maximum current less than 1.0 A MP3/WMA/AAC format. • Bit rate: CBR 32 k - 320 kbps
• If devices such as USB hub, extension • Sampling frequency: 32 k/44.1 k/48 kHz
cable are connected to the audio sys- Recording MP3/WMA/AAC files on a * WMA 9 Professional/LossLess/Voice
tem, it may not be recognized. In such USB device are not supported.
case, connect the USB device directly to • Playback or display may not be possible
the audio system. depending on the type of USB device in AAC*
• Devices such as MP3 player/mobile use or the condition of the recording. • Bit rate: ABR 16 k - 320 kbps
phone/digital camera may not be recog- • Depending on the connected USB mem- • Sampling frequency: 32 k/44.1 k/48 kHz
nized by the audio system for playing ory, the files may be played in different * Apple Lossless is not supported.
music. order from the stored one.
Maximum number of files/folders
• Maximum number of files: 2500
• Maximum number of files in a folder: 255
• Maximum depth of tree structure: 8
• Maximum number of folders: 255
(Root folder is included.)

5-50

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Display
Listening to an iPod
(A)
EXAMPLE

(B) (C)

(A) Track title

(B) Track number
(C) Play time
(3)
iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc., regis-
(4) tered in the U.S. and other countries.
(7) (5) (6)
(1)

(2)

(8)

52RS50141

(1) “MEDIA” button (2) “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob

(3) UP button (4) DOWN button
(5) “RPT” button (6) “RDM” button
(7) “DISP” button (8) PRESET buttons ([1] to [6])

5-51

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Selecting an iPod mode Random playback Display change

Press “MEDIA” button (1). Press “RDM” button (6). Press “DISP” button (7).
Each time the button is pressed, the mode Each time the button is pressed, the mode Each time the button is pressed, display
will change as follows: will change as follows: will change as follows:

USB (iPod) (if equipped) Playlist name /

OFF SONG RANDOM ALBUM RANDOM Track title (Playlist mode only)
Bluetooth® audio (if equipped)
Artist name /
AUX (if equipped) Track title
• SONG RANDOM Album name /
The random indicator “RDM” will light. Track title
Selecting a track The tracks in the iPod will be played in
• Press UP button (3) to listen to the next random order. Track title /
track. • ALBUM RANDOM Play time
• Press DOWN button (4) twice to listen to The random indicator “F.RDM” will light.
the previous track. The albums in the iPod will be played in
When DOWN button (4) is pressed random order. NOTE:
once, the track currently being played If text data contains more than 16 charac-
will start from the beginning again. Repeat playback ters, “>” mark will appear at the right end.
Press “RPT” button (5). Holding down “DISP” button (7) for 1 sec-
Fast forwarding/rewinding a track Each time the button is pressed, the mode ond or longer can display the next page.
• Hold down UP button (3) to fast forward will change as follows:
the track.
• Hold down DOWN button (4) to fast
rewind the track.
OFF SONG REPEAT

• SONG REPEAT
The repeat indicator “RPT” will light.
The track currently being played will be
played repeatedly.

5-52

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Playing mode selection iPod

1) Press the button numbered [6] of PRE- Notes on iPod
SET buttons (8) for 1 second or longer. Made for iPod
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob • iPod touch (6th generation)
(2). • iPod touch (5th generation)
Each time the knob is turned, the mode • iPod touch (4th generation)
will change as follows: • iPod touch (3rd generation)
• iPod touch (2nd generation)
69RH201
• iPod touch (1st generation)
PLAYLIST • iPod classic • Use of the Made for Apple badge means
• iPod nano (7th generation) that an accessory has been designed to
ARTIST • iPod nano (6th generation) connect specifically to the Apple prod-
• iPod nano (5th generation) uct(s) identified in the badge, and has
ALBUM • iPod nano (4th generation) been certified by the developer to meet
• iPod nano (3rd generation) Apple performance standards. Apple is
SONGS • iPod nano (2nd generation) not responsible for the operation of this
• iPod nano (1st generation) device or its compliance with safety and
PODCAST • iPod (5th generation) regulatory standards.
• iPhone 6S Plus • Please note that the use of this acces-
GENRE • iPhone 6S sory with an Apple product may affect
• iPhone 6 Plus wireless performance.
AUDIOBOOK • iPhone 6 • Apple, iPod touch, iPod nano, iPhone,
• iPhone 5S and Lightning are trademarks of Apple
• iPhone 5C Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
3) Press “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” • iPhone 5 countries.
knob (2) to select the desired mode. • iPhone 4S
• iPhone 4
NOTE: • iPhone 3GS
• When the button numbered [6] of PRE- • iPhone 3G
SET buttons (8) is pressed, the previous • iPhone
mode will be displayed. * Some functions may not be available
depending on the model of iPod.

5-53

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

iPod connection
• Make sure to detach the iPod after turn-
ing the ignition switch to “LOCK” position
or pressing the engine switch to change
the ignition mode to LOCK (OFF). The
iPod may not be shut down when it is
being connected and may result in bat-
tery depletion.
• Do not connect iPod accessories such
as an iPod remote control or head-
phones while connecting the iPod with
the unit. The unit may not operate cor-
rectly.

5-54

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

AUX connection
AUX function To listen to auxiliary audio sources (sold
separately) through the unit, follow the
EXAMPLE instruction below.
1) Connect the auxiliary audio source to
the AUX/USB socket (separately
attached) with an AUX cable.
2) Press “MEDIA” button (1).
Each time the button is pressed, the
mode will change as follows:

USB (iPod) (if equipped)

Bluetooth® audio (if equipped)

(1)
AUX (if equipped)

CAUTION
• Before connection, mute the unit,
and also keep the volume of the
auxiliary audio source within a
range that will not cause distortion.
• When the audio source is turned
off, noise may be emitted. Be sure
to turn off the unit or switch to
another mode before turning off the
52RS50151 audio source.
(1) “MEDIA” button

5-55

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

NOTE:
• Please consult your place of purchase
for details about whether a given auxil-
iary audio source can be connected and
the proper auxiliary cord to use.
• The volume and tone controls of the
auxiliary audio source can be adjusted
on the unit.
• In AUX mode, the volume setting is dif-
ferent from another mode.

5-56

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Steering switch
Bluetooth® hands-free
(10)
EXAMPLE

(9)
(4)

(7)
(5) (8)
(6)
52RM50460
(2) (1) (6) Bluetooth® setup button (on steering
wheel)
(7) OFF HOOK button
(8) ON HOOK button
(3) (9) MUTE switch
(10) “VOL” switch

52RS50070

(1) “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (2) “VOL PUSH PWR” knob
(3) PRESET buttons (4) BACK button
(5) Bluetooth® setup button (on control panel)

5-57

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Phone registration 6) When the pairing with the phone is Adjusting the listening volume
established, automatic transfer of the • Turn “VOL PUSH PWR” knob (2) during
To use the hands-free function with this phonebook and the call history a call.
unit, it is required to register the phone becomes selectable. The automatic Turning it clockwise increases the vol-
in advance. transfer starts with “Yes” and it does not ume; turning it counterclockwise
with “No”. decreases the volume.
NOTE: 7) Press ON HOOK button (8). • Press “VOL” switch (10) during a call.
• Up to 5 phones can be registered. Pressing the switch up increases the vol-
• To set up a new phone, disconnect the NOTE: ume; pressing the switch down
audio player from the unit. Connect the • When selecting “Go Back” or pressing decreases the volume.
audio player again after phone setup is BACK button (4), the previous menu will
completed if necessary. be displayed. Adjusting the ring volume
• When attempts to establish the pairing • When registering an additional phone, • Turn “VOL PUSH PWR” knob (2) while a
fail within 60 seconds, the connecting repeat Step from 1). call is coming in.
operation will be canceled. Try to estab- Turning it clockwise increases the vol-
lish the pairing again or refer to the man- Receiving a call ume; turning it counterclockwise
ual of the phone in use for how to Press OFF HOOK button (7) to receive a decreases the volume.
establish the pairing with the phone. call. • Press “VOL” switch (10) during a call.
1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5) Pressing the switch up increases the vol-
or (6). Ending a call ume; pressing the switch down
The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- Press ON HOOK button (8) to end a call. decreases the volume.
played.
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob Rejecting a call (only for supported
(1) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and models)
press the knob (1) to determine the Press ON HOOK button (8) to reject a
selection. incoming call.
3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(1) to select “Pairing”, and press the Mute of hands-free microphone
knob (1) to determine the selection. Press MUTE switch (9) to mute the micro-
4) Select “My Car” from the Bluetooth® phone. To cancel the mute, press MUTE
menu of the phone and establish the switch (9) again.
pairing.
Refer to the manual of the phone in use
for further information.
5) Enter the passkey displayed on the unit
to the phone.

5-58

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Adjusting the call or ringtone volume Dialing using missed/incoming/ • Pressing “Confirm” after selecting “Add
Follow the instructions below to adjust the outgoing calls Speed Dial” can register the selected
call or ringtone volume. Follow the instructions below to dial to the number in the speed dial.
1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5) previously dialed number again. • Pressing “Confirm” after selecting
or (6). “Delete” can delete the selected number
The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- NOTE: from the call history.
played. Up to 30 phone numbers of the latest calls
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob can be stored. (30 calls including missed, Deletion of call history
(1) to select “Setup Telephone”, and received and dialed call) Follow the instructions below to delete a
press the knob (1) to determine the missed/incoming/outgoing call history.
selection. 1) Press OFF HOOK button (7). 1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5)
3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob The Bluetooth® phonebook menu will or (6).
(1) to select “Sound Setting”, and press be displayed. The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis-
the knob (1) to determine the selection. 2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob played.
4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (1) to select “All Calls”, “Missed Calls”, 2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(1) to select “Call Volume” or “Ringtone “Incoming Calls” or “Outgoing Calls”, (1) to select “Setup Telephone”, and
Volume”, and press the knob (1) to and press the knob (1) to determine the press the knob (1) to determine the
determine the selection. selection. selection.
The current call or ringtone volume will To dial from the dialed history or the 3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
be displayed. received history, select “All Calls”, (1) to select “Setup Phonebook”, and
5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob “Missed Calls”, “Incoming Calls” or press the knob (1) to determine the
(1) to select the desired call or ringtone “Outgoing Calls” respectively. selection.
volume, and press the knob (1) to 3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob 4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
determine the selection. (1) to select the desired number, and (1) to select “Delete History”, and press
press the knob (1) to determine the the knob (1) to determine the selection.
NOTE: selection. 5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
When selecting “Go Back” or pressing 4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (1) to select “Missed Calls”, “Incoming
BACK button (4), the previous menu will (1) to select “Dial”, and press the knob Calls”, or “Outgoing Calls”, and press
be displayed. (1) or OFF HOOK button (7) to dial to the knob (1) to determine the selection.
the selected number. 6) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(1) to select a number to be deleted or
NOTE: “ALL”, and press the knob (1) to deter-
• When selecting “Go Back” or pressing mine the selection.
BACK button (4), the previous menu will
be displayed.

5-59

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

7) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob 5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob Transfer of call history (Call History)
(1) to select “Delete?” or “Delete All?”, (1) to select “Overwrite All” or “Add One Follow the instructions below to transfer
and press the knob (1) to determine the Contact”, and press the knob (1) to call history of the registered phone.
selection. determine the selection. 1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5)
8) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob “Rewrite All (MAX1000): Ok?” or “Rest or (6).
(1) to select “Confirm”, and press the of Memory XXXX: Ok?” will be dis- The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis-
knob (1) to complete the deletion. played. played.
6) Press or turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH 2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
NOTE: SOUND” knob (1) to select “Confirm”, (1) to select “Setup Telephone”, and
When selecting “Go Back” or pressing and press the knob (1) to determine the press the knob (1) to determine the
BACK button (4), the previous menu will selection. selection.
be displayed. 7) Transfer contacts from the phone. 3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
When the registration is completed, the (1) to select “Call History”, and press
Registration in Phonebook “Setup Phonebook” will be displayed. the knob (1) to determine the selection.
Follow the instructions below to register 4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
phone numbers in the Phonebook of the NOTE: (1) to select “Overwrite Call History?”,
unit. • When selecting “Go Back” or pressing and press the knob (1) to determine the
1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5) BACK button (4), the previous menu will selection.
or (6). be displayed. 5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- • Up to 1000 numbers can be registered in (1) to select “Confirm”, and press the
played. Phonebook. knob (1) to transfer the call history from
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob the phone.
(1) to select “Setup Telephone”, and
press the knob (1) to determine the NOTE:
selection. When selecting “Go Back” or pressing
3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob BACK button (4), the previous menu will
(1) to select “Setup Phonebook”, and be displayed.
press the knob (1) to determine the
selection.
4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(1) to select “Add Contacts”, and press
the knob (1) to determine the selection.

5-60

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Automatic transfer of phonebook/call Making a call by phonebook Deletion of registered data (Delete
history Follow the instructions below to dial a num- Entry)
You can select whether or not the device ber registered in phonebook. Follow the instructions below to delete a
transfers the phonebook and the call his- 1) Press OFF HOOK button (7). number registered in phonebook.
tory automatically when the phone is regis- The Bluetooth® phonebook menu will 1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5)
tered. be displayed. or (6).
Follow the instructions below to select. 2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis-
1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5) (1) to select “Phonebook”, and press played.
or (6). the knob (1) to determine the selection. 2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- 3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (1) to select “Setup Telephone”, and
played. (1) to select the initial of the name you press the knob (1) to determine the
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob would like to make a call, and press the selection.
(1) to select “Setup Telephone”, and knob (1) to determine the selection. 3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
press the knob (1) to determine the The registered numbers will be dis- (1) to select “Setup Phonebook”, and
selection. played in sequence. If names have press the knob (1) to determine the
3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob been registered together with numbers, selection.
(1) to select “A.Transfer”, and press the the names will be displayed. 4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
knob (1) to determine the selection. Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (1) to select “Delete Contacts”, and
4) Pressing “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” (1) to select the name you would like to press the knob (1) to determine the
knob (1) switches between “A.transfer make a call, and press the knob (1) to selection.
On” and “A.transfer Off”. determine the selection. 5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
5) Selecting “Go Back” or pressing the 4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (1) to select the initial of the name you
BACK button (4) stores displayed set- (1) to select “Dial”, and press the knob would like to delete or “ALL”, and press
ting and the previous menu is dis- (1) or OFF HOOK button (7). the knob (1) to determine the selection.
played. The displayed number or the number Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
registered with the displayed name will (1) to select the name you would like to
be dialed. delete, and press the knob (1) to deter-
mine the selection.
6) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(1) to select “Delete?” or “Delete All?”,
and press the knob (1) to determine the
selection.
7) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(1) to select “Confirm”, and press the
knob (1) to complete the deletion.

5-61

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

NOTE: register in speed dial, and press the One-touch call (Speed dial)
When selecting “Go Back” or pressing knob (1) to determine the selection. Follow the instructions below to dial the
BACK button (4), the previous menu will 6) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob number assigned to each of the PRESET
be displayed. (1) to select “Choose Preset”, and buttons (3).
press one of PRESET buttons (3) to 1) Press OFF HOOK button (7).
Registration in speed dial which the selected number is to be The Bluetooth® phonebook menu will
Follow the instructions below to assign a assigned. If a number is already be displayed.
number to one of PRESET buttons (3) to assigned to the selected button, a con- Pressing one of PRESET buttons (3)
use as the speed dial. firmation message will be displayed. can skip step 2) and the 1st line of step
1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob 3).
or (6). (1) to select a confirmation message, 2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- and press the knob (1) to complete the (1) to select “Speed Dials”, and press
played. assignment. the knob (1) to determine the selection.
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob 3) Press one of PRESET buttons (3).
(1) to select “Setup Telephone”, and (1) to select “Confirm”, and press the The assigned number will be displayed.
press the knob (1) to determine the knob (1) to complete the assignment. If no number is assigned, “No Entry” is
selection. When the assignment is completed, the displayed.
3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob “Setup Phonebook” will be displayed. 4) Press OFF HOOK button (7).
(1) to select “Setup Phonebook”, and The selected number will be dialed.
press the knob (1) to determine the NOTE:
selection. When selecting “Go Back” or pressing
4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob BACK button (4), the previous menu will
(1) to select “Add Speed Dial”, and be displayed.
press the knob (1) to determine the
selection.
5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(1) to select the initial of the name you
would like to register in speed dial, and
press the knob (1) to determine the
selection.
The registered numbers will be dis-
played in sequence. If names have
been registered together with numbers,
the names will be displayed.
Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(1) to select the name you would like to

5-62

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Deletion of speed dial (Del Speed Dial) Display of device data (Device Name) Reset to the factory defaults
Follow the instructions below to delete the Follow the instructions below to display the Follow the instructions below to reset all
number assigned for the speed dial. BD (Bluetooth® Device) address and the settings to the factory defaults.
1) Press OFF HOOK button (7). device name. 1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5)
The Bluetooth® phonebook menu will 1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5) or (6).
be displayed. or (6). The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis-
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- played.
(1) to select “Speed Dials”, and press played. 2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
the knob (1) to determine the selection. 2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (1) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and
3) Press one of PRESET buttons (3) to (1) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and press the knob (1) to determine the
which the number to be deleted is press the knob (1) to determine the selection.
assigned. selection. 3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
If the number is not registered, “No 3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (1) to select “Initialize”, and press the
Entry” is displayed. (1) to select “Bluetooth Info”, and press knob (1) to determine the selection.
4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob the knob (1) to determine the selection. 4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(1) to select “Delete”, and press the 4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (1) to select “All Initialize”, and press
knob (1) to determine the selection. (1) to select “Device Name” or “Device the knob (1) to determine the selection.
5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob Address”, and press the knob (1) to dis- 5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(1) to select “Del Speed Dial”, and play the device name or the BD (Blue- (1) to select “All Initialize”, and press
press the knob (1) to determine the tooth® Device) address. the knob (1) to determine the selection.
selection. 6) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
6) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob NOTE: (1) to select “Confirm”, and press the
(1) to select “Confirm”, and press the When selecting “Go Back” or pressing knob (1) to start the reset.
knob (1) to complete the deletion. BACK button (4), the previous menu will
be displayed. NOTE:
NOTE: When selecting “Go Back” or pressing
When selecting “Go Back” or pressing BACK button (4), the previous menu will
BACK button (4), the previous menu will be displayed.
be displayed.

5-63

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Selection of phone (Select Phone) List of phones (List Phones) 3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
Follow the instructions below to select a Follow the instructions below to display the (1) to select “Passkey”, and press the
phone to be paired with from the registered names of the registered phones in knob (1) to determine the selection.
phones. sequence. 4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5) 1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5) (1) to select “Enter New Passkey”, and
or (6). or (6). press the knob (1) to determine the
The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- selection.
played. played. 5) Press or turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob 2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob SOUND” knob (1) to select “Confirm”.
(1) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and (1) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and 6) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
press the knob (1) to determine the press the knob (1) to determine the (1) to select a number for the first digit,
selection. selection. and press the knob (1) to determine the
3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob 3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob selection. Select and determine num-
(1) to select “List Phone”, and press the (1) to select “List Phone”, and press the bers for the second, third and fourth
knob (1) to determine the selection. knob (1) to determine the selection. digits in order in the same manner.
4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob The names of the registered phones When not entering up to the eighth
(1) to select a phone to be paired with, are displayed in sequence. digit, enter blanks for the successive
and press the knob (1) to determine the digits.
selection. NOTE: 7) Press “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND”
5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob When selecting “Go Back” or pressing knob (1) to determine the passkey set-
(1) to select “Select”, and press the BACK button (4), the previous menu will ting.
knob (1) to determine the selection. be displayed.
NOTE:
NOTE: Passkey setting (Set Passkey) When selecting “Go Back” or pressing
• When selecting “Go Back” or pressing Follow the instructions below to set the BACK button (4), the previous menu will
BACK button (4), the previous menu will security number (passkey). be displayed.
be displayed. 1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5)
• The Bluetooth® ready audio device will or (6).
be disconnected when the phone is The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis-
selected. played.
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(1) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and
press the knob (1) to determine the
selection.

5-64

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Deletion of phone information (Delete BT function on/off (BT Power)

Phone) Follow the instructions below to turn on/off
Follow the instructions below to delete the the Bluetooth® function.
registered phone information. 1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5)
1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (5) or (6).
or (6). The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis-
The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- played.
played. 2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (1) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and
(1) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and press the knob (1) to determine the
press the knob (1) to determine the selection.
selection. 3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (1) to select “BT Power”, and press the
(1) to select “List Phone”, and press the knob (1) to determine the selection.
knob (1) to determine the selection. 4) Press “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND”
4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob knob (1) to select “BT Power On” or “BT
(1) to select a phone to be deleted, and Power Off”.
press the knob (1) to determine the
selection. NOTE:
5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob • When the BT function is turned off, the
(1) to select “Delete”, and press the connection between this unit and the
knob (1) to determine the selection. registered phone in use will be discon-
6) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob nected.
(1) to select “Delete?”, and press the • When selecting “Go Back” or pressing
knob (1) to determine the selection. BACK button (4), the previous menu will
7) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob be displayed.
(1) to select “Confirm”, and press the
knob (1) to determine the selection.

NOTE:
When selecting “Go Back” or pressing
BACK button (4), the previous menu will
be displayed.

5-65

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Steering switch
Bluetooth® audio

EXAMPLE

(3) (8)

(4) 52RM50470

(1) (7) (8) Bluetooth® setup button (on steering

wheel)

(2) Display
(A)

(5) (6)
(B)

(A) Track number

(B) Play time
52RS50080

(1) “MEDIA” button (2) “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob

(3) UP button (4) DOWN button
(5) “DISP” button (6) BACK button
(7) Bluetooth® setup button (on control panel)

5-66

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Registration of audio devices NOTE: Fast forwarding/rewinding a track

• When selecting “Go Back” or pressing • Hold down UP button (3) to fast forward
To use Bluetooth® ready audio devices BACK button (6), the previous menu will the track.
with this unit, it is required to register the be displayed. • Hold down DOWN button (4) to fast
devices. • When registering additional audio rewind the track.
devices, repeat Step from 1).
NOTE:
NOTE: Selecting Bluetooth® audio mode Some functions may not be available
• To set up a new audio player, disconnect Press “MEDIA” button (1). depending on Bluetooth® audio.
the phone from the unit. Connect the Each time the button is pressed, the mode
phone after audio player setup is com- will change as follows: Display change
pleted if necessary. Press “DISP” button (5).
• When attempts to establish the pairing Each time the button is pressed, display
fail within 60 seconds, the connecting USB (iPod) (if equipped) will change as follows:
operation will be canceled. Try to estab-
lish the pairing again or refer to the audio Bluetooth® audio (if equipped)
player manual for assistance with the
pairing process. AUX (if equipped) Play time
1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (7)
or (8). Track name
The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- Selecting a group (only for supported
played. models) Artist name
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob (2)
(2) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and to select a group. Album name
press the knob (2) to determine the
selection. Selecting a track
3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob • Press UP button (3) to listen to the next NOTE:
(2) to select “Pairing”, and press the track. If text data contains more than 16 charac-
knob (2) to determine the selection. • Press DOWN button (4) twice to listen to ters, “>” mark will appear at the right end.
4) Select “My Car” from the Bluetooth® the previous track. Holding down “DISP” button (5) for 1 sec-
menu of the audio player and establish When DOWN button (4) is pressed ond or longer can display the next page.
the pairing. once, the track currently being played
Refer to the manual of the audio player will start from the beginning again.
in use for further information.
5) Enter the passkey displayed on the unit
to the audio player.

5-67

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Selection of audio device (Select Audio) List of audio devices (List Audio) 3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
Follow the instructions below to select an Follow the instructions below to display the (2) to select “Passkey”, and press the
audio device to be paired with from the names of the registered audio devices in knob (2) to determine the selection.
registered audio devices. sequence. 4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (7) 1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (7) (2) to select “Enter New Passkey”, and
or (8). or (8). press the knob (2) to determine the
The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- selection.
played. played. 5) Press or turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob 2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob SOUND” knob (2) to select “Confirm”.
(2) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and (2) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and 6) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
press the knob (2) to determine the press the knob (2) to determine the (2) to select a number for the first digit,
selection. selection. and press the knob (2) to determine the
3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob 3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob selection. Select and determine num-
(2) to select “List Audio”, and press the (2) to select “List Audio”, and press the bers for the second, third and fourth
knob (2) to determine the selection. knob (2) to determine the selection. digits in order in the same manner.
4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob The names of registered audio devices When not entering up to the eighth
(2) to select an audio device to be will be displayed in sequence. digit, enter blanks for the successive
used, and press the knob (2) to deter- digits.
mine the selection. NOTE: 7) Press “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND”
5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob When selecting “Go Back” or pressing knob (2) to determine the passkey set-
(2) to select “Select”, and press the BACK button (6), the previous menu will ting.
knob (2) to determine the selection. be displayed.
NOTE:
NOTE: Passkey setting (Set Passkey) When selecting “Go Back” or pressing
• When selecting “Go Back” or pressing Follow the instructions below to set the BACK button (6), the previous menu will
BACK button (6), the previous menu will security number (Passkey). be displayed.
be displayed. 1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (7)
• The phone will be disconnected when or (8).
the Bluetooth® ready audio device is The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis-
selected. played.
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(2) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and
press the knob (2) to determine the
selection.

5-68

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Deletion of audio device information

(Delete Audio) Disclaimer for Bluetooth® function Remote audio controls (if equipped)
Follow the instructions below to delete the • Depending on compatibility of mobile Controlling basic functions of the audio
registered audio device information. phone models, no Bluetooth® function system is available using the switches on
1) Press the Bluetooth® setup button (7) can be used, or some Bluetooth® func- the steering wheel.
or (8). tions may be restricted.
The Bluetooth® setup menu will be dis- • Connectivity or voice quality may get
played. affected depending on circumstances.
2) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob • After the ignition switch is turned to “ON”
(2) to select “Setup Bluetooth”, and position or the engine switch is pressed (1) (3) (4)
press the knob (2) to determine the to change the ignition mode to ON, the
selection. audio system takes few seconds to (4)
3) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob detect and connect to the Bluetooth®
(2) to select “List Audio”, and press the device (if already paired).
knob (2) to determine the selection.
4) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(2) to select an audio device to be (2)
deleted, and press the knob (2) to
determine the selection.
5) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob 52RM50480
(2) to select “Delete”, and press the
knob (2) to determine the selection.
6) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(2) to select “Delete?”, and press the
knob (2) to determine the selection.
7) Turn “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob
(2) to select “Confirm”, and press the
knob (2) to complete the deletion.

NOTE:
When selecting “Go Back” or pressing
BACK button (6), the previous menu will
be displayed.

5-69

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Adjusting the volume Selecting the radio station (AM, FM1,

• To increase the volume, press the “VOL” FM2 mode)
switch (1) up. The volume will continue • To select the next preset station, press
to increase until the switch is released. “>” of the switch (4) only for a moment.
• To decrease the volume, press the • To select the previous preset station,
“VOL” switch (1) down. The volume will press “<” of the switch (4) only for a
continue to decrease until the switch is moment.
released. • To scan a higher frequency radio station,
• To mute the sound, press the switch (2). press “>” of the switch (4) for 1 second
or longer.
Selecting the mode • To scan a lower frequency radio station,
Press the switch (3). press “<” of the switch (4) for 1 second
Each time the button is pressed, the mode or longer.
will change as follows:
Selecting the track (CD, USB (iPod),
Bluetooth® audio mode)
AM (Radio)
• To skip to the next track, press “>” of the
switch (4) only for a moment.
FM1 (Radio)
• To skip to the previous track, press “<” of
the switch (4) twice only for a moment.
FM2 (Radio)
When the switch (4) is pushed down
once only for a moment, the track cur-
CD
rently being played will start from the
beginning again.
Bluetooth® audio (if equipped)
Fast forwarding/rewinding a track
AUX (if equipped)
• To fast forward a track, press “>” of the
switch (4) for 1 second or longer.
USB (iPod®) (if equipped)
• To fast rewind a track, press “<” of the
switch (4) for 1 second or longer.
It is possible to turn on the audio system
by pressing the switch (3).

5-70

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

The anti-theft function is intended to dis-

Anti-theft feature
courage thefts. For example, when the
audio system is installed in another vehi-
EXAMPLE cle, it will become unable to operate.
This function works by entering a Personal
Identification Number (PIN).
When the unit is disconnected from its
power source, such as when the audio
system is removed or the lead-acid battery
is disconnected, the unit will become inop-
(3) erable until the PIN is reentered.

(1) (4)

(2)

52RS50161

(1) “VOL PUSH PWR” knob (2) PRESET buttons ([1] to [6])
(3) UP button (4) “TUNE/FLD PUSH SOUND” knob

5-71

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Setting the anti-theft function Canceling the anti-theft feature Confirming the Personal Identification
1) Press “VOL PUSH PWR” knob (1) to To cancel the anti-theft function, delete the Number (PIN)
power off. registered PIN. When the main power source is discon-
2) Hold down the buttons numbered [1] 1) Press “VOL PUSH PWR” knob (1) to nected such as when the lead-acid battery
and [6] of PRESET buttons (2) and power off. is replaced, etc, it is required to enter the
press “VOL PUSH PWR” knob (1). 2) Hold down the buttons numbered [1] PIN to operate the unit again.
“SECURITY” will be displayed. and [6] of PRESET buttons (2) and 1) Set the ignition switch to “ACC” posi-
3) Press UP button (3) and the button press “VOL PUSH PWR” knob (1). tion or the ignition mode to ON.
numbered [1] of PRESET buttons (2) “PIN ENTRY” will be displayed. “SECURITY” will be displayed.
simultaneously. 3) Press UP button (3) and the button 2) Press UP button (3) and the button
4) Enter a 4-digit number to be registered numbered [1] of PRESET buttons (2) numbered [1] of PRESET buttons (2)
as PIN using the buttons numbered [1] simultaneously. simultaneously.
- [4] of PRESET buttons (2). 4) Enter a 4-digit number to be registered 3) Enter a 4-digit number to be registered
5) Hold down “TUNE/FLD PUSH as PIN using the buttons numbered [1] as PIN using the buttons numbered [1]
SOUND” knob (4) for 1 second or lon- - [4] of PRESET buttons (2). - [4] of PRESET buttons (2).
ger to set the anti-theft function. 5) Hold down “TUNE/FLD PUSH 4) Hold down “TUNE/FLD PUSH
SOUND” knob (4) for 1 second or lon- SOUND” knob (4) for 1 second or lon-
NOTE: ger to delete the registered PIN. The ger.
Take a note of the registered PIN and keep indication “----” will be displayed and When the same PIN as registered is
it for the future use. the anti-theft function will be canceled. entered, the power of the audio system
will be turned off automatically and it
NOTE: will become operable again.
To change your PIN, first delete your cur-
rent PIN, and then set a new one. NOTE:
If an incorrect PIN is entered, “ERROR”
and the total number of incorrect entry
attempts will be displayed.
If an incorrect PIN is entered 10 times or
more, “HELP” will be displayed and the
audio system will become inoperable.

5-72

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Troubleshooting
When encountering a problem, check and follow the instructions below.
If the described suggestions do not solve the problem, it is recommended to take the unit to an authorized SUZUKI dealer.

Problem Possible cause Possible solution

Common
When “SECURITY” is displayed, enter
the PIN.
Unable to operate The security function is on.
When “HELP” is displayed, contact an
authorized SUZUKI dealer.
Unable to turn on the power
Fuse is blown. Contact an authorized SUZUKI dealer.
(No sound is produced)

Radio
It may not be exactly tuned in to the sta-
Much noise Tune it in exactly to the station.
tion.
There may be no station emitting signals
Pick up a station by manual tuning.
powerful enough.
Unable to receive by auto tuning
If AF is on, the unit searches for RDS sta-
Turn off AF.
tions only.

CD

The disc is dirty. Wipe the disc with a soft cloth.

Sound skips or noise produced
The disc has a major scratch or is Replace the disc with the one which has
warped. no scratch and warp.

5-73

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Problem Possible cause Possible solution

MP3/WMA/AAC
The disc contains unsupported formatted
No playback Check the file format.
data.
Sound skipping may occur when playing
Sound skips or noise produced It is not recommended to play VBR files.
VBR (Variable Bit Rate) files.

USB
There is no supported format file to play
Check the file format.
Playback does not start when the USB on this unit.
device is connected The current consumption of the USB Use a USB device with a current con-
device exceeds 1.0 A. sumption lower than 1.0 A.

Bluetooth®
The distance between this unit and the
Bluetooth® ready device is too far, or a Change the location of the Bluetooth®
metallic object may be located between ready device.
the Bluetooth® ready device and this unit.
Pairing failed
Refer to the manual of the Bluetooth®
®
The Bluetooth function of the Bluetooth® ready device. (Some devices have the
ready device is off. power saving function that automatically
activates after a certain time.)
Your current location may be out of ser- Drive your vehicle to the service area of
Unable to receive a call
vice area. the phone.
The voice quality of hands-free is low Another wireless device may be located Switch off the wireless device or keep it
(Distortion, noise etc.) near the unit. away from the unit.

5-74

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Error display messages

Display Possible cause Possible solution

CD
Insert the disc with its label side up.
Check the disc if it is not warped or is free of flaws.
“ERROR 1” The disc cannot be read. When “ERROR 1” does not disappear even when a nor-
mal disc is inserted, contact an authorized SUZUKI
dealer.
When the CD is in the unit, press the CD eject button to
The player developed an error of an remove the disc.
“ERROR 3”
unidentified cause. When the disc cannot be ejected, contact an authorized
SUZUKI dealer.

USB/iPod

“USB ERROR” The USB device is disconnected. Check the connection of the USB device.

Impossible to communicate correctly with Unplug the USB device and plug it again.
“ERROR 2”
the USB device. Check the USB device.
Unplug the USB device and plug it again.
“ERROR 3” Inoperable due to an unidentified cause. When “ERROR 3” does not disappear, contact an autho-
rized SUZUKI dealer.
The current consumption of the USB
“ERROR 4” Check the USB device.
device exceeds 1.0 A.

5-75

80SS5-01E
 OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

Display Possible cause Possible solution

Bluetooth®
Disconnect the Bluetooth® ready device and connect it
The player developed an error of an again.
“ERROR 1”
unidentified cause. When “ERROR 1” does not disappear, contact an autho-
rized SUZUKI dealer.

“Connection Failed” Failed to establish pairing or connection Try to establish the pairing or connection again.

Delete registered data of unnecessary number in phone-

Reached the limit for the number of phone-
“Memory Full” book and try to transfer the register phone numbers in
book data in transfer
the phonebook again.

“Not Available” Inoperable during driving Operate the system after pulling over your car.

Talk button (if equipped)

• It can be used with a device having a
voice recognition function. To use the
function, it is necessary to perform a cor-
responding setting on your device. For
operation of the audio system or the
navigation system, refer to the supple-
mentary manual, provided along with it.

(1)

52RS501

(1) Talk button

5-76

80SS5-01E
OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

MEMO

5-77

80SS5-01E
 VEHICLE LOADING AND TOWING

VEHICLE LOADING AND TOWING

Vehicle loading .................................................................... 6-1
Trailer towing (except for sport model) ............................ 6-1

54G215

80SS5-01E
VEHICLE LOADING AND TOWING

Vehicle loading WARNING Trailer towing

Your vehicle was designed for specific Never overload your vehicle. The (except for sport model)
weight capacities. The weight capacities of gross vehicle weight (sum of the
your vehicle are indicated by the Gross weights of the vehicle, all the occu-
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the pants, accessories, cargo plus trailer
Permissible maximum Axle Weight (PAW, nose weight if towing a trailer) must
front and rear). The GVWR and PAW (front never exceed the Gross Vehicle
and rear) are listed in “SPECIFICATIONS” Weight Rating (GVWR). In addition,
section. never distribute a load so that the
weight on either the front or rear axle
GVWR – Maximum permissible overall exceeds the Permissible maximum
weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including Axle Weight (PAW).
all the occupants, accessories and cargo
plus the trailer nose weight if towing a
trailer). WARNING
PAW (front and rear) – Maximum permissi- Always distribute cargo evenly. To
ble weight on an individual axle. avoid personal injury or damage to
60A185
your vehicle, always secure cargo to
Actual weight of the loaded vehicle and prevent it from shifting if the vehicle Towing a trailer can adversely affect han-
actual loads at the front and rear axles can moves suddenly. Place heavier dling, durability and fuel economy. Your
only be determined by weighing the vehi- objects on the floor and as far for- vehicle can be used to tow a trailer which
cle. Compare these weights to the GVWR ward in the cargo area as possible. does not exceed the towing capacity spec-
and PAW (front and rear). If the gross vehi- Never pile cargo higher than the top ified below:
cle weight or the load on either axle of the seat backs.
exceeds these ratings, you must remove
enough weight to bring the load down to
the rated capacity.

6-1

80SS5-01E
 VEHICLE LOADING AND TOWING

Maximum towing capacity

(trailer, cargo & tow bar) Tow bars Safety chains
Braked trailer: 1000 kg (2205 lbs) Only use a tow bar that is designed to Always attach safety chains between your
Unbraked trailer: 400 kg (882 lbs) attach to the chassis of your vehicle, and a vehicle and trailer. Cross safety chains
hitch that is designed to bolt to this tow bar. under the nose of the trailer so that the
We recommend that you use a genuine nose will not drop to the road if the trailer
WARNING SUZUKI tow bar (available as option), or becomes separated from the tow bar. Fol-
For vehicles equipped with the dual equivalent. low the manufacturer’s recommendation
sensor brake support, if your vehicle for attaching safety chains. Always leave
is used to tow a trailer, press the dual WARNING just enough slack to permit full turning.
sensor brake support OFF switch and Never allow safety chains to drag on the
turn off the dual sensor brake sup- Never use a tow bar which attaches road.
port. If not, accidents related to the to the axle or the bumper of your
vehicle.
system being turned on may occur. WARNING
For vehicles where the towing device Never attach safety chains to the
NOTICE blocks any of the lights or license plate, bumper of your vehicle. Secure con-
observe the following points: nections so that they cannot come
Trailer towing puts additional stress loose.
• Do not use the towing devices that can-
on the engine, drive train and brakes
not be easily removed or repositioned.
of your vehicle. Never tow a trailer
• The towing devices must be removed or
during the first 960 km (600 miles) of
repositioned when not in use.
vehicle operation.

NOTICE
When towing by a vehicle with auto-
matic transmission or CVT on a long
steep hill, try to take some rest on the
way to prevent overheat or damage
of the engine or transmission.

6-2

80SS5-01E
VEHICLE LOADING AND TOWING

pler, with the trailer fully loaded and the

Trailer lights Tyres coupler at its normal towing height. This
Check that your trailer is equipped with weight can be measured using a bathroom
lights which meet local requirements. WARNING scale.
Always check for the proper operation of The weight of your loaded trailer (gross
all trailer lights before you start to tow. When towing a trailer, it is very
important for your vehicle and trailer trailer weight) should never exceed towing
to have properly inflated tyres. Your capacity.
WARNING vehicle’s tyres should be inflated to Distribute cargo in your trailer so that nose
Never connect trailer lights directly the pressures listed on your vehicle’s weight is about 10% of gross trailer weight,
into your vehicle’s electrical system, tyre information label. If laden pres- but does not exceed “Maximum vertical
or electrical system damage may sures are listed on the label, the tyres load” of 60 kg (132 lbs), and does not fall
occur. should be inflated to the laden pres- below 25 kg (55 lbs) or 4%, whichever is
sures. Inflate trailer tyres according heavier, on trailer hitch point. You should
to the specifications provided by the measure gross trailer weight and nose
Brakes trailer manufacturer. weight before towing to check that your
load is properly distributed.
WARNING Mirrors
If trailer brakes are used, follow all WARNING
Check if your vehicle’s mirrors meet local
instructions provided by the manu- requirements for mirrors used on towing Improper weight distribution of your
facturer. Never connect to the brake vehicles. If they do not, you must install the trailer may result in poor vehicle han-
system of your vehicle and never required mirrors before you tow. dling and swaying of the trailer.
take an electrical supply directly from Always check that trailer nose weight
the wiring harness. is about 10% of gross trailer weight,
Vehicle/trailer loading but does not exceed “Maximum verti-
To load your vehicle and trailer properly, cal load” of 60 kg (132 lbs), and does
you must know how to measure gross not fall below 25 kg (55 lbs) or 4%,
trailer weight and trailer nose weight. whichever is heavier, on trailer hitch
point. Also check that the cargo is
Gross trailer weight is the weight of the properly secured. Failure to observe
trailer plus all the cargo in it. You can mea- this requirement may result in an
sure gross trailer weight by putting the fully accident.
loaded trailer on a vehicle scale.
Nose weight is the downward force
exerted on the tow bar by the trailer cou-

6-3

80SS5-01E
 VEHICLE LOADING AND TOWING

WARNING WARNING WARNING

Never overload cargo on your trailer Your vehicle should be handled in a (Continued)
or your vehicle. Gross trailer weight different way when towing a trailer. • Allow adequate stopping distance.
must never exceed towing capacity. For the safety of yourself and others, Stopping distance is increased
Gross vehicle weight (sum of the observe the following precautions: when you tow a trailer. For each 16
weights of the vehicle, all the occu- • Practice turning, stopping, and km/h (10 mph) of speed, allow at
pants, accessories including tow reversing before you begin towing least one vehicle and trailer length
bars and a trailer hitch, cargo and a trailer in traffic. Do not tow a between you and the vehicle
trailer nose weight) must never trailer in traffic until you are confi- ahead. Allow a greater stopping
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- dent that you can handle the vehi- distance if roads are wet or slip-
ing (GVWR) listed in “SPECIFICA- cle and trailer safely. pery.
TIONS” section. • Never exceed towing speed limits • If the trailer has over-run brakes,
or 80 km/h (50 mph), whichever is apply the brakes gradually to avoid
lower. snatching caused by the trailer
Additional trailer towing warnings • Never drive at a speed that causes wheels locking.
shaking or swaying of the trailer. If • Slow down before corners and
WARNING you notice even the slightest sign maintain a steady speed while cor-
of shaking or swaying, slow down. nering. Deceleration or accelera-
Connect trailer lights and hook up • When roads are wet, slippery or tion while cornering can result in
safety chains every time you tow. rough, drive at a slower speed than loss of control. Remember that a
you would on dry or smooth roads. larger than normal turning radius is
Failure to slow down when road needed because the trailer wheels
NOTICE conditions are bad can result in will be closer than vehicle wheels
Because towing a trailer puts addi- loss of control. to the inside of the turn.
tional stress on your vehicle, more • Always have someone guide you • Avoid sudden acceleration and
frequent maintenance will be when reversing. stopping of the vehicle. Do not
required than under normal driving (Continued) make quick maneuvers unless they
conditions. Follow the schedule in are necessary.
“Maintenance recommended under • Slow down in cross winds and be
severe driving conditions”. prepared for gusts of wind from
large passing vehicles.
(Continued)

6-4

80SS5-01E
VEHICLE LOADING AND TOWING

WARNING WARNING
(Continued) (Continued)
• Be careful when overtaking other When starting out after parking:
vehicles. Allow enough room for 1) Depress the clutch and start the
your trailer before changing lanes, engine.
and use turn signal lights properly 2) Shift into gear, release the parking
in advance. brake, and slowly pull away from
• Slow down and shift into a lower the chocks.
gear before you reach long or steep 3) Stop, apply the brakes firmly and
downhill grades. It is hazardous to hold them.
attempt downshifting while you are 4) Have another person remove the
descending a hill. chocks.
• Do not step on the brake pedal 60A186
strongly. This could cause the
brakes to over-heat resulting in
reduced braking efficiency. Use WARNING
engine braking as much as possi- When parking your vehicle and con-
ble. nected trailer, always use the follow-
• Because of the added trailer ing procedure:
weight, your engine may overheat 1) Apply the vehicle’s brakes firmly.
on hot days when going up long or 2) Have another person place wheel
steep hills. Pay attention to your chocks under the wheels of the
engine temperature. If it indicates vehicle and the trailer while you
overheating, pull off the road and are holding the brakes.
stop the vehicle in a safe place. 3) Slowly release the brakes until the
Refer to “Engine trouble: Overheat- wheel chocks absorb the load.
ing” in “EMERGENCY SERVICE” 4) Fully engage the parking brake.
section. 5) Manual transmission – turn off the
engine, then shift into reverse or
first gear.
Automatic transmission or CVT –
shift into “P” (Park) and turn off
the engine.
(Continued)

6-5

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Periodic maintenance schedule
- For K12C engine and K12M engine model ..................... 7-16
Maintenance recommended under severe driving conditions
- For K12C engine and K12M engine model ..................... 7-21
Periodic maintenance schedule
- For K12D engine model .................................................... 7-26
Maintenance recommended under severe driving conditions
- For K12D engine model .................................................... 7-31
Drive belt .............................................................................. 7-36
Engine oil and filter ............................................................. 7-37
Engine coolant .................................................................... 7-45
Air cleaner ............................................................................ 7-47 7
Spark plugs .......................................................................... 7-50
Gear oil ................................................................................. 7-52
Clutch pedal ......................................................................... 7-53
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid ............. 7-54
60G410
Brakes .................................................................................. 7-56
Maintenance schedule ........................................................7-2 Steering wheel ..................................................................... 7-59
Periodic maintenance schedule - For K10C engine, Tyres ..................................................................................... 7-59
K14C engine and K14D engine model ...............................7-3 Battery .................................................................................. 7-63
Maintenance recommended under Fuses .................................................................................... 7-65
severe driving conditions - For K10C engine, Headlight aiming ................................................................. 7-70
K14C engine and K14D engine model ...............................7-9 Bulb replacement ................................................................ 7-71
Wiper blades ........................................................................ 7-79
Windshield washer fluid ..................................................... 7-82
Air conditioning system ..................................................... 7-83

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

WARNING WARNING
(Continued) (Continued)
• When the engine is running, keep • Keep used oil, coolant, and other
hands, clothing, tools, and other fluids away from children and pets.
objects away from the fan and drive Dispose of used fluids properly;
belt. Even though the fan may not never pour them on the ground,
60B128S
be moving, it can automatically into sewers, etc.
turn on without warning. • While pouring engine oil, brake
WARNING • When it is necessary to perform fluid and coolant, do not spill them.
service work with the engine run- Their adhesion to the surrounding
Take extreme care when working on ning, check that the parking brake parts may cause a fire or malfunc-
your vehicle to prevent accidental is set fully and the transmission is tion.
injury. Carefully observe the follow-
ing precautions: in Neutral (for manual transmission
• To prevent damage or unintended vehicles) or Park (for automatic
activation of the airbag system or transmission or CVT vehicles).
seat belt pretensioner system, check • Do not touch ignition wires or other
that the lead-acid battery is discon- ignition system parts when starting
nected and the ignition switch has the engine or when the engine is
been in “LOCK” position or the igni- running, or you could receive an
tion mode has been LOCK (OFF) for electric shock.
at least 90 seconds before perform- • Be careful not to touch a hot
ing any electrical service work on engine, exhaust manifold and
your SUZUKI vehicle. Do not touch pipes, muffler, radiator and water
airbag system components, seat hoses.
belt pretensioner system compo- • Do not allow smoking, sparks, or
nents or wires. flames around fuel or the battery.
The wires are wrapped with yellow Flammable fumes are present.
tape or yellow tubing, and the cou- • Do not get under your vehicle if it is
plers are yellow for easy identifica- supported only with the portable
tion. jack provided in your vehicle.
• Do not leave the engine running in
garages or other confined areas. • Be careful not to cause accidental
(Continued) short circuits between the positive
and negative battery terminals.
(Continued)

7-1

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Maintenance schedule NOTICE

The following table shows the times when Whenever it becomes necessary to
you should perform regular maintenance replace parts on your vehicle, it is
on your vehicle. This table shows in miles, recommended that you use genuine
kilometers and months when you should SUZUKI replacement parts or their
perform inspections, adjustments, lubrica- equivalent.
tion and other services. These intervals
should be shortened if driving is usually
done under severe conditions (refer to
“Maintenance recommended under severe
driving conditions”).

WARNING
SUZUKI recommends that mainte-
nance on items marked with an aster-
isk (*) be performed by an authorized
SUZUKI dealer or a qualified service
technician. If you are qualified, you
may perform maintenance on the
unmarked items by referring to the
instructions in this section. If you are
not sure whether you can success-
fully complete any of the unmarked
maintenance jobs, ask an authorized
SUZUKI dealer to do the maintenance
for you.

7-2

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Periodic maintenance schedule - For K10C engine, K14C engine and K14D engine model
“R” : Replace or Change
“I” : Inspect, clean, adjust, lubricate or replace as necessary

NOTE:
• Class 1: K10C engine and K14C engine
• Class 2: K14D engine

NOTE:
This table shows the service schedule up to 120000 km (72000 miles). Beyond 120000 km (72000 miles), perform the same services at
the same intervals shown in the chart.

7-3

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 10 20 30 40 50 60

odometer reading or months, whichever comes miles (x1000) 6 12 18 24 30 36
first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72
ENGINE
*1-1. Engine accessory drive belt [Class 1] Tension check, *Adjustment, *Replacement Inspect every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 48 months.
Replace every 80000 km (48000 miles) or 96 months.
[Class 2] *Tension check, *Belt check, *Replacement Inspect every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.
Replace every 80000 km (48000 miles) or 96 months.
1-2. Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R
*1-3. Fuel Injection (#1) – – I – – I
1-4. Engine coolant SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) (#2) First time only: Replace at 150000 km (90000 miles) or 96 months.
Second time and after: Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles) or 48 months.
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 36 months.
*1-5. Exhaust system (except catalyst) – – I – – I
IGNITION
2-1. Spark plugs Iridium plug – – – – – R
FUEL
3-1. Air cleaner filter element Paved-road I I I R I I
Dusty condition Refer to “Severe Driving condition” schedule.
*3-2. Fuel lines – – I – – I
*3-3. Fuel filter Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles).
*3-4. Fuel tank – – – I – –
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
*4-1. PCV valve Inspect every 90000 km (54000 miles) or 108 months.
*4-2. Fuel evaporative emission control system Inspect every 90000 km (54000 miles) or 108 months.
#1: Except for Europe, Israel, Turkey, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Ukraine, Russia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Georgia, Guadeloupe, Martinique,
French Guiana, Australia, New Zealand, New Caledonia, Singapore, Hong Kong, and Macau.
#2: Be sure to perform the engine coolant level check under the daily inspection in “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
If you use the engine coolant other than the SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) for replacement, follow the schedule of SUZUKI LLC: Stan-
dard (Green). (Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 36 months.)

7-4

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 70 80 90 100 110 120

odometer reading or months, whichever comes miles (x1000) 42 48 54 60 66 72
first. months 84 96 108 120 132 144
ENGINE
*1-1. Engine accessory drive belt [Class 1] Tension check, *Adjustment, *Replacement Inspect every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 48 months.
Replace every 80000 km (48000 miles) or 96 months.
[Class 2] *Tension check, *Belt check, *Replacement Inspect every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.
Replace every 80000 km (48000 miles) or 96 months.
1-2. Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R
*1-3. Fuel Injection (#1) – – I – – I
1-4. Engine coolant SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) (#2) First time only: Replace at 150000 km (90000 miles) or 96 months.
Second time and after: Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles) or 48 months.
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 36 months.
*1-5. Exhaust system (except catalyst) – – I – – I
IGNITION
2-1. Spark plugs Iridium plug – – – – – R
FUEL
3-1. Air cleaner filter element Paved-road I R I I I R
Dusty condition Refer to “Severe Driving condition” schedule.
*3-2. Fuel lines – – I – – I
*3-3. Fuel filter Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles).
*3-4. Fuel tank – I – – – I
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
*4-1. PCV valve Inspect every 90000 km (54000 miles) or 108 months.
*4-2. Fuel evaporative emission control system Inspect every 90000 km (54000 miles) or 108 months.
#1: Except for Europe, Israel, Turkey, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Ukraine, Russia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Georgia, Guadeloupe, Martinique,
French Guiana, Australia, New Zealand, New Caledonia, Singapore, Hong Kong, and Macau.
#2: Be sure to perform the engine coolant level check under the daily inspection in “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
If you use the engine coolant other than the SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) for replacement, follow the schedule of SUZUKI LLC: Stan-
dard (Green). (Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 36 months.)

7-5

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 10 20 30 40 50 60

odometer reading or months, whichever miles (x1000) 6 12 18 24 30 36
comes first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72
BRAKE
*5-1. Brake discs and pads I I I I I I
Brake drums and shoes (if equipped) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*5-2. Brake hoses and pipes Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*5-3. Brake pedal I I I I I I
*5-4. Brake fluid (#3) Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
5-5. Parking brake lever and cable Check, *Adjustment (1st 10000 km only) I – – – – –
CHASSIS AND BODY
*6-1. Clutch pedal I I I I I I
*6-2. Clutch fluid (#3) Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
6-3. Tyres/Wheels (#4) I I I I I I
*6-4. Wheel bearings (#5) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*6-5. Drive axle boots (#6) Inspect every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 36 months.
*6-6. Suspension system (#7) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*6-7. Steering system (#8) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*6-8. Manual transmission oil Genuine “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Other than “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” First time only: Inspect at 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.
Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 36 months.
*6-9. Automatic transmission Fluid leak check Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
6-10. All latches, hinges and locks – – I – – I
*6-11. Air conditioner filter element (if equipped) First set maintenance: Inspect at 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Replace at 40000 km (25000 miles) or 36 months.
Second time and after: Repeat “First set maintenance” every 40000 km (25000 miles) or 36 months.
#3: Clutch fluid is supplied from brake fluid reservoir.
#4: Tyres/Wheels (including tyre rotation) for Mexico models :Inspect every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.
#5: Wheel bearings for Mexico models :Inspect every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.
#6: Drive axle boots for Mexico models :Inspect every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.
#7: Suspension system for Mexico models :Inspect every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.
#8: Steering system for Mexico models :Inspect every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.

7-6

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

WARNING
The shock absorbers are filled with high pressure gas. Never attempt to disassemble them or throw them into a fire. Avoid
storing them near a heater or heating device. When scrapping the absorber, the gas must be released from the absorber
safely. Ask an authorized SUZUKI dealer for assistance.

7-7

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 70 80 90 100 110 120

odometer reading or months, whichever miles (x1000) 42 48 54 60 66 72
comes first. months 84 96 108 120 132 144
BRAKE
*5-1. Brake discs and pads I I I I I I
Brake drums and shoes (if equipped) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*5-2. Brake hoses and pipes Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*5-3. Brake pedal I I I I I I
*5-4. Brake fluid (#3) Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
5-5. Parking brake lever and cable Check, *Adjustment (1st 10000 km only) – – – – – –
CHASSIS AND BODY
*6-1. Clutch pedal I I I I I I
*6-2. Clutch fluid (#3) Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
6-3. Tyres/Wheels (#4) I I I I I I
*6-4. Wheel bearings (#5) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*6-5. Drive axle boots (#6) Inspect every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 36 months.
*6-6. Suspension system (#7) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*6-7. Steering system (#8) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*6-8. Manual transmission oil Genuine “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Other than “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” First time only: Inspect at 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.
Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 36 months.
*6-9. Automatic transmission Fluid leak check Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
6-10. All latches, hinges and locks – – I – – I
*6-11. Air conditioner filter element (if equipped) First set maintenance: Inspect at 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Replace at 40000 km (25000 miles) or 36 months.
Second time and after: Repeat “First set maintenance” every 40000 km (25000 miles) or 36 months.
#3: Clutch fluid is supplied from brake fluid reservoir.
#4: Tyres/Wheels (including tyre rotation) for Mexico models :Inspect every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.
#5: Wheel bearings for Mexico models :Inspect every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.
#6: Drive axle boots for Mexico models :Inspect every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.
#7: Suspension system for Mexico models :Inspect every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.
#8: Steering system for Mexico models :Inspect every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 12 months.

7-8

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Maintenance recommended under severe driving conditions

- For K10C engine, K14C engine and K14D engine model
Follow this schedule if your vehicle is mainly operated under one or more of the following conditions:
• When most trips are less than 6 km (4 miles).
• When most trips are less than 16 km (10 miles) and outside temperature remains below freezing.
• Idling and/or low-speed operation in stop-and-go traffic.
• Operating in extremely cold weather and/or on salted roads.
• Operating in rough and/or muddy areas.
• Operating in dusty areas.
• Repeated high speed drive or high engine revolutions.
• Towing a trailer, if admitted.
Schedule should also be followed if the vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi or other commercial applications.

NOTE:
• Class 1: K10C engine and K14C engine
• Class 2: K14D engine

7-9

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 5 10 15 20 25 30

odometer reading or months, whichever comes miles (x1000) 3 6 9 12 15 18
first. months 6 12 18 24 30 36
ENGINE
*1-1. Engine accessory drive belt [Class 1] Tension check, *Adjustment, *Replacement Inspect every 20000 km (12000 miles) or 24 months.
Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 48 months.
[Class 2] *Tension check, *Belt check, *Replacement Inspect every 5000 km (3000 miles) or 6 months.
Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 48 months.
1-2. Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R
*1-3. Fuel Injection (#1) – – – – – I
1-4. Engine coolant SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) (#2) First time only: Replace at 150000 km (90000 miles) or 96 months.
Second time and after: Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles) or 48 months.
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 36 months.
*1-5. Exhaust system (except catalyst) – – – – – I
IGNITION
2-1. Spark plugs Iridium plug – – – – – R
FUEL
3-1. Air cleaner filter element*1 Inspect every 2500 km (1500 miles).
Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 36 months.
*3-2. Fuel lines – – – – – I
*3-3. Fuel filter Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles).
*3-4. Fuel tank Inspect every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 48 months.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
*4-1. PCV valve Inspect every 90000 km (54000 miles) or 108 months.
*4-2. Fuel evaporative emission control system Inspect every 90000 km (54000 miles) or 108 months.
#1: Except for Europe, Israel, Turkey, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Ukraine, Russia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Georgia, Guadeloupe, Martinique,
French Guiana, Australia, New Zealand, New Caledonia, Singapore, Hong Kong, and Macau.
#2: Be sure to perform the engine coolant level check under the daily inspection in “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
If you use the engine coolant other than the SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) for replacement, follow the schedule of SUZUKI LLC: Stan-
dard (Green). (Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 36 months.)

7-10

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 35 40 45 50 55 60

odometer reading or months, whichever comes miles (x1000) 21 24 27 30 33 36
first. months 42 48 54 60 66 72
ENGINE
*1-1. Engine accessory drive belt [Class 1] Tension check, *Adjustment, *Replacement Inspect every 20000 km (12000 miles) or 24 months.
Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 48 months.
[Class 2] *Tension check, *Belt check, *Replacement Inspect every 5000 km (3000 miles) or 6 months.
Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 48 months.
1-2. Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R
*1-3. Fuel Injection (#1) – – – – – I
1-4. Engine coolant SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) (#2) First time only: Replace at 150000 km (90000 miles) or 96 months.
Second time and after: Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles) or 48 months.
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 36 months.
*1-5. Exhaust system (except catalyst) – – – – – I
IGNITION
2-1. Spark plugs Iridium plug – – – – – R
FUEL
3-1. Air cleaner filter element*1 Inspect every 2500 km (1500 miles).
Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 36 months.
*3-2. Fuel lines – – – – – I
*3-3. Fuel filter Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles).
*3-4. Fuel tank Inspect every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 48 months.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
*4-1. PCV valve Inspect every 90000 km (54000 miles) or 108 months.
*4-2. Fuel evaporative emission control system Inspect every 90000 km (54000 miles) or 108 months.
#1: Except for Europe, Israel, Turkey, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Ukraine, Russia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Georgia, Guadeloupe, Martinique,
French Guiana, Australia, New Zealand, New Caledonia, Singapore, Hong Kong, and Macau.
#2: Be sure to perform the engine coolant level check under the daily inspection in “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
If you use the engine coolant other than the SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) for replacement, follow the schedule of SUZUKI LLC: Stan-
dard (Green). (Replace every 40000 km (24000 miles) or 36 months.)

7-11

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 5 10 15 20 25 30

odometer reading or months, whichever miles (x1000) 3 6 9 12 15 18
comes first. months 6 12 18 24 30 36
BRAKE
*5-1. Brake discs and pads – I – I – I
Brake drums and shoes (if equipped) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*5-2. Brake hoses and pipes Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*5-3. Brake pedal – I – I – I
*5-4. Brake fluid (#3) Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
5-5. Parking brake lever and cable Check, *Adjustment (1st 10000 km only) – I – – – –
CHASSIS AND BODY
*6-1. Clutch pedal – I – I – I
*6-2. Clutch fluid (#3) Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
6-3. Tyres/Wheels (#4) – I – I – I
*6-4. Wheel bearings (#5) – – I – – I
*6-5. Drive axle boots (#6) Inspect every 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.
*6-6. Suspension system (#7) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*6-7. Steering system (#8) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*6-8. Manual transmission oil Genuine “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Replace every 60000 km (36000 miles) or 48 months.
Other than “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*6-9. Automatic transmission Fluid leak check Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Fluid change (for sport model) (if equipped) Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles).
6-10. All latches, hinges and locks – – – – – I
*6-11. Air conditioner filter element (if equipped)*2 First set maintenance: Inspect at 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.
Inspect at 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Replace at 40000 km (25000 miles) or 36 months.
Second time and after: Repeat “First set maintenance” every 40000 km (25000 miles) or 36 months.
#3: Clutch fluid is supplied from brake fluid reservoir.
#4: Tyres/Wheels (including tyre rotation) for Mexico models :Inspect every 5000 km (3000 miles) or 6 months.
#5: Wheel bearings for Mexico models :Inspect every 5000 km (3000 miles) or 6 months.
#6: Drive axle boots for Mexico models :Inspect every 5000 km (3000 miles) or 6 months.
#7: Suspension system for Mexico models :Inspect every 5000 km (3000 miles) or 6 months.
#8: Steering system for Mexico models :Inspect every 5000 km (3000 miles) or 6 months.

7-12

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

WARNING
The shock absorbers are filled with high pressure gas. Never attempt to disassemble them or throw them into a fire. Avoid
storing them near a heater or heating device. When scrapping the absorber, the gas must be released from the absorber
safely. Ask an authorized SUZUKI dealer for assistance.

7-13

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 35 40 45 50 55 60

odometer reading or months, whichever miles (x1000) 21 24 27 30 33 36
comes first. months 42 48 54 60 66 72
BRAKE
*5-1. Brake discs and pads – I – I – I
Brake drums and shoes (if equipped) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*5-2. Brake hoses and pipes Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*5-3. Brake pedal – I – I – I
*5-4. Brake fluid (#3) Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
5-5. Parking brake lever and cable Check, *Adjustment (1st 10000 km only) – – – – – –
CHASSIS AND BODY
*6-1. Clutch pedal – I – I – I
*6-2. Clutch fluid (#3) Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
6-3. Tyres/Wheels (#4) – I – I – I
*6-4. Wheel bearings (#5) – – I – – I
*6-5. Drive axle boots (#6) Inspect every 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.
*6-6. Suspension system (#7) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*6-7. Steering system (#8) Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*6-8. Manual transmission oil Genuine “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Replace every 60000 km (36000 miles) or 48 months.
Other than “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months
*6-9. Automatic transmission Fluid leak check Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Fluid change (for sport model) (if equipped) Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles).
6-10. All latches, hinges and locks – – – – – I
*6-11. Air conditioner filter element (if equipped)*2 First set maintenance: Inspect at 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.
Inspect at 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Replace at 40000 km (25000 miles) or 36 months.
Second time and after: Repeat “First set maintenance” every 40000 km (25000 miles) or 36 months.
#3: Clutch fluid is supplied from brake fluid reservoir.
#4: Tyres/Wheels (including tyre rotation) for Mexico models :Inspect every 5000 km (3000 miles) or 6 months.
#5: Wheel bearings for Mexico models :Inspect every 5000 km (3000 miles) or 6 months.
#6: Drive axle boots for Mexico models :Inspect every 5000 km (3000 miles) or 6 months.
#7: Suspension system for Mexico models :Inspect every 5000 km (3000 miles) or 6 months.
#8: Steering system for Mexico models :Inspect every 5000 km (3000 miles) or 6 months.

7-14

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

NOTE:
This table shows the service schedule up to 60000 km (36000 miles).
Beyond 60000 km (36000 miles), perform the same services at the same intervals shown in the chart.
*1 Inspect more frequently if the vehicle is used under dusty conditions.
*2 Clean more frequently if the air flow from the air conditioner decreases.

7-15

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Periodic maintenance schedule - For K12C engine and K12M engine model
“R” : Replace or Change
“I” : Inspect, clean, adjust, lubricate or replace as necessary

NOTE:
• Class 1: K12C engine with SHVS
• Class 2: K12C engine without SHVS
• Class 3: K12M engine

NOTE:
This table shows the service schedule up to 180000 km (108000 miles). Beyond 180000 km (108000 miles), perform the same services
at the same intervals shown in the chart.

7-16

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

• Class 1: K12C engine with SHVS

• Class 2: K12C engine without SHVS
• Class 3: K12M engine
Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 15 30 45 60 75 90
odometer reading or months, whichever comes miles (x1000) 9 18 27 36 45 54
first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72
ENGINE
*1-1. Engine accessory drive belt [Class 1] Tension check, *Adjustment, *Replacement I I I I R I
[Class2, 3] Tension check, *Adjustment, *Replacement – – I – – R
*1-2. Valve clearance [Class 3] (#1) – I – I – I
1-3. Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R
1-4. Engine coolant SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) (#2) First time only: Replace at 150000 km (90000 miles) or 96 months.
Second time and after: Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles) or 48 months.
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) – – R – – R
*1-5. Exhaust system (except catalyst) – I – I – I
IGNITION
2-1. Spark plugs [Class 1, 2] Iridium plug Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles) or 84 months.
[Class 3] Nickel plug – – R – – R
FUEL
3-1. Air cleaner filter element Paved-road I I R I I R
Dusty condition Refer to “Severe driving condition” schedule.
*3-2. Fuel lines – I – I – I
*3-3. Fuel filter Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles).
*3-4. Fuel tank – – I – – I
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
*4-1. PCV valve – – – – – I
*4-2. Fuel evaporative emission control system – – – – – I
#1: Valve clearance for K12C engine model is not required for maintenance.
#2: Perform the engine coolant level check under the daily inspection in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
If you use the engine coolant other than “SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue)” for replacement, follow the schedule of “SUZUKI LLC: Stan-
dard (Green)”. (Replace every 45000 km (27000 miles) or 36 months.)

7-17

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 105 120 135 150 165 180
odometer reading or months, whichever comes miles (x1000) 63 72 81 90 99 108
first. months 84 96 108 120 132 144
ENGINE
*1-1. Engine accessory drive belt [Class 1] Tension check, *Adjustment, *Replacement I I I R I I
[Class 2, 3] Tension check, *Adjustment, *Replacement – – I – – R
*1-2. Valve clearance [Class 3] (#1) – I – I – I
1-3. Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R
1-4. Engine coolant SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) (#2) First time only: Replace at 150000 km (90000 miles) or 96 months.
Second time and after: Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles) or 48 months.
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) – – R – – R
*1-5. Exhaust system (except catalyst) – I – I – I
IGNITION
2-1. Spark plugs [Class 1, 2] Iridium plug Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles) or 84 months.
[Class 3] Nickel plug – – R – – R
FUEL
3-1. Air cleaner filter element Paved-road I I R I I R
Dusty condition Refer to “Severe driving condition” schedule.
*3-2. Fuel lines – I – I – I
*3-3. Fuel filter Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles).
*3-4. Fuel tank – – I – – I
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
*4-1. PCV valve – – – – – I
*4-2. Fuel evaporative emission control system – – – – – I
#1: Valve clearance for K12C engine model is not required for maintenance.
#2: Perform the engine coolant level check under the daily inspection in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
If you use the engine coolant other than “SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue)” for replacement, follow the schedule of “SUZUKI LLC: Stan-
dard (Green)”. (Replace every 45000 km (27000 miles) or 36 months.)

7-18

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 15 30 45 60 75 90

odometer reading or months, whichever miles (x1000) 9 18 27 36 45 54
comes first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72
BRAKE
*5-1. Brake discs and pads (front) (rear (if equipped)) I I I I I I
Brake drums and shoes (rear (if equipped)) – I – I – I
*5-2. Brake hoses and pipes – I – I – I
*5-3. Brake pedal I I I I I I
*5-4. Brake fluid (#3) I R I R I R
5-5. Parking brake lever and cable Check, *Adjustment (1st 15000 km only) I – – – – –
CHASSIS AND BODY
*6-1. Clutch pedal I I I I I I
*6-2. Clutch fluid (#3) I R I R I R
6-3. Tyres/Wheels (#4) I I I I I I
*6-4. Wheel bearings (#5) – I – I – I
*6-5. Drive axle boots (#6) – – I – – I
*6-6. Suspension system (#7) – I – I – I
*6-7. Steering system (#8) – I – I – I
*6-8. Manual transmission oil Genuine “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Other than “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” (I: 1st 15000 km only) I – R – – R
6-9. Continuously variable transmission (CVT) Fluid level – I – I – I
6-10. All latches, hinges and locks – I – I – I
*6-11. Air conditioner filter element (if equipped) – I R – I R
#3: Clutch fluid is supplied from brake fluid reservoir.
#4: Tyres/Wheels (including tyre rotation) for Mexico models :Inspect every 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.
#5: Wheel bearings for Mexico models :Inspect every 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.
#6: Drive axle boots for Mexico models :Inspect every 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.
#7: Suspension system for Mexico models :Inspect every 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.
#8: Steering system for Mexico models :Inspect every 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.

WARNING
The shock absorbers are filled with high pressure gas. Never attempt to disassemble them or throw them into a fire. Avoid
storing them near a heater or heating device. When scrapping the absorber, the gas must be released from the absorber
safely. Ask an authorized SUZUKI dealer for assistance.

7-19

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 105 120 135 150 165 180
odometer reading or months, whichever miles (x1000) 63 72 81 90 99 108
comes first. months 84 96 108 120 132 144
BRAKE
*5-1. Brake discs and pads (front) (rear (if equipped)) I I I I I I
Brake drums and shoes (rear (if equipped)) – I – I – I
*5-2. Brake hoses and pipes – I – I – I
*5-3. Brake pedal I I I I I I
*5-4. Brake fluid (#3) I R I R I R
5-5. Parking brake lever and cable Check, *Adjustment (1st 15000 km only) – – – – – –
CHASSIS AND BODY
*6-1. Clutch pedal I I I I I I
*6-2. Clutch fluid (#3) I R I R I R
6-3. Tyres/Wheels (#4) I I I I I I
*6-4. Wheel bearings (#5) – I – I – I
*6-5. Drive axle boots (#6) – – I – – I
*6-6. Suspension system (#7) – I – I – I
*6-7. Steering system (#8) – I – I – I
*6-8. Manual transmission oil Genuine “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Other than “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” (I: 1st 15000 km only) – – R – – R
6-9. Continuously variable transmission (CVT) Fluid level – I – I – I
6-10. All latches, hinges and locks – I – I – I
*6-11. Air conditioner filter element (if equipped) – I R – I R
#3: Clutch fluid is supplied from brake fluid reservoir.
#4: Tyres/Wheels (including tyre rotation) for Mexico models :Inspect every 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.
#5: Wheel bearings for Mexico models :Inspect every 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.
#6: Drive axle boots for Mexico models :Inspect every 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.
#7: Suspension system for Mexico models :Inspect every 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.
#8: Steering system for Mexico models :Inspect every 15000 km (9000 miles) or 12 months.

7-20

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Maintenance recommended under severe driving conditions

- For K12C engine and K12M engine model
Follow this schedule if your vehicle is mainly operated under one or more of the following conditions:
• When most trips are less than 6 km (4 miles).
• When most trips are less than 16 km (10 miles) and outside temperature remains below freezing.
• Idling and/or low-speed operation in stop-and-go traffic.
• Operating in extremely cold weather and/or on salted roads.
• Operating in rough and/or muddy areas.
• Operating in dusty areas.
• Repeated high speed drive or high engine revolutions.
• Towing a trailer, if admitted.
Schedule should also be followed if the vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi or other commercial applications.

NOTE:
• Class 1: K12C engine with SHVS
• Class 2: K12C engine without SHVS
• Class 3: K12M engine

7-21

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

• Class 1: K12C engine with SHVS

• Class 2: K12C engine without SHVS
• Class 3: K12M engine
Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45
odometer reading or months, whichever comes miles (x1000) 4.5 9 13.5 18 22.5 27
first. months 6 12 18 24 30 36
ENGINE
*1-1. Engine accessory drive belt [Class 1] Tension check, *Adjustment, *Replacement I I I I R I
[Class 2, 3] Tension check, *Adjustment, *Replacement – I – I – R
*1-2. Valve clearance [Class 3] (#1) – – – I – –
1-3. Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R
1-4. Engine coolant SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) (#2) First time only: Replace at 150000 km (90000 miles) or 96 months.
Second time and after: Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles) or 48 months.
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) – – – – – R
*1-5. Exhaust system (except catalyst) – – – I – –
IGNITION
2-1. Spark plugs [Class 1, 2] Iridium plug – – – R – –
[Class 3] Nickel plug Replace every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 8 months.
FUEL
3-1. Air cleaner filter element*1 Inspect every 2500 km (1500 miles).
Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*3-2. Fuel lines – – – I – –
*3-3. Fuel filter Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles).
*3-4. Fuel tank – – – – – I
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
*4-1. PCV valve – – – – – –
*4-2. Fuel evaporative emission control system – – – – – –
#1: Valve clearance for K12C engine model is not required for maintenance.
#2: Perform the engine coolant level check under the daily inspection in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
If you use the engine coolant other than “SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue)” for replacement, follow the schedule of “SUZUKI LLC: Stan-
dard (Green)”. (Replace every 45000 km (27000 miles) or 36 months.)

7-22

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90

odometer reading or months, whichever comes miles (x1000) 31.5 36 40.5 45 49.5 54
first. months 42 48 54 60 66 72
ENGINE
*1-1. Engine accessory drive belt [Class 1] Tension check, *Adjustment, *Replacement I I I R I I
[Class 2, 3] Tension check, *Adjustment, *Replacement – I – I – R
*1-2. Valve clearance [Class 3] (#1) – I – – – I
1-3. Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R
1-4. Engine coolant SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) (#2) First time only: Replace at 150000 km (90000 miles) or 96 months.
Second time and after: Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles) or 48 months.
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) – – – – – R
*1-5. Exhaust system (except catalyst) – I – – – I
IGNITION
2-1. Spark plugs [Class 1, 2] Iridium plug – R – – – R
[Class 3] Nickel plug Replace every 10000 km (6000 miles) or 8 months.
FUEL
3-1. Air cleaner filter element*1 Inspect every 2500 km (1500 miles).
Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*3-2. Fuel lines – I – – – I
*3-3. Fuel filter Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles).
*3-4. Fuel tank – – – – – I
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
*4-1. PCV valve – – – – – I
*4-2. Fuel evaporative emission control system – – – – – I
#1: Valve clearance for K12C engine model is not required for maintenance.
#2: Perform the engine coolant level check under the daily inspection in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
If you use the engine coolant other than “SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue)” for replacement, follow the schedule of “SUZUKI LLC: Stan-
dard (Green)”. (Replace every 45000 km (27000 miles) or 36 months.)

7-23

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45

odometer reading or months, whichever miles (x1000) 4.5 9 13.5 18 22.5 27
comes first. months 6 12 18 24 30 36
BRAKE
*5-1. Brake discs and pads (front) (rear (if equipped)) – I – I – I
Brake drums and shoes (rear (if equipped)) – – – I – –
*5-2. Brake hoses and pipes – – – I – –
*5-3. Brake pedal – I – I – I
*5-4. Brake fluid (#3) – I – R – I
5-5. Parking brake lever and cable Check, *Adjustment (1st 15000 km only) – I – – – –
CHASSIS AND BODY
*6-1. Clutch pedal – I – I – I
*6-2. Clutch fluid (#3) – I – R – I
6-3. Tyres/Wheels (#4) – I – I – I
*6-4. Wheel bearings (#5) – I – I – I
*6-5. Drive axle boots (#6) – I – I – I
*6-6. Suspension system (#7) – – – I – –
*6-7. Steering system (#8) – – – I – –
*6-8. Manual transmission oil Genuine “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Replace every 60000 km (36000 miles) or 48 months.
Other than “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” – – – R – –
6-9. Continuously variable transmission (CVT) Fluid level – – – I – –
*Fluid deterioration check*2 – – – I – –
*Fluid change Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles).
6-10. All latches, hinges and locks – – – I – –
*6-11. Air conditioner filter element (if equipped)*3 – I – I – R
#3: Clutch fluid is supplied from brake fluid reservoir.
#4: Tyres/Wheels (including tyre rotation) for Mexico models :Inspect every 7500 km (4500 miles) or 6 months.
#5: Wheel bearings for Mexico models :Inspect every 7500 km (4500 miles) or 6 months.
#6: Drive axle boots for Mexico models :Inspect every 7500 km (4500 miles) or 6 months.
#7: Suspension system for Mexico models :Inspect every 7500 km (4500 miles) or 6 months.
#8: Steering system for Mexico models :Inspect every 7500 km (4500 miles) or 6 months.

WARNING
The shock absorbers are filled with high pressure gas. Never attempt to disassemble them or throw them into a fire. Avoid
storing them near a heater or heating device. When scrapping the absorber, the gas must be released from the absorber
safely. Ask an authorized SUZUKI dealer for assistance.

7-24

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90

odometer reading or months, whichever miles (x1000) 31.5 36 40.5 45 49.5 54
comes first. months 42 48 54 60 66 72
BRAKE
*5-1. Brake discs and pads (front) (rear (if equipped)) – I – I – I
Brake drums and shoes (rear (if equipped)) – I – – – I
*5-2. Brake hoses and pipes – I – – – I
*5-3. Brake pedal – I – I – I
*5-4. Brake fluid (#3) – R – I – R
5-5. Parking brake lever and cable Check, *Adjustment (1st 15000 km only) – – – – – –
CHASSIS AND BODY
*6-1. Clutch pedal – I – I – I
*6-2. Clutch fluid (#3) – R – I – R
6-3. Tyres/Wheels (#4) – I – I – I
*6-4. Wheel bearings (#5) – I – I – I
*6-5. Drive axle boots (#6) – I – I – I
*6-6. Suspension system (#7) – I – – – I
*6-7. Steering system (#8) – I – – – I
*6-8. Manual transmission oil Genuine “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Replace every 60000 km (36000 miles) or 48 months.
Other than “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” – R – – – R
6-9. Continuously variable transmission (CVT) Fluid level – I – – – I
*Fluid deterioration check*2 – I – – – I
*Fluid change Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles).
6-10. All latches, hinges and locks – I – – – I
*6-11. Air conditioner filter element (if equipped)*3 – I – I – R
#3: Clutch fluid is supplied from brake fluid reservoir.
#4: Tyres/Wheels (including tyre rotation) for Mexico models :Inspect every 7500 km (4500 miles) or 6 months.
#5: Wheel bearings for Mexico models :Inspect every 7500 km (4500 miles) or 6 months.
#6: Drive axle boots for Mexico models :Inspect every 7500 km (4500 miles) or 6 months.
#7: Suspension system for Mexico models :Inspect every 7500 km (4500 miles) or 6 months.
#8: Steering system for Mexico models :Inspect every 7500 km (4500 miles) or 6 months.
NOTE:
This table shows the service schedule up to 90000 km (54000 miles).
Beyond 90000 km (54000 miles), perform the same services at the same intervals shown in the chart.
*1 Inspect more frequently if the vehicle is used under dusty conditions.
*2 Check or replace as necessary if you usually drive with high speed or high engine revolutions.
*3 Clean more frequently if the air flow from the air conditioner decreases.

7-25

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Periodic maintenance schedule

- For K12D engine model
“R” : Replace or Change
“I” : Inspect, clean, adjust, lubricate or replace as necessary

NOTE:
This table shows the service schedule up to 180000 km (108000 miles). Beyond 180000 km (108000 miles), perform the same services
at the same intervals shown in the chart.

7-26

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 15 30 45 60 75 90

odometer reading or months, whichever comes miles (x1000) 9 18 27 36 45 54
first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72
ENGINE
*1-1. Engine accessory drive belt Tension check, *Replacement I I I I R I
1-2. Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R
1-3. Engine coolant SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) (#1) First time only: Replace at 150000 km (90000 miles) or 96 months.
Second time and after: Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles) or 48 months.
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) – – R – – R
*1-4. Exhaust system (except catalyst) – I – I – I
IGNITION
2-1. Spark plugs Iridium plug Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles) or 84 months.
FUEL
3-1. Air cleaner filter element Paved-road I I R I I R
Dusty condition Refer to “Severe driving condition” schedule.
*3-2. Fuel lines – I – I – I
*3-3. Fuel filter Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles).
*3-4. Fuel tank – – I – – I
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
*4-1. PCV valve – – – – – I
*4-2. Fuel evaporative emission control system – – – – – I
#1: Perform the engine coolant level check under the daily inspection in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
If you use the engine coolant other than “SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue)” for replacement, follow the schedule of “SUZUKI LLC: Stan-
dard (Green)”. (Replace every 45000 km (27000 miles) or 36 months.)

7-27

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 105 120 135 150 165 180
odometer reading or months, whichever comes miles (x1000) 63 72 81 90 99 108
first. months 84 96 108 120 132 144
ENGINE
*1-1. Engine accessory drive belt Tension check, *Replacement I I I R I I
1-2. Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R
1-3. Engine coolant SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) (#1) First time only: Replace at 150000 km (90000 miles) or 96 months.
Second time and after: Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles) or 48 months.
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) – – R – – R
*1-4. Exhaust system (except catalyst) – I – I – I
IGNITION
2-1. Spark plugs Iridium plug Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles) or 84 months.
FUEL
3-1. Air cleaner filter element Paved-road I I R I I R
Dusty condition Refer to “Severe driving condition” schedule.
*3-2. Fuel lines – I – I – I
*3-3. Fuel filter Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles).
*3-4. Fuel tank – – I – – I
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
*4-1. PCV valve – – – – – I
*4-2. Fuel evaporative emission control system – – – – – I
#1: Perform the engine coolant level check under the daily inspection in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
If you use the engine coolant other than “SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue)” for replacement, follow the schedule of “SUZUKI LLC: Stan-
dard (Green)”. (Replace every 45000 km (27000 miles) or 36 months.)

7-28

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 15 30 45 60 75 90

odometer reading or months, whichever miles (x1000) 9 18 27 36 45 54
comes first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72
BRAKE
*5-1. Brake discs and pads I I I I I I
*5-2. Brake hoses and pipes – I – I – I
5-3. Brake pedal I I I I I I
*5-4. Brake fluid (#2) I R I R I R
5-5. Parking brake lever and cable Check, *Adjustment (1st 15000 km only) I – – – – –
CHASSIS AND BODY
*6-1. Clutch pedal I I I I I I
*6-2. Clutch fluid (#2) I R I R I R
6-3. Tyres/Wheels I I I I I I
*6-4. Wheel bearings – I – I – I
*6-5. Drive axle boots – – I – – I
*6-6. Suspension system – I – I – I
*6-7. Steering system – I – I – I
*6-8. Manual transmission oil Genuine “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Other than “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” (I: 1st 15000 km only) I – R – – R
6-9. Continuously variable transmission (CVT) Fluid level – I – I – I
6-10. All latches, hinges and locks – I – I – I
*6-11. Air conditioner filter element (if equipped) – I R – I R
#2: Clutch fluid is supplied from brake fluid reservoir.

WARNING
The shock absorbers are filled with high pressure gas. Never attempt to disassemble them or throw them into a fire. Avoid
storing them near a heater or heating device. When scrapping the absorber, the gas must be released from the absorber
safely. Ask an authorized SUZUKI dealer for assistance.

7-29

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 105 120 135 150 165 180
odometer reading or months, whichever miles (x1000) 63 72 81 90 99 108
comes first. months 84 96 108 120 132 144
BRAKE
*5-1. Brake discs and pads I I I I I I
*5-2. Brake hoses and pipes – I – I – I
5-3. Brake pedal I I I I I I
*5-4. Brake fluid (#2) I R I R I R
5-5. Parking brake lever and cable Check, *Adjustment (1st 15000 km only) – – – – – –
CHASSIS AND BODY
*6-1. Clutch pedal I I I I I I
*6-2. Clutch fluid (#2) I R I R I R
6-3. Tyres/Wheels I I I I I I
*6-4. Wheel bearings – I – I – I
*6-5. Drive axle boots – – I – – I
*6-6. Suspension system – I – I – I
*6-7. Steering system – I – I – I
*6-8. Manual transmission oil Genuine “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Other than “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” (I: 1st 15000 km only) – – R – – R
6-9. Continuously variable transmission (CVT) Fluid level – I – I – I
6-10. All latches, hinges and locks – I – I – I
*6-11. Air conditioner filter element (if equipped) – I R – I R
#2: Clutch fluid is supplied from brake fluid reservoir.

7-30

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Maintenance recommended under severe driving conditions

- For K12D engine model
Follow this schedule if your vehicle is mainly operated under one or more of the following conditions:
• When most trips are less than 6 km (4 miles).
• When most trips are less than 16 km (10 miles) and outside temperature remains below freezing.
• Idling and/or low-speed operation in stop-and-go traffic.
• Operating in extremely cold weather and/or on salted roads.
• Operating in rough and/or muddy areas.
• Operating in dusty areas.
• Repeated high speed drive or high engine revolutions.
• Towing a trailer, if admitted.
Schedule should also be followed if the vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi or other commercial applications.

7-31

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45

odometer reading or months, whichever comes miles (x1000) 4.5 9 13.5 18 22.5 27
first. months 6 12 18 24 30 36
ENGINE
*1-1. Engine accessory drive belt Tension check, *Replacement I I I I R I
1-2. Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R
1-3. Engine coolant SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) (#1) First time only: Replace at 150000 km (90000 miles) or 96 months.
Second time and after: Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles) or 48 months.
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) – – – – – R
*1-4. Exhaust system (except catalyst) – – – I – –
IGNITION
2-1. Spark plugs Iridium plug – – – R – –
FUEL
3-1. Air cleaner filter element*1 Inspect every 2500 km (1500 miles).
Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*3-2. Fuel lines – – – I – –
*3-3. Fuel filter Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles).
*3-4. Fuel tank – – – – – I
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
*4-1. PCV valve – – – – – –
*4-2. Fuel evaporative emission control system – – – – – –
#1: Perform the engine coolant level check under the daily inspection in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
If you use the engine coolant other than “SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue)” for replacement, follow the schedule of “SUZUKI LLC: Stan-
dard (Green)”. (Replace every 45000 km (27000 miles) or 36 months.)

7-32

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90

odometer reading or months, whichever comes miles (x1000) 31.5 36 40.5 45 49.5 54
first. months 42 48 54 60 66 72
ENGINE
*1-1. Engine accessory drive belt Tension check, *Replacement I I I R I I
1-2. Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R
1-3. Engine coolant SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) (#1) First time only: Replace at 150000 km (90000 miles) or 96 months.
Second time and after: Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles) or 48 months.
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) – – – – – R
*1-4. Exhaust system (except catalyst) – I – – – I
IGNITION
2-1. Spark plugs Iridium plug – R – – – R
FUEL
3-1. Air cleaner filter element*1 Inspect every 2500 km (1500 miles).
Replace every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
*3-2. Fuel lines – I – – – I
*3-3. Fuel filter Replace every 105000 km (63000 miles).
*3-4. Fuel tank – – – – – I
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
*4-1. PCV valve – – – – – I
*4-2. Fuel evaporative emission control system – – – – – I
#1: Perform the engine coolant level check under the daily inspection in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.
If you use the engine coolant other than “SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue)” for replacement, follow the schedule of “SUZUKI LLC: Stan-
dard (Green)”. (Replace every 45000 km (27000 miles) or 36 months.)

7-33

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45

odometer reading or months, whichever miles (x1000) 4.5 9 13.5 18 22.5 27
comes first. months 6 12 18 24 30 36
BRAKE
*5-1. Brake discs and pads – I – I – I
*5-2. Brake hoses and pipes – – – I – –
5-3. Brake pedal – I – I – I
*5-4. Brake fluid (#2) – I – R – I
5-5. Parking brake lever and cable Check, *Adjustment (1st 15000 km only) – I – – – –
CHASSIS AND BODY
*6-1. Clutch pedal – I – I – I
*6-2. Clutch fluid (#2) – I – R – I
6-3. Tyres/Wheels – I – I – I
*6-4. Wheel bearings – I – I – I
*6-5. Drive axle boots – I – I – I
*6-6. Suspension system – – – I – –
*6-7. Steering system – – – I – –
*6-8. Manual transmission oil Genuine “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Replace every 60000 km (36000 miles) or 48 months.
Other than “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” – – – R – –
6-9. Continuously variable transmission (CVT) Fluid level – – – I – –
*Fluid deterioration check*2 – – – I – –
*Fluid change Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles).
6-10. All latches, hinges and locks – – – I – –
*6-11. Air conditioner filter element (if equipped)*3 – I – I – R
#2: Clutch fluid is supplied from brake fluid reservoir.

WARNING
The shock absorbers are filled with high pressure gas. Never attempt to disassemble them or throw them into a fire. Avoid
storing them near a heater or heating device. When scrapping the absorber, the gas must be released from the absorber
safely. Ask an authorized SUZUKI dealer for assistance.

7-34

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Interval: This interval should be judged by km (x1000) 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90

odometer reading or months, whichever miles (x1000) 31.5 36 40.5 45 49.5 54
comes first. months 42 48 54 60 66 72
BRAKE
*5-1. Brake discs and pads – I – I – I
*5-2. Brake hoses and pipes – I – – – I
5-3. Brake pedal – I – I – I
*5-4. Brake fluid (#2) – R – I – R
5-5. Parking brake lever and cable Check, *Adjustment (1st 15000 km only) – – – – – –
CHASSIS AND BODY
*6-1. Clutch pedal – I – I – I
*6-2. Clutch fluid (#2) – R – I – R
6-3. Tyres/Wheels – I – I – I
*6-4. Wheel bearings – I – I – I
*6-5. Drive axle boots – I – I – I
*6-6. Suspension system – I – – – I
*6-7. Steering system – I – – – I
*6-8. Manual transmission oil Genuine “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” Inspect every 30000 km (18000 miles) or 24 months.
Replace every 60000 km (36000 miles) or 48 months.
Other than “SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W” – R – – – R
6-9. Continuously variable transmission (CVT) Fluid level – I – – – I
*Fluid deterioration check*2 – I – – – I
*Fluid change Replace every 75000 km (45000 miles).
6-10. All latches, hinges and locks – I – – – I
*6-11. Air conditioner filter element (if equipped)*3 – I – I – R
#2: Clutch fluid is supplied from brake fluid reservoir.
NOTE:
This table shows the service schedule up to 90000 km (54000 miles).
Beyond 90000 km (54000 miles), perform the same services at the same intervals shown in the chart.
*1 Inspect more frequently if the vehicle is used under dusty conditions.
*2 Check or replace as necessary if you usually drive with high speed or high engine revolutions.
*3 Clean more frequently if the air flow from the air conditioner decreases.

7-35

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

(For K10C engine model) (For K12M engine model)

Drive belt
(2) (1) (2) (1)
WARNING (3) (3)
(b) (a) (b) (a)
When the engine is running, keep
hands, hair, clothing, tools, etc. away
from the moving fan and drive belts.

Check that the drive belt tension is correct

while the engine is stopped. If the belt is (4) (5) (6) (4) (5)
too loose, insufficient battery charging,
engine overheating, poor air conditioning,
or excessive belt wear can result. When
you push the belt with your thumb midpoint 68PM00702 52RS003

between the pulleys, there should be a (1) Vehicle front (2) Vehicle rear (1) Vehicle front (2) Vehicle rear
deflection according to the following chart.
(3) Water pump (4) Generator (3) Water pump (4) Generator
The belts should also be examined to (5) Idler pulley (5) Air conditioner compressor
ensure that they are not damaged.
(6) Air conditioner compressor Drive belt deflection (100 N (10 kg, 22
If you need to replace or adjust the belt
have it done by an authorized SUZUKI Drive belt deflection (100 N (10 kg, 22 lbs) press)
dealer. lbs) press) (a) New:
To increase the engine life, check the drive (a) New: 4.8 - 5.9 mm (0.19 - 0.23 in.)
belt condition. Since special procedures, 4.8 - 5.9 mm (0.19 - 0.23 in.) Readjustment:
materials and tools are required, it is rec- Readjustment: 7.1 - 8.2 mm (0.28 - 0.32 in.)
ommended that you trust this job to an 6.2 - 7.1 mm (0.24 - 0.28 in.) (b) New:
authorized SUZUKI dealer. (b) New: 3.4 - 4.3 mm (0.13 - 0.17 in.)
3.2 - 4.1 mm (0.13 - 0.16 in.) Readjustment:
Readjustment: 5.3 - 6.0 mm (0.21 - 0.24 in.)
4.4 - 5.0 mm (0.17 - 0.20 in.)

7-36

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

(For K14C engine model) (For K12C, K12D and K14D engine mod-
els) Engine oil and filter
(2) (1) The drive belts tension is adjusted auto-
matically.
(3) Specified oil
(b) (a)
(For K10C and K14C engine models)

(4) (5) (6) 10W-40

(1)
10W-30

5W-30
52RM205
o
C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
(1) Vehicle front (2) Vehicle rear o
F -22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104
(3) Water pump (4) Generator
(5) Idler pulley
(6) Air conditioner compressor
54P120705
Drive belt deflection (1) Preferred
(100 N (10 kg, 22 lbs) press)
(a) New: Check that the engine oil you use comes
5.4 - 6.8 mm (0.21 - 0.27 in.) under the quality classification as listed
Readjustment: below:
7.1 - 8.0 mm (0.28 - 0.31 in.) • API SL, SM, SN, SP
• ILSAC GF-3, GF-4, GF-5, GF-6
(b) New: Select the appropriate oil viscosity accord-
3.7 - 4.7 mm (0.15 - 0.19 in.) ing to the above chart.
Readjustment:
4.9 - 5.6 mm (0.19 - 0.22 in.) SAE 5W-30 (1) is the best choice for good
fuel economy and good startability in cold
weather.

7-37

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

NOTE: (For K12C engine model) NOTE:

• The replacement timing varies with the • The replacement timing varies with the
type of engine oil that you choose. Refer type of engine oil that you choose. Refer
to “Maintenance schedule” in this sec- to “Maintenance schedule” in this sec-
tion for corresponding maintenance tion for corresponding maintenance
schedule. 5W-30 schedule.
• We recommend that you use SUZUKI (1)
0W-20 • We recommend that you use SUZUKI
genuine oil. To purchase it, see an genuine oil. To purchase it, see an
0W-16
authorized SUZUKI dealer. authorized SUZUKI dealer.
o
C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
o
F -22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104

52RS004

(1) Preferred

Check that the engine oil you use comes

under the quality classification as listed
below:
• API SL, SM, SN, SP
• ILSAC GF-3, GF-4, GF-5, GF-6
Select the appropriate oil viscosity accord-
ing to the above chart.
SAE 0W-16 (1) is the best choice for good
fuel economy and good startability in cold
weather.

7-38

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

(For K12D engine model) NOTE: (For K12M engine model)

• The replacement timing varies with the
type of engine oil that you choose. Refer
to “Maintenance schedule” in this sec-
tion for corresponding maintenance
(1) schedule.
0W-20, 5W-30
• We recommend that you use SUZUKI
0W-16 genuine oil. To purchase it, see an
o
C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 authorized SUZUKI dealer.
o
F -22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104

73SB07040 71LST0701

(1) Preferred (1) Preferred

Check that the engine oil you use comes Check that the engine oil you use comes
under the quality classification as listed under the quality classification as listed
below: below:
• API SL, SM, SN, SP • API SG, SH, SJ, SL, SM, SN, SP
• ILSAC GF-3, GF-4, GF-5, GF-6 • ILSAC GF-3, GF-4, GF-5, GF-6
Select the appropriate oil viscosity accord-
Select the appropriate oil viscosity accord-
ing to the above chart.
ing to the above chart.
SAE 0W-16 (1) is the best choice for good SAE 0W-20 (1) is the best choice for good
fuel economy and good starting in cold fuel economy, and good starting in cold
weather. weather.

7-39

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

NOTE: (For K14D engine model) NOTE:

• The replacement timing varies with the • The replacement timing varies with the
type of engine oil that you choose. Refer type of engine oil that you choose. Refer
to “Maintenance schedule” in this sec- to “Maintenance schedule” in this sec-
tion for corresponding maintenance tion for corresponding maintenance
schedule. (1) schedule.
5W-30
• We recommend that you use SUZUKI • We recommend that you use SUZUKI
genuine oil. To purchase it, see an 0W-20 genuine oil. To purchase it, see an
authorized SUZUKI dealer. o
C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 authorized SUZUKI dealer.
o
F -22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104

80SM015

(1) Preferred

Check that the engine oil you use comes

under the quality classification as listed
below:
• API SL, SM, SN, SP
• ILSAC GF-3, GF-4, GF-5, GF-6
Select the appropriate oil viscosity accord-
ing to the above chart.

SAE 0W-20 (1) is the best choice for good

fuel economy and good startability in cold
weather.

7-40

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

It is important to keep the engine oil at the (For K14D engine model)
Oil level check correct level for proper lubrication of your 1) When the GPF warning light comes on,
vehicle’s engine. Check the oil level with drive at a speed of 50 km/h (31 mph) or
the vehicle on a level surface. The oil level higher for more than 25 minutes to
indication may be inaccurate if the vehicle regenerate the GPF properly. For
is on a slope. The oil level should be details, refer to “Gasoline particulate fil-
checked either before starting the engine ter (GPF)” in the OPERATING YOUR
or at least 5 minutes after stopping the VEHICLE.
engine. 2) When the engine oil level exceeds the
The handle of the engine oil dipstick is col- MAX level on the dipstick, consult your
ored with yellow for easy identification. SUZUKI dealer.
Pull out the oil dipstick, wipe the oil off with
a clean cloth, insert the dipstick all the way
into the engine, and then remove it again.
The oil on the stick should be between the
upper and lower limits shown on the stick.
80G064
If the oil level indication is near the lower
limit, add enough oil to raise the level to
Upper
EXAMPLE Lower
the upper limit.

NOTICE
Failure to check the oil level regularly
could lead to serious engine trouble
due to insufficient oil.

52D084

7-41

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Refilling Changing engine oil and filter

EXAMPLE
Drain the engine oil while the engine is still
EXAMPLE warm.
Open Close
EXAMPLE
Open Close

52RM60030

2) Remove the oil filler cap.

52RM60020 3) Place a drain pan under the drain plug.
Remove the oil filler cap and pour oil slowly 4) Using a wrench, remove the drain plug
through the filler hole to bring the oil level 52RM70010 and drain the engine oil.
to the upper limit on the dipstick. Be careful 1) Remove the bolts and screws, and then
not to overfill the oil. Too much oil is almost remove the engine undercover. CAUTION
as bad as too little oil. After refilling, start the The engine oil temperature may be
engine and allow it to idle for about a min- high enough to burn your fingers
ute. Stop the engine, wait about 5 minutes when the drain plug is loosened. Wait
and check the oil level again. until the drain plug is cool enough to
touch with your bare hands.

7-42

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

WARNING Oil filter replacement

EXAMPLE
(Continued) 1) Using an oil filter wrench, turn the oil fil-
To minimize your exposure to used ter counterclockwise and remove it.
oil, wear a long-sleeve shirt and 2) Using a clean rag, wipe off the mount-
moisture-proof gloves (such as dish- ing surface on the engine where the
washing gloves) when changing oil. If new filter will be seated.
oil contacts your skin, wash thor- 3) Smear a small amount of engine oil
oughly with soap and water. around the rubber gasket of the new oil
Launder any clothing or rags if it is filter.
with oil. 4) Screw the new filter by hand until the fil-
Recycle or properly dispose of used ter gasket contacts the mounting sur-
oil and oil filters. face.
60G306
5) Reinstall the drain plug with new gas-
Tightening torque for drain plug: ket. Tighten the plug with a wrench to
35 Nm (3.6 kg-m, 25.8 lb-ft) the specified torque.
WARNING
Engine oil can be hazardous. Chil-
dren and pets may be harmed by
swallowing new or used oil. Keep
new and used oil and used oil filters
away from children and pets.
Repeated, prolonged contact with
used engine oil may cause skin can-
cer. 54G092
Brief contact with used oil may irri-
tate skin. (1) Loosen
(Continued) (2) Tighten

7-43

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Tightening (viewed from filter top) 5) Tighten the filter as specified below
from the point of contact with the Refill with oil and oil leakage check
mounting surface (or to the specified 1) Pour oil through the filler hole and
torque) using an oil filter wrench. install the filler cap.
Tightening torque for oil filter: For the approximate capacity of the oil,
3/4 turn or refer to “Recommended fuel / lubricants
14 Nm (1.4 kg-m, 10.3 lb-ft) and capacities (approx.)” in “SPECIFI-
CATIONS” section.
2) Start the engine and carefully check the
NOTICE oil filter and the drain plug for leakage.
To prevent oil leakage, check that the Run the engine at various speeds for at
oil filter is tight, but do not over- least 5 minutes.
tighten it. 3) Stop the engine and wait about 5 min-
utes. Check the oil level again and add
54G093
oil if necessary. Check for leakage
again.
(1) Oil filter
(2) 3/4 turn NOTICE
NOTICE • When replacing the oil filter, it is
recommended that you use a genu-
To tighten the oil filter properly, it is ine SUZUKI replacement filter. If
important to accurately identify the you use an aftermarket filter, check
position at which the filter gasket that it is of equivalent quality and
first contacts the mounting surface. follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
tions.
• Oil leakage from the periphery of
the oil filter or drain plug indicate
incorrect installation or gasket
damage. If you find any leakage or
are not sure that the filter has been
properly tightened, have the vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized
SUZUKI dealer.

7-44

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Failure to use the proper coolant can dam-

Engine coolant age your cooling system. An authorized Coolant level check
SUZUKI dealer can help you select the Check the coolant level at the reservoir
proper coolant. tank, not at the radiator. With the engine
Selection of coolant cool, the coolant level should be between
NOTICE “FULL” and “LOW” marks.
NOTICE To avoid damaging your cooling sys-
tem: Adding coolant
SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) coolant; • Always use a high quality ethylene
This coolant is already diluted to the glycol base non-silicate type cool-
proper percentage. Do not dilute with ant diluted with distilled water at WARNING
distilled water additionally. Doing so the correct mixture concentration.
may result in the possibility of freez- Swallowing engine coolant can cause
• Check that the proper mix is 50/50 severe injury or death. Inhaling cool-
ing and/or overheating coolant. coolant to distilled water and in no ant mist or vapors or getting coolant
case higher than 70/30. Concentra- in your eyes could result in severe
To maintain optimum performance and tions greater than 70/30 coolant to injury.
durability of your engine, use SUZUKI gen- distilled water will cause overheat- • Do not drink antifreeze or coolant
uine coolant or equivalent. ing conditions. solution. If swallowed, do not
• Do not use straight coolant nor induce vomiting. Immediately con-
NOTE: plain water (except “SUZUKI LLC: tact a poison control center or a
If you use the engine coolant other than Super (Blue)”). physician.
the SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) for replace- • Do not add extra inhibitors or addi- • Avoid inhaling coolant mist or hot
ment, follow the schedule of SUZUKI LLC: tives. They may not be compatible vapors. If inhaled, remove to a
Standard (Green). To see the detail of the with your cooling system. fresh air area.
maintenance schedule, refer to “Periodic • Do not mix different types of base • If coolant gets in the eyes, flush
maintenance schedule” in this section. coolants. Doing so may result in with water and seek medical atten-
This type of coolant is the best for cooling accelerated seal wear and/or the tion.
system for the following reasons: possibility of severe overheating • Wash thoroughly after handling
• The coolant helps maintain proper and extensive engine/automatic coolant.
engine temperature. transmission or CVT damage. • Keep engine coolant out of the
• It gives proper protection against freez- reach of children and pets.
ing and boiling.
• It gives proper protection against corro-
sion and rust.

7-45

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

For K10C, K12C, K12D and K12M If the coolant level is below “LOW” mark,
NOTICE engine model coolant should be added. While the engine
is cool, remove the reservoir tank cap and
SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) coolant; add coolant until the reservoir tank level
This coolant is already diluted to the reaches “FULL” mark. Never fill the reser-
proper percentage. Do not dilute with voir tank above “FULL” mark.
distilled water additionally. Doing so
may result in the possibility of freez-
ing and/or overheating coolant.
NOTICE
When putting the cap on the reser-
voir tank, line up the mark on the cap
NOTICE FULL and the mark on the tank. Failure to
SUZUKI LLC: Standard (Green) cool- follow this can result in coolant leak-
ant; age.
LOW
• The mixture you use should con-
tain 50% concentration of anti- For K14D engine model
52RM70090
freeze.
• If the lowest ambient temperature
For K14C engine model
in your area is expected to be –35°C
(–31°F) or below, use higher con-
centrations up to 60% following the
instructions on the antifreeze con-
tainer.

FULL
LOW FULL

LOW

80SM017

52RM216

7-46

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

(For K12M engine model)

WARNING Air cleaner
(1)
It is hazardous to remove the reser- If the air cleaner is clogged with dust, there
voir tank cap (degassing tank cap) will be greater intake resistance, resulting
when the water temperature is high, in decreased power output and increased
because scalding fluid and steam fuel consumption.
may be blown out under pressure.
Wait until the coolant temperature (For K10C engine model)
has lowered before removing the cap. Since special procedures, materials and
tools are required, it is recommended that
If the coolant level is below the “LOW” you trust this job to an authorized SUZUKI
mark, more coolant should be added. dealer.
When the engine is cool, remove the (For K12C engine model)
degassing tank cap by turning it anticlock-
wise slowly to release any pressure. And 52RS70040
(1)
add coolant until the degassing tank level 1) Unclamp the side clamps (1).
reaches the “FULL” mark. Never fill the 2) Hold up and pull the air cleaner upper
degassing tank above the “FULL” mark. case toward you.
3) Remove the element from the air
cleaner case. If it appears to be dirty,
clean or replace it with a new one.
4) Clamp the side clamps securely.
Coolant replacement
Since special procedures are required, ask
an authorized SUZUKI dealer for this job.

52RM70100

7-47

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

(For K12D engine model)

(3)
(2)

(4)
(1)
(4)

80SM146

2) Unclamp the side clamps (4) and pull

the air cleaner cap upward. Remove
80SM145
the element from the air cleaner case. If 80SM147
it appears to be dirty, replace it with a 3) Reinstall the air cleaner cap and clamp
1) Remove the hose (1). Loosen the hose new one. the side clamps (4) securely.
clamp (2) and pull the hose (3).
NOTE:
Make sure that the air cleaner cap is
securely installed without any gap between
the air cleaner cap and the air cleaner
case.

7-48

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

(For K14C engine model)

(6) (1)

(2)

(5)
(3) (2)
(1)

(1)

52RM215
52RM214
2) Unclamp the side clamps (1), pull out
1) Lift the engine cover directly above.
the hose (2) and remove the element
80SM148 from the air cleaner case. If it appears
4) Insert the hose (1) and hose (3). to be dirty, replace it with a new one.
Tighten the hose clamp (2) securely. 3) Insert the hose and clamp the side
clamps securely.
NOTE: 4) Put the engine cover back into place.
Attach the hoses to the air cleaner case
and the air cleaner cap so that the protrud-
ing part (5) is aligned with the notch (6).

7-49

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

(For K14D engine model)

Spark plugs
(1) (4)

(2)
Spark plug replacement and inspec-
tion
(Except for K12C engine model)
Since special procedures, materials and
tools are required, it is recommended that
you trust this job to an authorized SUZUKI
dealer.
(3) (For K12C engine model)
80SM020
80SM019
EXAMPLE
2) Unclamp the side clamps (3) and (3)
1) Loosen the bolt (1) and pull the duct
remove the element from the air
(2). (2)
cleaner case. If it appears to be dirty, (1)
replace it with a new one. Be careful
not to disconnect the hose (4).
3) Reinstall the air cleaner case and
clamp the side clamps securely.
4) Insert the duct (2). Tighten the bolt (1)
securely.

81PN236

To access the spark plug:

1) Disconnect the coupler (1) while push-
ing the release lever.
2) Remove the bolt (2).
3) Pull out the ignition coil (3) straight.

7-50

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

NOTE:
During installation, check that the wires,
Loosen
couplers, sealing rubber of air cleaner
chassis and washers, are correctly
returned in place.
Tighten
EXAMPLE

Correct Wrong

60G160 54G106

Spark plug gap “a”:

NOTICE ILZKR6F11
• When installing the spark plugs, 1.0 – 1.1 mm (0.039 – 0.043 in.)
78K179 screw them in with your fingers to
avoid stripping the threads. NOTICE
Tighten the spark plugs with a
NOTICE torque wrench to 18 Nm (1.8 kg-m, When replacing spark plugs, you
13.0 lb-ft). Do not allow contami- should use the brand and type speci-
• When pulling out the ignition coils,
nants to enter the engine through fied for your vehicle. For the specified
do not pull on the cable. Pulling on
the spark plug holes when the plugs, refer to “SPECIFICATIONS”
the cable can damage it.
plugs are removed. section in the end of this book. If you
• When servicing the iridium/plati-
• Never use spark plugs with the wish to use a brand of spark plug
num spark plugs (slender center
wrong thread size. other than the specified plugs, con-
electrode type plugs), do not touch
sult an authorized SUZUKI dealer.
the center electrode, as it is easy to
be damaged.

7-51

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

K14C and K14D engine models

Gear oil Gear oil level check
K10C engine models
EXAMPLE

Manual transmission oil EXAMPLE

When adding gear oil, use gear oil with the
appropriate viscosity and grade as shown
in the chart below.
(3)
We highly recommend you use “SUZUKI
GEAR OIL 75W” for manual transmission
oil. (1)

Manual transmission oil 52RM207

(3) Oil filler and level plug

75W 52LM021
To check the gear oil level, use the fol-
o
C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 (1) Oil filler and level plug lowing procedure:
o
F -22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104
K12C, K12D and K12M engine models 1) Park the vehicle on a level surface with
54P120706
the parking brake applied. Then, stop
EXAMPLE the engine.
2) Remove the oil filler and level plug.
(2) 3) If gear oil flows from the plug hole, the
oil level is correct. Reinstall the plug. If
gear oil does not flow from the plug
hole, add oil through the filler plug hole
until oil flows a little from the plug hole.

52RM206

(2) Oil filler and level plug

7-52

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Tightening torque for oil filler and level

plug Clutch pedal Clutch fluid
Manual transmission (1) or (2):
21 Nm (2.1 kg-m, 15.5 lb-ft) EXAMPLE
Clutch pedal
Manual transmission (3):
27 Nm (2.7 kg-m, 19.5 lb-ft)
EXAMPLE
CAUTION
After driving the vehicle, the gear oil MAX
temperature may be high enough to
burn you. Wait until the oil filler and
level plug are cool enough to touch MIN
with your bare hands before inspect-
ing gear oil level.
52RM70020

NOTICE Check the clutch pedal for smooth opera-

Be sure to use new plug with new gas- tion and clutch fluid level from time to time.
ket to avoid looseness of the plug and 54G274 If clutch dragging is felt with the pedal fully
oil leakage. depressed, have the clutch inspected by
Clutch pedal play “d”: an authorized SUZUKI dealer. If the clutch
MAX 10 mm (0.4 in.) fluid level is near “MIN” line, fill it up to
Gear oil change “MAX” line with DOT3 or SAE J1703 brake
Measure the clutch pedal play by moving fluid.
Since special procedures, materials and the clutch pedal with your hand and mea-
tools are required, ask an authorized suring the distance it moves until you feel
SUZUKI dealer for this job. slight resistance. The play in the clutch
pedal should be less than the specified
values. If the play is more than the above,
or clutch dragging is felt with the pedal fully
depressed, have the clutch inspected by
an authorized SUZUKI dealer.

7-53

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

NOTE:
NOTICE Continuously Variable Do not check the fluid level if you have just
Transmission (CVT) fluid driven the vehicle for a long time at high
Clutch fluid is supplied from brake speed, or if you have driven in city traffic in
fluid reservoir. If your clutch fluid hot weather. Wait until the fluid cools down
level is increased or near the “MIN” (about 30 minutes), or the fluid level indi-
line, there is a possibility of clutch or Specified fluid cation will not be correct.
brake fluid leakage or abnormal wear
Use a CVT fluid SUZUKI CVT FLUID
of clutch. 3) Park your vehicle on level ground.
GREEN-2.
Have your vehicle inspected immedi- 4) Apply the parking brake and then start
ately by a SUZUKI dealer or a quali- the engine in “P” (Park). Let it idle for
fied workshop. Fluid level check two minutes and keep it running during
the fluid level check.
NOTICE 5) With your foot on the brake pedal,
move the gearshift lever through each
Driving with too much or too little gear position, pausing for about three
fluid can damage the transmission. seconds in each position. Then move it
back to “P” (Park) position.
You must check the fluid level with the CVT
fluid at normal operating temperature. WARNING
To check the fluid level: Be sure to depress the brake pedal
1) To warm up the CVT fluid, drive the when moving the gearshift lever, or
vehicle for more than 5 km (3 miles). the vehicle can move suddenly.
2) Then drive for ten more minutes.

NOTICE
Be sure to use the specified CVT
fluid. Using CVT fluid other than
SUZUKI CVT FLUID GREEN-2 may
damage the CVT of your vehicle.

7-54

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Deterioration checking or changing

EXAMPLE EXAMPLE oil
(1)

H
(3) Since special procedures, materials and
tools are required to check the deteriora-
(2) tion of CVT oil or change, ask an autho-
rized SUZUKI dealer for this job.

C
52RM70300 52RM70260

(1) FULL HOT

EXAMPLE (2) LOW HOT
(3) The lowest point = Fluid level

6) The handle of the CVT fluid dipstick is

colored orange for easy identification.
Remove the dipstick, wipe the oil off
with a clean cloth and push it back in
until the cap seats. Then pull out the
dipstick.
7) Check both sides of the dipstick, and
read the lowest level. The fluid level
should be between the two marks in “H”
(hot) range on the dipstick.
81PN159
NOTICE
After checking or adding oil, be sure
to insert the dipstick securely.

7-55

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Brakes WARNING WARNING

• Failure to follow the guidelines (Continued)
below can result in personal injury • Brake fluid is harmful or fatal if
Brake fluid or serious trouble in the brake sys- swallowed, and harmful if it comes
tem. in contact with skin or eyes. If swal-
EXAMPLE – If the brake fluid in the reservoir lowed, do not induce vomiting.
drops below a certain level, the Immediately contact a poison con-
brake warning light on the instru- trol center or a physician. If brake
ment cluster will come on (the fluid gets in eyes, flush eyes with
engine must be running with the water and seek medical attention.
parking brake fully disengaged). Wash thoroughly after handling.
MAX Should the light come on, imme- Solution can be poisonous to ani-
diately ask an authorized SUZUKI mals. Keep out of reach of children
dealer or qualified workshop to and animals.
inspect the brake system.
MIN – A rapid fluid loss indicates leak-
age in the brake system. In this NOTICE
case, immediately ask a SUZUKI • If your brake fluid level is near the
52RM70020 dealer or a qualified workshop to “MIN” line, there is a possibility of
Check the brake fluid level by looking at inspect the brake system. brake pad and/or shoe wear and
the reservoir in the engine compartment. – Do not use any fluid other than brake fluid leakage. In this case,
Check that the fluid level is between “MAX” DOT3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid. ask a SUZUKI dealer or a qualified
and “MIN” lines. Do not use reclaimed fluid or workshop to inspect the brake sys-
fluid that has been stored in old tem.
or open containers. It is essential • Brake fluid can damage painted
that foreign particles and other surfaces. Be careful when refilling
liquids are kept out of the brake the reservoir.
fluid reservoir.
(Continued)

7-56

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

NOTE: With the engine running, measure the dis-

• The fluid level can be expected to gradu- Brake pedal tance between the brake pedal and floor
ally fall as the brake pad and/or shoe Check brake pedal stroke. If the stroke is carpet when the pedal is depressed with
wear. so large, have the brake system inspected approximately 30 kg (66 lbs) of force. The
• Brake fluid absorbs water over time and by an authorized SUZUKI dealer. If you minimum distance required is as specified.
brake fluid with high water content may doubt the brake pedal is at its normal Since your vehicle’s brake system is self-
cause vapor lock or brake system mal- height, check it as follows: adjusting, there is no need for pedal
function. adjustment.
Replace the brake fluid according to the If the pedal to floor carpet distance as
maintenance schedule in this owner’s measured above is less than the minimum
manual. distance required, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized SUZUKI
dealer.

NOTE:
• When measuring the distance between
the brake pedal and floor wall, be sure
not to include the floor mat or rubber on
the floor carpet in your measurement.
• Measure the distance at the brake
pedal’s side facing toward the driver’s
54G108 door.
Minimum distance between brake pedal
and floor carpet “a”
MT 68 mm (2.7 in.)
LHD AT
59 mm (2.3 in.)
CVT
RHD 53 mm (2.1 in.)

7-57

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

CAUTION Parking brake

EXAMPLE
If you experience any of the following
problems with your vehicle’s brake EXAMPLE
system, have the vehicle inspected
immediately by an authorized
SUZUKI dealer.
• Poor braking performance
• Uneven braking (brakes not work-
ing uniformly on all wheels)
• Excessive pedal travel
• Brake dragging

52RM70500

WARNING 54G109

If the brake pad lining becomes worn Ratchet tooth specification “b”:
and it has reached its minimum thick- 4th – 9th
ness, squealing noise sounds during Lever pull force (1):
braking. 200 N (20 kg, 45 lbs)
If you hear this noise, have the vehi-
cle inspected immediately by an Check the parking brake for proper adjust-
authorized SUZUKI dealer. ment by counting the number of clicks
Continued driving with this condition made by the ratchet teeth as you slowly
can cause an accident. pull up on the parking brake lever to the
point of full engagement. The parking
brake lever should stop between the speci-
fied ratchet teeth and the rear wheels
should be securely locked. If the parking
brake is not properly adjusted or the
brakes drag is suspected even after the
lever has been fully released, have the
parking brake inspected and/or adjusted by
an authorized SUZUKI dealer.

7-58

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Brake discs and brake drums Steering wheel Tyres

Brake disc
Minimum EXAMPLE
Brake location
thickness
Front wheels (if equipped 18.0 mm
with rear brake disc except (0.7 in.)
for sport model)
Front wheels (if equipped 15.0 mm “c”
with rear brake drum) (0.6 in.)
Front wheels 22.0 mm
(for sport model) (0.9 in.)
Rear wheels 8.0 mm EXAMPLE
(if equipped) (0.3 in.) 52RM70030 52RM70040

Steering wheel play “c”: The front and rear tyre pressure specifica-
Brake drum
0 – 30 mm (0.0 – 1.2 in.) tions are listed in the tyre information label.
Maximum inner Both front and rear tyres should have the
Brake location
diameter Check the free play of the steering wheel specified tyre pressure.
by gently turning it from left to right and
Rear wheels Note that the value does not apply to the
181 mm (7.13 in.) measuring the distance that it moves
(if equipped) compact spare tyre, if equipped.
before you feel slight resistance. The play
should be between the specified values.
If the measured thickness or inner diame-
ter of the most worn part falls below or Check that the steering wheel turns easily
exceeds the value indicated above, the and smoothly without rattling by turning it
parts should be replaced with a new one. all the way to the right and to the left while
The measurement involves disassembling driving very slowly in an open area. If the
each brake and requires the use of a amount of free play is not as specified or
micrometer or caliper, which must be done you find anything else to be wrong, an
according to the instructions described in inspection must be performed by an autho-
the relevant service manual or available rized SUZUKI dealer.
from the relevant repair information site.

7-59

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

NOTE:
The tyre pressure will change due to Tyre inspection
EXAMPLE
changes in atmospheric pressure, tem- Inspect your vehicle’s tyres at least once a
perature or tyre temperature when driving. month or before long trip by performing the
To reduce the chance that the low tyre following checks:
pressure warning light (if equipped) will
come on due to normal changes in tem- 1) Measure the air pressure with a tyre
perature and atmospheric pressure, it is gauge. Adjust the pressure if neces-
important to check and adjust the tyre sary. Remember to check the spare
pressures when the tyres are cold. If you tyre, too.
check tyres after driving, they are warm.
Even if the tyre pressure seems to be good WARNING
in this condition, it could fall below the • Air pressures should be checked
specified pressure when tyres cool down. when the tyres are cold or you may
Also, tyres that are inflated to the specified get inaccurate readings. 54G136
pressure in a warm garage may have pres- • Check the inflation pressure from (1) Tread wear indicator
sure below the specification when the vehi- time to time while inflating the tyre (2) Indicator location mark
cle is driven outside in very cold gradually, until the specified pres-
temperature. If you adjust the tyre pres- sure is obtained. 2) Check that the depth of the tread
sure in a garage that is warmer than the • Never under-inflate or over-inflate groove is more than 1.6 mm (0.06 in.).
outside temperature, you should add 1 kPa the tyres. To help you check this, the tyres have
to the recommended cold tyre pressure for Under-inflation can cause unusual molded-in tread wear indicators in the
every 0.8°C difference between garage handling characteristics or can grooves. When the indicators appear
temperature and outside temperature. cause the rim to slip on the tyre on the tread surface, the remaining
bead, resulting in an accident or depth of the tread is 1.6 mm (0.06 in.)
damage to the tyre or rim. or less and the tyre should be replaced.
Over-inflation can cause the tyre to 3) Check for abnormal wear, cracks and
burst, resulting in personal injury. damage. Any tyres with cracks or other
Over-inflation can also cause damage should be replaced. If any
unusual handling characteristics tyres show abnormal wear, have them
which may result in an accident. inspected by an authorized SUZUKI
dealer.

7-60

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

CAUTION NOTICE Tyre rotation

Hitting curbs and running over rocks Replacing the original tyres with 4-tyre rotation
can damage tyres and affect wheel tyres of a different size may result in
alignment. Have tyres and wheel false speedometer or odometer read-
alignment checked periodically by an ings. Check with an authorized
authorized SUZUKI dealer. SUZUKI dealer before purchasing
replacement tyres that differ in size
4) Check for loose wheel nuts. from the original tyres.
5) Check that there are no nails, stones or
other objects sticking into the tyres.

WARNING
• Your SUZUKI vehicle is equipped
with tyres which are all the same
type and size. This is important to
ensure proper steering and han- 54G114
dling of the vehicle. Never mix To avoid uneven wear of your tyres and to
tyres of different size or type on the prolong their life, rotate the tyres as illus-
four wheels of your vehicle. The trated. Tyres should be rotated every
size and type of tyres used should 10000 km (6000 miles). After rotation,
be only those approved by SUZUKI adjust front and rear tyre pressures to the
as standard or optional equipment specification listed in your vehicle’s tyre
for your vehicle. information label.
• Replacing the wheels and tyres
equipped on your vehicle with cer- NOTE:
tain combinations of aftermarket For Mexico:
wheels and tyres can significantly For additional instruction, refer to the
change the steering and handling “SUPPLEMENT” section at the end of this
characteristics of your vehicle. book.
• Therefore, use only those wheel
and tyre combinations approved by
SUZUKI as standard or optional
equipment for your vehicle.

7-61

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Note that two or more compact spare tyres

Compact spare tyre (if equipped) should not be used on one vehicle simulta- WARNING
neously.
The compact spare tyre and wheel
are intended for temporary emer-
gency use only. Continuous use of
this spare can result in tyre failure
and loss of control. Always observe
these precautions when using this
spare:
• Your vehicle should be handled in a
different way when using this
spare.
• Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).
• Replace this spare with a standard
tyre and wheel as soon as possible.
• Use of this spare will reduce
54G115
ground clearance.
(1) Wear indicator • Recommended air pressure for this
(2) Indicator location mark spare is 420 kPa (60 psi).
• Do not use snow chains on the
Your vehicle comes equipped with a com- compact spare. If you must use
pact spare tyre. It is designed to save snow chains, rearrange the wheels
space in your storage area, and its lighter so standard tyres and wheels are
weight facilitates installing the spare tyre fitted to the front axle.
when getting a flat tyre. It is only intended • The compact spare tyre has a much
for temporary emergency use, until the shorter tread life than the conven-
conventional tyre can be repaired or tional tyres on your vehicle.
replaced. The inflation pressure of the Replace the tyre as soon as the
compact spare tyre should be checked at tread wear indicator appears.
least once a month. Use a quality pocket- • When replacing the compact spare
type inflation pressure gauge and set at tyre, use a replacement tyre with
420 kPa (60 psi). At the same time, check the exact same size and construc-
that the tyre is stored securely. If it is not, tion.
tighten it. (Continued)

7-62

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

WARNING Battery NOTICE

(Continued)
• Do not use the compact spare tyre (Except for K14D engine model)
on a front wheel. If a front tyre get WARNING If your vehicle is equipped with the
punctured, replace the front wheel ENG A-STOP system and the battery
• Batteries produce flammable which is exclusive for the ENG A-
with a rear wheel and install the
hydrogen gas. Keep flames and STOP system is used, only use the
compact spare tyre in place of the
sparks away from the battery or an specified type of battery for ENG A-
removed rear wheel.
explosion may occur. Never smoke STOP system. Refer to “SPECIFICA-
when working near the battery. TIONS” section for details. Other-
• When checking or servicing the wise, you could damage your vehicle,
battery, disconnect the negative and the ENG A-STOP system could
cable. Be careful not to cause a not be available. If a vehicle battery
short circuit by allowing metal has to be replaced, consult an autho-
objects to contact the battery posts rized SUZUKI dealer.
and the vehicle at the same time.
• To avoid harm to yourself or dam-
age to your vehicle or battery, fol- EXAMPLE
low the jump-starting instructions
in “EMERGENCY SERVICE” sec-
tion if it is necessary to jump-start
your vehicle.
• Diluted sulfuric acid spilled from
battery can cause blindness or (1)
severe burns. Use proper eye pro-
tection and gloves. Flush eyes or (2)
body with ample water and get
medical care immediately if suf-
fered. Keep batteries out of reach
of children.
76MS006

For maintenance-free battery (cap-less

type), you need not add water. For tradi-
tional type battery, which has water filler
caps, the level of the battery solution must

7-63

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

be kept between the upper level line (1) (For K12C engine with SHVS model and NOTE:
and lower level line (2) at all times. If the K12D engine model) • When the battery is disconnected, some
level is found to be below the lower level of the vehicle’s functions will be initial-
line (2), add distilled water to the upper EXAMPLE (1)
ized and/or deactivated.
level line (1). You should periodically check These functions must be required to
the battery, battery terminals, and battery (2) reset after the battery is reconnected.
hold-down bracket for corrosion. Remove • Do not disconnect the battery terminals
corrosion using a stiff brush and ammonia for at least one minute after the ignition
mixed with water, or baking soda mixed switch is turned off, or the engine switch
with water. After removing corrosion, rinse is pressed to change the ignition mode
with clean water. to LOCK (OFF).
• For K14D engine model:
If your vehicle is not going to be driven for (4) For 10 seconds after the lead-acid bat-
a month or longer, disconnect the cable tery is connected, do not press the
from the negative terminal of the battery to engine switch to select ON mode. If the
help prevent discharge. (3)
52RM70270
engine switch is pressed to select ON
mode within 10 seconds, the ENG A-
To remove the battery: STOP OFF light will blink and the system
Replacement of the battery 1) Disconnect the negative cable (1). may not operate properly. In this case,
(Except for K12C engine with SHVS 2) Disconnect the positive cable (2). press the engine switch to select LOCK
model and K12D engine model) (OFF) mode, wait for more than 90 sec-
Except for K12C engine with SHVS onds and then press the engine switch
EXAMPLE (3) (1) model and K12D engine model; to select ON mode again. If the ENG A-
3) Remove the retainer nuts (3) and STOP OFF light does not go off even if
(2) remove the retainer (4). the above-mentioned procedure is per-
For K12C engine with SHVS model and formed, have your vehicle inspected by
K12D engine model; an authorized SUZUKI dealer.
3) Remove the bracket bolt (3) and
(4) remove the bracket (4).
4) Remove the battery.

To install the battery:

1) Install the battery in the reverse order of
removal.
68PM00711 2) Tighten the bracket bolt and battery
cables securely.

7-64

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

(Battery label)
WARNING Fuses
Batteries contain toxic substances Your vehicle has three types of fuses, as
including sulfuric acid and lead. They described below:
could have potential negative conse-
quences for the environment and (5) Main fuse
human health. Used batteries must The main fuse takes current directly from
be disposed of or recycled according the lead-acid battery.
to applicable rules or regulations and Primary fuses
must not be disposed of with ordi- These fuses are between the main fuse
nary household trash. Make sure not and individual fuses, and are for electrical
to tip over the battery when you
remove it from the vehicle. Other-
wise, sulfuric acid could run out and
Pb (6) load groups.
Individual fuses
you might get injury. 51KM042 These fuses are for individual electrical cir-
(5) Crossed-out wheeled bin symbol cuits.
(6) Chemical symbol of “Pb”
NOTICE To remove a fuse, use the fuse puller pro-
After stopping the engine, controller The crossed-out wheeled bin symbol (5) vided in the fuse box cover.
and system are operated for a while. located on the battery label indicates that
Therefore, before removing the bat- the used battery should be collected sepa- EXAMPLE
tery, wait for more than one minute rately from ordinary household trash. The
after turning the ignition switch to chemical symbol of “Pb” (6) indicates the
“OFF” or changing the ignition mode battery contains more than 0.004% lead.
to LOCK (OFF).
By ensuring the used battery is disposed
• For K14D engine model:
of or recycled correctly, you will help pre-
Do not disconnect the battery ter-
vent potential negative consequences for
minal for at least 3 minutes after
the environment and human health, which
the engine switch is pressed to
could otherwise be caused by inappropri-
change the ignition mode to LOCK
ate trash handling of the battery. The recy-
(OFF). If the battery terminal is dis-
cling of materials will help to conserve
connected within 3 minutes, SHVS
natural resources. For more detailed infor-
system may be damaged.
mation about disposing of or recycling the 63J095
used battery, consult an authorized
SUZUKI dealer.

7-65

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Relay box (for K14D engine model)

Fuses in engine compartment

(10)

(11)
(7)

(8)

(9)

(42)
EXAMPLE
(2)
(1)

(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)

(43)
(44)
(45)

(46)
(47)

(48)
(20)

(21)

(22)

(23)
(24)
(25)
(26)

(27)

(28)
(29)
(30)
(31) (32) (33) (34)
80SM016
(35)
(36)
(for K10C, K12C, K12M and K14C
(3) engine model)
(37)

52RM70310 MAIN FUSE / PRIMARY FUSE

(1) Main fuse box 52RM210 (1) 120 A FL1
(2) Relay box
(3) Sub relay box Sub relay box (2) 100 A FL2
(for K10C, K12C, K12D, K12M and K14C
engine model) (3) 80 A FL3
Main fuse box
(4) 100 A FL4
EXAMPLE
(5) 50 A FL5
without SHVS with SHVS
(6) 150 A FL6*6
(38)

(5)
(39) (7) 30 A Starting motor
(5) (40)
(6)
(4)
(41) (8) 30 A Blower fan
(4)

(1) (3) (9) 40 A Battery*1

(3)
(2)
(1)
52RM211
(10) 40 A ABS motor
(2)
(11) 40 A Ignition switch
74LHT0715

7-66

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

(12) *1: Models with Auto-on headlight system

30 A B/U (32) – Blank
or LED headlights
(13) 30 A SUB BAT*6 (33) 5A Starting Signal *2: K12C and K12M engine models
*3: K10C engine models
(14) – Blank (34) – Blank *4: Models with automatic transmission or
(15) – Blank (35) 20 A INJ DRV*3, *5 CVT
*5: Sport models
(16) 25 A ABS control module (36) – Blank *6: K12C engine model with SHVS
(17) 15 A Headlight (Left) (37) 10 A FI*3, *5 (for K12D and K14D engine models)
(18) 15 A Headlight (Right) (38) – Blank
MAIN FUSE / PRIMARY FUSE
(19) – Blank (39) 25 A Headlight high*1
(1) 120 A FL1
40 A Radiator fan*3, *5 (40) 15 A Headlight high (Right)*1
(20) (2) 100 A FL2
30 A Radiator fan*2 (41) 15 A Headlight high (Left)*1
(3) 80 A FL3
(21) 30 A Radiator fan 2*5
(4) 100 A FL4
(22) 60 A Power steering
(5) 50 A FL5
(23) – Blank
150 A FL6*1
(24) – Blank (6)
175 A FL6*2
(25) 20 A Front fog light
(7) 30 A Starting motor
(26) 10 A Air compressor
(8) 30 A Blower fan*2
(27) 50 A Ignition switch 2
(9) 40 A Battery*3
(28) 15 A Transmission*4
(10) 40 A ABS motor
15 A FI*2
(29) (11) 40 A Ignition switch
30 A FI main*3, *5
(12) 30 A B/U
(30) 20 A Fuel Pump*3, *5
(13) 10 A Sub battery*2
(31) – Blank

7-67

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

*1: K12D engine models

(14) – Blank (34) 10 A Air compressor*1
*2: K14D engine models
(15) – Blank (35) 20 A INJ DRV*2 *3: Models with Auto-on headlight system
or LED headlights
(16) 25 A ABS control module (36) 15 A FL2*2 (for K12D engine models)
(17) 15 A Headlight (Left)*1 (37) 10 A FI*2 *4: Models with air conditioning system
(for K14D engine models)
(18) 15 A Headlight (Right)*1 (38) – Blank *5: Models with CVT and SHVS (for K12D
engine models)
(19) – Blank (39) 25 A Headlight high*3
40 A Radiator fan*1 (40) 15 A Headlight high (Right)*3 The main fuse, primary fuses and some of
(20) the individual fuses are located in the
40 A FI MAIN*2 (41) 15 A Headlight high (Left)*3 engine compartment. If the main fuse
blows, no electrical component will func-
(21) – Blank (42) 15 A Headlight high (Left) tion. If a primary fuse blows, no electrical
(22) 60 A Power steering (43) 15 A Headlight high (Right) component in the corresponding load
group will function. When replacing the
(23) – Blank (44) 30 A RDTR main fuse, a primary fuse or an individual
(24) – Blank (45) 40 A RDTR fuse, use a genuine SUZUKI replacement
parts or equivalent for individual fuses.
(25) 20 A Front fog light (46) 15 A Headlight (Right) To remove a fuse, use the fuse puller pro-
vided in the fuse box. The amperage of
(26) 10 A Air compressor*4 (47) 15 A Headlight (Left) each fuse is shown in the back of the fuse
(27) 50 A Ignition switch 2 (48) 25 A Headlight high box cover.

(28) 20 A VVT
(29) 15 A FI*1
15 A T/M*1
(30)
20 A Fuel Pump*2
(31) – Blank
(32) 15 A T/M Pump*5
(33) 5A Starting Signal

7-68

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Fuses under dashboard PRIMARY FUSE

EXAMPLE
(1) 30 A Power window
EXAMPLE
(2) 10 A Meter
OK
(3) 15 A Ignition coil
(4) 5A Ignition-1 signal 2
(5) 20 A Shift lever
BLOWN
(6) – Blank
(7) – Blank
60G111 (8) 20 A Door lock
(9) 15 A Steering lock
WARNING 52RM70080
(10) 10 A Hazard
If the main fuse or a primary fuse
blows, have your vehicle inspected (11) 5A A-STOP controller*1
by an authorized SUZUKI dealer.
Always use a genuine SUZUKI (12) 10 A Rear fog lamp
replacement. Never use a substitute ABS/ESP® control mod-
such as a wire even for a temporary (13) 5A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ule
repair, or extensive electrical damage
and a fire can result. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 (14) 15 A Seat heater
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
(15) 5A Ignition-1 signal 3
NOTE:
Check that the fuse box always carries (16) 10 A Dome light-2
spare fuses.
(17) 5A Dome light
80P0185 (18) 15 A Radio
(19) 5A CONT
(20) 5A Key 2

7-69

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

(21) 20 A Power window timer

Headlight aiming
(22) 5A Key
Since special procedures are required, ask
(23) 15 A Horn an authorized SUZUKI dealer for this job.
(24) 5A Tail light (Left)
(25) 10 A Tail light
(26) 10 A Airbag
(27) 10 A Ignition-1 signal OK BLOWN

(28) 10 A Back-up light

(29) 5A ACC-3
81A283
(30) 20 A Rear defogger
(31) 10 A Heated mirror WARNING
(32) 15 A ACC-2 • Always replace a blown fuse with a
fuse of the same amperage and the
(33) 5A ACC same size which is equipped with
your vehicle. Never use other
(34) 10 A Rear wiper objects than specified above to
(35) 5A Ignition-2 signal replace a blown fuse. Otherwise,
wiring may burn out and it may
(36) 15 A Washer cause a fire.
• If you replace a fuse and the new
(37) 25 A Front wiper one blows in a short period of time,
(38) 10 A Stop light you may have a major electrical
problem. Have your vehicle
*1: Models with ENG A-STOP system inspected immediately by a
SUZUKI dealer or a qualified work-
shop.

7-70

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

NOTE:
Bulb replacement The inner surface of lens such as the Non-disassembled type lights
headlights or the rear combination lights Since the lights shown below are non-dis-
may be clouded or dew condensation may assemble type, you cannot replace a bulb.
CAUTION occur by driving on a rainy day or washing Replace the target assembly if any light is
the vehicle. This is a temporary phenome- defective. If you need to replace the
• Light bulbs can be hot enough to non caused by temperature difference
burn your finger right after turning assembly, ask your SUZUKI dealer.
between the inside and the outside of the • Headlight (LED type)
off lights. This is true especially for lights. (This is the same phenomenon as
halogen headlight bulbs. Replace • Side turn signal light/hazard warning
the windows are clouded on a rainy day.) light on fender or outside rearview mir-
the bulbs after they become cool Also, it sometimes seems that water gets
enough. rors
into the lights because of waterdrop on the • Position light & Daytime running light
• The headlight bulbs are filled with edge of the lens. This is a temporary phe-
pressurized halogen gas. They can (LED type)
nomenon caused by water adherence to • Tail/brake light (LED type)
burst and injure you if they are hit the outside of the lights.
or dropped. Handle them carefully. • High mount stop light
The above-mentioned phenomena are not • License plate light (LED type)
• To avoid injury by sharp-edged vehicle malfunction.
parts of the body, wear gloves and However, if water is piled up in the lights or
a long-sleeved shirt when replacing large waterdrop adheres to the inner sur-
light bulbs. face of lens, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized SUZUKI dealer.
NOTICE
The oils from your skin may cause a
halogen bulb to overheat and burst
when the lights are on. Grasp a new
bulb with a clean cloth.

NOTICE
Frequent bulb replacement indicates
the need for an inspection of the elec-
trical system. This should be carried
out by an authorized SUZUKI dealer.

7-71

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Headlights
LED type (4)
Since special procedures are required, it is
recommended that you take your vehicle (2)
to an authorized SUZUKI dealer for light
replacement.
(3)
Halogen type

(1)
52RM70320

1) Open the engine hood while the engine 52RM70230

is stopped. Disconnect the coupler (2). NOTE:
Remove the sealing rubber (3) by pull- You can see the position of retaining spring
ing the grip (4). from the hole of headlight.

52RM70220

(1) Bulb

(5)
52RM70330

2) Push the retaining spring (5) forward

and unhook it. Then remove the bulb.
Install a new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.

7-72

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Vehicle with the LED headlights

Front turn signal light and
front position light EXAMPLE
For LED position light (if equipped), it is
recommended that you take your vehicle
to an authorized SUZUKI dealer for light (1)
replacement since special procedures are
required.
Vehicle with the halogen headlights

68PH00732
(1) 52RM70140
1) Open the engine hood while the engine
(1) Front turn signal light
is stopped. To remove the bulb holder
of the front turn signal light or the front
position light from the light housing,
(2) turn the holder counterclockwise and
pull it out.

52RM70240

(1) Front turn signal light

(2) Front position light (if equipped)

7-73

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Side turn signal light Front fog light (if equipped)

EXAMPLE
Outside rearview mirror type 1) Start the engine. Turn the steering
LED is used. It is recommended that you wheel to the opposite side of the fog
take your vehicle to an authorized SUZUKI light to be replaced to replace the bulb
dealer for light replacement since special easily. Then turn off the engine.
procedures are required.
(2) EXAMPLE
Fender type
(3)
(4) (1)
(1)
68PM00721

(3) Removal
(4) Installation
2) To remove the bulb of the front turn sig-
nal light (1) from the bulb holder, push (2)
in the bulb and turn it counterclockwise.
To install a new bulb, push it in and turn 52RM70150
it clockwise. 2) Remove the clip (1) and screws (2) at
To remove and install the bulb of the 64J195
the bottom of bumper.
front position light (2), simply pull out or Since the bulb is built-in type, replace it as For removing the clip, use a flat blade
push in the bulb. the light assembly. Remove the light screwdriver as show in the illustration.
assembly by sliding the light housing left-
ward with your finger.

7-74

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Daytime running light (if equipped)

(6)
LED type
Since special procedures are required, it is (5)
recommended that you take your vehicle
to an authorized SUZUKI dealer for light
replacement.

Rear combination light

For LED tail / brake light, it is recom-
mended that you take your vehicle to an (3)
EXAMPLE EXAMPLE authorized SUZUKI dealer for light (4)
52RM70250 replacement since special procedures are 52RS70030
required.
3) Open the end of the cover inside the 2) Remove the wire (3) from a clamp (4).
fender. 3) To remove the bulb holder of the rear
(2) turn signal light (5) or the reversing light
EXAMPLE (6) from the light housing, turn the
(1) holder counterclockwise and pull it out.

(4)

(3)
52RM70160

52R70140 1) With the tailgate opened, remove the

bolts (1) and pull the light housing (2)
4) Disconnect the coupler (3) by pushing firmly to the rearward.
the lock release. Turn the bulb holder
(4) counterclockwise and remove it.

7-75

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

License plate light

EXAMPLE
LED type
EXAMPLE

(5) / (6)

(7)
(8)

52RS70050

(7) Removal
(8) Installation
52RM90001
4) To remove and install the bulb of the
rear turn signal light (5) or the reversing Since special procedures are required, it is
light (6), simply pull out or push in the recommended that you take your vehicle
bulb. to an authorized SUZUKI dealer for light
52RM70190
replacement.
NOTE:
When reinstalling the light housing, check
that the clips are properly attached.

7-76

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
Bulb type
Rear fog light (if equipped)
EXAMPLE EXAMPLE

(2)
(1)
52RM70070 76MH0A126 (1)
EXAMPLE
1) Remove the cover (1) by turning it 2) To remove and install the bulb of the
counterclockwise. license plate light (2), simply pull out or 52RM70350
push in the bulb. 1) Remove the clips (1) in rear bumper by
using a flat blade screwdriver as shown
in the illustration.
High-mount stop light
LED is used. It is recommended that you
take your vehicle to an authorized SUZUKI
dealer for light replacement since special
procedures are required.

7-77

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

EXAMPLE EXAMPLE EXAMPLE

(4)
(5)
(2) (6)

52RM70360 52RM70380 61MM0B084

2) Turn rear bumper by hand as shown in 4) Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise (5) Removal
the illustration and remove harness and pull it out. (6) Install
clamp (2).
5) To remove the bulb of the rear fog light
EXAMPLE (4) from bulb holder, push in the bulb
and turn it counterclockwise. To install a
new bulb, push it in and turn it clock-
wise.

(3)

52RM70370

3) Remove the nuts (3) and then push

rear fog light housing rearward.

7-78

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

NOTE:
Interior light Wiper blades Some wiper blades may be different from
Remove the lens by using a flat-bladed the ones described here depending on
screwdriver covered with a soft cloth as vehicle specifications. If so, consult an
shown. To install it, simply push it back in. authorized SUZUKI dealer for proper
replacement method.
Front
For windshield wipers:

EXAMPLE

54G129

If the wiper blades become brittle or dam-

aged, or make streaks when wiping,
76MH0A139 replace the wiper blades.
Luggage compartment (if equipped) To install new wiper blades, follow the pro- 52RM70390.
cedures below.
1) Hold the wiper arm away from the win-
dow.
NOTICE
To avoid scratching or breaking the NOTE:
window, do not let the wiper arm When raising both of the front wiper arms,
strike the window while replacing the pull the driver’s side wiper arm up first.
wiper blade. When returning the wiper arms, lower the
passenger’s side wiper arm first.
Otherwise, the wiper arms may interfere
with each other.

52RM70281

7-79

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

EXAMPLE EXAMPLE (3)

(1)

(2)

EXAMPLE (3)
52RM70510. 61MM0A211 52RM70520

2) Open the lock (1), slide the wiper frame 3) Pull the locked end of the wiper blade
and remove it from the arm (2) as firmly to unlock the blade and slide the EXAMPLE (3)
shown. blade out as shown.

(3)
61MM0B098

(3) Retainer

4) If the new blade is provided without the

two metal retainers (3), move them
from the old blade to the new one.

7-80

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

For rear wiper:

EXAMPLE EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
(4)

(A)
(4)
(B)
(3)

61MM0A212 61MM0A213 52RM70460

(A) Up (4) Locked end 1) Hold the wiper arm away from the win-
(B) Down dow.
5) Install the new blade in the reverse
NOTE: order of removal, with the locked end
When you install the metal retainers (3), EXAMPLE
(4) positioned toward the wiper arm.
make sure the direction of metal retainers Make sure the blade is properly
as shown in the above illustrations. retained by all the hooks. Lock the
blade end into place.
6) Reinstall wiper frame to arm, making
sure that the lock lever is snapped
securely into the arm.

52RM70490

2) Remove the wiper frame from the wiper

arm after rotating the wiper frame clock-
wise.

7-81

80SS5-01E
 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

EXAMPLE EXAMPLE Windshield washer fluid

(1) EXAMPLE

(1)

52RM70470 52RM70480

3) Slide the blade out as shown. (1) Retainer

80JM078
NOTE: 4) If the new blade is provided without the
Do not flex the wiper blade frame end more two metal retainers, move them from Check that there is washer fluid in the tank.
than necessary. If you do, it can break off. the old blade to the new one. Refill it if necessary. Use a good quality
5) Install the new blade in the reverse windshield washer fluid, diluted with water
order of removal. as necessary.
Check that the blade is properly
retained by all the hooks. WARNING
6) Reinstall wiper frame to arm in the
reverse order of removal. Do not use radiator antifreeze in the
windshield washer reservoir. This
can severely impair visibility when
sprayed on the windshield, and also
can damage your vehicle’s paint.

NOTICE
Damage may result if the washer
motor is operated with no fluid in the
washer tank.

7-82

80SS5-01E
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Air conditioning system Air conditioner filter replacement

If you do not use the air conditioner for a Since special procedures are required, ask
an authorized SUZUKI dealer for this job. (2)
long period, such as during winter, it may
not give the best performance when you
start using it again. To help maintain opti-
mum performance and durability of your air (1) (3)
conditioner, it needs to be run periodically.
Operate the air conditioner at least once a
month for one minute with the engine
idling. This circulates the refrigerant and oil
and helps protect the internal components.

EXAMPLE
52RM70210
52RM70200

1) To approach the air conditioner filter, 2) Remove the cover (1) and pull out the
air conditioner filter (2).
remove the glove box by pressing both
sides of the glove box inward and pull-
ing it out. NOTE:
When you install a new filter, check that
the UP mark (3) faces upward.

7-83

80SS5-01E
 EMERGENCY SERVICE

EMERGENCY SERVICE
Tyre changing tool .............................................................. 8-1
Jacking instructions ........................................................... 8-2
Flat tyre repair kit (if equipped) ......................................... 8-7
Jump-starting instructions ................................................. 8-12
Towing .................................................................................. 8-15
Engine trouble: Starter does not operate ......................... 8-16
Engine trouble: Does not start ........................................... 8-16
Engine trouble: Overheating .............................................. 8-16

60G411

80SS5-01E
EMERGENCY SERVICE

NOTE:
Tyre changing tool EXAMPLE If you are difficult to use the jack handle
(2) (1) (2), use jack handle and wheel wrench (3)
as shown in the illustration.
EXAMPLE
(1) To stow the jack, place it in the storage
bracket and turn the shaft clockwise until
the jack is securely held in place.

(2) WARNING
After using the tyre changing tools,
stow them securely or they can
(3) cause injury if an accident occurs.

52RM80040
CAUTION
To remove the jack (if equipped) (1), turn
its shaft counterclockwise by using jack The jack (if equipped) should be used
52RM80010
handle (2) and pull the jack out of the stor- only to change wheels. It is important
(1) Jack (if equipped) age bracket. to read the jacking instructions in
(2) Jack handle this section before attempting to use
(3) Wheel wrench EXAMPLE the jack.
(2)
The tyre changing tools are stowed in the
luggage compartment.
Refer to “LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT” in
“ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS”
section.
(3)

52RM80040

8-1

80SS5-01E
 EMERGENCY SERVICE

EXAMPLE Jacking instructions WARNING

• Shift into “P” (Park) for an automatic
transmission or CVT, or into “R”
(Reverse) for a manual transmis-
sion vehicle when you jack up the
vehicle.
• Never jack up the vehicle with the
transmission in “N” (Neutral). Oth-
erwise, unstable jack may cause an
accident.
(4) 3) Turn on the hazard warning switch if
your vehicle is near traffic.
68PM20801
4) Block the front and rear of the wheel
diagonally opposite of the wheel being
To remove the spare tyre (if equipped), lifted.
turn its bolt (4) counterclockwise and 75F062
5) Place the spare tyre (if equipped) near
remove it. 1) Place the vehicle on level, hard ground. the wheel being lifted as shown in the
2) Set the parking brake firmly and shift illustration in case the jack (if equipped)
into “P” (Park) if your vehicle has an slips.
automatic transmission or CVT, or shift
into “R” (Reverse) if your vehicle has a EXAMPLE
manual transmission.

54G253

8-2

80SS5-01E
EMERGENCY SERVICE

6) Position the jack (if equipped) at an

EXAMPLE angle as shown in the illustration and
raise the jack by turning the jack handle
clockwise until the jack-head groove fits
around the jacking bar beneath the
vehicle body.
7) Continue to raise the jack (if equipped)
slowly and smoothly until the tyre clears
the ground. Do not raise the vehicle
more than necessary.

WARNING
• Use the jack (if equipped) only to
change wheels on level, hard
52RM80020 ground.
• Never jack up the vehicle on an
inclined surface.
EXAMPLE • Never raise the vehicle with the
jack in a location other than the
specified jacking point (shown in
the illustration) near the wheel to
be changed.
• Check that the jack is raised at
least 25 mm (1 inch) before it con-
tacts the flange. Use of the jack
when it is within 25 mm (1 inch) of
being fully collapsed may result in
failure of the jack.
• Never get under the vehicle when it
is supported by the jack.
52RM80030
• Never run the engine when the
vehicle is supported by the jack
and never allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.

8-3

80SS5-01E
 EMERGENCY SERVICE

Raising vehicle with garage jack

EXAMPLE
• Apply the garage jack to one of the
points indicated below. (1) (2)
• Always support the raised vehicle with
jack stands (commercially available) at
the points indicated below.

(3) (3)

(1)

(1) (2) (5)

(5)

(4) (4)

52RS80020

(1) Front (4) Garage jack

(2) Rear (5) Jacking point for garage jack
(3) Jack stand

8-4

80SS5-01E
EMERGENCY SERVICE

4) Remove the wheel nuts and wheel.

NOTICE Changing wheels
Never apply a garage jack to the To change a wheel, use the following pro- EXAMPLE
exhaust pipe, side under spoiler (if cedure:
equipped), engine undercover or rear 1) Prepare the jack (if equipped), tools
torsion beam. (1)
and spare tyre (if equipped).
2) Loosen, but do not remove the wheel
NOTE: nuts.
For more details, contact an authorized 3) Jack up the vehicle (follow the jacking
SUZUKI dealer. instructions in this section).

WARNING
• Shift into “P” (Park) for an automatic
transmission or CVT, or into “R”
(Reverse) for a manual transmission
vehicle when you jack up the vehicle.
• Never jack up the vehicle with the (2)
transmission in “N” (Neutral). Oth-
erwise, unstable jack may cause an
accident.
(3)

CAUTION
(4)
Immediately after the vehicle has
been driven, the wheels, the wheel 65J4033
nuts and the area around the brakes 5) Clean any mud or dirt off from the sur-
might be extremely hot. face of the wheel (1), hub (2), thread
Touching these areas may cause part (3) and surface of the wheel nuts
burn injury. Do not touch these areas, (4) with a clean cloth.
immediately after the vehicle has Clean the hub carefully; it may be hot
been driven. from driving.

8-5

80SS5-01E
 EMERGENCY SERVICE

6) Install the new wheel and replace the Sport model

wheel nuts with their cone shaped end EXAMPLE
facing the wheel. Tighten each nut
snugly by hand until the wheel is
securely seated on the hub.

Except for sport model

EXAMPLE

(5)
EXAMPLE
52RM603
81A057
Return the spare tyre back into the lug-
Tightening torque for wheel nut
gage compartment in the reverse order of
100 Nm (10.2 kg-m, 74.0 lb-ft)
removal and tighten its bolt (5) clockwise
as shown in the above illustration.
7) Lower the jack and fully tighten the nuts
with a wheel wrench in numerical order
52RM80070
as shown in the illustration. NOTICE
Make sure that the spare tyre is fixed
WARNING securely on the floor. Loosely fixed
tyre may cause noise during driving
Use genuine wheel nuts and tighten
and damage paint on vehicle body.
them to the specified torque as soon
as possible after changing wheels.
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly
tightened wheel nuts may come
loose or fall off, which can result in
an accident. If you do not have a
torque wrench, have the wheel nut
torque checked by an authorized
SUZUKI dealer.

8-6

80SS5-01E
EMERGENCY SERVICE

Full wheel cover (if equipped) Flat tyre repair kit (if
EXAMPLE
equipped)
EXAMPLE
The flat tyre repair kit is stowed in the lug-
gage compartment.
Refer to “LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT” in
the “ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CON-
TENTS” section.
(1) WARNING
Failure to follow the instructions in
(2) this section for using the flat tyre
52RM80090 repair kit can result in an increased
Install the full wheel cover not to cover or risk of loss of control and an acci-
52RM80080 foul the air valve. dent.
Remove the full wheel cover by using jack Carefully read and follow the instruc-
handle (1) covered with a soft cloth (2), as tions in this section.
shown in the illustration.

8-7

80SS5-01E
 EMERGENCY SERVICE

IMPORTANT Flat tyre repair kit contents

The flat tyre repair kit cannot be used in WARNING
the following cases. Consult a SUZUKI EXAMPLE
dealer or a roadside assistance service. Flat tyre repair kit sealant is harmful
• Cuts or piercing in the tyre tread if swallowed, or if it comes in contact
larger than approx. 4 mm. with skin or eyes. If swallowed, do
• Cuts in the tyre side wall. not induce vomiting. Give plenty of
• Tyre damage caused by driving with water (if possible charcoal slurry)
considerably reduced tyre pressure and seek medical attention immedi-
or even with deflated tyre. (1) (2) ately. If sealant gets in eyes, flush
• The tyre bead completely unseated eyes with water and seek medical
outside of the rim. attention. Wash thoroughly after han-
• The rim damaged. dling. Solution can be poisonous to
Small punctures in the tyre tread, animals. Keep out of the reach of
caused by a nail or a screw, can be children and animals.
(3) (4)
sealed with the flat tyre repair kit.
Do not remove nails or screws from the NOTICE
tyre during an emergency repair.
Replace the sealant before expiry
date indicated on the label of the
(5) (6) sealant bottle. To purchase new seal-
81P70030
ant, see your SUZUKI dealer.
(1) Air compressor
(2) Sealant bottle
(3) Filler hose
(4) Valve insert remover
(5) Valve insert (spare)
(6) Speed restriction sticker

8-8

80SS5-01E
EMERGENCY SERVICE

Emergency repair
1) Place the vehicle on level, hard ground.
Set the parking brake firmly and shift (4)
into “R” (Reverse) if your vehicle has a (3)
manual transmission, or shift into “P” (7)
(Park) if your vehicle has an automatic (9)
transmission.
Turn on the hazard warning flasher if (8)
your vehicle is near traffic.
Block the front and rear of the wheel
diagonally opposite of the wheel being
repaired.
2) Take out the sealant bottle (2) and the
compressor, and shake the bottle well. 81PN118 81PN153

3) Screw the filler hose (3) onto the bottle, 4) Unscrew the valve cap (7) from the tyre
NOTE: thereby piercing the inner cap of the valve (8). Unscrew the valve insert (9)
Shake the bottle well before screwing the bottle. by using the enclosed valve insert
filler hose onto the bottle. remover (4). Place the valve insert (9)
NOTE: onto clean place for re-use.
Screw the filler hose without removing the
inner cap of the bottle. WARNING
The valve insert can jump out, if air
remains in the tyre. Be careful when
removing the valve insert.

8-9

80SS5-01E
 EMERGENCY SERVICE

(2) 10 min. Max.

(11)

(10)
(3) required
air pressure
(8)
(1)
(8)
81PN248 63J349 81PN120

5) Remove the plug from the filler hose (3) 6) Hold the bottle (2) with bottom upwards 7) Screw the air hose (10) of the compres-
and insert the filler hose into the tyre and pump the bottle to fill the entire bot- sor (1) to the tyre valve (8). Fit the
valve (8). tle contents (sealant) into the tyre. power plug (11) to the accessory
Thereafter pull off the filler hose and socket. For a manual transmission
firmly screw the valve insert into the vehicle, shift from “R” (Reverse) into “N”
tyre valve again. If the valve insert is (Neutral). Start the engine. Switch on
dirty or lost, use the enclosed spare the compressor. Inflate the tyre to the
valve insert. required air pressure.

WARNING
Do not stand by the tyre, when inflat-
ing. It can burst.

NOTICE
Do not operate the compressor for
longer 10 minutes without cease. It
can cause overheating of the com-
pressor.

8-10

80SS5-01E
EMERGENCY SERVICE

If the tyre cannot be inflated to the required 9) Make a short drive immediately after
air pressure within 5 minutes, move the inflating the tyre to the required air NOTICE
vehicle a few meters back and forth to pressure. Drive carefully with a maxi-
spread the sealant over the entire tyre. mum speed of 80 km/h (50 mph). Have the tyre renewed at the nearest
Then, inflate the tyre again. 10)Carry on driving carefully to the nearest SUZUKI dealer. When reusing the
SUZUKI dealer or a tyre repair shop. sealed tyre, consult a tyre repair
If the tyre still cannot be inflated to the shop.
required air pressure, the tyre may be The wheel can be reused after wiping
severely damaged. In this case, the flat WARNING sealant off completely with cloth in
tyre repair kit cannot provide the neces- Do not affix the speed restriction order to prevent rust, but the tyre
sary seal. Consult a SUZUKI dealer or a label to the airbag. Also do not affix it valve and tyre pressure monitoring
roadside assistance service. to the warning light indicator or to the system (TPMS) sensor (if equipped)
speedometer. must be renewed.
NOTE: Dispose of the sealant bottle at a
If the tyre is over-inflated, deflate air by 11)After 5 km (3 miles) or 10-minute run- SUZUKI dealer or in accordance with
loosening the screw of the air hose. ning, check the tyre pressure with the your regional codes and practices.
pressure gauge of the compressor. If After using the sealant bottle, replace
the air pressure indicates more than it with a new bottle from your SUZUKI
130 kPa (1.3 bar), the emergency dealer.
repair is completed. But, if the air pres-
sure indicates less than the required air
pressure, correct the tyre pressure to
the required air pressure. If the tyre
pressure has dropped below 130 kPa
(1.3 bar), the flat tyre repair kit cannot
provide the necessary seal. Do not use
the tyre and consult a SUZUKI dealer
or a roadside assistance service.

WARNING
81PN249 Check the tyre pressure and confirm
the completion of the emergency
8) Affix the speed restriction label from the repair after 5 km (3 miles) or 10-min-
air compressor in the driver’s field of ute of running.
view.

8-11

80SS5-01E
 EMERGENCY SERVICE

Using compressor to inflate a tyre Jump-starting instructions NOTICE

1) Place the vehicle on level, hard ground. Your vehicle should not be started by
Set the parking brake firmly and shift WARNING pushing or towing. This starting
into “P” (Park) if your vehicle has an method could result in permanent
automatic transmission, or shift into “R” • Never attempt to jump-start your damage to the catalytic converter.
(Reverse) if your vehicle has a manual vehicle if the lead-acid battery Use jump leads to start a vehicle with
transmission. appears to be frozen. Batteries in a weak or flat battery.
2) Take out the compressor. this condition may explode.
3) Unscrew the valve cap from the tyre • When making jump lead connec-
valve. tions, check that your hands and 1) Use only a 12-volt lead-acid battery to
4) Connect the air hose of the compressor the jump leads remain clear from jump-start your vehicle. Position the
to the tyre valve. pulleys, belts or fans. good 12-volt lead-acid battery close to
5) Connect the power plug of the com- • Lead-acid batteries produce flam- your vehicle so that the jump leads will
pressor to the accessory socket. For a mable hydrogen gas. Keep flames reach both batteries. When using a bat-
manual transmission vehicle, shift from and sparks away from the battery tery installed on another vehicle, check
“R” (Reverse) into “N” (Neutral). Start or an explosion may occur. Never that two vehicles do not touch each
the engine. Switch on the compressor. smoke when working near the bat- other. Set the parking brakes fully on
Inflate the tyre to the required air pres- tery. both vehicles.
sure. • If the booster battery you use for 2) Turn off all vehicle accessories, except
jump-starting is installed in another those necessary for safety reasons (for
NOTICE vehicle, check that the two vehicles example, headlights or hazard lights).
are not touching each other.
Do not operate the compressor for • If your lead-acid battery discharges
longer than 10 minutes. It can cause repeatedly, for no apparent reason,
overheating of the compressor. have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized SUZUKI dealer.
• To avoid harm to yourself or dam-
age to your vehicle or battery, fol-
low the jump-starting instructions
below.
If you are in doubt, call for qualified
road service.

8-12

80SS5-01E
EMERGENCY SERVICE

K10C and K14C engine models K12C engine models K12D engine models
EXAMPLE EXAMPLE EXAMPLE

(3) (3) (3)

(1) (1)
(1)

4 1 4 1
4 1

2 3 2 3 2 3
(2) (2) (2)

52RM80100 52RM80110 80SM132

8-13

80SS5-01E
 EMERGENCY SERVICE

K12M engine models K14D engine models 3. Connect one end of the second jump
lead to the negative (–) terminal of
EXAMPLE EXAMPLE the booster battery (2).
4. Make the final connection to an
unpainted, heavy metal part (i.e.
engine mount bolt (3)) of the engine
of the vehicle with the discharged
battery (1).

WARNING
(3) (3) Never connect the jump lead directly
to the negative (–) terminal of the dis-
(1) charged battery, or an explosion may
(1) occur.

1 CAUTION
4
Connect the jump lead to the engine
4 1 mount bolt securely. If the jump lead
disconnects from the engine mount
bolt because of vibration at the start
of the engine, the jump lead could be
2 3 2 3 caught in the drive belts.

(2) (2) 4) If the booster battery you are using is

fitted to another vehicle, start the
52RS80010 80SM018
engine of the vehicle with the booster
battery. Run the engine at moderate
3) Connect jump leads as follows: speed.
1. Connect one end of the first jump 5) Start the engine of the vehicle with the
lead to the positive (+) terminal of discharged battery.
the discharged battery (1). 6) Remove the jump leads in the exact
2. Connect the other end to the positive reverse order in which you connected
(+) terminal of the booster battery them.
(2).

8-14

80SS5-01E
EMERGENCY SERVICE

Towing 2-wheel drive (2WD) automatic 2-wheel drive (2WD) manual trans-
transmission or CVT mission
If you need to have your vehicle towed, Automatic transmission or CVT vehicles Manual transmission vehicles may be
contact a professional service. An autho- may be towed using either of the following towed using either of the following meth-
rized SUZUKI dealer can provide you with methods. ods.
detailed towing instructions. 1) From the front, with the front wheels
lifted and the rear wheels on the 1) From the front, with the front wheels
WARNING ground. Before towing, make sure that lifted and the rear wheels on the
the parking brake is released. ground. Before towing, check that the
For vehicles equipped with the dual parking brake is released.
sensor brake support, if your vehicle 2) From the rear, with the rear wheels
lifted and a dolly under the front wheels. 2) From the rear, with the rear wheels
is towed with the engine on, press lifted and the front wheels on the
dual sensor brake support OFF ground, provided the steering and
switch and turn off the dual sensor NOTICE drivetrain are in operational condition.
brake support. If not, accidents Towing your vehicle with the front Before towing, check that transmission
related to the system being turned on wheels on the ground can result in is in neutral, the steering wheel is
may occur. damage to the automatic transmis- unlocked (vehicle without keyless push
sion or CVT. start system - the ignition key should be
in “ACC” position) (vehicle with keyless
NOTICE push start system - the ignition mode is
Observe the following instructions ACC), and the steering wheel is
when towing your vehicle. secured with a clamping device
• To help avoid damage to your vehi- designed for towing service.
cle during towing, proper equip-
ment and towing procedures must NOTICE
be used. The steering column is not strong
• Using the frame hook, tow your enough to withstand shocks trans-
vehicle on paved roads for short mitted from the front wheels during
distances at low speed. towing. Always unlock the steering
wheel before towing.

8-15

80SS5-01E
 EMERGENCY SERVICE

Engine trouble: Starter does Engine trouble: Does not start Engine trouble: Overheating
not operate Make sure that your vehicle has enough The engine could overheat temporarily
fuel and battery. under severe driving conditions. If the high
1) Try turning the ignition switch to
If the engine does not start under very cold engine coolant temperature warning light
“START” position or try pressing the
condition, press the accelerator pedal all comes on as overheating or the engine
engine switch to change the ignition
the way to the floor and hold it while crank- coolant temperature gauge indicates over-
mode to START with the headlights
ing the engine. heating during driving:
turned on to determine the lead-acid
Refer to “Starting / stopping engine (vehi-
battery condition. If the headlights go 1) Turn off the air conditioner, if equipped.
cle without keyless push start system) (if
excessively dim or go off, it usually 2) Take the vehicle to a safe place and
equipped)” or “Starting / stopping engine
means that either the lead-acid battery park.
(vehicle with keyless push start system) (if
is discharged or the battery terminal 3) Run the engine at a normal idle speed
equipped)” in operating your vehicle sec-
contact is poor. Recharge the lead-acid for a few minutes until the high engine
tion.
battery or correct battery terminal con- coolant temperature warning light goes
If the engine still does not start have your
tact as necessary. off or the indicator is within the normal,
vehicle inspected at an authorized
2) If the headlights remain bright, check acceptable temperature range between
SUZUKI dealer.
the fuses. If the reason for failure of the “H” and “C”.
• Do not operate the starter motor for
starter is not obvious, there may be a
more than 12 seconds.
major electrical problem. Have the vehi- WARNING
cle inspected by an authorized SUZUKI
(Vehicle with keyless push start sys- If you see or hear escaping steam,
dealer.
tem) stop the vehicle in a safe place and
immediately turn off the engine to
NOTE: cool it. Do not open the hood when
If the engine refuses to start, the starter steam is present. When the steam
motor automatically stops after a certain can no longer be seen or heard, open
period of time. After the starter motor has the hood to see if the coolant is still
automatically stopped or if there is any- boiling. If it is, you must wait until it
thing abnormal in the engine starting sys- stops boiling before you proceed.
tem, the starter motor runs only while the
engine switch is held pressed.

8-16

80SS5-01E
EMERGENCY SERVICE

If the high engine coolant temperature

warning light does not go off or the tem-
perature indication does not come down to
within the normal, acceptable range:
1) Turn off the engine and check that the
water pump belt and pulleys are not
damaged or slipping. If any abnormality
is found, correct it.
2) Check the coolant level in the reservoir.
If it is found to be lower than “LOW”
line, check radiator, water pump, radia-
tor hoses and heater hoses for leakage.
If leakage that may cause overheating
is found, do not run the engine until 79J007
these problems have been corrected.
3) If leakage is not found, carefully add
coolant to the reservoir and then the WARNING
radiator, if necessary. (Refer to “Engine • It is hazardous to remove the radia-
coolant” in “INSPECTION AND MAIN- tor cap (or degassing tank cap)
TENANCE” section.) when the water temperature is
high, because scalding fluid and
NOTE: steam may be blown out under
If engine overheats and you are not sure pressure. The cap should only be
what to do, contact an authorized SUZUKI taken off when the coolant tem-
dealer. perature has lowered.
• To help prevent personal injury,
keep hands, tools and clothing
away from the engine cooling fan
and air-conditioner fan (if
equipped). These electric fans can
automatically turn on without warn-
ing.

8-17

80SS5-01E
 APPEARANCE CARE

APPEARANCE CARE
Corrosion prevention .......................................................... 9-1
Vehicle cleaning .................................................................. 9-2

60G412 9

80SS5-01E
APPEARANCE CARE

4) High temperatures will cause an accel- Remove foreign material deposits

Corrosion prevention erated rate of corrosion to parts of the Foreign materials such as salts, chemicals,
vehicle which are not well-ventilated to road oil or tar, tree sap, bird droppings and
It is important to take good care of your permit quick drying. industrial fall-out may damage the finish of
vehicle to protect it from corrosion. Listed your vehicle if it is left on painted surfaces.
below are instructions for how to maintain This information illustrates the necessity of
Remove these types of deposits as quickly
your vehicle to prevent corrosion. Please keeping your vehicle (particularly the
as possible. If these deposits are difficult to
read and follow these instructions carefully. underbody) as clean and dry as possible. It
wash off, an additional cleaner may be
is equally important to repair any damage
required. Check that any cleaner you use
to the paint or protective coatings as soon
is not harmful to painted surfaces and is
Important information about corro- as possible.
specifically intended for your purposes.
sion Follow the manufacturer’s directions when
How to help prevent corrosion using these special cleaners.
Common causes of corrosion
1) Accumulation of road salt, dirt, moisture Repair finish damage
Wash your vehicle frequently
or chemicals in hard-to-reach areas of Carefully examine your vehicle for damage
The best way to preserve the finish on your
the vehicle underbody or frame. to the painted surfaces. Should you find
vehicle and to help avoid corrosion is to
2) Chipping, scratches and any damage to any chips or scratches in the paint, touch
keep it clean with frequent washing.
treated or painted metal surfaces them up immediately to prevent corrosion
Wash your vehicle at least once during the
resulting from minor accidents or abra- from starting. If the chips or scratches
winter and once immediately after the win-
sion by stones and gravel. have gone through to the bare metal, have
ter. Keep your vehicle, particularly the
underside, as clean and dry as possible. a qualified body shop make the repair.
Environmental conditions which accel-
If you frequently drive on salted roads,
erate corrosion Keep passenger and luggage compart-
your vehicle should be washed at least
1) Road salt, dust control chemicals, sea ments clean
once a month during the winter. If you live
breeze or industrial pollution will all Moisture, dirt or mud can accumulate
near the ocean, your vehicle should be
accelerate the corrosion of metal. under the floor mats and may cause corro-
washed at least once a month throughout
2) High humidity will increase the rate of sion. Occasionally, check under these
the year.
corrosion particularly when the tem- mats to ensure that this area is clean and
perature range is just above the freez- For washing instructions, refer to “Vehicle dry. More frequent checks are necessary if
ing point. cleaning” section. the vehicle is used for off-road driving or in
3) Moisture in certain areas of a vehicle wet weather.
for an extended period of time may pro- Certain cargos such as chemicals, fertiliz-
mote corrosion even though other body ers, cleaners, salts, etc. are extremely cor-
sections may be completely dry. rosive by nature. These products should
be transported in sealed containers. If they

9-1

80SS5-01E
 APPEARANCE CARE

are spilled or leaked, clean and dry the

area immediately. Vehicle cleaning WARNING
Park your vehicle in a dry, well-venti- When cleaning the interior or exterior
lated area of the vehicle, do not use flammable
Do not park your vehicle in a damp, poorly- solvents such as lacquer thinners,
ventilated area. If you often wash your gasoline and benzene. Also, do not
vehicle in the garage and place it there in use cleaning materials such as
wet condition, your garage may be damp. bleaches and strong household
The high humidity in the garage may detergents. The materials could
cause or accelerate corrosion. A wet vehi- cause personal injury or damage to
cle may corrode even in a heated garage if the vehicle.
the ventilation is poor. (Except for sport model)
On models equipped with SHVS,
WARNING there is a lithium-ion battery under
the front left seat.
Do not apply additional undercoating
Do not allow the lithium-ion battery to
or rust preventive coating on or 76G044S get wet. Otherwise, it may cause a
around exhaust system components
fire or electric shock or damage.
such as the catalytic converter and
exhaust pipes. A fire could be started (For sport model)
if the undercoating substance On models equipped with SHVS,
becomes overheated. there are a lithium-ion battery and
DCDC converter under the front seat.
Do not allow the lithium-ion battery
and DCDC converter to get wet. Oth-
erwise, it may cause a fire or electric
shock or damage.

9-2

80SS5-01E
APPEARANCE CARE

Leather upholstery Seat belts

Cleaning interior Remove loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner. Clean seat belts with a mild soap and
Using a mild soap or saddle soap solution, water. Do not use bleach or dye on the
Vinyl upholstery wipe dirt off with a clean damp soft cloth. belts. They may weaken the fabric in the
Prepare a solution of soap or mild deter- To remove soap, wipe the areas again with belts.
gent dissolved in warm water. Apply the a soft cloth dampened with water. Wipe the
solution to the vinyl with a sponge or soft areas dry with a soft dry cloth. Repeat this Vinyl floor mats
cloth and let it soak for a few minutes to until the dirt or stain is removed, or use a Ordinary dirt can be removed from vinyl
loosen dirt. commercial leather cleaner for tougher dirt with water or mild soap. Use a brush to
Rub the surface with a clean, damp cloth or stains. If you use a leather cleaner, help loosen dirt. After the dirt is loosened,
to remove dirt and the soap solution. If carefully follow the manufacturer’s instruc- rinse the mat thoroughly with water and
some dirt still remains on the surface, tions and precautions. Do not use solvent dry it in the shade.
repeat this procedure. type cleaners or abrasive cleaners.
Carpets
Fabric upholstery NOTE: Remove dirt and soil as much as possible
Remove loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner. • In order to keep leather upholstery look- with a vacuum cleaner. Using a mild soap
Using a mild soap solution, rub stained ing good, it should be cleaned at least solution, rub stained areas with a clean
areas with a clean damp cloth. To remove twice a year. damp cloth. To remove soap, rub the
soap, rub the areas again with a cloth • If leather upholstery becomes wet, areas again with a cloth dampened with
dampened with water. Repeat this until the immediately wipe it dry with tissue paper water. Repeat this until the stain is
stain is removed, or use a commercial fab- or a soft cloth. Water may cause leather removed, or use a commercial carpet
ric cleaner for tougher stains. If you use a to harden and shrink if it is not wiped off. cleaner for tougher stains. If you use a car-
fabric cleaner, carefully follow the manu- • When parking on sunny days, select a pet cleaner, carefully follow the manufac-
facturer’s instructions and precautions. shady place or use a sunshade. If turer’s instructions and precautions.
leather upholstery is exposed to direct
sunlight for a long time, it may discolor Instrument panel and console
and shrink. Remove loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
• As is common with natural materials, Gently wipe dirt off with a tightly squeezed
leather is inherently irregular in grain and damp clean cloth. Repeat this until the dirt
cowhide has spots in its natural state. is removed.
These do not affect the performance of
the leather in any way.

9-3

80SS5-01E
 APPEARANCE CARE

NOTICE Cleaning exterior Washing

Do not use chemical products that
contain silicon to wipe electrical NOTICE WARNING
components such as the air condi- It is important that your vehicle be • Never attempt to wash and wax
tioning system, audio, navigation kept clean and free from dirt. Failure your vehicle with the engine run-
system, or other switches. These will to keep your vehicle clean may result ning.
cause damage to the components. in fading of the paint or corrosion to • When cleaning the underside of the
various parts of the vehicle body. body and fender, where there may
be sharp-edged parts, wear gloves
NOTICE and a long-sleeved shirt to protect
Caring for aluminum wheels
• Liquid such as liquid aromatics, your hands and arms from being
soft drinks or juice may cause dis- NOTE: cut.
coloration, wrinkles, and cracking • Do not use an acidic or alkaline deter- • After washing your vehicle, care-
to resin-based parts and textiles. gent, or a cleaner containing petroleum fully test the brakes before driving
Immediately wipe it dry with tissue solvent to wash aluminum wheels. to check that they have maintained
paper or a soft cloth. These types of cleaner will cause per- their normal effectiveness.
• Do not leave leather products with manent spots, discoloration and cracks
color, fur or vinyl products, etc. in on finished surfaces and damage to cen-
Washing by hand
your vehicle for long periods. It ter caps.
may cause discoloration or deterio- • Do not use a bristle brush and soap con-
ration of interior. taining an abrasive material. These will
damage finished surfaces.

60B212S

9-4

80SS5-01E
APPEARANCE CARE

When washing the vehicle, park it in the 3) Wash the entire exterior with a mild Washing by an automatic car wash
place where direct sunlight does not fall on detergent or car wash soap using a
it as much as possible and follow the sponge or soft cloth. The sponge or NOTICE
instructions below: cloth should be frequently soaked in the
1) Flush the underside of body and wheel soap solution. If you use an automatic car wash,
housings with pressurized water to check that your vehicle’s body parts,
such as an antenna and spoilers,
remove mud and debris. Use plenty of NOTICE cannot be damaged. If you are in
water.
When using a commercial car wash doubt, consult the car wash operator
product, observe the cautions speci- for advice.
NOTICE fied by the manufacturer. Never use
When washing the vehicle: strong household detergents or Washing by a high-pressure cleaner
• Avoid directing steam or hot water soaps.
of more than 80°C (176°F) on plas- NOTICE
tic parts. 4) Once the dirt has been completely
• To avoid damaging engine compo- removed, rinse off the detergent with If you use a high-pressure cleaner,
nents, do not use pressurized running water. keep away the nozzle from your vehi-
water in the engine compartment. 5) Wipe off the vehicle body with a wet cle sufficiently.
chamois or cloth and allow it to dry in • Bringing the nozzle to your vehicle
2) Rinse the body to loosen the dirt. the shade. too close or pointing the nozzle to
Remove dirt and mud from the body 6) Check carefully for damage to painted the opening of front grill or bumper
exterior with running water. You may surfaces. If there is any damage, touch etc. can cause damage and mal-
use a soft sponge or brush. Do not use up the damage following the procedure function of the vehicle body and
hard materials which can scratch the below: parts.
paint or plastic. Remember that the 1. Clean all damaged spots and allow • Pointing the nozzle to door
headlight covers or lenses are made of them to dry. glasses, door frames and the edge
plastic in many cases. 2. Stir the paint and touch up the dam- of sunroof (if equipped) can allow
aged spots lightly using a small water to enter the cabin.
NOTICE brush.
3. Allow the paint to dry completely.
To avoid damage to the paint or plas-
tic surface, do not wipe the dirt off
without ample water. Follow the
above procedure.

9-5

80SS5-01E
 APPEARANCE CARE

Waxing

60B211S

After washing the vehicle, waxing and pol-

ishing are recommended to further protect
and beautify the paint.
• Only use waxes and polishes of good
quality.
• When using waxes and polishes,
observe the precautions specified by the
manufacturers.

9-6

80SS5-01E
APPEARANCE CARE

MEMO

9-7

80SS5-01E
 GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle identification .......................................................... 10-1

84MM01001

10

80SS5-01E
GENERAL INFORMATION

Vehicle identification Engine serial number

EXAMPLE (for some vehicles)

Chassis serial number

EXAMPLE

52RM100010

The chassis and/or engine serial numbers

are used to register the vehicle. They are 60G128
also used to assist an authorized SUZUKI The engine serial number is stamped on
dealer when ordering or referring to special the cylinder block as shown in the illustra-
52RM100030 service information. Whenever you have tion.
occasion to consult an authorized SUZUKI
dealer, remember to identify your vehicle
EXAMPLE with this number. Should you find the num-
ber difficult to read, you will also find it on
the identification plate.

52RM100020

10-1

80SS5-01E
 SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS
NOTE:
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
M/T: Manual transmission CVT: Continuously variable transmission
A/T: Automatic transmission

ITEM: Dimensions UNIT: mm (in.) EXCEPT SPORT MODEL SPORT MODEL

Overall length 3845 (151.4) 3890 (153.1)
Overall width 1735 (68.3) ←
Overall height 1495 (58.9) ←
Wheelbase 2450 (96.5) ←
Track 175/65R15 tyre Front 1530 (60.2) –
Rear Brake drum 1530 (60.2) –
Brake disc 1535 (60.4) –
185/55R16 tyre Front 1520 (59.8) –
Rear Brake drum 1520 (59.8) –
Brake disc 1525 (60.0) –
195/50R16 tyre Front – 1510 (59.4)
Rear – 1515 (59.6)
11
195/45R17 tyre Front – 1510 (59.4)
Rear – 1515 (59.6)
Ground clearance 120 (4.7) ←

11-1

80SS5-01E
SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM: Mass UNIT: kg EXCEPT SPORT MODEL

(weight) (lbs) K10C engine model K12C engine model K12D engine model K12M engine model
Curb mass M/T with-
865 - 915 840 - 890 860 - 890
(weight) out –
(1907 - 2017) (1852 - 1962) (1896 - 1962)
SHVS
with 850 - 900
– – –
SHVS (1874 - 1984)
A/T 940-945
– – –
(2072 - 2083)
CVT 900 - 925 925 - 946 900 - 925
–
(1984 - 2039) (2039 - 2086) (1984 - 2039)
Gross vehicle mass (weight)
1380 (3042) 1365 (3009) 1375 (3031) 1365 (3009)
rating
Permissible maxi- Front 750 (1653) 740 (1631) 740 (1631) 740 (1631)
mum Rear
Axle Weight 760 (1676) 760 (1676) 760 (1676) 760 (1676)

11-2

80SS5-01E
 SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM: Mass UNIT: kg SPORT MODEL

(weight) (lbs) K14C engine model K14D engine model
Curb mass (weight) M/T 965 - 970 1020 - 1021
(2127 - 2138) (2249 - 2251)
A/T 990 - 995
–
(2183 - 2194)
CVT – –
Gross vehicle mass (weight)
1445 (3186) 1445 (3186)
rating
Permissible maxi- Front 790 (1742) 790 (1742)
mum Rear 760 (1676) 760 (1676)
Axle Weight

ITEM: Engine EXCEPT SPORT MODEL SPORT MODEL

Type K10C K12C K12D K12M (DOHC) K14C K14D
Number of cylinders 3 4 4 4 4 4
Bore 73.0 mm 73.0 mm 73.0 mm 73.0 mm 73.0 mm 73.0 mm
(2.87 in.) (2.87 in.) (2.87 in.) (2.87 in.) (2.87 in.) (2.87 in.)
Stroke 79.5 mm 74.2 mm 71.5 mm 71.5 mm 82.0 mm 82.0 mm
(3.13 in.) (2.92 in.) (2.81 in.) (2.81 in.) (3.23 in.) (3.23 in.)
Piston displacement 998 cm3 1242 cm3 1197 cm3 1197 cm3 1373 cm3 1373 cm3
(998 cc, (1242 cc, (1197 cc, (1197 cc, (1373 cc, (1373 cc,
60.9 cu.in) 75.8 cu.in) 73.0 cu.in) 73.0 cu.in) 83.8 cu.in) 83.8 cu.in)
Compression ratio 10.0 : 1 12.5 : 1 13 : 1 11.0 : 1 9.9 : 1 10.9 : 1

11-3

80SS5-01E
SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM: Electrical
Standard spark plug K10C engine models NGK ILZKR7D8
K12C engine models NGK ILZKR6F11
K12D engine models NGK ILZKR6P11S
K12M engine models NGK LKR6F-10
K14C engine models NGK ILZKR7D8
K14D engine model NGK ILZKR7N8S
Lead-acid battery K12C engine with SHVS model and K12D
LN1 20HR 55Ah CCA 450A (EN)*1
engine model
Except for K12C engine with SHVS model
46B24L 20HR 45Ah CCA 295A (JIS)
and K12D engine model
Lithium-ion battery with SHVS Maintenance free*2
Fuses See “INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE” section.
*1 Your vehicle is equipped with a lead-acid battery for exclusive use of the ENG A-STOP system. When replacing the lead-acid battery,
make sure to select the specified type for ENG A-STOP system. Consult an authorized SUZUKI dealer for replacing the lead-acid bat-
tery.
*2 If the lithium-ion battery is completely discharged, the battery cannot be recharged. When replacing or disposing the lithium-ion bat-
tery, consult an authorized SUZUKI dealer.

11-4

80SS5-01E
 SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM: Lights WATTAGE BULB No.

Headlight Halogen 12V 60/55W H4
LED LED*1 –
Front fog light (if equipped) 12V 55W H11
Position light (if equipped) 12V 5W W5W
Position light & Daytime running light (if equipped) LED*1 –
Turn signal light Front 12V 21W PY21W
Rear 12V 21W WY21W
Side turn signal light (on fender) 12V 5W*1 –
(on outside rearview mirror) LED*1 –
Tail/brake light LED*1 –
High mount stop light LED*1 –
Reversing light 12V 16W W16W
License plate light 12V 5W W5W
LED*1 –
Rear fog light (if equipped) 12V 21W P21W
Interior light Front 12V 10W –
Luggage compartment 12V 5W –
(if equipped)

• If you need to replace the following bulbs indicated in the above table, consult your SUZUKI dealer.
*1 Since the lights are non-disassemble type, you cannot replace a bulb. Replace the target assembly if any light is defective.

11-5

80SS5-01E
SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM: Wheels and tyres EXCEPT SPORT MODEL SPORT MODEL

Tyre size1)
, front and rear *1
175/65R15 84H , 185/55R16 83V *1
195/50R16 84V*1, 195/45R17 81W*1
Rim size 175/65R15 tyre: 15X5J 195/50R16 tyre: 16X6J
185/55R16 tyre: 16X6J 195/45R17 tyre: 17X6 1/2J
Tyre pressures For the specified tyre pressure, see the tyre information label located on the driver’s door
lock pillar.
Recommended snow chain (for Europe) Radial thickness: 10 mm, axial thickness: 10 mm
Recommended snow tyre 175/65R15*2 or 185/55R16*2 195/50R162), *2

NOTE:
1) For the specified tyre size, see the Tyre Information Label located on the driver’s door lock pillar.
2) Except for Australia and Taiwan.

*1 If you cannot prepare tyres with the specified load index rate and speed symbol, prepare tyres with higher load index rate and speed
symbol.
*2 If you prepare snow tyres;
• Check that they are tyres of the same size, structure and load capacity as the originally installed tyres.
• Mount the snow tyres on all four wheels.
• Understand that the maximum permissible speed of snow tyres is generally less than the originally installed tyres.
Consult an authorized SUZUKI dealer or supplier for further information.

11-6

80SS5-01E
 SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM: Recommended fuel / lubricants and capacities (approx.)

Fuel See “FUEL RECOMMENDATION” section. 37 L (8.1 Imp gal)
Engine oil K10C engine Classification: API SL, SM, SN or SP
2.9 L (5.1 Imp pt)
models ILSAC GF-3, GF-4, GF-5 or GF-6
(replacement with oil filter)
Viscosity: SAE 5W-30
K12C engine Classification: API SN or SP
models ILSAC GF-5 or GF-6
Viscosity: SAE 0W-16 3.3 L (5.8 Imp pt)
K12D engine Classification: API SN or SP (replacement with oil filter)
models ILSAC GF-5 or GF-6
Viscosity: SAE 0W-16
K12M engine Classification: API SL, SM, SN or SP
3.1 L (5.5 Imp pt)
models ILSAC GF-3, GF-4, GF-5 or GF-6
(replacement with oil filter)
Viscosity: SAE 0W-20
K14C engine Classification: API SL, SM , SN or SP
3.3 L (5.8 Imp pt)
models ILSAC GF-3, GF-4, GF-5 or GF-6
(replacement with oil filter)
Viscosity: SAE 5W-30
K14D engine Classification: API SL, SM, SN or SP
3.6 L (6.3 Imp pt)
models ILSAC GF-3, GF-4, GF-5 or GF-6
(replacement with oil filter)
Viscosity: SAE 0W-20

11-7

80SS5-01E
SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM: Recommended fuel / lubricants and capacities (approx.)

Engine coolant K10C M/T 4.5 L (7.9 Imp pt)
engine (including reservoir tank)
models A/T 4.7 L (8.3 Imp pt)
(including reservoir tank)
K12C M/T 4.6 L (8.1 Imp pt)
engine (including reservoir tank)
models CVT 4.7 L (8.3 Imp pt)
(including reservoir tank)
K12D CVT
4.6 L (8.1 Imp pt)
engine
(including reservoir tank)
models
“SUZUKI LLC: Super (Blue) Coolant”
K12M M/T 4.5 L (7.9 Imp pt)
engine (including reservoir tank)
models CVT 4.7 L (8.3 Imp pt)
(including reservoir tank)
K14C M/T 5.4 L (9.5 Imp pt)
engine (including reservoir tank)
models A/T 5.6 L (9.9 Imp pt)
(including reservoir tank)
K14D M/T
5.3 L (9.3 Imp pt)
engine
(including reservoir tank)
models

11-8

80SS5-01E
 SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM: Recommended fuel / lubricants and capacities (approx.)

Manual transmis- K10C engine
2.48 L (4.4 Imp pt)
sion oil models
K12C, K12D and
K12M engine 1.5 L (2.6 Imp pt)
“SUZUKI GEAR OIL 75W”
models
K14C and K14D
engine 1.45 L (2.6 Imp pt)
models

11-9

80SS5-01E
SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM: Recommended fuel / lubricants and capacities (approx.)

Automatic transmission oil “SUZUKI AT OIL AW-1” 6.2 L (10.9 Imp pt)
CVT fluid SUZUKI CVTF GREEN-2 5.73 L (10.1 Imp pt)
Brake fluid / Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or DOT3 –

11-10

80SS5-01E
 SUPPLEMENT

SUPPLEMENT
For Australia ........................................................................ 12-1
For GCC Countries .............................................................. 12-4
For Mexico ........................................................................... 12-6
For Taiwan ........................................................................... 12-7
For Chile and Panama .......................................................12-11
For Argentina ......................................................................12-12

12

80SS5-01E
SUPPLEMENT

For Australia Child restraint Child restraint top strap anchor

brackets
WARNING
Built date EXAMPLE
Child restraint anchorages are
Built date is located on Vehicle Identifica- designed to withstand only those
tion plate. loads imposed by correctly fitted
child restraints. Under no circum- Front
“Built Date” means – the calendar month
and the year in which the body shell and stances are they to be used for adult
power train sub-assemblies are conjoined seat belts, harnesses or for attaching
and the vehicle is driven or moved from the other items or equipment to the vehi-
production line. cle.

NOTE:
Temporary-use spare tyre SUZUKI genuine child restraint systems do
(compact spare tyre) not comply with AS (Australian standard)
(except for sport model) 1754. 52RS20010
Do not use these child restraint systems in
Australia. Some child restraint systems require the
TYRE SIZE T135/70R15 99M use of a top strap. Top strap anchor brack-
ets are provided in your vehicle at the loca-
RIM SIZE 15 x 4T
tions shown in the illustration.
COLD TYRE
420 kPa (60 psi)
PRESSURE

Temporary Spare Tyres fitted to this vehi-

cle must have a maximum load rating of
not less than 450 kg, or a load index of
“80” and a speed category symbol of not
less than “M” (130 km/h).
Drive with caution when the Temporary-
Use Spare Unit is fitted. Reinstall standard
unit as soon as possible.

12-1

80SS5-01E
 SUPPLEMENT

Warning label for front passenger’s

Rear-facing child restraint front airbag Seat belt warning
EXAMPLE Follow this WARNING in addition to the
WARNING SEAT BELT instruction in this book.
Do not use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an
WARNING
airbag in front of it. Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
WARNING of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and
Do not install a rear-facing child shoulders, as applicable; wearing the
restraint in the front passenger’s lap section of the belt across the
seat. If the passenger’s front airbag abdominal area must be avoided.
inflates, a child in a rear-facing child • Seat belts should be adjusted as
restraint could be killed or severely firmly as possible, consistent with
injured. The back of a rear-facing comfort, to provide the protection
child restraint would be too close to 72M00150 for which they have been designed.
the inflating airbag. A slack belt will greatly reduce the
You may find this label on the sun visor. protection afforded to the wearer.
If you must use a front-facing child • Care should be taken to avoid con-
WARNING tamination of the webbing with pol-
restraint in the front passenger’s seat, be
sure to move the front passenger’s seat as NEVER use a rearward facing child ishes, oils and chemicals, and
far back as possible. Please refer to “Seat restraint on a seat protected by an particularly battery acid. Cleaning
Belts and Child Restraint Systems” in the ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH may safely be carried out using
“BEFORE DRIVING” section for details on or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD mild soap and water. The belt
securing your child. can occur. should be replaced if webbing
becomes frayed, contaminated or
damaged.
(Continued)

12-2

80SS5-01E
SUPPLEMENT

WARNING Lithium battery

(Continued)
• It is essential to replace the entire
assembly after it has been worn in
a severe impact even if damage to
the assembly is not obvious.
• Belts should not be worn with
straps twisted.
• Each belt assembly must only be
used by one occupant; it is danger-
ous to put a belt around a child
being carried on the occupant’s
lap.

In the case where a “Seat Belt Assembly” 78RM10010

incorporates an “Automatic Length Adjust-
ing and Locking Retractor” or an “Emer-
gency Locking Retractor”. WARNING
Do not ingest the battery, Chemical
WARNING Burn Hazard
• No modifications or additions (The remote control supplied with)
should be made by the user which This product contains a coin/button
will either prevent the seat belt cell battery. If the coin/button cell bat-
adjusting devices from operating to tery is swallowed, it can cause severe
remove slack, or prevent the seat internal burns in just 2 hours and can
belt assembly from being adjusted lead to death.
to remove slack. Keep new and used batteries away
• Referring to the SEAT BELT from children. If the battery compart-
instruction in this book, adjust the ment does not close securely, stop
seat belt so that the lap and sash using the product and keep it away
portions of the Seat Belt Assembly from children. If you think batteries
fit as firmly as possible consistent might have been swallowed or placed
with comfort. inside any part of the body, seek
immediate medical attention.

12-3

80SS5-01E
 SUPPLEMENT

For GCC Countries Warning label for front passenger’s

front airbag
Technical data
EXAMPLE
1.2L
Max power : 61kW/6000rpm
Max torque : 113Nm/4200rpm
Max speed : 170km/h (2WD/CVT)

52RS303

You may find this label on the sun visor.

WARNING
NEVER use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD
can occur.

12-4

80SS5-01E
SUPPLEMENT

12-5

80SS5-01E
 SUPPLEMENT

NOTE: when you are using an oxygenated fuel,

For Mexico Oxygenated fuels are fuels which contain switch back to the regular unleaded gaso-
oxygen-carrying additives such as MTBE line.
or alcohol.
Fuel recommendation If the “RON 95” label is attached, you must NOTICE
use unleaded gasoline with a minimum rat-
ing of 91 pump octane ((R + M)/2 method). Be careful not to spill fuel containing
EXAMPLE alcohol while refueling. If fuel is
Gasoline-ethanol blends spilled on the vehicle body, wipe it up
Blends of unleaded gasoline and ethanol immediately. Fuels containing alco-
(grain alcohol), also known as gasohol, hol can cause paint damage, which is
may be used in your vehicle if the ethanol not covered under the New Vehicle
content is not greater than 10%. Limited Warranty.

Fuel pump labeling Tyre rotation

or
or In some states, pumps that dispense oxy- 4-tyre rotation
genated fuels are required to be labeled
80SS12010
for the type and percentage of oxygenate
and whether important additives are pres-
Your vehicle requires regular unleaded ent. Such labels may provide enough infor-
gasoline with a minimum rating of 87 pump mation for you to determine if a particular
octane ((R + M)/2 method). In some areas, blend of fuel meets the requirements listed
the only fuels that are available are oxy- above. In other areas, pumps may not be
genated fuels. clearly labeled as to the content or type of
Oxygenated fuels which meet the mini- oxygenate and additives. If you are not
mum octane requirement and the require- sure that the fuel you intend to use meets
ments described below may be used in these requirements, check with the service
your vehicle without jeopardizing the New station operator or the fuel supplier.
Vehicle Limited Warranty.
NOTE:
To help clean the air, SUZUKI recom- 54G114

mends you use the oxygenated fuels. To avoid uneven wear of your tyres and to
However, if you are not satisfied with the prolong their life, rotate the tyres as illus-
driveability or fuel economy of your vehicle trated. Tyres should be rotated as recom-

12-6

80SS5-01E
SUPPLEMENT

mended in the periodic maintenance

schedule. After rotation, adjust front and For Taiwan Child restraint system
rear tyre pressures to the specification
listed on your vehicle’s Tyre Information CAUTION
Label. Warning label for front passenger’s
front airbag Adjust the height of the head
restraint or remove it for fitting the
child restraint, as necessary. How-
ever, if a booster cushion not
equipped with the backrest or the
head restraint is fitted, the seat head
restraint should not be removed. If
the head restraint is removed for fit-
ting the child restraint, you need to
install it again after removing the
child restraint.
If the child restraint is fitted improp-
erly, a child sitting in it could be
injured in a collision. (Refer to
“Installation with lapshoulder seat
61MS503
belts” section, “Installation with ISO-
FIX type anchorages” section and
You may find this label on the sun visor. “Installation of child restraint with
top tether” section in “FOR SAFE
DRIVING” section for details.)
WARNING
DO NOT carry baby, infant and chil-
dren on the front passenger seat.
Otherwise, it is a violation of the leg-
islation.

12-7

80SS5-01E
 SUPPLEMENT

Child restraint
The suitability of each passenger’s seat
position for carriage of children and fitting
of child restraint system is shown in the
table below.

Child restraint systems suitability for

each seat position

It is suitable for universal cat-

egory of child restraint sys-
tem fixed with the vehicle
seat belt.
It is suitable for i-Size and
ISOFIX child restraint sys-
83RS034
tem.
NOTE: This seat is equipped with
The above illustration shows Left handle Top tether anchorage point.
drive vehicle.
Seat position number of , , and It is not suitable for child
is same as Left handle drive vehicle restraint system.
for Right handle drive vehicle.
Front passenger’s seat
Rear seat right side
Rear seat center
Rear seat left side

12-8

80SS5-01E
SUPPLEMENT

Detailed information for child restraint system

Seating position
Seat position number

Seating position suitable for universal belted

NO YES YES YES
(YES/NO)

i-Size seating position

NO YES NO YES
(YES/NO)

Seating position suitable for lateral fixture

NO X NO X
(L1/L2)

Suitable rear-facing fixture

NO R1,R2,R3 NO R1,R2,R3
(R1/R2/R3)

Suitable front-facing fixture

NO F2X,F2,F3 NO F2X,F2,F3
(F2X/F2/F3)

Key of letters to be inserted in the above table

YES =Suitable for this seating position
NO = Not suitable for this seating position
X =ISOFIX position is not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems in this fixture.

ISOFIX child restraint systems are divided into different mass group, size class and fixture.
The child restraint system can be used in the seating positions for fixture shown in the above table.
For mass group, size class and fixture, confirm the table of next page.

12-9

80SS5-01E
 SUPPLEMENT

If your child restraint system has no size class (or if you cannot find information in the following table),
refer to the child restraint system suitability information for the vehicle or ask the retailer of your child seat.
Mass group Size class Fixture Description
F L1 Left Lateral facing position Child Restraint Systems (carry-cot)
0
G L2 Right Lateral facing position Child Restraint Systems (carry-cot)
(up to 10 kg)
E R1 Rear-facing seat

E R1 Rear-facing seat
0+
D R2 Reduced-Size rear-facing toddler Child Restraint Systems
(up to 13kg)
C R3 Full-Size rear-facing toddler Child Restraint Systems

D R2 Reduced-Size rear-facing toddler Child Restraint Systems

C R3 Full-Size rear-facing toddler Child Restraint Systems

I
B F2 Reduced-Height front-facing toddler Child Restraint Systems
(9kg to 18kg)
B1 F2X Reduced-Height front-facing toddler Child Restraint Systems

A F3 Full-Height front-facing toddler Child Restraint Systems

II
X X –
(15kg to 25kg)
III
X X –
(22kg to 36kg)
Key of letters to be inserted in the above table
X = There is no fixture for this mass group.

12-10

80SS5-01E
SUPPLEMENT

K10C, K12C and K14C engine models NOTE:

For Chile and Panama You must use unleaded gasoline with an If you are not satisfied with the driveability
octane number (RON) of 95 or higher. or fuel economy of your vehicle when you
These vehicles are also identified by a use a gasoline-alcohol blend, you should
Fuel recommendation label attached near the fuel filler pipe that switch back to unleaded gasoline contain-
states: “UNLEADED FUEL ONLY”, “NUR ing no alcohol.
EXAMPLE UNVERBLEITES BENZIN”, “ENDAST
BLYFRI BENSIN” or “SOLO GASOLINA NOTICE
SIN PLOMO”.
The fuel tank has an air space to
Gasoline-ethanol blends allow for fuel expansion in hot
Blends of unleaded gasoline and ethanol weather. If you continue to add fuel
(grain alcohol), also known as gasohol, are after the filler nozzle has automati-
commercially available in some areas. cally shut off or an initial blowback
Blends of this type may be used in your occurs, the air chamber will become
vehicle if they are no more than 10% etha- full. Exposure to heat when fully
or fuelled in this manner will result in
nol.
or Check that this gasoline-ethanol blend has leakage due to fuel expansion. To
octane ratings no lower than those recom- prevent such fuel leakage, stop filling
80SS12010 mended for gasoline. after the filler nozzle has automati-
cally shut off, or when initial vent
K12M engine models blowback occurs, if using an alterna-
You must use unleaded gasoline with an Gasoline-methanol blends
Blends of unleaded gasoline and methanol tive non-automatic system.
octane number (RON) of 91 or higher.
These vehicles are also identified by a (wood alcohol) are also commercially avail-
label attached near the fuel filler pipe that able in some areas. DO NOT USE fuels NOTICE
states: “UNLEADED FUEL ONLY”, “NUR containing more than 5% methanol under
any circumstances. Fuel system damage or Be careful not to spill fuel containing
UNVERBLEITES BENZIN”, “ENDAST alcohol while refueling. If fuel is
BLYFRI BENSIN” or “SOLO GASOLINA vehicle performance problems resulting
from the use of such fuels are not the spilled on the vehicle body, wipe it up
SIN PLOMO”. immediately. Fuels containing alco-
responsibility of SUZUKI and may not be
covered under the New Vehicle Warranty. hol can cause paint damage, which is
Fuels containing 5% or less methanol may not covered under the New Vehicle
be suitable for use in your vehicle if they Limited Warranty.
contain cosolvents and corrosion inhibi-
tors.

12-11

80SS5-01E
 SUPPLEMENT

Gasoline-ethanol blends
For Argentina Blends of unleaded gasoline and ethanol NOTICE
(grain alcohol), also known as gasohol, are
commercially available in some areas. Be careful not to spill fuel containing
Fuel recommendation Blends of this type may be used in your alcohol while refueling. If fuel is
vehicle if they are no more than 12% etha- spilled on the vehicle body, wipe it up
nol. Make sure this gasoline-ethanol blend immediately. Fuels containing alco-
EXAMPLE hol can cause paint damage, which is
has octane ratings no lower than those
recommended for gasoline. not covered under the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty.
NOTE:
If you are not satisfied with the driveability
or fuel economy of your vehicle when you
use a gasoline-alcohol blend, you should
switch back to unleaded gasoline contain-
ing no alcohol.

NOTICE
80SS12020
The fuel tank has an air space to
allow for fuel expansion in hot
If your vehicle is not fitted with a restrictor weather. If you continue to add fuel
in the fuel filler pipe and a label after the filler nozzle has automati-
“UNLEADED FUEL ONLY” is not attached cally shut off or an initial blowback
on the fuel filler lid, then you may use occurs, the air chamber will become
leaded or unleaded gasoline with an full. Exposure to heat when fully
octane number (RON) of 91 or higher. fuelled in this manner will result in
Note, it is preferable to use unleaded gas- leakage due to fuel expansion. To
oline. prevent such fuel leakage, stop filling
If a label “UNLEADED FUEL ONLY” is after the filler nozzle has automati-
attached on the fuel filler lid regardless of a cally shut off, or when using an alter-
restrictor in the fuel filler pipe, you must native non-automatic system, initial
use unleaded gasoline with an octane vent blowback occurs.
number (RON) of 91 or higher (or RON of
95 or higher if it is stated on the fuel filler
lid).

12-12

80SS5-01E
SUPPLEMENT

MEMO

12-13

80SS5-01E
 INDEX

INDEX Average fuel consumption ............................. 2-69, 2-80, 2-101

Average speed...........................................................2-80, 2-101
Symbols B
“ACC” Indicator Light ....................................................... 2-140 Battery...................................................................................7-63
“SET” indicator light ......................................................... 2-143 Battery replacement....................................................2-11, 2-13
Numerics Blind Spot Monitor (BSM)..................................................3-110
6-Speed automatic transmission ....................................... 3-22 Bluetooth® audio..................................................................5-66
A Bluetooth® hands-free .........................................................5-57
Accelerator and brake ....................................................... 2-101 Boost pressure and engine oil temperature.........2-101, 2-106
Accelerator pedal................................................................. 3-13 Brake assist system...........................................................3-129
Accessory socket .................................................................. 5-6 Brake fluid.............................................................................7-56
Adaptive cruise control system ......................................... 3-91 Brake pedal..................................................................3-13, 7-57
Adaptive cruise control system warning light ....... 2-142, 3-99 Brake system warning light .............................................. 2-130
Adding coolant..................................................................... 7-45 Brakes ...................................................................................7-56
Adjusting headlight pattern .............................................. 2-149 Braking................................................................................3-129
AIR BAG light ..................................................................... 2-133 Brightness control ............................................ 2-66, 2-76, 2-97
Air cleaner ............................................................................ 7-47 Built date............................................................................... 12-1
Air conditioning system...................................................... 7-83 Bulb replacement ................................................................. 7-71
AIRBAG light ........................................................................ 2-52 C
AM/FM CD player ................................................................. 5-30 Catalytic converter................................................................. 4-1
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ............................... 3-129, 3-132 Center console tray................................................................ 5-8
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) warning light ................... 2-131 Central door locking system................................................. 2-3
Anti-theft feature.................................................................. 5-71 Changing engine oil and filter............................................. 7-42
Assist grips ............................................................................ 5-7 Changing wheels.................................................................... 8-5
Audio system ....................................................................... 5-30 Charging light.....................................................................2-132
Automatic headlight leveling system warning light ....... 2-139 Chassis serial number.........................................................10-1
Automatic heating and air conditioning system
13
Child restraint..............................................................12-1, 12-8
(climate control)................................................................... 5-23 Child restraint system for countries applied
Automatic light operation ................................................. 2-144 for UN Regulation No.16......................................................2-41
AUX function ........................................................................ 5-55 Child restraint systems .......................................................2-38
AUX/USB socket .................................................................... 5-7 Child-proof locks (rear door) ................................................ 2-4

13-1

80SS5-01E
INDEX

Clock .................................................................2-67, 2-78, 2-100 E

Clock and date ................................................................... 2-101 Electric mirrors.....................................................................2-23
Clutch fluid ........................................................................... 7-53 Electric power steering light .............................................2-135
Clutch pedal ................................................................ 3-13, 7-53 Electric window controls.....................................................2-19
Compact spare tyre ............................................................. 7-62 Electronic stability program (ESP®) .................................3-131
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)...................... 3-27 Emergency locking retractor (ELR)....................................2-32
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid ............. 7-54 Emergency stop signal (ESS) ........................................... 3-119
Coolant level check ............................................................. 7-45 Energy flow..............................................................2-101, 2-107
Coolant replacement ........................................................... 7-47 Energy flow indicator..................................................2-80, 3-53
Corrosion prevention ............................................................ 9-1 ENG A-STOP indicator light ...................................2-100, 2-141
Cruise control ...................................................................... 3-67 ENG ASTOP indicator light ...............................................2-100
Cruise indicator light......................................................... 2-143 ENG A-STOP OFF light ............... 2-100, 2-142, 3-39, 3-50, 3-64
Cup holder and storage area ................................................ 5-8 ENG A-STOP OFF switch ...........................................3-50, 3-64
ENG A-STOP system (engine auto stop start system)
D (for K12D engine model)......................................................3-39
Daily inspection checklist..................................................... 3-1 ENG A-STOP system (engine auto stop start system)
Daytime running light.......................................................... 7-75 (for K14D engine model)......................................................3-56
Daytime running light (D.R.L.) system............................. 2-147 Engine coolant .....................................................................7-45
Deceleration energy regenerating Engine coolant temperature light .....................................2-136
indicator light ...................................................2-142, 3-38, 3-55 Engine hood ........................................................................... 5-2
Door locks .............................................................................. 2-2 Engine oil and filter.............................................................. 7-37
Drive belt .............................................................................. 7-36 Engine oil consumption ........................................................ 3-2
Driver’s seat belt reminder light / Engine serial number........................................................... 10-1
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light ..................... 2-133 Engine switch ......................................................................... 3-5
Driving on hills....................................................................... 4-3 Engine switch illumination.................................................... 3-7
Driving on slippery roads ..................................................... 4-4 Engine trouble: Does not start............................................8-16
Driving range....................................................2-69, 2-80, 2-101 Engine trouble: Overheating...............................................8-16
Driving time ............................................................... 2-80, 2-101 Engine trouble: Starter does not operate ..........................8-16
Dual sensor .......................................................................... 3-84 ESP® OFF indicator light ........................................2-132, 3-133
Dual sensor brake support indicator light ...................... 2-137 ESP® OFF switch ............................................................... 3-133
Dual sensor brake support OFF indicator light .............. 2-137 ESP® warning light .................................................2-131, 3-132
Dual sensor brake support OFF switch............................. 3-82 Exhaust gas warning ............................................................. 3-1
Dual sensor brake support system.................................... 3-71

13-2

80SS5-01E
 INDEX

F Fuses in engine compartment ............................................7-66

Flat tyre repair kit................................................................... 8-7 Fuses under dashboard ......................................................7-69
Floor mats ............................................................................ 5-10 G
Fluid level check .................................................................. 7-54 Gasoline containing MTBE.................................................... 1-1
Folding rear seats................................................................ 2-27 Gasoline particulate filter (GPF)
Footrest ................................................................................ 5-10 (for K14D engine model)......................................................3-19
For Argentina ..................................................................... 12-12 Gasoline-ethanol blends ..............................................1-1, 12-6
For Australia......................................................................... 12-1 Gear oil..................................................................................7-52
For Chile and Panama ....................................................... 12-11 Gear oil change ....................................................................7-53
For GCC Countries .............................................................. 12-4 Gear oil level check.............................................................. 7-52
For Mexico............................................................................ 12-6 Gear position .............................................................2-83, 2-108
For Taiwan............................................................................ 12-7 Gearshift indicator ......................................................2-83, 3-33
Frame hooks ........................................................................ 5-12 Glove box................................................................................ 5-7
Front airbags........................................................................ 2-53 Guide me light .................................................................... 2-147
Front bottle holder................................................................. 5-9 H
Front cup holders .................................................................. 5-9 Halogen headlights .............................................................. 7-72
Front fog light ...................................................................... 7-74 Hazard warning switch ...................................................... 2-157
Front fog light indicator light............................................ 2-141 Head restraints .....................................................................2-26
Front fog light switch ........................................................ 2-148 Headlight aiming ..................................................................7-70
Front passenger airbag deactivation system ................... 2-62 Headlight leveling switch ..................................................2-156
Front position light .............................................................. 7-73 Heated rear window switch / heated outside
Front seat back pocket........................................................ 5-10 rearview mirrors switch.....................................................2-161
Front seats ........................................................................... 2-24 Heating and air conditioning system .................................5-16
Front turn signal light.......................................................... 7-73 High beam assist indicator light (green).......................... 2-140
Fuel consumption............................................2-69, 2-80, 2-101 High beam assist warning light (orange).........................2-139
Fuel filler cap.......................................................................... 5-1 High engine coolant temperature warning light
Fuel gauge..........................................................2-65, 2-75, 2-96 (red color) ...........................................................................2-136
Fuel pump labeling .............................................................. 12-6 High-mount stop light..........................................................7-77
Highway driving ..................................................................... 4-3
Fuel recommendation ............................1-1, 12-6, 12-11, 12-12
Hill hold control system ....................................................3-134
Full wheel cover..................................................................... 8-7
Horn..................................................................................... 2-161
Fuses .................................................................................... 7-65
How ABS works..................................................................3-131

13-3

80SS5-01E
INDEX

I K
If you cannot shift automatic transmission Keyless entry system transmitter................................2-6, 2-12
gearshift lever out of “P” (PARK)....................................... 3-26 Keyless push start system.................................................... 3-7
If you cannot shift CVT gearshift lever Keyless push start system remote controller ..................... 2-6
out of “P” (PARK) ................................................................ 3-32 Keyless push start system remote controller
Ignition “ON” Indicator Light............................................ 2-140 battery consumption warning light ...........................2-10, 2-68
Ignition key reminder ............................................................ 2-2 Keys......................................................................................... 2-1
Ignition switch........................................................................ 3-3 L
Illumination indicator light................................................ 2-141 Lane departure warning indicator light............................2-138
Immobilizer system ............................................................... 2-1 Lane departure warning OFF indicator light ...................2-138
Immobilizer/keyless push start system warning light.... 2-134 Lane departure warning OFF switch .................................. 3-83
Improving fuel economy ....................................................... 4-2 Lap-shoulder belt ................................................................. 2-32
Information display............................................2-67, 2-77, 2-99 LED headlight warning light.............................................. 2-139
Information shown after driving......................................... 2-84 LED headlights .....................................................................7-72
Information switch............................................................... 2-98 License plate light................................................................7-76
Inside rearview mirror ......................................................... 2-22 Light reminder buzzer........................................................2-147
Installation of child restraint with top tether..................... 2-49 Lighting control lever ........................................................2-143
Installation with ISOFIX type anchorages ......................... 2-47 Limit indicator light............................................................ 2-143
Installation with lap-shoulder seat belts ........................... 2-46 Listening to a CD..................................................................5-41
Instantaneous fuel consumption ...................2-69, 2-80, 2-101 Listening to an iPod.............................................................5-51
Instrument cluster ............................................. 2-64, 2-74, 2-95 Listening to an MP3/WMA/AAC disc .................................. 5-44
Listening to files stored in a USB device...........................5-48
Interior light................................................................... 5-5, 7-79
Listening to the radio........................................................... 5-39
Interior workable area for keyless push start system...... 3-10
Lithium-ion battery......................................................3-40, 3-57
J Lithium-ion battery indication............................................. 3-38
Jacking instructions.............................................................. 8-2 Low engine coolant temperature light (blue color).........2-136
Jump-starting instructions ................................................. 8-12 Low fuel warning light .......................................................2-135
Low tire pressure warning light........................................ 3-135
Low tyre pressure warning light.......................................2-128
Luggage compartment carpet............................................. 5-12
Luggage compartment cover..............................................5-11
Luggage compartment hook...............................................5-11

13-4

80SS5-01E
 INDEX

M Pedal......................................................................................3-12
Main beam (high beam) indicator light ............................ 2-141 Periodic maintenance schedule - For K10C engine,
Maintenance recommended under severe driving conditions K14C engine and K14D engine model.................................. 7-3
- For K10C engine, K14C engine and Periodic maintenance schedule
K14D engine model ............................................................... 7-9 - For K12C engine and K12M engine model ......................7-16
Maintenance recommended under severe driving conditions Periodic maintenance schedule
- For K12C engine and K12M engine model...................... 7-21 - For K12D engine model.....................................................7-26
Maintenance recommended under severe driving conditions Pinching prevention function ............................................. 2-21
- For K12D engine model .................................................... 7-31 Power-assisted brakes ...................................................... 3-129
Maintenance schedule .......................................................... 7-2 PUSH indicator light ..........................................................2-140
Malfunction indicator light................................................ 2-133 R
Manual heating and air conditioning system.................... 5-17 Radio antenna ...................................................................... 5-29
Manual mode............................................................... 3-24, 3-30 Raising vehicle with garage jack .......................................... 8-4
Manual transmission ........................................................... 3-20 Rear bottle holder .................................................................. 5-9
Master warning indicator light.......................................... 2-143 Rear combination light ........................................................ 7-75
Mirrors .................................................................................. 2-22 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) .......................................3-116
Motion ................................................................................. 2-101 Rear cup holder...................................................................... 5-9
O Rear fog light ........................................................................7-77
Odometer..........................................................2-69, 2-83, 2-108 Rear fog light indicator light .............................................2-141
Off-road driving...................................................................... 4-6 Rear fog light switch..........................................................2-149
Oil filter replacement ........................................................... 7-43 Rear seats .............................................................................2-26
Oil level check...................................................................... 7-41 Rear window wiper/washer switch ................................... 2-159
Oil pressure light ............................................................... 2-132 Rearview camera................................................................3-125
Open door warning light ................................................... 2-135 Refill with oil and oil leakage check ...................................7-44
Outside rearview mirrors .................................................... 2-22 Refilling .................................................................................7-42
Outside rearview mirrors folding switch ........................... 2-23 Remote audio controls ........................................................ 5-69
P Replacement of the battery .................................................7-64
Parking brake ....................................................................... 7-58 Replacing tyres and/or wheels .........................................3-143
Parking brake lever.............................................................. 3-11 Running-in .............................................................................. 4-1
Parking brake reminder buzzer .......................................... 3-12
Parking sensors................................................................. 3-120

13-5

80SS5-01E
INDEX

S Starting / stopping engine

S (sport) mode ..................................................................... 3-29 (vehicle with keyless push start system)...........................3-15
S (sport) mode indicator ................................................... 2-142 Starting / stopping engine
Seat adjustment ................................................................... 2-24 (vehicle without keyless push start system) .....................3-13
Seat belt hanger................................................................... 2-36 Steering lock warning light ...............................................2-136
Seat belt inspection............................................................. 2-36 Steering wheel...................................................................... 7-59
Seat belt pretensioner system............................................ 2-37 Stuck vehicle .......................................................................... 4-5
Seat belt reminder ............................................................... 2-34 Sun visor................................................................................. 5-4
Seat belt warning ................................................................. 12-2 Supplemental restraint system (airbags)...........................2-51
Seat belts and child restraint systems .............................. 2-29 SUZUKI SAFETY SUPPORT ................................................ 3-71
Seat height adjustment lever.............................................. 2-25 T
Seat position adjustment lever........................................... 2-25 Tachometer........................................................ 2-65, 2-75, 2-96
Seatback angle adjustment lever ....................................... 2-25 Tailgate.................................................................................... 2-4
Selection of coolant............................................................. 7-45 Temperature gauge.....................................................2-76, 2-97
Selection of ignition modes.................................................. 3-7 Temporary-use spare tyre (compact spare tyre)...............12-1
Selector position..............................................2-69, 2-83, 2-108 Theft deterrent alarm system..............................................2-14
Setting mode ....................................................2-72, 2-84, 2-109 Theft deterrent light .............................................................2-18
Shoulder anchor height adjuster ....................................... 2-36 Thermometer ...............................................................2-68, 2-78
SHVS (Smart Hybrid Vehicle by Suzuki) Thermometer (if equipped) / ENG ASTOP indicator light
(for K12D engine model) ..................................................... 3-37 (if equipped) / ENG A-STOP OFF light (if equipped)....... 2-100
Side airbags and side curtain airbags ............................... 2-56 Tilt/telescoping steering lock lever ..................................2-160
Side door locks ...................................................................... 2-2 Torque and power ..............................................................2-101
Side turn signal light ........................................................... 7-74 Total idling fuel saved .........................................................2-80
Snow chains........................................................................... 4-4 Total idling stop time ........................................................... 2-80
Spark plugs .......................................................................... 7-50 Total idling stop time and
SPECIFICATIONS................................................................. 11-1 total idling fuel saved .............................................2-101, 2-105
Specified fluid ...................................................................... 7-54 Towing...................................................................................8-15
Specified oil.......................................................................... 7-37 Traction control system ....................................................3-131
Speed limiter ........................................................................ 3-69 Trailer towing (except for sport model) ............................... 6-1
Speedometer ......................................................2-65, 2-75, 2-96 Transmission warning light .............................................. 2-134
Stability control system .................................................... 3-131 Trip meter......................................................... 2-69, 2-83, 2-108

13-6

80SS5-01E
 INDEX

Turn signal control lever................................................... 2-156

Turn signal indicators ....................................................... 2-140
Turn signal operation ........................................................ 2-156
Tyre changing tool................................................................. 8-1
Tyre inspection .................................................................... 7-60
Tyre pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ...................... 3-135
Tyre rotation......................................................................... 7-61
Tyres ..................................................................................... 7-59
U
Using transmission ............................................................. 3-20
V
Vehicle cleaning..................................................................... 9-2
Vehicle identification........................................................... 10-1
Vehicle loading ...................................................................... 6-1
Vehicle speed............................................................ 2-80, 2-101
W
Warning and indicator lights ............................................ 2-128
Warning and indicator messages
....................................... 2-87, 2-112, 3-102, 3-115, 3-118, 3-125
Warning label for front passenger’s front airbag
....................................................................2-52, 12-2, 12-4, 12-7
Washing.................................................................................. 9-4
Waxing .................................................................................... 9-6
When encountering a flooded area...................................... 4-6
Windows ............................................................................... 2-18
Windshield washer ............................................................ 2-159
Windshield washer fluid...................................................... 7-82
Windshield wiper and washer lever ................................. 2-157
Windshield wipers ............................................................. 2-158
Wiper and washer operation............................................. 2-158
Wiper blades ........................................................................ 7-79

13-7

80SS5-01E
 

ɂ

 

ɂ

80SS5-01E


     
51-44325         51-47090        
                             
             

       
50-20345         51-53936        
                             
             

  
51-44323        
              
      

80SS5-01E
 

 
  
  

 

 
 
  

 

 
 
 

80SS5-01E
 


 
 
!
   

 


 
  

!
 

 


 
  
!
 

80SS5-01E
    

ㅜॱҼọ
㏃රᔿ䂽䅹ਸṬѻվ࣏⦷ሴ乫䴫₏ˈ䶎㏃䁡ਟˈ‫ޜ‬ਨǃ୶㲏ᡆ֯⭘㘵൷нᗇ᫵㠚䆺ᴤ乫
⦷ǃ࣐བྷ࣏⦷ᡆ䆺ᴤ৏䁝䀸ѻ⢩ᙗ৺࣏㜭DŽ

ㅜॱഋọ
վ࣏⦷ሴ乫䴫₏ѻ֯⭘нᗇᖡ丯伋㡚ᆹ‫ޘ‬৺ᒢᬮਸ⌅䙊ؑ˗㏃Ⲭ⨮ᴹᒢᬮ⨮䊑ᱲˈ៹・ণ
‫ˈ⭘ڌ‬і᭩ழ㠣❑ᒢᬮᱲᯩᗇ㒬㒼֯⭘DŽ
ࡽ丵ਸ⌅䙊ؑˈᤷ‫׍‬䴫ؑ⌅㾿ᇊ֌ᾝѻ❑㐊䴫䙊ؑDŽ
վ࣏⦷ሴ乫䴫₏丸ᗽਇਸ⌅䙊ؑᡆᐕᾝǃ、ᆨ৺䟛Ⱳ⭘䴫⌒䕫ሴᙗ䴫₏䁝‫ۉ‬ѻᒢᬮDŽ

80SS5-01E
 

$*5ee3$5/ $1570$52&
"#$%&'(%$#)*  
'*&'(%$#)*  

 

$*5ee3$5/ $1570$52&
"#$%&'(%$#)*   
'*&'(%$#)*   

 

$*5ee3$5/ $1570$52&
"#$%&'(%$#)*  
'*&'(%$#)*   

80SS5-01E
02'(/1$0(70 02'(/1$0(.3

02'(/1$0(,3 02'(/1$0(.3

 

80SS5-01E
02'(/1R 70



02'(/1R ,3



02'(/1R .3



02'(/1R .3



80SS5-01E
70 ,3

20$175$ 20$175$
5 5
' '

.3 .3

20$175$ 20$175$
5 5
' '

80SS5-01E
70 ,3
75$ 75$
5(*,67(5('1R 5(*,67(5('1R
(5 (5
'($/(51R '($/(51R
'$ '$

.3 .3
75$ 75$
5(*,67(5('1R 5(*,67(5('1R
(5 (5
'($/(51R '($/(51R
'$ '$

80SS5-01E
 $*5((3$5/¶$1570$52&

7\SH70
1XPpURG¶DJUpPHQW05$157
'DWHG¶DJUpPHQW

7\SH,3
1XPpURG¶DJUpPHQW05$157
'DWHG¶DJUpPHQW

7\SH.3
1XPpURG¶DJUpPHQW05$157
'DWHG¶DJUpPHQW

7\SH.3
1XPpURG¶DJUpPHQW05$157
'DWHG¶DJUpPHQW

80SS5-01E
S180052024

40398036

80SS5-01E
80SS5-01E
S180052024

OMAN-TRA
R/1293/10
D090258

TIS-15

OMAN-TRA
R/4948/17
D100428

40398036

OMAN-TRA
R/1445/10
D090258

80SS5-01E
S180052024

TRA
REGISTERED No:
ER60911/18
DEALER No:
DA36975/14

TIS-15

TRA
REGISTERED No:
ER59583/17
DEALER No:
DA36975/14

40398036

TRA
REGISTERED No:
ER38555/15
DEALER No:
DA36975/14

80SS5-01E
Ỷ≇䌯暣㲊廣⮬⿏暣㨇䭉䎮彎㱽

䫔⋩Ḵ㡅 䴻✳⺷娵嫱⎰㟤ᷳỶ≇䌯⮬柣暣㨇䚸朆䴻姙⎗䚸℔⎠䚸⓮嘇ㆾἧ䓐侭⛯ᶵ⼿㑭
冒嬲㚜柣䌯䚸≈⣏≇䌯ㆾ嬲㚜⍇姕妰ᷳ䈡⿏⍲≇傥䚹

䫔⋩⚃㡅 Ỷ≇䌯⮬柣暣㨇ᷳἧ䓐ᶵ⼿⼙枧梃凒⬱ℐ⍲⸚㒦⎰㱽忂ᾉ烊䴻䘤䎦㚱⸚㒦䎦
尉㗪䚸ㅱ䩳⌛ 䓐䚸᷎㓡┬军䃉⸚㒦㗪㕡⼿两临ἧ䓐䚹
⇵枭⎰㱽忂ᾉ䚸㊯ὅ暣ᾉ㱽夷⭂ἄ㤕ᷳ䃉䶂暣忂ᾉ䚹
Ỷ≇䌯⮬柣暣㨇枰⽵⍿⎰㱽忂ᾉㆾⶍ㤕䚸䥹⬠⍲慓䗪䓐暣㲊廣⮬⿏暣㨇姕⁁ᷳ⸚㒦䚹

80SS5-01E
S180052024

AGREE PAR L’ANRT MAROC

Numéro d’agrément : MR 17719 ANRT 2018

Date d’agrément : 16/10/2018

40398036

AGREE PAR L’ANRT MAROC

Numéro d’agrément : MR 5837 ANRT 2010

Date d’agrément : 08/10/2010

80SS5-01E
 

&1& COMISIÓN NACIONAL

DE COMUNICACIONES H-20871

80SS5-01E
㻹㼛㼐㼑㼘䠖㻷㻡㻞㻾㻭㻘㻌㻾㻡㻟㻾㻜㻘㻌㻼㻣㻠㻼㻜

㻯㼛㼙㼜㼘㼕㼑㼟㻌㼣㼕㼠㼔
㻵㻹㻰㻭㻌㻿㼠㼍㼚㼐㼍㼞㼐㼟
㻰㻭㻝㻜㻣㻞㻠㻤

80SS5-01E
㻹㼛㼐㼑㼘䠖㻷㻡㻞㻾㻭

㻵㻲㻱㼀㻱㻸㻌㻾㻸㼂㻿㼁㻷㻡㻝㻤㻙㻜㻢㻠㻤
㻿㼡㼙㼕㼠㼛㼙㼛㻌㼃㼕㼞㼕㼚㼓㻌㻿㼥㼟㼠㼑㼙㼟㻘㻌㻸㼠㼐㻚

㻹㼛㼐㼑㼘䠖㻾㻡㻟㻾㻜

㻵㻲㻱㼀㻱㻸㻌㻾㻸㼂㻿㼁㻾㻡㻝㻤㻙㻜㻢㻠㻢
㻿㼁㼆㼁㻷㻵

㻹㼛㼐㼑㼘䠖㻼㻣㻠㻼㻜

㻵㻲㻱㼀㻱㻸㻌㻾㻸㼂㻿㼁㻼㻣㻝㻤㻙㻜㻢㻠㻣
㻿㼁㼆㼁㻷㻵

㻸㼍㻌㼛㼜㼑㼞㼍㼏㼕㽾㼚㻌㼐㼑㻌㼑㼟㼠㼑㻌㼑㼝㼡㼕㼜㼛㻌㼑㼟㼠㽬㻌㼟㼡㼖㼑㼠㼍㻌㼍㻌㼘㼍㼟㻌㼟㼕㼓㼡㼕㼑㼚㼠㼑㼟㻌㼐㼛㼟㻌㼏㼛㼚㼐㼕㼏㼕㼛㼚㼑㼟㻦㻌㻔㻝㻕㻌㼑㼟
㼜㼛㼟㼕㼎㼘㼑㻌㼝㼡㼑㻌㼑㼟㼠㼑㻌㼑㼝㼡㼕㼜㼛㻌㼛㻌㼐㼕㼟㼜㼛㼟㼕㼠㼕㼢㼛㻌㼚㼛㻌㼏㼍㼡㼟㼑㻌㼕㼚㼠㼑㼞㼒㼑㼞㼑㼚㼏㼕㼍㻌㼜㼑㼞㼖㼡㼐㼕㼏㼕㼍㼘㻌㼥㻌㻔㻞㻕㻌㼑㼟㼠㼑
㼑㼝㼡㼕㼜㼛㻌㼛㻌㼐㼕㼟㼜㼛㼟㼕㼠㼕㼢㼛㻌㼐㼑㼎㼑㻌㼍㼏㼑㼜㼠㼍㼞㻌㼏㼡㼍㼘㼝㼡㼕㼑㼞㻌㼕㼚㼠㼑㼞㼒㼑㼞㼑㼚㼏㼕㼍㻘㻌㼕㼚㼏㼘㼡㼥㼑㼚㼐㼛㻌㼘㼍㻌㼝㼡㼑㻌㼜㼡㼑㼐㼍
㼏㼍㼡㼟㼍㼞㻌㼟㼡㻌㼛㼜㼑㼞㼍㼏㼕㽾㼚㻌㼚㼛㻌㼐㼑㼟㼑㼍㼐㼍㻚

80SS5-01E
 Hereby, Panasonic, declares that this AZ1601 is in compliance with the essential
requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.

C настоящето, Panasonic, декларира, че AZ1601 е в съответствие със същес

твените изисквания и другите
приложими разпоредби на Директива 1999/5/ЕС.

Panasonic tímto prohlašuje, že tento AZ1601 je ve shodě se základními

požadavky a dalšími příslušnými ustanoveními směrnice 1999/5/ES.

Undertegnede Panasonic erklærer herved, at følgende udstyr AZ1601 overholder

de væsentlige krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF.

Hierbij verklaart Panasonic dat het toestel AZ1601 in overeenstemming is met de

essentiële eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG.

Käesolevaga kinnitab Panasonic seadme AZ1601 vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/EÜ

põhinõuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele sätetele.

Panasonic vakuuttaa täten että AZ1601 tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY

oleellisten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen.

Par la présente Panasonic déclare que l'appareil AZ1601 est conforme aux
exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive
1999/5/CE.
Hiermit erklärt Panasonic, dass sich das Gerät AZ1601 in
Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den
übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet.
ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΑΡΟΥΣΑ Panasonic ΔΗΛΩΝΕΙ ΟΤΙ AZ1601 ΣΥΜΜΟΡΦΩΝΕΤΑΙ
ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΣ ΟΥΣΙΩΔΕΙΣ ΑΠΑΙΤΗΣΕΙΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΙΣ ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΣΧΕΤΙΚΕΣ ΔΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΗ
Σ
Alulírott, Panasonic nyilatkozom, hogy a AZ1601 megfelel a vonatkozó alapvetõ k
övetelményeknek és az 1999/5/EC irányelv egyéb elõírásainak.
80SS5-01E
 80SS5-01E

Con la presente Panasonic dichiara che questo AZ1601 è conforme ai requisiti

essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE.
Ar šo Panasonic deklarē, ka AZ1601 atbilst Direktīvas 1999/5/EK būtiskajām
prasībām un citiem ar to saistītajiem noteikumiem.
Šiuo Panasonic deklaruoja, kad šis AZ1601 atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas
1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas.
Hawnhekk, Panasonic, jiddikjara li dan AZ1601 jikkonforma mal-㾲ti㾬ijiet essenzjali
u ma provvedimenti o㾲rajn relevanti li hemm fid-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC.
Niniejszym Panasonic oświadcza, że AZ1601 jest zgodny z zasadniczymi
wymogami oraz pozostałymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999/5/EC.
Panasonic declara que este AZ1601 está conforme com os requisitos
essenciais e outras disposições da Directiva 1999/5/CE.
Prin prezenta, Panasonic, declară că aparatul AZ1601 este in conformitate cu
cerinţele esenţiale şi cu alte prevederi pertinente ale Directivei 1999/5/CE.
Panasonic týmto vyhlasuje, že AZ1601 spĺňa základné požiadavky a všetky príslu
šné ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES.
Panasonic izjavlja, da je ta AZ1601 v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi
relevantnimi določili direktive 1999/5/ES.
Por medio de la presente Panasonic declara que el AZ1601 cumple con los
requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles
de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.
Härmed intygar Panasonic att denna AZ1601 står I överensstämmelse med de vä
sentliga egenskapskrav och övriga relevanta bestämmelser som
framgår av direktiv 1999/5/EG.
Hér með lýsir Panasonic yfir því að AZ1601 er í samræmi við grunnkröfur og að
rar kröfur, sem gerðar eru í tilskipun 1999/5/EC.
Panasonic erklærer herved at utstyret AZ1601 er i samsvar med de
grunnleggende krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF.
Ovim Panasonic, izjavljuje da je AZ1601 u sklau s bitnim zahtjevima I drugim
relevantnim odredbama Direktive 1999/5/EC.
 5-28 Hamada-cho, Yokkaichi, Mie 510-8528 Japan
Tel: +81 59-354-6200 Fax: +81 59-354-6318
C%q")0><')n-o,)7.,0.*.%',q",2#)*2%'*-  486 C%q")0><')n-o,)7.,0.*.%',q",2#)*2%'*-  486
 3  
#'p,#"#%',C%q")0>27%*%')-#,**,)*.C%q")0><')n-o,)7.,0.*.%',q",2#)*2%'*-  @ 3"˜#¡ # #'p,#"#%',C%q")0>27%*%')-#,**,)*.C%q")0><')n-o,)7.,0.*.%',q",2#)*2%'*-  @3"˜#¡ #

8%<>? "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@0'%-*.'**.%',q",2#)**>2 3 ,-,)0#2,')07,*.,%0*,9  g@

+)(,-./
.C"*p*C*.g0'%'*,)C0)C%#,*>,-'9','<'**.C7,)(,)*%)*'%--.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
8,%<,:9%4''%,4? "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@?'*.**>2%','22'%'*""% 3 0)C%#,-#*,0.*,:)  g@
+"*0./
9,(*4-*9')g0)C%#,*,*-9%4'%,)(4')7%)(%''2(2.*9(),)*%)*'%-.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
8,%#,*%4;%* "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@?'--%1")4')'()*>2 3 %,0.*,),  g)*-2%,0.*@
+%#')/
%9-*;),(p*%g)C%#,*;*-%4;%")(,-*")*%%C()))*%)*'%--9%CA(<'%.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
!-"--,()$? "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@?$0'%q"§$q",2#)*%',$0*%,q""*>2 3 -*0)C%#m',%0*,9  g@
+1%)0./
!*p*0#2*'$0'%'*,)g0)C%#,*$-*,-2),<m§'%--,)*%)*-",9')*.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
%'2%-)*? "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@0'%'q"*,2q",2%',$0*%,0 3 -0)C%#0)',%0*,9'  g@
+ 2'),-./
*p*0#2*'0'%'0,ž)g0)C%#,'-*d,-2),<)',%00,ž))*%)*-,(",)*.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
tw„u¢£uu "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@|}~†w‚x‚w?¤}uyxx€‚w|xu„¥u‚¥¦}x} 3 }v„¥uv}„vx}„‡x‚}~xvw  ˆt@
+3"('%,')/
Š¢†u„x¢}~„wˆt|}~†w‚w‹x¢wyw„¥uv}„vx}ƒu¦}|w„}wƒ}‚xw„†}|x¢x}‚}w|‚}„.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
DEFGHIJKLMNJLG "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@?OGPQHERSFRLKJORLETLIPRNUSV 3 IPGKLWFGHLOGXWJ  YY@
+%4/
ZLIP[KEV\EWUEHLFGVO[P]NGVN^UUSK_]NGVYYORJFW`EFJRNFGHJ\SPL^`GRNFLNEPWOJNFLORJOW\F^L.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
a#* "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@2%.'b":?c*>2%d,9$.6'ea6)a 3 :9-"'"--#f%),0a  g@
+560./
h2)$6)f)ag2%.db)a-.f:4,-26,0,)'*$*,)*%)*9$'%-.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
8%#%4i%% "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@?'*%',"-*>%-*>2) 3 %,9%)--*##-#,%4*,9  g@
+'),-./
g9%)--*##--%4i%,)()-C"*4-*4')C,)-2jCk(),)*%)*'%--.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
C'<<%,0')*? "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@?,0.,'%'0.,*,2,'22'%00.,'*"%'%', 3 l0)C%#'',%**,9'  g@
+*',')/
*-*0#2*',0.,'%'6,),0)C%#,*mgl,-2),<,'-(")*,),%,66)*%)*.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
n'o'<',p'--,)'n'o "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@0'%'q"2%-)**,2q",2'#)*%d, 3 -*d#0)C%#,'0#',%*,9'  g@
+ %*"("-/
*p*,)*(%''0'%'rs0)C%#,'-*d,-2)a9)-(",)*)%r)*%)*.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
"#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@9'4""**''?**;%',',**>>22, 3 ),%4*,,9,)  g#"4',))@
+1,)),-./
g9''*,#"-*)#"4',-""-9'4""*"4-)*;>-,#,**',))*4-*,)-''*'9,'-"%''9'--',)*%)*-,**--'.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
8;%#C¨%-;4%'% "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@'**))'*>2'9%',"*%"-*),)( 3 ¨9%)--*;##%#,%4*,9  g@
+ 7,-./
)C"-*;),('*p*)*,gC¨%-;4%')#¨9%)--*;##-C,))-2jC¨:')7<<'%--.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
"#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@),),:-6>#©7,'06'?ª*>2"%6—6),'%',7( 3 :-*6()>6>%4*>7—  g@
+ ,-./
«)>*4-*4'%'0:,6()©0,g:-*-*¬2)>2)'-*¬2":—0>#'%-#,)*%)*7>#.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
"#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@,('6:'?.(>' 3 *a2"-Ÿ%d,ž<%)6$-#(C'  g,%d)>9)4@
+8")('%,')/
6g#(C­-$(,)>,'*46'**:--6¨9($%.*­'4¨9*46­,)*%)*-0a#).**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
"#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@*œ#*9>.'-":?c%d,9$6'%,'),*>2" 3 :9-Ÿ'--#%),0"  h@
+ 9'4/
h2)$h9>.d-),6.:4,-26a0,,)'*:*,)*%)*9:'%-.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
"#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@2*%:":?':*,2%',:-42%# 3 -4')6,%4*,9  g@
+ 9),')/
5*)<-,,6:'9g-4')-*,:)'9:)')'-):#-2*)#)'-9".**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
;-9'('4'%%,< "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@?*4;-9%'',-'#*AA2 3 9'-*'<,%4*,,9,  !)B"*@2,'9'-*'9"-4'%'*-,))-'''9':;%(#,-*-4.*'-@
+-*),')/
!,9'-*'9"-4'%'*-,),*;,,4*4-*)4;**-'''9:;%(#,-,)*%)*,''%--,.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
%b "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@4'%’?4'%',,4“%*' 3 '*<,-*,%4*”9',   @
+!'*9,')/
,)- '*<,-*”<'-4'%“0,:'-*4-*-,%2,:'#-b““,)*%)*'9,*)’.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
b? "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@?2'*9,%*,)"?4'%',:•%)(,),–*,2'- 3 '*,*,)4',%4*>9—   @
+!,*."'),')/
˜,-'- '*,*,4*,-4'%'0,:-*4-*'-2%,,)'#'-b,",)*%)*'%-".**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
%,)2%6)*'? "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@0'%™0™*,2"0.,2'#)*%', 3 -*š)0)C%#,*'*0",%0*,9'  g@
+#'),')/
p*",)*(%''0'%'›,,g0)C%#,*'*-*,-2),<,'"%#™*'%''%-™,)*%)*.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
"#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@9,#,6:'9:":':%',:-4'2%#'*,2' 3 "-4'"-,%4*,9#  g@
+5%'*,')/
5:9,*,*4-*g,6:'9-"4')-*,-*"2'):)'-:‘:,)*%)*-4:'%-,.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
8$%? "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@?œ-,%>C,%'%'až<Ÿ)'"%*(") 3 %a-'#%i#,9,*,-4,2")   3@
+0'),0/
.C""%*p*,'C 3-'#%i#,->C,%œ-,)(%a<,dC*,%C'%'),9CC')(,.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
8%9 "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@%4i%%'*%',"*-*>%*>2 3 %,-'#-9'%#,%4*,9  g@
+%7(,')/
)C"-*),(*4-*),g%4i%,)(%*,(:)(,(2jCk(),)*%)**'%--.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
tuuvw? "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@xyzwv{vw|}~wx€uw‚w|xuu€‚}ƒw 3 }vu„u †w„u„„u‡x‚}~xvww  ˆ‰@
+'0),')/
Š}†u„xu}~„w|}~†w‚w‹xzwwwˆ‰yw„uuŒ‚wyu„}|u„w€ww„†}|xuu„uzwux}‚}w|‚}„w.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
3"9-,,? "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@%'>0,.'6'%Ž*,2, 3 ,%4*,C,  3,">"#""")"<>')%@
+"%4,-./
3">"#"<>')Ž)Ž)*'##*),''Ž'4,,)*%)*'%-,)),),<,,%.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*
9,#? "#,*#=,%,)( >-*#-?!*@,6:'9:":':*':*,2%',2%#' 3 "-4'"-,%4*,9#  g@
+5%)(%-4,:6,4/
4-*4'%'0,:g-"4')-*,-*"2)-")'-:‘:,)*%)*'%-,.**2777@-7-@0@:2)2%"0*0"#)*0%*,C,0'*

80SS5-01E
80SS5-01E
80SS5-01E
80SS5-01E
 㻹㼍㼞㼑㼘㼘㼕㻌㻯㼛㼞㼜㼛㼞㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻚
CAUTION - Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.
CAUTION - Do not exposed to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or the like, as there is a risk of explosion or leak of flammable liquid or gas,
㻞㻙㻝㻥㻝㻣㻘㻌㻌㻺㼕㼟㼟㼔㼕㼚㻙㼏㼔㼛㻘㻌㻌㻷㼕㼠㼍㻙㼗㼡㻘㻌㻿㼍㼕㼠㼍㼙㼍㻙㼟㼔㼕㻘㻌㻌㻿㼍㼕㼠㼍㼙㼍㻙㼗㼑㼚㻘㻌㻌㻟㻟㻝㻙㻤㻡㻜㻝㻘㻌㻌㻶㼍㼜㼍㼚
includ use, storage and transportation. 㻼㼔㼛㼚㼑㻌㻦㻌㻗㻤㻝㻙㻠㻤㻙㻢㻢㻜㻙㻞㻝㻝㻝
CAUTION - Do not use in / store in / bring into environment of extremely high temperature or extremely low pressure due to the very high altitude.
Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Do not attempt to burn, crush, or cut used .

Hereby, Marelli Corporation., declares that the radio equipment type K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU.
[English]
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Hierbij verklaar ik, Marelli Corporation., dat het type radioapparatuur K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA conform is met Richtlijn 2014/53/EU.
[Dutch]
De volledige tekst van de EU-conformiteitsverklaring kan worden geraadpleegd op het volgende internetadres: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Hiermit erklärt Marelli Corporation., dass der Funkanlagentyp K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA der Richtlinie 2014/53/EU entspricht.
[German]
Der vollständige Text der EU-Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden Internetadresse verfügbar: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Le soussigné, Marelli Corporation., déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique du type K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA est conforme à la directive 2014/53/UE.
[French]
Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet suivante: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Por la presente, Marelli Corporation., declara que el tipo de equipo radioeléctrico K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA es conforme con la Directiva 2014/53/UE.
[Spanish]
El texto completo de la declaración UE de conformidad está disponible en la dirección Internet siguiente: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
С настоящото Marelli Corporation., декларира, че този тип радиосъоръжение K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA е в съответствие с Директива 2014/53/ЕС.
[Bulgarian]
Цялостният текст на ЕС декларацията за съответствие може да се намери на следния интернет адрес: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Με την παρούσα ο/η Marelli Corporation., δηλώνει ότι ο ραδιοεξοπλισμός K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA πληροί την οδηγία 2014/53/ΕΕ.
[Greek]
Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλουθη ιστοσελίδα στο διαδίκτυο: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Tímto Marelli Corporation., prohlašuje, že typ rádiového zařízení K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA je v souladu se směrnicí 2014/53/EU.
[Czech]
Úplné znění EU prohlášení o shodě je k dispozici na této internetové adrese: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Hermed erklærer Marelli Corporation., at radioudstyrstypen K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA er i overensstemmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
[Danish]
EU-overensstemmelseserklæringens fulde tekst kan findes på følgende internetadresse: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
P4Il fabbricante, Marelli Corporation., dichiara che il tipo di apparecchiatura radio K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA è conforme alla direttiva 2014/53/UE.
[Italian]
Il testo completo della dichiarazione di conformità UE è disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
O(a) abaixo assinado(a) Marelli Corporation., declara que o presente tipo de equipamento de rádio K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA está em conformidade com a Diretiva 2014/53/UE.
[Portuguese]
O texto integral da declaração de conformidade está disponível no seguinte endereço de Internet: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Marelli Corporation., vakuuttaa, että radiolaitetyyppi K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA on direktiivin 2014/53/EU mukainen.
[Finnish]
EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen täysimittainen teksti on saatavilla seuraavassa internetosoitteessa: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Härmed försäkrar Marelli Corporation., att denna typ av radioutrustning K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA överensstämmer med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
[Swedish]
Den fullständiga texten till EU-försäkran om överensstämmelse finns på följande webbadress: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Marelli Corporation., niniejszym oświadcza, że typ urządzenia radiowego K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA jest zgodny z dyrektywą 2014/53/UE.
[Polish]
Pełny tekst deklaracji zgodności UE jest dostępny pod następującym adresem internetowym: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Marelli Corporation., igazolja, hogy a K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA típusú rádióberendezés megfelel a 2014/53/EU irányelvnek.
[Hungarian]
Az EU-megfelelőségi nyilatkozat teljes szövege elérhető a következő internetes címen: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Marelli Corporation., týmto vyhlasuje, že rádiové zariadenie typu K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA je v súlade so smernicou 2014/53/EÚ.
[Slovak]
Úplné EÚ vyhlásenie o zhode je k dispozícii na tejto internetovej adrese: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Marelli Corporation., potrjuje, da je tip radijske opreme K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA skladen z Direktivo 2014/53/EU.
[Slovenian]
Celotno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti je na voljo na naslednjem spletnem naslovu: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Käesolevaga deklareerib Marelli Corporation., et käesolev raadioseadme tüüp K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA vastab direktiivi 2014/53/EL nõuetele. Koopia vastavusdeklaratsioon on saadaval järgmistes kohtades.
[Estonian]
ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni täielik tekst on kättesaadav järgmisel internetiaadressil: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Ar šo Marelli Corporation., deklarē, ka radioiekārta K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA atbilst Direktīvai 2014/53/ES.
[Latvian]
Pilns ES atbilstības deklarācijas teksts ir pieejams šādā interneta vietnē: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Aš, Marelli Corporation., patvirtinu, kad radijo įrenginių tipas K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA atitinka Direktyvą 2014/53/ES.
[Lithuanian]
Visas ES atitikties deklaracijos tekstas prieinamas šiuo interneto adresu: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Prin prezenta, Marelli Corporation., declară că tipul de echipamente radio K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA este în conformitate cu Directiva 2014/53/UE.
[Romanian]
Textul integral al declarației UE de conformitate este disponibil la următoarea adresă internet: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Marelli Corporation., ovime izjavljuje da je radijska oprema tipa K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA u skladu s Direktivom 2014/53/EU.
[Croatian]
Cjeloviti tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti dostupan je na sljedećoj internetskoj adresi: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Hér, Marelli Corporation., lýsir yfir að radíóbúnaður tegund K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA er í samræmi við tilskipun 2014/53/ESB.
[Icelandic]
The fullur texti af ESB-samræmisyfirlýsing er í boði á eftirfarandi veffangi: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Herved Marelli Corporation., erklærer at radioutstyr type K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA er i samsvar med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
[Norwegian]
Den fullstendige teksten i EU-erklæring er tilgjengelig på følgende internettadresse: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Со ова, Marelli Corporation., изјавува дека типот на радио опрема K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA е во согласност со Директивата 2014/53/ЕУ.
[Macedonian]
Целосниот текст на декларацијата на ЕУ за сообразност е достапна на следниот Постојано интернет адреса: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Bu vesile ile, Marelli Corporation., radyo cihazları tipi K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA Direktifi 2014/53/AB ile uyumlu olduğunu beyan eder.
[Turkish]
AB uyumu beyanının tam metni aşağıdaki internet adresinden edinilebilir: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/
Ovime, Marelli Corporation., izjavljuje da je taj tip radio oprema K68P2/B76MC/S57L0/I76M0/I68P0/R57L1/TS008/T61M0/K68P4/K81RA u skladu s Direktivom 2014/53/EU.
[Crnogorski jezik]
Tekst deklaracije EU o sukladnosti dostupne su na sljedećoj internet adresi: https://www.calsonickansei.co.jp/en/products/red-doc/

This symbol is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and WARNING
maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance. Do not ingest the battery, Chemical Burn Hazard
(The remote control supplied with) This product contains a coin/button cell battery. If the coin/button cell battery is swalloed,
Type Frequency Band Maximum radio-frequency power Type Frequency Band Maximum radio-frequency power it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death.
Keep new and used batteries away from children.
S57L0 125 kHz 55.3 dBuV/m@10m TS008 433.92 MHz 80.0 dBuV/m@3m
If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away from children.
I76M0 125 kHz 52.2 dBuV/m@10m T61M0 433.92 MHz 90.0 dBuV/m@3m
If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek immediate medical attention
I68P0 125 kHz 44.1 dBuV/m@10m

80SS5-01E
English Hereby, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, declares that the radio equipment type Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU.
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Bulgarian ɋ ɧɚɫɬɨɹɳɨɬɨ MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS ɞɟɤɥɚɪɢɪɚ, ɱɟ ɬɨɡɢ ɬɢɩ ɪɚɞɢɨɫɴɨɪɴɠɟɧɢɟ Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) ɟ ɜ ɫɴɨɬɜɟɬɫɬɜɢɟ ɫ Ⱦɢɪɟɤɬɢɜɚ 2014/53/ȿɋ.
ɐɹɥɨɫɬɧɢɹɬ ɬɟɤɫɬ ɧɚ ȿɋ ɞɟɤɥɚɪɚɰɢɹɬɚ ɡɚ ɫɴɨɬɜɟɬɫɬɜɢɟ ɦɨɠɟ ɞɚ ɫɟ ɧɚɦɟɪɢ ɧɚ ɫɥɟɞɧɢɹ ɢɧɬɟɪɧɟɬ ɚɞɪɟɫ: http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Spanish Por la presente, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS declara que el tipo de equipo radioeléctrico Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) es conforme con la Directiva 2014/53/UE.
El texto completo de la declaración UE de conformidad está disponible en la dirección Internet siguiente:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Czech Tímto MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS prohlašuje, že typ rádiového zaĜízení Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) je v souladu se smČrnicí 2014/53/EU.
Úplné znČní EU prohlášení o shodČ je k dispozici na této internetové adrese:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Danish Hermed erklærer MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, at radioudstyrstypen Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) er i overensstemmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
EU-overensstemmelseserklæringens fulde tekst kan findes på følgende internetadresse:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
German Hiermit erklärt MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, dass der Funkanlagentyp Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) der Richtlinie 2014/53/EU entspricht.
Der vollständige Text der EU-Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden Internetadresse verfügbar:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Estonian Käesolevaga deklareerib MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, et käesolev raadioseadme tüüp Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) vastab direktiivi 2014/53/EL nõuetele.
ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni täielik tekst on kättesaadav järgmisel internetiaadressil:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Greek Ȃİ IJȘȞ ʌĮȡȠȪıĮ Ƞ/Ș MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, įȘȜȫȞİȚ ȩIJȚ Ƞ ȡĮįȚȠİȟȠʌȜȚıȝȩȢ Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) ʌȜȘȡȠȓ IJȘȞ ȠįȘȖȓĮ 2014/53/ǼǼ.
ȉȠ ʌȜȒȡİȢ țİȓȝİȞȠ IJȘȢ įȒȜȦıȘȢ ıȣȝȝȩȡijȦıȘȢ ǼǼ įȚĮIJȓșİIJĮȚ ıIJȘȞ ĮțȩȜȠȣșȘ ȚıIJȠıİȜȓįĮ ıIJȠ įȚĮįȓțIJȣȠ: http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
French Le soussigné, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique du type Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) est conforme à la directive 2014/53/UE.
Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet suivante:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Croatian MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS ovime izjavljuje da je radijska oprema tipa Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) u skladu s Direktivom 2014/53/EU.
Cjeloviti tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti dostupan je na sljedeüoj internetskoj adresi:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Italian Il fabbricante, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, dichiara che il tipo di apparecchiatura radio Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) è conforme alla direttiva 2014/53/UE.
Il testo completo della dichiarazione di conformità UE è disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Latvian Ar šo MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS deklarƝ, ka radioiekƗrta Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) atbilst DirektƯvai 2014/53/ES.
Pilns ES atbilstƯbas deklarƗcijas teksts ir pieejams šƗdƗ interneta vietnƝ:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Lithuanian Aš, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, patvirtinu, kad radijo Ƴrenginiǐ tipas Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) atitinka Direktyvą 2014/53/ES.
Visas ES atitikties deklaracijos tekstas prieinamas šiuo interneto adresu:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Hungarian MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS igazolja, hogy a Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) típusú rádióberendezés megfelel a 2014/53/EU irányelvnek.
Az EU-megfelelĘségi nyilatkozat teljes szövege elérhetĘ a következĘ internetes címen:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Maltese B'dan, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, niddikjara li dan it-tip ta' tagémir tar-radju Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) huwa konformi mad-Direttiva 2014/53/UE.
It-test kollu tad-dikjarazzjoni ta' konformità tal-UE huwa disponibbli f'dan l-indirizz tal-Internet li ãej::http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Dutch Hierbij verklaar ik, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, dat het type radioapparatuur Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) conform is met Richtlijn 2014/53/EU.
De volledige tekst van de EU-conformiteitsverklaring kan worden geraadpleegd op het volgende internetadres:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Polish MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS niniejszym oĞwiadcza, Īe typ urządzenia radiowego Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) jest zgodny z dyrektywą 2014/53/UE.
Peány tekst deklaracji zgodnoĞci UE jest dostĊpny pod nastĊpującym adresem internetowym:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Portuguese O abaixo assinado MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS declara que o presente tipo de equipamento de rádio Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) está em conformidade com a Diretiva 2014/53/UE.
O texto integral da declaração de conformidade está disponível no seguinte endereço de Internet:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Romanian Prin prezenta, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS declară că tipul de echipamente radio Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) este în conformitate cu Directiva 2014/53/UE.
Textul integral al declara‫܊‬iei UE de conformitate este disponibil la următoarea adresă internet:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Slovak MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS týmto vyhlasuje, že rádiové zariadenie typu Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) je v súlade so smernicou 2014/53/EÚ.
Úplné EÚ vyhlásenie o zhode je k dispozícii na tejto internetovej adrese:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Slovenian MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS potrjuje, da je tip radijske opreme Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) skladen z Direktivo 2014/53/EU.
Celotno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti je na voljo na naslednjem spletnem naslovu:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Finnish MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS vakuuttaa, että radiolaitetyyppi Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) on direktiivin 2014/53/EU mukainen.
EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen täysimittainen teksti on saatavilla seuraavassa internetosoitteessa:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Swedish Härmed försäkrar MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS att denna typ av radioutrustning Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) överensstämmer med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
Den fullständiga texten till EU-försäkran om överensstämmelse finns på följande webbadress:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Irish Dearbhaíonn MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS leis seo, go bhfuil an cineál trealaimh raidió Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) i gcomhréir le Treoir 2014/53/AE.
Tá téacs iomlán den dearbhú comhréireachta AE ar fáil ag an seoladh idirlín seo a leanas:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Norwegian Herved erklærer MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS at denne typen radioutstyr Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) er i overensstemmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
Den fullstendige teksten til EU-samsvarserklæringen er tilgjengelig på følgende internettadresse:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Icelandic Hér með lýsir, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, yfir að radíóbúnaðargerð Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) er í samræmi við tilskipun 2014/53/ESB.
Allur texti ESB samræmisyfirlýsingarinnar er í boði á eftirfarandi veffangi:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Albanian Përmes kësaj, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, deklaron se lloji i pajisjes radio Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) është në përputhje me Direktivën 2014/53/EU.
Teksti i plotë i deklaratës së konformitetit të BE-së disponohet në adresën e mëposhtme të internetit:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Macedonian ɋɨ ɨɜɚ, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS ɢɡʁɚɜɭɜɚ ɞɟɤɚ ɬɢɩɨɬ ɧɚ ɪɚɞɢɨ ɨɩɪɟɦɚ Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) ɟ ɜɨ ɫɨɝɥɚɫɧɨɫɬ ɫɨ Ⱦɢɪɟɤɬɢɜɚɬɚ 2014/53/ȿɍ.
ɐɟɥɨɫɧɢɨɬ ɬɟɤɫɬ ɧɚ Ⱦɟɤɥɚɪɚɰɢʁɚɬɚ ɧɚ ȿɍ ɡɚ ɫɨɨɛɪɚɡɧɨɫɬ ɟ ɞɨɫɬɚɩɧɚ ɧɚ ɫɥɟɞɧɚɬɚ ɢɧɬɟɪɧɟɬ ɚɞɪɟɫɚ:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Crnogorski jezik Ovim, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, izjavljuje da je tip radio opreme Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) u skladu sa Direktivom 2014/53/EU.
Kompletan tekst deklaracije o usaglašenosti EU je dostupan na sljedeüoj internet adresi:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Serbian Ovim, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, izjavljuje da je tip radio opreme Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) u skladu sa Direktivom 2014/53/EU.
Kompletan tekst EZ deklaracije o usaglašenosti je dostupan na sledeüoj internet adresi:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Turkish Böylelikle MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION, HIMEJI WORKS, radyo ekipman„ tipinin Immobilizer System (IMB411-01) 2014/53/EU Direktifi ile uyumlu oldu÷unu beyan eder.
AB uygunluk beyan„n„n tam metni aúa÷„daki internet adresinde mevcuttur:http://www.mitsubishielectric.com/bu/automotive/doc/re.html
Frequency band(s) in which the radio equipment operates:134.2 kHz
Maximum radio-frequency power transmitted in the frequency band(s) in which the radio equipment operates:107 dBȝV/m at. 10 meters
Manufacturer: MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION,
HIMEJI WORKS
840, Chiyoda-machi, Himeji, Hyogo 670-8677, Japan

80SS5-01E
 "!"
!!
"!!#


 ! 

 "
$

 !!   
  

#   TEL : :49 941 790 8942 FAX : :49 941 790 998942
Tímto Continental prohlašuje, že typ rádiového zařízení S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 je v souladu se směrnicí 2014/53/EU. Úplné znění EU prohlášení o shodě je k dispozici na této internetové adrese:
[Czech]
http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Hermed erklærer Continental, at radioudstyrstypen S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 er i overensstemmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU. EU-overensstemmelseserklæringens fulde tekst kan findes på følgende
[Danish]
internetadresse: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Hiermit erklärt Continental, dass der Funkanlagentyp S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 der Richtlinie 2014/53/EU entspricht. Der vollständige Text der EU-Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden
[German]
Internetadresse verfügbar: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Käesolevaga deklareerib Continental, et käesolev raadioseadme tüüp S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 vastab direktiivi 2014/53/EL nõuetele. ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni täielik tekst on kättesaadav järgmisel
[Estonian]
internetiaadressil: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Hereby, Continental declares that the radio equipment type S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the
[English]
following internet address: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Por la presente, Continental declara que el tipo de equipo radioeléctrico S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 es conforme con la Directiva 2014/53/UE. El texto completo de la declaración UE de conformidad est
[Spanish]
á disponible en la dirección Internet siguiente: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Με την παρούσα ο/η Continental, δηλώνει ότι ο ραδιοεξοπλισμός S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 πληροί την οδηγία 2014/53/ΕΕ. Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλο
[Greek]
υθη ιστοσελίδα στο διαδίκτυο: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Le soussigné, Continental, déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique du type S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 est conforme à la directive 2014/53/UE. Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de conformité est
[French]
disponible à l'adresse internet suivante: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Il fabbricante, Continental, dichiara che il tipo di apparecchiatura radio S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 è conforme alla direttiva 2014/53/UE. Il testo completo della dichiarazione di conformità UE è
[Italian]
disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Ar šo Continental deklarē, ka radioiekārta S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 atbilst Direktīvai 2014/53/ES. Pilns ES atbilstības deklarācijas teksts ir pieejams šādā interneta vietnē: http://continental-
[Latvian]
homologation.com/suzuki
Aš, Continental, patvirtinu, kad radijo įrenginių tipas S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 atitinka Direktyvą 2014/53/ES. Visas ES atitikties deklaracijos tekstas prieinamas šiuo interneto adresu:
[Lithuanian]
http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Hierbij verklaar ik, Continental, dat het type radioapparatuur S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 conform is met Richtlijn 2014/53/EU. De volledige tekst van de EU-conformiteitsverklaring kan worden
[Dutch]
geraadpleegd op het volgende internetadres: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
B'dan, Continental, niddikjara li dan it-tip ta' tagħmir tar-radju S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 huwa konformi mad-Direttiva 2014/53/UE. It-test kollu tad-dikjarazzjoni ta’ konformità tal-UE huwa
[Maltese]
disponibbli f'dan l-indirizz tal-Internet li ġej: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Continental igazolja, hogy a S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 típusú rádióberendezés megfelel a 2014/53/EU irányelvnek. Az EU-megfelelőségi nyilatkozat teljes szövege elérhető a következő internetes cí
[Hungarian]
men: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Continental niniejszym oświadcza, że typ urządzenia radiowego S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 jest zgodny z dyrektywą 2014/53/UE. Pełny tekst deklaracji zgodności UE jest dostępny pod następującym
[Polish]
adresem internetowym: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
O(a) abaixo assinado(a) Continental declara que o presente tipo de equipamento de rádio S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 está em conformidade com a Diretiva 2014/53/UE. O texto integral da declaração de
[Portuguese]
conformidade está disponível no seguinte endereço de Internet: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Continental potrjuje, da je tip radijske opreme S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 skladen z Direktivo 2014/53/EU. Celotno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti je na voljo na naslednjem spletnem naslovu:
[Slovenian]
http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Continental týmto vyhlasuje, že rádiové zariadenie typu S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 je v súlade so smernicou 2014/53/EÚ. Úplné EÚ vyhlásenie o zhode je k dispozícii na tejto internetovej adrese:
[Slovak]
http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Continental vakuuttaa, että radiolaitetyyppi S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 on direktiivin 2014/53/EU mukainen. EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen täysimittainen teksti on saatavilla seuraavassa
[Finish]
internetosoitteessa: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Härmed försäkrar Continental att denna typ av radioutrustning S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 överensstämmer med direktiv 2014/53/EU. Den fullständiga texten till EU-försäkran om överensstämmelse
[Swedish]
finns på följande webbadress: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Hér með lýsir Continental yfir því að S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 er í samræmi við grunnkröfur og aðrar kröfur, sem gerðar eru í tilskipun 2014/53/EC.
[Icelandic]
The fullur texti af ESB-samræmisyfirlýsing er í boði á eftirfarandi veffangi: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Continental erklærer herved at utstyret S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 er i samsvar med de grunnleggende krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 2014/53/EU.
[Norwegian]
Den fullstendige teksten i EU-deklarasjon finnes på følgende internettadresse: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
İşburada Continental, S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 ile Direktif 2014/53/AB’nin uyumlu olduğunu beyan eder. AB uygunluk beyanının tam metni, aşağıdaki internet adresinde mevcuttur: http://continental-
[Turkish]
homologation.com/suzuki
Prin prezenta, Continental declară că tipul de echipamente radio S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 este în conformitate cu Directiva 2014/53/UE. Textul integral al declara"


!!
 !
[Romanian]
disponibil la următoarea adresă internet: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
%
0'561;9161
!!
)*./'3-3'
8*
61,-
6-2
3')-15:13:+*0-*
       
*
(
5:16(*656(-*
5
#-3*.6-('
  $%
&;/1560-;6
6*.56
0'
$%
)*./'3'7-;6'
,'
5:16(*656(
[Bulgarian]
ие може да се намери на следния интернет адрес: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Continental ovime izjavljuje da je radijska oprema tipa S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 u skladu s Direktivom 2014/53/EU. Cjeloviti tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti dostupan je na sljedećoj internetskoj adresi:
[Croatian]
http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Ovim, Continental, izjavljuje da je tip radio opreme S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 u skladu sa Direktivom 2014/53/EU. Kompletan tekst EU izjave o usklađenosti nalazi se na sljedećoj Internet adresi:
[Crnogorski jezik]
http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
Prin prezenta, Continental declară că tipul de echipamente radio S180052024/TIS-15/40398036 este în conformitate cu Directiva 2014/53/UE. Textul integral al declara"


!!
 !
[Macedonian]
disponibil la următoarea adresă internet: http://continental-homologation.com/suzuki
S180052024 / TIS-15 : Frequency band : 433.92MHz
CAUTION - Do not exposed to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or the like. Maximum radio-frequency power : <10mW e.r.p

80SS5-01E
 80SS5-01E

(QJLQHHULQJ+HDGTXDUWHUV
1DND]DWR)XUXNDZD2VDNLFLW\0L\DJLSUHI-DSDQ
3KRQH )D[
C%q")0><')n-o,)7.,0.*.%',q",2#)*2%'*-  @86
#'p,#"#%',C%q")0>27%*%')-#,**,)*.C%q")0><')n-o,)7.,0.*.%',q",2#)*2%'*-  3"˜#¡ #
8%<>?! !555@?!@?0'%-*.'**.%',q",2#)**>2     ,-,)0#2,')07,*.,%0*,9  g@
+)(,-./
.C"*p*C*.g0'%'*,)C0)C%#,*>,-'9','<'**.C7,)(,)*%)*'%--.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
8,%<,:9%4''%,4?! !555@?!@?'*.**>2%','22'%'*""%     0)C%#,-#*,0.*,:)  g@
+"*0./
9,(*4-*9')g0)C%#,*,*-9%4'%,)(4')7%)(%''2(2.*9(),)*%)*'%-.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
8,%#,*%4;%*! !555@?!@?'--%1")4')'()*>2     %,0.*,),  g)*-2%,0.*@
+%#')/
%9-*;),(p*%g)C%#,*;*-%4;%")(,-*")*%%C()))*%)*'%--9%CA(<'%.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
!-"--,()$?! !555@?!@?$0'%q"§$q",2#)*%',$0*%,q""*>2     -*0)C%#m',%0*,9  g@
+1%)0./
!*p*0#2*'$0'%'*,)g0)C%#,*$-*,-2),<m§'%--,)*%)*-",9')*.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
%'2%-)*?! !555@?!@?0'%'q"*,2q",2%',$0*%,0     -0)C%#0)',%0*,9'  g@
+ 2'),-./
*p*0#2*'0'%'0,ž)g0)C%#,'-*d,-2),<)',%00,ž))*%)*-,(",)*.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
tw„u¢£uu! !555@?!@?|}~†w‚x‚w?¤}uyxx€‚w|xu„¥u‚¥¦}x}     }v„¥uv}„vx}„‡x‚}~xvw  ˆt@
+3"('%,')/
Š¢†u„x¢}~„wˆt|}~†w‚w‹x¢wyw„¥uv}„vx}ƒu¦}|w„}wƒ}‚xw„†}|x¢x}‚}w|‚}„.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
DEFGHIJKLMNJLG! !555@?!@?OGPQHERSFRLKJORLETLIPRNUSV     IPGKLWFGHLOGXWJ  YY@
+%4/
ZLIP[KEV\EWUEHLFGVO[P]NGVN^UUSK_]NGVYYORJFW`EFJRNFGHJ\SPL^`GRNFLNEPWOJNFLORJOW\F^L.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
a#*! !555@?!@?2%.'b":?c*>2%d,9$.6'ea6)a     :9-"'"--#f%),0a  g@
+560./
h2)$6)f)ag2%.db)a-.f:4,-26,0,)'*$*,)*%)*9$'%-.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
8%#%4i%%! !555@?!@?'*%',"-*>%-*>2)     %,9%)--*##-#,%4*,9  g@
+'),-./
g9%)--*##--%4i%,)()-C"*4-*4')C,)-2jCk(),)*%)*'%--.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
C'<<%,0')*?! !555@?!@?,0.,'%'0.,*,2,'22'%00.,'*"%'%',     l0)C%#'',%**,9'  g@
+*',')/
*-*0#2*',0.,'%'6,),0)C%#,*mgl,-2),<,'-(")*,),%,66)*%)*.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
n'o'<',p'--,)'n'o! !555@?!@?0'%'q"2%-)**,2q",2'#)*%d,     -*d#0)C%#,'0#',%*,9'  g@
+ %*"("-/
*p*,)*(%''0'%'rs0)C%#,'-*d,-2)a9)-(",)*)%r)*%)*.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
! !555@?!@?9'4""**''?**;%',',**>>22,     ),%4*,,9,)  g#"4',))@
+1,)),-./
g9''*,#"-*)#"4',-""-9'4""*"4-)*;>-,#,**',))*4-*,)-''*'9,'-"%''9'--',)*%)*-,**--'.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
8;%#C¨%-;4%'%! !555@?!@?'**))'*>2'9%',"*%"-*),)(     ¨9%)--*;##%#,%4*,9  g@
+ 7,-./
)C"-*;),('*p*)*,gC¨%-;4%')#¨9%)--*;##-C,))-2jC¨:')7<<'%--.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
! !555@?!@?),),:-6>#©7,'06'?ª*>2"%6—6),'%',7(     :-*6()>6>%4*>7—  g@
+ ,-./
«)>*4-*4'%'0:,6()©0,g:-*-*¬2)>2)'-*¬2":—0>#'%-#,)*%)*7>#.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
! !555@?!@?,('6:'?.(>'     *a2"-Ÿ%d,ž<%)6$-#(C'  g,%d)>9)4@
+8")('%,')/
6g#(C­-$(,)>,'*46'**:--6¨9($%.*­'4¨9*46­,)*%)*-0a#).**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
! !555@?!@?*œ#*9>.'-":?c%d,9$6'%,'),*>2"     :9-Ÿ'--#%),0"  h@
+ 9'4/
h2)$h9>.d-),6.:4,-26a0,,)'*:*,)*%)*9:'%-.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
! !555@?!@?2*%:":?':*,2%',:-42%#     -4')6,%4*,9  g@
+ 9),')/
5*)<-,,6:'9g-4')-*,:)'9:)')'-):#-2*)#)'-9".**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
;-9'('4'%%,<! !555@?!@?*4;-9%'',-'#*AA2     9'-*'<,%4*,,9,  !)B"*@2,'9'-*'9"-4'%'*-,))-'''9':;%(#,-*-4.*'-@
+-*),')/
!,9'-*'9"-4'%'*-,),*;,,4*4-*)4;**-'''9:;%(#,-,)*%)*,''%--,.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
%b! !555@?!@?4'%’?4'%',,4“%*'     '*<,-*,%4*”9',   @
+!'*9,')/
,)- '*<,-*”<'-4'%“0,:'-*4-*-,%2,:'#-b““,)*%)*'9,*)’.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
b?! !555@?!@?2'*9,%*,)"?4'%',:•%)(,),–*,2'-     '*,*,)4',%4*>9—   @
+!,*."'),')/
˜,-'- '*,*,4*,-4'%'0,:-*4-*'-2%,,)'#'-b,",)*%)*'%-".**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
%,)2%6)*'?! !555@?!@?0'%™0™*,2"0.,2'#)*%',     -*š)0)C%#,*'*0",%0*,9'  g@
+#'),')/
p*",)*(%''0'%'›,,g0)C%#,*'*-*,-2),<,'"%#™*'%''%-™,)*%)*.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
! !555@?!@?9,#,6:'9:":':%',:-4'2%#'*,2'     "-4'"-,%4*,9#  g@
+5%'*,')/
5:9,*,*4-*g,6:'9-"4')-*,-*"2'):)'-:‘:,)*%)*-4:'%-,.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
8$%?! !555@?!@?œ-,%>C,%'%'až<Ÿ)'"%*(")     %a-'#%i#,9,*,-4,2")   3@
+0'),0/
.C""%*p*,'C 3-'#%i#,->C,%œ-,)(%a<,dC*,%C'%'),9CC')(,.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
8%9! !555@?!@?%4i%%'*%',"*-*>%*>2     %,-'#-9'%#,%4*,9  g@
+%7(,')/
)C"-*),(*4-*),g%4i%,)(%*,(:)(,(2jCk(),)*%)**'%--.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
tuuvw?! !555@?!@?xyzwv{vw|}~wx€uw‚w|xuu€‚}ƒw     }vu„u †w„u„„u‡x‚}~xvww  ˆ‰@
+'0),')/
Š}†u„xu}~„w|}~†w‚w‹xzwwwˆ‰yw„uuŒ‚wyu„}|u„w€ww„†}|xuu„uzwux}‚}w|‚}„w.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
3"9-,,?! !555@?!@?%'>0,.'6'%Ž*,2,     ,%4*,C,  3,">"#""")"<>')%@
+"%4,-./
3">"#"<>')Ž)Ž)*'##*),''Ž'4,,)*%)*'%-,)),),<,,%.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
9,#?! !555@?!@?,6:'9:":':*':*,2%',2%#'     "-4'"-,%4*,9#  g@
+5%)(%-4,:6,4/
4-*4'%'0,:g-"4')-*,-*"2)-")'-:‘:,)*%)*'%-,.**2777@'2-@0#2%"0*-%?,-* @.*#
5g')(%Cp2-,),C<'**%>,-,)0%%0*>%2'0@2'0)>7,*.*.-'#%q",9')**>2@
5g)*p2-*p0--,9.'*-"0.'--")-.,)?C,%%*.,4@
:$51,1*
)*,)(-**.<'**%>?5.#,0'3"%)8'6'%
n.%#*0)*%-"22,7,*.o.,-2%"0*0)*',)-'0,)<"**)0<'**%>@
C*.0,)<"**)0<'**%>,--7'7?,*0')0'"--9%,)*%)'<"%)-,):"-*."%-')0')'* '*.@
2)7')"-<'**%,-'7'>C%#0.,%)@
C*.<'**%>0#2'%*#)*-)*0--0"%>?-*2"-,)(*.2%"0*')42,*'7'>C%#0.,%)@
C>"*.,)4<'**%,-#,(.*.'9<)-7'7%2'0,)-,')>2'%*C*.<>?-4,##,'*#,0''**)*,)@
.,-->#<,-,)*)*'%**."-%**.2%-)0C,#2%*')*2%'*,)(
')#',)*)')0n-%9,0,)(o,)-*%"0*,)-,)*.,*%'*"%'00#2')>,)(*.'22,')0@
 3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQ$XWRPRWLYH ,QGXVWULDO6\VWHPVFRPSDQ\
,NRQREHFKR7VX]XNLNX<RNRKDPDVKL.DQDJDZDNHQ-DSDQ
7HO)D[
‫ؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙ‬IUHTXHQF\EDQG V LQZKLFKWKHUDGLRHTXLSPHQWRSHUDWHV0+]‫ؙؙؙ‬
‫ؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙؙ‬PD[LPXPUDGLRIUHTXHQF\SRZHUWUDQVPLWWHGLQWKHIUHTXHQF\EDQG V LQZKLFKWKHUDGLRHTXLSPHQWRSHUDWHVP:
+HUHE\3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQGHFODUHVWKDWWKHUDGLRHTXLSPHQWW\SH&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7LVLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWK'LUHFWLYH(8
>(QJOLVK@
7KHIXOOWH[WRIWKH(8GHFODUDWLRQRIFRQIRUPLW\LVDYDLODEOHDWWKHIROORZLQJLQWHUQHWDGGUHVVKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
+LHUELMYHUNODDULN3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQGDWKHWW\SHUDGLRDSSDUDWXXU&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7FRQIRUPLVPHW5LFKWOLMQ(8
>'XWFK@
'HYROOHGLJHWHNVWYDQGH(8FRQIRUPLWHLWVYHUNODULQJNDQZRUGHQJHUDDGSOHHJGRSKHWYROJHQGHLQWHUQHWDGUHVKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
+LHUPLWHUNOÇUW3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQGDVVGHU)XQNDQODJHQW\S&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7GHU5LFKWOLQLH(8HQWVSULFKW
>*HUPDQ@
'HUYROOVWÇQGLJH7H[WGHU(8.RQIRUPLWÇWVHUNOÇUXQJLVWXQWHUGHUIROJHQGHQ,QWHUQHWDGUHVVHYHUIÝJEDUKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
/HVRXVVLJQË3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQGËFODUHTXHO ËTXLSHPHQWUDGLRËOHFWULTXHGXW\SH&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7HVWFRQIRUPHÃODGLUHFWLYH8(
>)UHQFK@
/HWH[WHFRPSOHWGHODGËFODUDWLRQ8(GHFRQIRUPLWËHVWGLVSRQLEOHÃO DGUHVVHLQWHUQHWVXLYDQWHKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
3RUODSUHVHQWH3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQGHFODUDTXHHOWLSRGHHTXLSRUDGLRHOËFWULFR&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7HVFRQIRUPHFRQOD'LUHFWLYD8(
>6SDQLVK@
(OWH[WRFRPSOHWRGHODGHFODUDFLÕQ8(GHFRQIRUPLGDGHVWÄGLVSRQLEOHHQODGLUHFFLÕQ,QWHUQHWVLJXLHQWHKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
Ψυηωϊφϗϑφϊφ3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQλμςσηψπψηϏμϊφοπϊπχψηλπφωϒφψϒξμυπμ&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7μιωϒφϊιμϊωϊιπμω΍πψμςϊπιηΎΨ
>%XOJDULDQ@
έϗσφωϊυπϗϊϊμςωϊυηΎΨλμςσηψηώπϗϊηοηωϒφϊιμϊωϊιπμτφξμληωμυητμψπυηωσμλυπϗπυϊμψυμϊηλψμωKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
̵̴̨̢̢̨̦̮̱̲̰̰̎̾3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQ̵̴̨̢̥̬̮̦̪̪̰̲̥̪̰̦̯̰̱̬̪̭̳̿̽̽&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7̵̨̨̨̢̱̬̲̰̠̮̰̥̤̠̇̇
>*UHHN@
̵̴̴̶̷̴̵̵̴̵̶̴̵̴̴̵̵̶̨̨̨̢̢̨̢̨̢̢̰̱̬̟̲̦̳̫̦̠̭̦̮̰̳̥̟̬̺̳̭̭̲̺̳̥̪̠̩̦̪̮̫̬̰̩̪̰̦̬̠̥̰̥̪̥̠̫̰̽̇̇̽̕KWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
7ÏPWR3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQSURKODåXMHçHW\SUÄGLRYËKR]D࠻Ï]HQÏ&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7MHYVRXODGXVHVPĞUQLFÏ(8
>&]HFK@
¾SOQË]QĞQÏ(8SURKOÄåHQÏRVKRGĞMHNGLVSR]LFLQDWËWRLQWHUQHWRYËDGUHVHKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
+HUPHGHUNO“UHU3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQDWUDGLRXGVW\UVW\SHQ&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7HULRYHUHQVVWHPPHOVHPHGGLUHNWLY(8
>'DQLVK@
(8RYHUHQVVWHPPHOVHVHUNO“ULQJHQVIXOGHWHNVWNDQILQGHVSÈI–OJHQGHLQWHUQHWDGUHVVHKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
,OIDEEULFDQWH3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQGLFKLDUDFKHLOWLSRGLDSSDUHFFKLDWXUDUDGLR&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7ÊFRQIRUPHDOODGLUHWWLYD8(
>,WDOLDQ@
,OWHVWRFRPSOHWRGHOODGLFKLDUD]LRQHGLFRQIRUPLWÃ8(ÊGLVSRQLELOHDOVHJXHQWHLQGLUL]]R,QWHUQHWKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
2 D DEDL[RDVVLQDGR D 3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQGHFODUDTXHRSUHVHQWHWLSRGHHTXLSDPHQWRGHUÄGLR&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7HVWÄHPFRQIRUPLGDGHFRPD'LUHWLYD8(
>3RUWXJXHVH@
2WH[WRLQWHJUDOGDGHFODUDÉÆRGHFRQIRUPLGDGHHVWÄGLVSRQÏYHOQRVHJXLQWHHQGHUHÉRGH,QWHUQHWKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQYDNXXWWDDHWWÇUDGLRODLWHW\\SSL&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7RQGLUHNWLLYLQ(8PXNDLQHQ
>)LQQLVK@
(8YDDWLPXVWHQPXNDLVXXVYDNXXWXNVHQWÇ\VLPLWWDLQHQWHNVWLRQVDDWDYLOODVHXUDDYDVVDLQWHUQHWRVRLWWHHVVDKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
+ÇUPHGIØUVÇNUDU3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQDWWGHQQDW\SDYUDGLRXWUXVWQLQJ&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7ØYHUHQVVWÇPPHUPHGGLUHNWLY(8
>6ZHGLVK@
'HQIXOOVWÇQGLJDWH[WHQWLOO(8IØUVÇNUDQRPØYHUHQVVWÇPPHOVHILQQVSÈIØOMDQGHZHEEDGUHVVKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQQLQLHMV]\PRࠜZLDGF]DࠢHW\SXU]࠙G]HQLDUDGLRZHJR&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7MHVW]JRGQ\]G\UHNW\Z࠙8(
>3ROLVK@
3H•Q\WHNVWGHNODUDFML]JRGQRࠜFL8(MHVWGRVW࠵SQ\SRGQDVW࠵SXM࠙F\PDGUHVHPLQWHUQHWRZ\PKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQLJD]ROMDKRJ\D&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7WÏSXVÛUÄGLÕEHUHQGH]ËVPHJIHOHOD(8LUÄQ\HOYQHN
>+XQJDULDQ@
$](8PHJIHOHO࠺VËJLQ\LODWNR]DWWHOMHVV]ØYHJHHOËUKHW࠺DNØYHWNH]࠺LQWHUQHWHVFÏPHQKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQWÞPWRY\KODVXMHçHUÄGLRYË]DULDGHQLHW\SX&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7MHYVÛODGHVRVPHUQLFRX(¾
>6ORYDN@
¾SOQË(¾Y\KOÄVHQLHR]KRGHMHNGLVSR]ÏFLLQDWHMWRLQWHUQHWRYHMDGUHVHKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQSRWUMXMHGDMHWLSUDGLMVNHRSUHPH&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7VNODGHQ]'LUHNWLYR(8
>6ORYHQLDQ@
&HORWQREHVHGLORL]MDYH(8RVNODGQRVWLMHQDYROMRQDQDVOHGQMHPVSOHWQHPQDVORYXKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
.ÇHVROHYDJDGHNODUHHULE3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQHWNÇHVROHYUDDGLRVHDGPHWÝÝS&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7YDVWDEGLUHNWLLYL(/Q×XHWHOH
>(VWRQLDQ@
(/LYDVWDYXVGHNODUDWVLRRQLWÇLHOLNWHNVWRQNÇWWHVDDGDYMÇUJPLVHOLQWHUQHWLDDGUHVVLOKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
$UåR3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQGHNODUóNDUDGLRLHNðUWD&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7DWELOVW'LUHNWñYDL(6
>/DWYLDQ@
3LOQV(6DWELOVWñEDVGHNODUðFLMDVWHNVWVLUSLHHMDPVåðGðLQWHUQHWDYLHWQóKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
$å3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQSDWYLUWLQXNDGUDGLMR僝UHQJLQL僳WLSDV&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7DWLWLQND'LUHNW\Y࠙(6
>/LWKXDQLDQ@
9LVDV(6DWLWLNWLHVGHNODUDFLMRVWHNVWDVSULHLQDPDVåLXRLQWHUQHWRDGUHVXKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
3ULQSUH]HQWD3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQGHFODU࠱F࠱WLSXOGHHFKLSDPHQWHUDGLR&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7HVWHÐQFRQIRUPLWDWHFX'LUHFWLYD8(
>5RPDQLDQ@
7H[WXOLQWHJUDODOGHFODUD܏LHL8(GHFRQIRUPLWDWHHVWHGLVSRQLELOODXUP࠱WRDUHDDGUHV࠱LQWHUQHWKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQRYLPHL]MDYOMXMHGDMHUDGLMVNDRSUHPDWLSD&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7XVNODGXV'LUHNWLYRP(8
>&URDWLDQ@
&MHORYLWLWHNVW(8L]MDYHRVXNODGQRVWLGRVWXSDQMHQDVOMHGH࠳RMLQWHUQHWVNRMDGUHVLKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
+ËUPHÒOÞVLU3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQßYÏ\ILUDÒJHUÒÛWYDUSVEÛQDÒDULQV&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7VDPU“PLVWWLOVNLSXQ(8
>,FHODQGLF@
$OOXUWH[WL(6%VDPU“PLV\ILUOÞVLQJDULQQDUHUDÒJHQJLOHJXUÄHIWLUIDUDQGLYHIIDQJLKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQHUNO“UHUKHUYHGDWUDGLRXWVW\UVW\SHQ&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7HULVDPVYDUPHGGLUHNWLY(8
>1RUZHJLDQ@
'HQIXOOVWHQGLJHWHNVWHQL(8HUNO“ULQJHQHUWLOJMHQJHOLJSÈI–OJHQGHLQWHUQHWWDGUHVVHKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
Ψφφιη3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQποϞηιϋιηλμςηψηλπφφχψμτηϊηφλϊπχφϊ&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7μιφωφκσηωυφωϊωφ΍πψμςϊπιηϊη(8
>0DFHGRQLDQ@
έμσπφϊϊμςωϊυηΎΪποϞηιηϊηοηωφφθψηουφωϊμλφωϊηχμυυηωσμλυηϊηπυϊμψυμϊηλψμωηKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQ&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7WÝUÝWHOVL]HNLSPDQ”Q”Q(8'LUHNWLILQHX\JXQROGX僔XQXEH\DQHWPHNWHGLU
>7XUNLVK@
$%X\JXQOXNEH\DQ”Q”QWDPPHWQLQHDࠞD僔”GDNLLQWHUQHWDGUHVLQGHQXODࠞ”ODELOLUKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX
2YLP3DQDVRQLF&RUSRUDWLRQL]MDYOMXMHGDMHWLSUDGLRRSUHPH&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7&4-=)-7XVNODGXVD'LUHNWLYRP(8
>&UQRJRUVNLMH]LN@
&MHORNXSDQWHNVW(8GHNODUDFLMHRXVNOD࠷HQRVWLGRVWXSDQMHQDVOMHGH࠳RMLQWHUQHWDGUHVLKWWSZZZSWFSDQDVRQLFHX

80SS5-01E
 80SS5-01E

Ref. Ares(2016)3250402 - 07/07/2016

EU Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
ϭ͘ EĂŵĞĂŶĚĂĚĚƌĞƐƐŽĨƚŚĞŵĂŶƵĨĂĐƚƵƌĞƌŽƌŚŝƐĂƵƚŚŽƌŝƐĞĚƌĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƚŝǀĞ͗
Company name: ZŽďĞƌƚŽƐĐŚ'ŵď,͕ŚĂƐƐŝƐ^LJƐƚĞŵƐŽŶƚƌŽů͕ͲͬZ
Postal address: WKŽdžϭϲϲϭ
PostcodeͬŝƚLJ: ϳϭϮϮϲ͕>ĞŽŶďĞƌŐ
Telephone number: нϰϵϳϭϭͬϴϭϭͲϬ
E-Mail address: /d͘ŽƐĐŚZĂĚĂƌΛĚĞ͘ďŽƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ
Ϯ͘ ZĂĚŝŽĞƋƵŝƉŵĞŶƚ;ƉƌŽĚƵĐƚ͕ƚLJƉĞ͕ďĂƚĐŚŽƌƐĞƌŝĂůŶƵŵďĞƌͿ:
Apparatus model/Product: DZZĞǀŽϭϰ&ĂƵƚŽŵŽƚŝǀĞƌĂĚĂƌƐĞŶƐŽƌ
Type: DŽƚŝŽŶĞƚĞĐƚŽƌĨŽƌdddĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ
Batch: Eͬ
Serial number: ZϴͲϲϱϴϭϴ͘Ϭϱ͘ϭϲϬϰϯϵϰϯϭϮ
ϯ͘ dŚŝƐĚĞĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶŽĨĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚLJŝƐŝƐƐƵĞĚƵŶĚĞƌƚŚĞƐŽůĞƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďŝůŝƚLJŽĨƚŚĞŵĂŶƵĨĂĐƚƵƌĞƌ͗
ZŽďĞƌƚŽƐĐŚ'ŵď,͕ŚĂƐƐŝƐ^LJƐƚĞŵƐŽŶƚƌŽů͕ͲͬZ
ϰ͘ KďũĞĐƚŽĨƚŚĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨĂƉƉĂƌĂƚƵƐĂůůŽǁŝŶŐƚƌĂĐĞĂďŝůŝƚLJ͖ŝƚŵĂLJŝŶĐůƵĚĞĂĐŽůŽƵƌŝŵĂŐĞŽĨ
ƐƵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĐůĂƌŝƚLJǁŚĞƌĞŶĞĐĞƐƐĂƌLJĨŽƌƚŚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞƌĂĚŝŽĞƋƵŝƉŵĞŶƚͿ͗
WƌŽĚƵĐƚDŽĚĞůŶĂŵĞ͗ DZZĞǀŽϭϰ&
WƌŽĚƵĐƚĚĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶ͗ DŝĚͲƌĂŶŐĞƌĂĚĂƌƐĞŶƐŽƌ
,ĂƌĚǁĂƌĞǀĞƌƐŝŽŶ͗ sϯ͘ϭ
^ŽĨƚǁĂƌĞǀĞƌƐŝŽŶ͗ /ϯ͘ϯ
ϱ͘ The object of the declaration described above is in conformity with the relevant Union
harmonisation legislation:
ZͲŝƌĞĐƚŝǀĞϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh ...
KƚŚĞƌhŶŝŽŶŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝŽŶůĞŐŝƐůĂƚŝŽŶǁŚĞƌĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ... ...
ϲ͘ ZĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƐƚŽƚŚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚ harmonised standardsƵƐĞĚ ŽƌƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƐƚŽƚŚĞŽƚŚĞƌtechnical specificationsŝŶ
ƌĞůĂƚŝŽŶƚŽǁŚŝĐŚĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚLJŝƐĚĞĐůĂƌĞĚ͘ZĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƐŵƵƐƚďĞůŝƐƚĞĚǁŝƚŚƚŚĞŝƌŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŶƵŵďĞƌĂŶĚǀĞƌƐŝŽŶĂŶĚ͕
ǁŚĞƌĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕ĚĂƚĞŽĨŝƐƐƵĞ͗
ƌƚϯ͘ϭĂ͗,ĞĂůƚŚŽĨƉĞƌƐŽŶƐĂŶĚĂŶŝŵĂůƐ EϲϮϯϭϭ
ƌƚϯ͘ϭĂ͗^ĂĨĞƚLJ /ϲϮϯϲϴͲϭ͗ϮϬϭϰ;ϮŶĚĚŝƚŝŽŶͿнŽƌ͘ϭ͗ϮϬϭϱнŽƌ͘Ϯ͗ϮϬϭϱ
EϲϮϯϲϴͲϭ͗ϮϬϭϰн͗ϮϬϭϱ
ƌƚϯ͘ϭď͗D d^/EϯϬϭϰϴϵͲϭsϮ͘ϭ͘ϭ͕d^/EϯϬϭϰϴϵͲϯsϭ͘ϲ͘ϭ
d^/EϯϬϭϰϴϵͲϱϭsϭ͘ϭ͘ϭ
ƌƚϯ͘Ϯ͗ZĂĚŝŽ͗ĨĨŝĐŝĞŶƚƵƐĞŽĨƐƉĞĐƚƌƵŵ Z&dd^/EϯϬϭϬϵϭͲϭsϮ͘ϭ͘Ϭ
Z&dd^/EϯϬϯϯϵϲsϭ͘ϭ͘Ϭ
ϳ͘ tŚĞƌĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕ƚŚĞŶotified body ͘͘͘(ŶĂŵĞ͕ŶƵŵďĞƌ)͘͘͘ƉĞƌĨŽƌŵĞĚ͘͘͘;ĚĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶŽĨŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶƚŝŽŶͿ͘͘͘ĂŶĚŝƐƐƵĞĚ
ƚŚĞhͲƚLJƉĞĞdžĂŵŝŶĂƚŝŽŶĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚĞ͗͘͘͘:
EĂŵĞ͗dĚǀĂŶĐĞĚ'ŵď, 4 digit notified body number: ϬϲϴϮ
ZĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞŶƵŵďĞƌŽĨƚŚĞĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚĞŽĨŶŽƚŝĨŝĞĚďŽĚLJ͗dϴϭϳϳϲϱͲϬϭͲd
ϴ͘ ĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ͗
Signed for and on behalf of: <ĂƚƌŝŶĂsĞůƚĞŶ
>ĞŽŶďĞƌŐ͕'ĞƌŵĂŶLJ ϮϬϭϳ-Ϭϱ-Ϯϯ ͲͬZŶŐŝŶĞĞƌŝŶŐŽŵƉŽŶĞŶƚƐZĂĚĂƌ
Place of issue Date of issue Name, function, signature
1
 ŶŶĞdž;Eͬͬ'ͬ,Zͬ>ͬ^ͬͬdͬ&/ͬ&Zͬ,hͬ/dͬ>sͬ>dͬDdͬE>ͬW>ͬWdͬZKͬ^<ͬ^>ͬ^ͬ^sͿ
;EͿh>Zd/KEK&KE&KZD/dz;ϭͿͬ;ͿhͲ<KE&KZD/d d^Z<> ZhE';ϭͿͬ;'Ϳʫˁʪʫʶʸʤˀʤˉʰ˔ʯʤ
ˁˎʽ˃ʦʫ˃ˁ˃ʦʰʫ;ϭͿͬ;,ZͿh/:sK^h<>EK^d/;ϭͿͬ;>ͿȴȸȿɏɇȸɇɉɀɀɃɆɌɏɇȸɇȵȵ;ϭͿͬ;^ͿhWZK,>aE1K^,K 
;ϭͿ ͬ;ͿhͲKsZE^^dDD>^^Z<>Z/E';ϭͿͬ;dͿ>/s^dsh^<>Zd^/KKE;ϭͿͬ;&/ͿhͲ
sd/Dh^dEDh</^hh^s<hhdh^;ϭͿͬ;&ZͿ>Zd/KEhKE&KZD/d;ϭͿͬ;,hͿ;ϭͿhͲD'&>>S^'/
Ez/>d<Kdͬ;/dͿ/,/Z/KE/KE&KZD/dh;ϭͿͬ;>sͿ^d/>^d5^<>Z /:;ϭͿͬ;>dͿ^d/d/<d/^
<>Z/:;ϭͿͬ;DdͿ/<:Z:KE/dΖ<KE&KZD/dd>Ͳh;ϭͿͬ;E>ͿhͲKE&KZD/d/d^sZ<>Z/E';ϭͿͬ;W>Ϳ
<>Z:'KEK_/h;ϭͿͬ;WdͿ>ZKhKE&KZD/;ϭͿͬ;ZKͿ>Zf/hKE&KZD/dd
;ϭͿ ͬ;^<Ϳjsz,>^E/K,K;ϭͿͬ;^>Ϳ/:shK^<>EK^d/;ϭͿͬ;^Ϳ>Z/MEh
KE&KZD/  ;ϭͿ ͬ;^sͿ hͲ&PZ^ <ZE KD PsZE^^d DD>^  ;ϭͿ

ϭ͘ ;EͿEĂŵĞĂŶĚĂĚĚƌĞƐƐŽĨƚŚĞŵĂŶƵĨĂĐƚƵƌĞƌŽƌŚŝƐĂƵƚŚŽƌŝƐĞĚƌĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƚŝǀĞ͗ͬ;ͿEĂŵĞƵŶĚŶƐĐŚƌŝĨƚĚĞƐ
,ĞƌƐƚĞůůĞƌƐŽĚĞƌƐĞŝŶĞƐĞǀŽůůŵćĐŚƚŝŐƚĞŶ͗ͬ;'Ϳʰ̨̨̨̨̨̛̛̛̛̛̛̥̖̬̖̭̦̪̬̯̖̣̣̦̦̖̱̪̻̣̦̥̺̖̦̌̔̌̏̔́̌̐̏́̚
̛̪̬̖̭̯̯̖̣̔̌̏͗ͬ;,ZͿ/ŵĞŝĂĚƌĞƐĂƉƌŽŝnjǀŽĜĂēĂŝůŝŶũĞŐŽǀŽŐŽǀůĂƓƚĞŶŽŐnjĂƐƚƵƉŶŝŬĂ͗ͬ;>ͿɄʆʉʅɲʃɲɿɷɿɸʑɽʐʆʍɻʏʉʐ
ʃɲʏɲʍʃɸʐɲʍʏɼɼʏʉʐɸʇʉʐʍɿʉɷʉʏɻʅɹʆʉʐɲʆʏɿʋʌʉʍʙʋʉʐʏʉʐ͗ͬ;^Ϳ:ŵĠŶŽĂĂĚƌĞƐĂǀljƌŽďĐĞŶĞďŽũĞŚŽnjƉůŶŽŵŽĐŶĢŶĠŚŽ
njĄƐƚƵƉĐĞ͗ͬ;ͿEĂǀŶŽŐĂĚƌĞƐƐĞƉĊĨĂďƌŝŬĂŶƚĞŶĞůůĞƌĚĞŶŶĞƐďĞŵLJŶĚŝŐĞĚĞƌĞƉƌčƐĞŶƚĂŶƚ͗ͬ;dͿdŽŽƚũĂǀƁŝƚĞŵĂǀŽůŝƚĂƚƵĚ
ĞƐŝŶĚĂũĂŶŝŵŝũĂĂĂĚƌĞƐƐ͗ͬ;&/ͿsĂůŵŝƐƚĂũĂŶƚĂŝƐĞŶǀĂůƚƵƵƚĞƚƵŶĞĚƵƐƚĂũĂŶŶŝŵŝũĂŽƐŽŝƚĞ͗ͬ;&ZͿEŽŵĞƚĂĚƌĞƐƐĞĚƵĨĂďƌŝĐĂŶƚŽƵĚĞ
ƐŽŶŵĂŶĚĂƚĂŝƌĞ͗ͬ;,hͿŐLJĄƌƚſǀĂŐLJŵĞŐŚĂƚĂůŵĂnjŽƚƚŬĠƉǀŝƐĞůƅũĠŶĞŬŶĞǀĞĠƐĐşŵĞ͗ͬ;/dͿEŽŵĞĞŝŶĚŝƌŝnjnjŽĚĞůĨĂďďƌŝĐĂŶƚĞŽĚĞů
ƐƵŽƌĂƉƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂŶƚĞĂƵƚŽƌŝnjnjĂƚŽ͗ͬ;>sͿZĂǎŽƚĈũĂǀĂŝǀŝźĂƉŝůŶǀĂƌŽƚĈƉĈƌƐƚĈǀũĂǀĈƌĚƐ͕ƵnjǀĈƌĚƐͬŶŽƐĂƵŬƵŵƐƵŶĂĚƌĞƐĞ͗ͬ;>dͿ
'ĂŵŝŶƚŽũŽĂƌďĂũŽťŐĂůŝŽƚŽũŽĂƚƐƚŽǀŽƉĂǀĂĚŝŶŝŵĂƐŝƌĂĚƌĞƐĂƐ͗ͬ;DdͿ>ͲŝƐĞŵƵůͲŝŶĚŝƌŝnjnjƚĂůͲŵĂŶŝĨĂƚƚƵƌũĞǁƚĂƌͲƌĂƉƉƌĞǏĞŶƚĂŶƚ
ĂǁƚŽƌŝnjnjĂƚƚŝĞŐŜƵ͗ͬ;E>ͿEĂĂŵĞŶĂĚƌĞƐǀĂŶĚĞĨĂďƌŝŬĂŶƚŽĨnjŝũŶŐĞŵĂĐŚƚŝŐĚĞ͗ͬ;W>ͿEĂnjǁĂŝĂĚƌĞƐƉƌŽĚƵĐĞŶƚĂůƵďũĞŐŽ
ƵƉŽǁĂǏŶŝŽŶĞŐŽƉƌnjĞĚƐƚĂǁŝĐŝĞůĂ͗ͬ;WdͿEŽŵĞĞĞŶĚĞƌĞĕŽĚŽĨĂďƌŝĐĂŶƚĞŽƵĚŽƌĞƐƉĞƚŝǀŽŵĂŶĚĂƚĄƌŝŽ͗ͬ;ZKͿĞŶƵŵŝƌĞĂƕŝĂĚƌĞƐĂ
ƉƌŽĚƵĐĉƚŽƌƵůƵŝƐĂƵĂƌĞƉƌĞnjĞŶƚĂŶƚƵůƵŝƐĉƵĂƵƚŽƌŝnjĂƚ͗ͬ;^<ͿDĞŶŽĂĂĚƌĞƐĂǀljƌŽďĐƵĂůĞďŽũĞŚŽƐƉůŶŽŵŽĐŶĞŶĠŚŽnjĄƐƚƵƉĐƵ͗ͬ;^>Ϳ
/ŵĞŝŶŶĂƐůŽǀƉƌŽŝnjǀĂũĂůĐĂĂůŝŶũĞŐŽǀĞŐĂƉŽŽďůĂƓēĞŶĞŐĂnjĂƐƚŽƉŶŝŬĂ͗ͬ;^ͿEŽŵďƌĞLJĚŝƌĞĐĐŝſŶĚĞůĨĂďƌŝĐĂŶƚĞŽĚĞƐƵ
ƌĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂŶƚĞĂƵƚŽƌŝnjĂĚŽ͗ͬ;^sͿEĂŵŶƉĊŽĐŚĂĚƌĞƐƐƚŝůůƚŝůůǀĞƌŬĂƌĞŶĞůůĞƌĚĞŶŶĞƐƌĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂŶƚ͗

Ϯ͘ ;EͿZĂĚŝŽĞƋƵŝƉŵĞŶƚ;ƉƌŽĚƵĐƚ͕ƚLJƉĞ͕ďĂƚĐŚŽƌƐĞƌŝĂůŶƵŵďĞƌͿ͗ͬ;Ϳ&ƵŶŬĂŶůĂŐĞ;WƌŽĚƵŬƚͲ͕dLJƉĞŶͲ͕ŚĂƌŐĞŶͲŽĚĞƌ
^ĞƌŝĞŶŶƵŵŵĞƌͿ͗ͬ;'Ϳˀ̨̨̛̛̭̻̬̻̙̖̦̖̌̔;̨̨̡̨̛̛̛̛̛̦̥̖̬̦̪̬̱̯͕̯̪͕̪̬̯̖̦̣̭̖̬̖̦̦̥̖̬̌̔̌̌̔Ϳ͗ͬ;,ZͿZĂĚŝũƐŬĂŽƉƌĞŵĂ
;ƉƌŽŝnjǀŽĚ͕ƚŝƉ͕ǀƌƐƚĂŝůŝƐĞƌŝũƐŬŝďƌŽũͿ͗ͬ;>ͿɆɲɷɿʉɸʇʉʋʄɿʍʅʊʎ;ʋʌʉʁʊʆ͕ʏʑʋʉʎ͕ɲʌɿɽʅʊʎʋɲʌʏʀɷɲʎɼʍɸɿʌɿɲʃʊʎɲʌɿɽʅʊʎͿ͗ͬ;^Ϳ
ZĄĚŝŽǀĠnjĂƎşnjĞŶş;ēşƐůŽǀljƌŽďŬƵ͕ƚLJƉƵēŝƐĠƌŝĞŶĞďŽƐĠƌŝŽǀĠēşƐůŽͿ͗ͬ;ͿZĂĚŝŽƵĚƐƚLJƌ;ƉƌŽĚƵŬƚͲ͕ƉĂƌƚŝͲ͕ƚLJƉĞͲĞůůĞƌƐĞƌŝĞŶƵŵŵĞƌͿ͗ͬ
;dͿZĂĂĚŝŽƐĞĂĚĞ;ƚŽŽĚĞ͕ƚƺƺƉ͕ƉĂƌƚŝŝͲǀƁŝƐĞĞƌŝĂŶƵŵďĞƌͿ͗ͬ;&/ͿZĂĚŝŽůĂŝƚĞ;ƚƵŽƚĞͲ͕ƚLJLJƉƉŝͲ͕ĞƌćͲƚĂŝƐĂƌũĂŶƵŵĞƌŽͿ͗ͬ;&ZͿ
ƋƵŝƉĞŵĞŶƚƌĂĚŝŽĠůĞĐƚƌŝƋƵĞ;ŶƵŵĠƌŽĚĞƉƌŽĚƵŝƚ͕ĚĞƚLJƉĞ͕ĚĞůŽƚŽƵĚĞƐĠƌŝĞͿ͗ͬ;,hͿZĄĚŝſďĞƌĞŶĚĞnjĠƐ;ƚĞƌŵĠŬͲ͕ƚşƉƵƐͲ͕ƚĠƚĞůͲ
ǀĂŐLJƐŽƌŽnjĂƚƐnjĄŵͿ͗ͬ;/dͿƉƉĂƌĞĐĐŚŝĂƚƵƌĂƌĂĚŝŽ;ŶƵŵĞƌŽĚŝƉƌŽĚŽƚƚŽ͕ĚŝƚŝƉŽ͕ĚŝůŽƚƚŽŽĚŝƐĞƌŝĞͿ͗ͬ;>sͿZĂĚŝŽŝĞŬĈƌƚĂ;ƉƌŽĚƵŬƚĂ͕
ƚŝƉĂ͕ƉĂƌƚŝũĂƐǀĂŝƐĤƌŝũĂƐŶƵŵƵƌƐͿ͗ͬ;>dͿZĂĚŝũŽťƌĞŶŐŝŶLJƐ;ŐĂŵŝŶŝŽ͕ƉĂƌƚŝũŽƐ͕ƚŝƉŽĂƌƐĞƌŝũŽƐŶƵŵĞƌŝƐͿ͗ͬ;DdͿ/ƚͲƚĂŐŜŵŝƌƚĂƌͲƌĂĚũƵ
;ŶƵŵƌƵƚĂůͲƉƌŽĚŽƚƚ͕ƚĂůͲůŽƚƚ͕ƚĂƚͲƚŝƉũĞǁƚĂƐͲƐĞƌũĞͿ͗ͬ;E>ͿZĂĚŝŽĂƉƉĂƌĂƚƵƵƌ;ƉƌŽĚƵĐƚͲ͕ƚLJƉĞͲ͕ƉĂƌƚŝũͲŽĨƐĞƌŝĞŶƵŵŵĞƌͿ͗ͬ;W>Ϳ
hƌnjČĚnjĞŶŝĞƌĂĚŝŽǁĞ;ŶƵŵĞƌƉƌŽĚƵŬƚƵ͕ƚLJƉƵ͕ƉĂƌƚŝŝůƵďƐĞƌŝŝͿ͗ͬ;WdͿƋƵŝƉĂŵĞŶƚŽĚĞƌĄĚŝŽ;ŶƷŵĞƌŽĚŽƉƌŽĚƵƚŽ͕ĚŽƚŝƉŽ͕ĚŽůŽƚĞ
ŽƵĚĞƐĠƌŝĞͿ͗ͬ;ZKͿĐŚŝƉĂŵĞŶƚĞůĞƌĂĚŝŽ;ŶƵŵĉƌƵůƉƌŽĚƵƐƵůƵŝ͕ĂůƚŝƉƵůƵŝ͕ĂůůŽƚƵůƵŝƐĂƵŶƵŵĉƌƵůĚĞƐĞƌŝĞͿ͗ͬ;^<ͿZĄĚŝŽǀĠ
njĂƌŝĂĚĞŶŝĞ;ǀljƌŽďŽŬ͕ƚLJƉ͕ēşƐůŽƓĂƌǎĞĂůĞďŽƐĠƌŝŽǀĠēşƐůŽͿ͗ͬ;^>ͿZĂĚŝũƐŬĂŽƉƌĞŵĂ;ƉƌŽĚƵŬƚ͕ǀƌƐƚĂ͕ƐĞƌŝũĂĂůŝƐĞƌŝũƐŬĂƓƚĞǀŝůŬĂͿ͗ͬ;^Ϳ
ƋƵŝƉŽƌĂĚŝŽĞůĠĐƚƌŝĐŽ;ƉƌŽĚƵĐƚŽ͕ƚŝƉŽ͕ůŽƚĞŽŶƷŵĞƌŽĚĞƐĞƌŝĞͿ͗ͬ;^sͿZĂĚŝŽƵƚƌƵƐƚŶŝŶŐ;ƉƌŽĚƵŬƚͲ͕ƚLJƉͲ͕ƉĂƌƚŝĞůůĞƌƐĞƌŝĞŶƵŵŵĞƌͿ͗

ϯ͘ ;EͿdŚŝƐĚĞĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶŽĨĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚLJŝƐŝƐƐƵĞĚƵŶĚĞƌƚŚĞƐŽůĞƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďŝůŝƚLJŽĨƚŚĞŵĂŶƵĨĂĐƚƵƌĞƌͬ͘;ͿŝĞĂůůĞŝŶŝŐĞ
sĞƌĂŶƚǁŽƌƚƵŶŐĨƺƌĚŝĞƵƐƐƚĞůůƵŶŐĚŝĞƐĞƌ<ŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚćƚƐĞƌŬůćƌƵŶŐƚƌćŐƚĚĞƌ,ĞƌƐƚĞůůĞƌͬ͘;'Ϳʻ̶̨̡̛̭̯̺̯̖̣̬̌́̌̌̔̌̌́̌̚
̨̨̨̨̨̨̨̛̛̛̛̭̻̯̖̯̭̯̖̖̖̦̦̯̬̦̭̯̯̦̪̬̯̖̣̏̏̔̌̔̌̌̐̏̌̌̏̔́͗ͬ̚̚;,ZͿĂŝnjĚĂǀĂŶũĞŽǀĞŝnjũĂǀĞŽƐƵŬůĂĚŶŽƐƚŝŽĚŐŽǀŽƌĂŶũĞ
ŝƐŬůũƵēŝǀŽƉƌŽŝnjǀŽĜĂēͬ͘;>Ϳȸʋɲʌʉʑʍɲɷɼʄʘʍɻʍʐʅʅʊʌʔʘʍɻʎɸʃɷʀɷɸʏɲɿʅɸɲʋʉʃʄɸɿʍʏɿʃɼɸʐɽʑʆɻʏʉʐʃɲʏɲʍʃɸʐɲʍʏɼͬ͘;^Ϳ
dŽƚŽƉƌŽŚůĄƓĞŶşŽƐŚŽĚĢƐĞǀLJĚĄǀĄŶĂǀljŚƌĂĚŶşŽĚƉŽǀĢĚŶŽƐƚǀljƌŽďĐĞͬ͘;ͿĞŶŶĞŽǀĞƌĞŶƐƐƚĞŵŵĞůƐĞƐĞƌŬůčƌŝŶŐƵĚƐƚĞĚĞƐƉĊ
ĨĂďƌŝŬĂŶƚĞŶƐĂŶƐǀĂƌͬ͘;dͿ<ćĞƐŽůĞǀǀĂƐƚĂǀƵƐĚĞŬůĂƌĂƚƐŝŽŽŶŽŶǀćůũĂĂŶƚƵĚƚŽŽƚũĂĂŝŶƵǀĂƐƚƵƚƵƐĞů͗ͬ;&/Ϳdćŵć
ǀĂĂƚŝŵƵƐƚĞŶŵƵŬĂŝƐƵƵƐǀĂŬƵƵƚƵƐŽŶĂŶŶĞƚƚƵǀĂůŵŝƐƚĂũĂŶLJŬƐŝŶŽŵĂŝƐĞůůĂǀĂƐƚƵƵůůĂͬ͘;&ZͿ>ĂƉƌĠƐĞŶƚĞĚĠĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶĚĞĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĠ
ĞƐƚĠƚĂďůŝĞƐŽƵƐůĂƐĞƵůĞƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĂďŝůŝƚĠĚƵĨĂďƌŝĐĂŶƚ͗ͬ;,hͿnjƚĂŵĞŐĨĞůĞůƅƐĠŐŝŶLJŝůĂƚŬŽnjĂƚŽƚĂŐLJĄƌƚſŬŝnjĄƌſůĂŐŽƐĨĞůĞůƅƐƐĠŐĞ
ŵĞůůĞƚƚĂĚũĄŬŬŝ͗ͬ;/dͿ>ĂƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĞĚŝĐŚŝĂƌĂnjŝŽŶĞĚŝĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚăğƌŝůĂƐĐŝĂƚĂƐŽƚƚŽůΖĞƐĐůƵƐŝǀĂƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĂďŝůŝƚăĚĞůĨĂďďƌŝĐĂŶƚĞ͗ͬ;>sͿaţ
ĂƚďŝůƐƚţďĂƐĚĞŬůĂƌĈĐŝũĂŝƌŝnjĚŽƚĂǀŝĞŶţŐŝƵnjƓĈĚĂƌĂǎŽƚĈũĂĂƚďŝůĚţďƵͬ͘;>dͿaŝĂƚŝƚŝŬƚŝĞƐĚĞŬůĂƌĂĐŝũĂŝƓĚƵŽƚĂƚŝŬŐĂŵŝŶƚŽũŽ
ĂƚƐĂŬŽŵLJďĞͬ͘;DdͿŝŶŝĚͲĚŝŬũĂƌĂnjnjũŽŶŝƚĂůͲŬŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚăƚŝŶŜĂƌĞŐƚĂŜƚŝƌͲƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĂďďŝůƚăƵŶŝŬĂƚĂůͲŵĂŶŝĨĂƚƚƵƌͬ͘;E>ͿĞnjĞ
ĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĞŝƚƐǀĞƌŬůĂƌŝŶŐǁŽƌĚƚĂĨŐĞŐĞǀĞŶŽŶĚĞƌǀŽůůĞĚŝŐĞǀĞƌĂŶƚǁŽŽƌĚĞůŝũŬŚĞŝĚǀĂŶĚĞĨĂďƌŝŬĂŶƚͬ͘;W>ͿEŝŶŝĞũƐnjČĚĞŬůĂƌĂĐũħ
njŐŽĚŶŽƑĐŝǁLJĚĂũĞƐŝħŶĂǁLJųČĐnjŶČŽĚƉŽǁŝĞĚnjŝĂůŶŽƑđƉƌŽĚƵĐĞŶƚĂͬ͘;WdͿƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂĕĆŽĚĞĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝĚĂĚĞĠĞŵŝƚŝĚĂƐŽďĂ
ĞdžĐůƵƐŝǀĂƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĂďŝůŝĚĂĚĞĚŽĨĂďƌŝĐĂŶƚĞͬ͘;ZKͿWƌĞnjĞŶƚĂĚĞĐůĂƌĂƜŝĞĚĞĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĂƚĞĞƐƚĞĞŵŝƐĉƉĞƌĉƐƉƵŶĚĞƌĞĂĞdžĐůƵƐŝǀĉĂ
ƉƌŽĚƵĐĉƚŽƌƵůƵŝͬ͘;^<ͿdŽƚŽǀLJŚůĄƐĞŶŝĞŽnjŚŽĚĞƐĂǀLJĚĄǀĂŶĂǀljŚƌĂĚŶƷnjŽĚƉŽǀĞĚŶŽƐƛǀljƌŽďĐƵͬ͘;^>ͿĂŝnjĚĂũŽƚĞŝnjũĂǀĞŽ
ƐŬůĂĚŶŽƐƚŝũĞŽĚŐŽǀŽƌĞŶŝnjŬůũƵēŶŽƉƌŽŝnjǀĂũĂůĞĐͬ͘;^Ϳ>ĂƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂĐŝſŶĚĞĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝĚĂĚƐĞĞdžƉŝĚĞďĂũŽůĂĞdžĐůƵƐŝǀĂ
ƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĂďŝůŝĚĂĚĚĞůĨĂďƌŝĐĂŶƚĞͬ͘;^sͿĞŶŶĂĨƂƌƐćŬƌĂŶŽŵƂǀĞƌĞŶƐƐƚćŵŵĞůƐĞƵƚĨćƌĚĂƐƉĊƚŝůůǀĞƌŬĂƌĞŶƐĞŐĞƚĂŶƐǀĂƌ͘

2
80SS5-01E
 80SS5-01E

ϰ͘ ;EͿKďũĞĐƚŽĨƚŚĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞƌĂĚŝŽĞƋƵŝƉŵĞŶƚĂůůŽǁŝŶŐƚƌĂĐĞĂďŝůŝƚLJ͖ŝƚŵĂLJŝŶĐůƵĚĞĂĐŽůŽƵƌ
ŝŵĂŐĞŽĨƐƵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĐůĂƌŝƚLJǁŚĞƌĞŶĞĐĞƐƐĂƌLJĨŽƌƚŚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞƌĂĚŝŽĞƋƵŝƉŵĞŶƚͿ͗ͬ;Ϳ'ĞŐĞŶƐƚĂŶĚĚĞƌƌŬůćƌƵŶŐ
;ĞnjĞŝĐŚŶƵŶŐĚĞƌ&ƵŶŬĂŶůĂŐĞnjǁĞĐŬƐZƺĐŬǀĞƌĨŽůŐďĂƌŬĞŝƚ͖ƐŝĞŬĂŶŶĞƌĨŽƌĚĞƌůŝĐŚĞŶĨĂůůƐĞŝŶĞŚŝŶƌĞŝĐŚĞŶĚĚĞƵƚůŝĐŚĞĨĂƌďŝŐĞ
ďďŝůĚƵŶŐĞŶƚŚĂůƚĞŶ͕ĂƵĨĚĞƌĚŝĞ&ƵŶŬĂŶůĂŐĞĞƌŬĞŶŶďĂƌŝƐƚͿ͗ͬ;'Ϳʿ̶̡̛̬̖̥̖̯̦̖̣̬̯̔̌̔̌̌́̌;̴̶̡̛̛̛̛̖̦̯̦̔̌́̌
̸̸̶̨̨̨̨̨̨̨̨̡̨̨̨̨̨̛̛̛̛̬̭̻̬̻̙̖̦̖̯͕̪̣̺̪̬̭̣̖̦̖̯̥̱͖̯̥̙̖̣̭̯̯̻̦̭̦̖̯̦̬̙̖̦̖͕̌̔̏́̏̌̌̔́̏̌́̔̌̏̀̏̌̔̌́̏̍̌̚̚
̵̶̴̶̡̨̨̨̨̨̨̡̨̨̨̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̯̯̖̦̖̥̖̣̯̖̦̖̦̯̯̦̬̭̻̬̻̙̖̦̖̯̐̌̏̌̍̔̌̌̔̌́̌̌̌̔̚Ϳ͗ͬ;,ZͿWƌĞĚŵĞƚŝnjũĂǀĞ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũĂ
ƌĂĚŝũƐŬĞŽƉƌĞŵĞŬŽũĂŽŵŽŐƵđƵũĞŶũĞnjŝŶƵƐůũĞĚŝǀŽƐƚ͖ŵŽǎĞƉƌĞŵĂƉŽƚƌĞďŝŽďƵŚǀĂđĂƚŝĚŽǀŽůũŶŽũĂƐŶƵƐůŝŬƵƵďŽũŝŬŽũĂŽŵŽŐƵđƵũĞ
ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũƵƌĂĚŝũƐŬĞŽƉƌĞŵĞͿ͗ͬ;>ͿȰʆʏɿʃɸʀʅɸʆʉʏɻʎɷɼʄʘʍɻʎ;ʏɲʐʏʉʋʉʀɻʍɻʏʉʐʌɲɷɿʉɸʇʉʋʄɿʍʅʉʑʋʉʐʃɲɽɿʍʏɳɷʐʆɲʏɼʏɻʆ
ɿʖʆɻʄɲʍɿʅʊʏɻʏɲ͘ɀʋʉʌɸʀʆɲʋɸʌɿʄɲʅɴɳʆɸɿɹɶʖʌʘʅɻɸɿʃʊʆɲɸʋɲʌʃʉʑʎɸʐʃʌʀʆɸɿɲʎ͕ʊʏɲʆɲʐʏʊɸʀʆɲɿɲʋɲʌɲʀʏɻʏʉɶɿɲʏɻʆ
ʏɲʐʏʉʋʉʀɻʍɻʏʉʐʌɲɷɿʉɸʇʉʋʄɿʍʅʉʑͿ͗ͬ;^ͿWƎĞĚŵĢƚƉƌŽŚůĄƓĞŶş;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐĞƌĄĚŝŽǀĠŚŽnjĂƎşnjĞŶşƵŵŽǎŸƵũşĐşũĞnjƉĢƚŶĢǀLJƐůĞĚŽǀĂƚ͘
DƽǎĞnjĂŚƌŶŽǀĂƚĚŽƐƚĂƚĞēŶĢnjƎĞƚĞůŶĠďĂƌĞǀŶĠǀLJŽďƌĂnjĞŶş͕ƉŽŬƵĚũĞƚŽŬŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝƌĄĚŝŽǀĠŚŽnjĂƎşnjĞŶşŶƵƚŶĠͿ͗ͬ;Ϳ
ƌŬůčƌŝŶŐĞŶƐŐĞŶƐƚĂŶĚ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂƚŝŽŶĂĨƌĂĚŝŽƵĚƐƚLJƌĞƚ͕ƐĊĚĞƚŬĂŶƐƉŽƌĞƐ͖ĚĞƌŬĂŶǀĞĚůčŐŐĞƐĞƚĨĂƌǀĞĨŽƚŽ͕ĚĞƌĞƌƚŝůƐƚƌčŬŬĞůŝŐƚ
ŬůĂƌƚ͕ŚǀŝƐĚĞƚĞƌŶƆĚǀĞŶĚŝŐƚĨŽƌŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂƚŝŽŶĂĨƌĂĚŝŽƵĚƐƚLJƌĞƚͿ͗ͬ;dͿĞŬůĂƌĞĞƌŝƚĂǀƚŽŽĚĞ;ƌĂĂĚŝŽƐĞĂĚŵĞŵććƌĂƚůƵƐ͕ŵŝƐ
ǀƁŝŵĂůĚĂďƚŽŽĚĞƚũćůŐŝĚĂ͖ůŝƐĂĚĂǀƁŝďŬĂƉŝŝƐĂǀĂůƚƐĞůŐĞǀćƌǀŝůŝƐĞŬƵũƵƚŝƐĞ͕ŬƵŝƐĞĞŽŶǀĂũĂůŝŬƌĂĂĚŝŽƐĞĂĚŵĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝƚƐĞĞƌŝŵŝƐĞŬƐͿ͗ͬ
;&/ͿsĂŬƵƵƚƵŬƐĞŶŬŽŚĚĞ;ũćůũŝƚĞƚƚćǀLJLJĚĞŶŵĂŚĚŽůůŝƐƚĂǀĂƌĂĚŝŽůĂŝƚƚĞĞŶƚƵŶŶŝƐƚĞ͖ƐŝŝŚĞŶǀŽŝĚĂĂŶƐŝƐćůůLJƚƚććƚĂƌǀŝƚƚĂĞƐƐĂƌŝŝƚƚćǀćŶ
ƚĞƌćǀćǀćƌŝŬƵǀĂƌĂĚŝŽůĂŝƚƚĞĞŶƚƵŶŶŝƐƚĂŵŝƐƚĂǀĂƌƚĞŶͿ͗ͬ;&ZͿKďũĞƚĚĞůĂĚĠĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶĚĞůΖĠƋƵŝƉĞŵĞŶƚƌĂĚŝŽĠůĞĐƚƌŝƋƵĞ
ƉĞƌŵĞƚƚĂŶƚƐĂƚƌĂĕĂďŝůŝƚĠ͖ĂƵďĞƐŽŝŶ͕ƵŶĞŝŵĂŐĞĐŽƵůĞƵƌƐƵĨĨŝƐĂŵŵĞŶƚĐůĂŝƌĞƉĞƵƚġƚƌĞũŽŝŶƚĞƉŽƵƌƉĞƌŵĞƚƚƌĞůΖŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶĚĞ
ůΖĠƋƵŝƉĞŵĞŶƚƌĂĚŝŽĠůĞĐƚƌŝƋƵĞͿ͗ͬ;,hͿŶLJŝůĂƚŬŽnjĂƚƚĄƌŐLJĂ;ĂƌĄĚŝſďĞƌĞŶĚĞnjĠƐĂnjŽŶŽƐşƚĄƐĂĂŶLJŽŵŽŶŬƂǀĞƚŚĞƚƅƐĠŐďŝnjƚŽƐşƚĄƐĄƌĂ͖
ĂĚŽƚƚĞƐĞƚďĞŶŵĞŐĨĞůĞůƅĠůĞƐƐĠŐƾƐnjşŶĞƐŬĠƉĞƚŝƐƚĂƌƚĂůŵĂnjŚĂƚ͕ĂŵĞŶŶLJŝďĞŶĞnjĂƌĄĚŝſďĞƌĞŶĚĞnjĠƐĂnjŽŶŽƐşƚĄƐĄŚŽnjƐnjƺŬƐĠŐĞƐͿ͗ͬ
;/dͿKŐŐĞƚƚŽĚĞůůĂĚŝĐŚŝĂƌĂnjŝŽŶĞ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂnjŝŽŶĞĚĞůůΖĂƉƉĂƌĞĐĐŚŝĂƚƵƌĂƌĂĚŝŽĐŚĞŶĞĐŽŶƐĞŶƚĂůĂƚƌĂĐĐŝĂďŝůŝƚă͘ƐƐĂƉƵž
ĐŽŵƉƌĞŶĚĞƌĞƵŶΖŝŵŵĂŐŝŶĞĂĐŽůŽƌŝƐƵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĞŵĞŶƚĞĐŚŝĂƌĂƐĞŶĞĐĞƐƐĂƌŝŽƉĞƌůΖŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂnjŝŽŶĞĚĞůůΖĂƉƉĂƌĞĐĐŚŝĂƚƵƌĂƌĂĚŝŽͿ͗ͬ;>sͿ
ĞŬůĂƌĈĐŝũĂƐƉƌŝĞŬƓŵĞƚƐ;ƌĂĚŝŽŝĞŬĈƌƚĂƐŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĈĐŝũĂ͕ŬĂƐŶŽĚƌŽƓŝŶĂƚĈƐŝnjƐĞŬŽũĂŵţďƵ͖ǀĂũĂĚnjţďĂƐŐĂĚţũƵŵĈƚĂũĈǀĂƌŝĞŬŲĂƵƚ
ƉŝĞƚŝĞŬĂŵŝƐŬĂŝĚƌƵŬƌĈƐƵĨŽƚŽŐƌĈĨŝũƵ͕ũĂƚĂƐŶĞƉŝĞĐŝĞƓĂŵƐƌĂĚŝŽŝĞŬĈƌƚĂƐŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĈĐŝũĂŝͿ͗ͬ;>dͿĞŬůĂƌĂĐŝũŽƐŽďũĞŬƚĂƐ;ƌĂĚŝũŽťƌĞŶŐŝŶŝŽ
ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝŶŝĂŝĚƵŽŵĞŶLJƐ͕ƉĂŐĂůŬƵƌŝƵŽƐũťŐĂůŝŵĂĂƚƐĞŬƚŝ͖ŐĂůŝďƻƚŝƉĂƚĞŝŬŝĂŵĂƐƐƉĂůǀŽƚĂƐĂƚǀĂŝnjĚĂƐ͕ƉĂŬĂŶŬĂŵĂŝĂŝƓŬƵƐ͕ŬĂĚ
ƉƌŝƌĞŝŬƵƐƉƌŝƌĞŝŬƵƐƌĂĚŝũŽťƌĞŶŐŝŶťďƻƚƿŐĂůŝŵĂŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬƵŽƚŝͿ͗ͬ;DdͿ>ͲŐŜĂŶƚĂĚͲĚŝŬũĂƌĂnjnjũŽŶŝ;ůͲŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂnjnjũŽŶŝƚĂƚͲƚĂŐŜŵŝƌƚĂƌͲ
ƌĂĚũƵůŝƚŝƉƉĞƌŵĞƚƚŝƚͲƚƌĂĔĔĂďďŝůƚă͖ĚŝŶƚŝƐƚĂΖƚŝŶŬůƵĚŝŝŵŵĂœŝŶŝďŝůͲŬƵůƵƌƚĂΖĔĂƌĞnjnjĂƐƵĨĨŝĔũĞŶƚŝŵĞƚĂƚŬƵŶŵĞŜƚŝĞœĂŐŜĂůůͲ
ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂnjnjũŽŶŝƚĂƚͲƚĂŐŜŵŝƌƚĂƌͲƌĂĚũƵͿ͗ͬ;E>ͿsŽŽƌǁĞƌƉǀĂŶĚĞǀĞƌŬůĂƌŝŶŐ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝĞǀĂŶĚĞƌĂĚŝŽĂƉƉĂƌĂƚƵƵƌǁĂĂƌŵĞĞĚĞnjĞ
ƚƌĂĐĞĞƌďĂĂƌŝƐ͖ǁĂŶŶĞĞƌĚĂƚǀŽŽƌĚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝĞǀĂŶĚĞƌĂĚŝŽĂƉƉĂƌĂƚƵƵƌŶŽŽĚnjĂŬĞůŝũŬŝƐ͕ŵĂŐĞĞŶǀŽůĚŽĞŶĚĞĚƵŝĚĞůŝũŬĞ
ĂĨďĞĞůĚŝŶŐŝŶŬůĞƵƌǁŽƌĚĞŶďŝũŐĞǀŽĞŐĚͿ͗ͬ;W>ͿWƌnjĞĚŵŝŽƚĚĞŬůĂƌĂĐũŝ;ŝĚĞŶƚLJĨŝŬĂƚŽƌƵƌnjČĚnjĞŶŝĂƌĂĚŝŽǁĞŐŽƵŵŽǏůŝǁŝĂũČĐLJũĞŐŽ
ŝĚĞŶƚLJĨŝŬŽǁĂůŶŽƑđ͖ŵŽǏĞnjĂǁŝĞƌĂđŽďƌĂnjďĂƌǁŶLJǁLJƐƚĂƌĐnjĂũČĐŽǁLJƌĂǍŶLJ͕ŬŝĞĚLJŬŽŶŝĞĐnjŶĞũĞƐƚnjŝĚĞŶƚLJĨŝŬŽǁĂŶŝĞƵƌnjČĚnjĞŶŝĂ
ƌĂĚŝŽǁĞŐŽͿ͗ͬ;WdͿKďũĞƚŽĚĂĚĞĐůĂƌĂĕĆŽ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂĕĆŽĚŽĞƋƵŝƉĂŵĞŶƚŽĚĞƌĄĚŝŽƋƵĞƉĞƌŵŝƚĂƌĂƐƚƌĞĄͲůŽ͖ƉŽĚĞŝŶĐůƵŝƌ͕ƐĞĨŽƌĐĂƐŽ
ĚŝƐƐŽ͕ƵŵĂŝŵĂŐĞŵĂĐŽƌĞƐƐƵĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĞŵĞŶƚĞĐůĂƌĂƉĂƌĂƉĞƌŵŝƚŝƌŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƌŽĞƋƵŝƉĂŵĞŶƚŽĚĞƌĄĚŝŽͿ͗ͬ;ZKͿKďŝĞĐƚƵůĚĞĐůĂƌĂƜŝĞŝ
;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƌĞĂĞĐŚŝƉĂŵĞŶƚĞůŽƌƌĂĚŝŽƉĞƌŵŝƜąŶĚƚƌĂƐĂďŝůŝƚĂƚĞĂ͖ƉŽĂƚĞŝŶĐůƵĚĞŽŝŵĂŐŝŶĞĐŽůŽƌƐƵĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĚĞĐůĂƌĉŠŶĐĂnjƵůŠŶĐĂƌĞ
ĂĐĞƐƚůƵĐƌƵĞƐƚĞŶĞĐĞƐĂƌƉĞŶƚƌƵŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƌĞĂĞĐŚŝƉĂŵĞŶƚĞůŽƌƌĂĚŝŽͿ͗ͬ;^<ͿWƌĞĚŵĞƚǀLJŚůĄƐĞŶŝĂ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĄĐŝĂƌĄĚŝŽǀĠŚŽ
njĂƌŝĂĚĞŶŝĂƵŵŽǎŸƵũƷĐĂǀLJƐůĞĚŽǀĂƚĞűŶŽƐƛ͘sƉƌşƉĂĚĞƉŽƚƌĞďLJŵƀǎĞŽďƐĂŚŽǀĂƛĚŽƐƚĂƚŽēŶĞnjƌŽnjƵŵŝƚĞűŶljĨĂƌĞďŶljŽďƌĄnjŽŬ͕ŬƚŽƌlj
ƵŵŽǎŸƵũĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĄĐŝƵƌĄĚŝŽǀĠŚŽnjĂƌŝĂĚĞŶŝĂͿͬ͘;^>ͿWƌĞĚŵĞƚŝnjũĂǀĞ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũĂƌĂĚŝũƐŬĞŽƉƌĞŵĞ͕ŬŝŽŵŽŐŽēĂƐůĞĚůũŝǀŽƐƚ͖ƉŽ
ƉŽƚƌĞďŝůĂŚŬŽǀŬůũƵēƵũĞĚŽǀŽůũũĂƐŶŽďĂƌǀŶŽƐůŝŬŽ͕ŬŝŽŵŽŐŽēĂŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũŽƌĂĚŝũƐŬĞŽƉƌĞŵĞͿ͗ͬ;^ͿKďũĞƚŽĚĞůĂĚĞĐůĂƌĂĐŝſŶ
;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂĐŝſŶĚĞůĞƋƵŝƉŽƌĂĚŝŽĞůĠĐƚƌŝĐŽƋƵĞƉĞƌŵŝƚĂůĂƚƌĂnjĂďŝůŝĚĂĚ͖ƉƵĞĚĞŝŶĐůƵŝƌ͕ĐƵĂŶĚŽƐĞĂŶĞĐĞƐĂƌŝŽ͕ƵŶĂŝŵĂŐĞŶĞŶĐŽůŽƌ
ĚĞĐůĂƌŝĚĂĚƐƵĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĞƉĂƌĂůĂŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂĐŝſŶĚĞůĞƋƵŝƉŽƌĂĚŝŽĞůĠĐƚƌŝĐŽͿ͗ͬ;^sͿ&ƂƌĞŵĊůĨƂƌĨƂƌƐćŬƌĂŶ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĞƌĂƌĂĚŝŽƵƚƌƵƐƚŶŝŶŐĞŶ
ƐĊĂƚƚĚĞŶŬĂŶƐƉĊƌĂƐ͖ĚĞŶŬĂŶŝŶŶĞŚĊůůĂĞŶĨćƌŐďŝůĚƐŽŵćƌƐĊƚLJĚůŝŐĂƚƚĚĞƚŐĊƌĂƚƚŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĞƌĂƌĂĚŝŽƵƚƌƵƐƚŶŝŶŐĞŶͿ͗
ϱ͘ ;EͿdŚĞŽďũĞĐƚŽĨƚŚĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶĚĞƐĐƌŝďĞĚĂďŽǀĞŝƐŝŶĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚLJǁŝƚŚƚŚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚhŶŝŽŶŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝŽŶ
ůĞŐŝƐůĂƚŝŽŶ͕͗ŝƌĞĐƚŝǀĞϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕KƚŚĞƌhŶŝŽŶŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝŽŶůĞŐŝƐůĂƚŝŽŶǁŚĞƌĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞͬ;ͿĞƌŽďĞŶďĞƐĐŚƌŝĞďĞŶĞ
'ĞŐĞŶƐƚĂŶĚĚĞƌƌŬůćƌƵŶŐĞƌĨƺůůƚĚŝĞĞŝŶƐĐŚůćŐŝŐĞŶ,ĂƌŵŽŶŝƐŝĞƌƵŶŐƐƌĞĐŚƚƐǀŽƌƐĐŚƌŝĨƚĞŶĚĞƌhŶŝŽŶ͕͗ZŝĐŚƚůŝŶŝĞϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕
ŐĞŐĞďĞŶĞŶĨĂůůƐǁĞŝƚĞƌĞ,ĂƌŵŽŶŝƐŝĞƌƵŶŐƐƌĞĐŚƚƐǀŽƌƐĐŚƌŝĨƚĞŶĚĞƌhŶŝŽŶͬ;'Ϳʿ̶̡̨̨̛̛̬̖̥̖̯̻̯̦̖̣̬̯͕̪̭̦̪̔̌̔̌̌́̌̌Ͳ̨̬̖͕̐
̨̨̨̨̨̡̨̨̨̯̬̦̭̻̯̖̯̦̯̦̯̖̣̭̯̦̐̏̌́̌̏̌̔̌̏̌̚ˁ̵̶̨̛̛̻̬̥̦͕̀̌̌̌̌́͗̚̚̚ʪ̡̛̛̬̖̯̏̌ϮϬϭϰͬϯϱͬʫˁ͕ʪ̨̡̨̨̨̬̱̦̯̖̣̭̯̦̐̌̔̌̏̌̚
ˁ̵̶̨̡̨̨̨̨̛̛̛̛̻̬̥̦͕̯̖̪̬̣̙̥̀̌̌̌̌́̐̌ͬ̚̚̚;,ZͿWƌĞƚŚŽĚŶŽŽƉŝƐĂŶŝƉƌĞĚŵĞƚŝnjũĂǀĞƵƐŬůĂĚƵũĞƐƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚŶŝŵ
njĂŬŽŶŽĚĂǀƐƚǀŽŵhŶŝũĞŽƵƐŬůĂĜŝǀĂŶũƵ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚŝǀŽŵϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕ĚƌƵŐŝŵnjĂŬŽŶŽĚĂǀƐƚǀŽŵhŶŝũĞŽƵƐŬůĂĜŝǀĂŶũƵƉƌĞŵĂƉŽƚƌĞďŝͬ
;>ͿɃʍʏʊʖʉʎʏɻʎɷɼʄʘʍɻʎʋʉʐʋɸʌɿɶʌɳʔɸʏɲɿʋɲʌɲʋɳʆʘɸʀʆɲɿʍʑʅʔʘʆʉʎʋʌʉʎʏɻʍʖɸʏɿʃɼɸʆʘʍɿɲʃɼʆʉʅʉɽɸʍʀɲɸʆɲʌʅʊʆɿʍɻʎ͕͗
ɃɷɻɶʀɲϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬȵȵ͕ȱʄʄɻɸʆʘʍɿɲʃɼʆʉʅʉɽɸʍʀɲɸʆɲʌʅʊʆɿʍɻʎ͕ʃɲʏɳʋɸʌʀʋʏʘʍɻͬ;^ͿsljƓĞƉŽƉƐĂŶljƉƎĞĚŵĢƚƉƌŽŚůĄƓĞŶşũĞǀĞ
ƐŚŽĚĢƐƉƎşƐůƵƓŶljŵŝŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjŽǀĂŶljŵŝƉƌĄǀŶşŵŝƉƎĞĚƉŝƐLJhŶŝĞ͕͗^ŵĢƌŶŝĐĞϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕sŶĄůĞǎŝƚljĐŚƉƎşƉĂĚĞĐŚĚĂůƓş
ŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjŽǀĂŶĠƉƌĄǀŶşƉƎĞĚƉŝƐLJhŶŝĞͬ;Ϳ'ĞŶƐƚĂŶĚĞŶĨŽƌĞƌŬůčƌŝŶŐĞŶ͕ƐŽŵďĞƐŬƌĞǀĞƚŽǀĞŶĨŽƌ͕ĞƌŝŽǀĞƌĞŶƐƐƚĞŵŵĞůƐĞŵĞĚ
ĚĞŶƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĞhͲŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞƌŝŶŐƐůŽǀŐŝǀŶŝŶŐ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚŝǀϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕ǀĞŶƚƵĞůƚĂŶĚĞŶhͲŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞƌŝŶŐƐůŽǀŐŝǀŶŝŶŐͬ;dͿ
můĂůŬŝƌũĞůĚĂƚƵĚĚĞŬůĂƌĞĞƌŝƚĂǀƚŽŽĚĞŽŶŬŽŽƐŬƁůĂƐĂƐũĂŬŽŚĂƐƚĞůŝŝĚƵƺŚƚůƵƐƚĂŵŝƐƁŝŐƵƐĂŬƚŝĚĞŐĂ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚŝŝǀϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬ>͕DƵƵĚůŝŝĚƵ
ƺŚƚůƵƐƚĂŵŝƐƁŝŐƵƐĂŬƚŝĚ;ǀĂũĂĚƵƐĞŬŽƌƌĂůͿͬ;&/ͿĚĞůůćŬƵǀĂƚƚƵǀĂŬƵƵƚƵŬƐĞŶŬŽŚĚĞŽŶĂƐŝĂĂŬŽƐŬĞǀĂŶƵŶŝŽŶŝŶ
LJŚĚĞŶŵƵŬĂŝƐƚĂŵŝƐůĂŝŶƐććĚćŶŶƂŶǀĂĂƚŝŵƵƐƚĞŶŵƵŬĂŝŶĞŶ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚŝŝǀŝϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕DƵƵƵŶŝŽŶŝŶLJŚĚĞŶŵƵŬĂŝƐƚĂŵŝƐƐććĚƂƐ
;ƚĂƉĂƵŬƐĞŶŵƵŬĂĂŶͿͬ;&ZͿ>ΖŽďũĞƚĚĞůĂĚĠĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶĚĠĐƌŝƚĐŝͲĚĞƐƐƵƐĞƐƚĐŽŶĨŽƌŵĞăůĂůĠŐŝƐůĂƚŝŽŶĚΖŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝŽŶĚĞůΖhŶŝŽŶ
ĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕͗ŝƌĞĐƚŝǀĞϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕ƵƚƌĞƐůĠŐŝƐůĂƚŝŽŶƐĚΖŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝŽŶĚĞůΖhŶŝŽŶ͕ƐΖŝůLJĂůŝĞƵͬ;,hͿĨĞŶƚŝƐŵĞƌƚĞƚĞƚƚŶLJŝůĂƚŬŽnjĂƚ
ƚĄƌŐLJĂŵĞŐĨĞůĞůĂǀŽŶĂƚŬŽnjſƵŶŝſƐŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĄĐŝſƐũŽŐƐnjĂďĄůLJŽŬŶĂŬ͕͗ĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬhŝƌĄŶLJĞůǀ͕ĂĚŽƚƚĞƐĞƚďĞŶĞŐLJĠďƵŶŝſƐ
ŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĄĐŝſƐũŽŐƐnjĂďĄůLJͬ͘;/dͿ>ΖŽŐŐĞƚƚŽĚĞůůĂĚŝĐŚŝĂƌĂnjŝŽŶĞĚŝĐƵŝƐŽƉƌĂğĐŽŶĨŽƌŵĞĂůůĂƉĞƌƚŝŶĞŶƚĞŶŽƌŵĂƚŝǀĂĚŝ
ĂƌŵŽŶŝnjnjĂnjŝŽŶĞĚĞůůΖhŶŝŽŶĞ͕͗ŝƌĞƚƚŝǀĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕^ĞĚĞůĐĂƐŽ͕ĂůƚƌĞŶŽƌŵĂƚŝǀĞĚŝĂƌŵŽŶŝnjnjĂnjŝŽŶĞĚĞůůΖhŶŝŽŶĞͬ;>sͿ/ĞƉƌŝĞŬƓ
3
 ĂƉƌĂŬƐƚţƚĂŝƐĚĞŬůĂƌĈĐŝũĂƐƉƌŝĞŬƓŵĞƚƐĂƚďŝůƐƚĂƚƚŝĞĐţŐĂũĂŵ^ĂǀŝĞŶţďĂƐƐĂƐŬĂźŽƚĂũĂŵƚŝĞƐţďƵĂŬƚĂŵ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚţǀĂŝϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬ^͕ŝƚĂŵ
^ĂǀŝĞŶţďĂƐƐĂƐŬĂźŽƚĂũĂŵƚŝĞƐţďƵĂŬƚĂŵ͕ũĂƉŝĞŵĤƌŽũĂŵƐͬ;>dͿWŝƌŵŝĂƵĂƉƌĂƓLJƚĂƐĚĞŬůĂƌĂĐŝũŽƐŽďũĞŬƚĂƐĂƚŝƚŝŶŬĂƐƵƐŝũƵƐŝƵƐ
ĚĞƌŝŶĂŵƵŽƐŝƵƐ^ČũƵŶŐŽƐƚĞŝƐĦƐĂŬƚƵƐ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚLJǀČϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬ^͖ŬŝƚƵƐĚĞƌŝŶĂŵƵŽƐŝƵƐ^ČũƵŶŐŽƐƚĞŝƐĦƐĂŬƚƵƐ͕ũĞŝŐƵƚĂŝŬŽŵĂͬ͘;DdͿ>Ͳ
ŐŜĂŶƚĂĚͲĚŝŬũĂƌĂnjnjũŽŶŝĚĞƐŬƌŝƚƚŚĂǁŶĨƵƋŚƵǁĂŬŽŶĨŽƌŵŝŵĂůͲůĞœŝǏůĂnjnjũŽŶŝƚĂΖĂƌŵŽŶŝnjnjĂnjnjũŽŶŝƌŝůĞǀĂŶƚŝƚĂůͲhŶũŽŶ͕͗/ĚͲŝƌĞƚƚŝǀĂ
ϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕>ĞœŝǏůĂnjnjũŽŶŝĚǁĂƌůͲĂƌŵŽŶŝnjnjĂnjnjũŽŶŝŽŜƌĂƚĂůͲhŶũŽŶŝŵĞƚĂƚŬƵŶĂƉƉůŝŬĂďďůŝͬ;E>Ϳ,ĞƚŚŝĞƌďŽǀĞŶďĞƐĐŚƌĞǀĞŶ
ǀŽŽƌǁĞƌƉǀĂŶĚĞǀĞƌŬůĂƌŝŶŐŝƐŝŶŽǀĞƌĞĞŶƐƚĞŵŵŝŶŐŵĞƚĚĞĚĞƐďĞƚƌĞĨĨĞŶĚĞŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝĞǁĞƚŐĞǀŝŶŐǀĂŶĚĞhŶŝĞ͕͗ZŝĐŚƚůŝũŶ
ϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͖ĂŶĚĞƌĞŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝĞǁĞƚŐĞǀŝŶŐǀĂŶĚĞhŶŝĞ͕ŝŶĚŝĞŶǀĂŶƚŽĞƉĂƐƐŝŶŐͬ͘;W>ͿtLJŵŝĞŶŝŽŶLJƉŽǁLJǏĞũƉƌnjĞĚŵŝŽƚŶŝŶŝĞũƐnjĞũ
ĚĞŬůĂƌĂĐũŝũĞƐƚnjŐŽĚŶLJnjŽĚŶŽƑŶLJŵŝǁLJŵĂŐĂŶŝĂŵŝƵŶŝũŶĞŐŽƉƌĂǁŽĚĂǁƐƚǁĂŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĐLJũŶĞŐŽ͕͗ĚLJƌĞŬƚLJǁČϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕ŝŶŶLJŵ
ƵŶŝũŶLJŵƉƌĂǁŽĚĂǁƐƚǁĞŵŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĐLJũŶLJŵ͕ǁƐƚŽƐŽǁŶLJĐŚƉƌnjLJƉĂĚŬĂĐŚͬ͘;WdͿKŽďũĞƚŽĚĂĚĞĐůĂƌĂĕĆŽĂĐŝŵĂŵĞŶĐŝŽŶĂĚĂĞƐƚĄ
ĞŵĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝĚĂĚĞĐŽŵĂůĞŐŝƐůĂĕĆŽĚĞŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĕĆŽĚĂhŶŝĆŽĂƉůŝĐĄǀĞů͕͗ŝƌĞƚŝǀĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͖KƵƚƌĂůĞŐŝƐůĂĕĆŽĚĞ
ŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĕĆŽĚĂhŶŝĆŽ͕ƐĞĂƉůŝĐĄǀĞůͬ͘;ZKͿKďŝĞĐƚƵůĚĞĐůĂƌĂƜŝĞŝĚĞƐĐƌŝƐŵĂŝƐƵƐĞƐƚĞŠŶĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĂƚĞĐƵůĞŐŝƐůĂƜŝĂƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĉĚĞ
ĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂƌĞĂhŶŝƵŶŝŝ͕͗ŝƌĞĐƚŝǀĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕ƵƉĉĐĂnj͕ĂůƚĞĂĐƚĞĚŝŶůĞŐŝƐůĂƜŝĂĚĞĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂƌĞĂhŶŝƵŶŝŝͬ;^<ͿhǀĞĚĞŶljƉƌĞĚŵĞƚ
ǀLJŚůĄƐĞŶŝĂũĞǀnjŚŽĚĞƐƉƌşƐůƵƓŶljŵŝŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂēŶljŵŝƉƌĄǀŶLJŵŝƉƌĞĚƉŝƐŵŝjŶŝĞ͕͗^ŵĞƌŶŝĐĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬj͕WƌşƉĂĚŶĞěĂůƓŝĞ
ŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂēŶĠƉƌĄǀŶĞƉƌĞĚƉŝƐLJjŶŝĞͬ;^>ͿWƌĞĚŵĞƚŶĂǀĞĚĞŶĞŝnjũĂǀĞũĞǀƐŬůĂĚƵnjƵƐƚƌĞnjŶŽnjĂŬŽŶŽĚĂũŽhŶŝũĞŽŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĐŝũŝ͕͗
ŝƌĞŬƚŝǀĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕WŽƉŽƚƌĞďŝnjĚƌƵŐŽnjĂŬŽŶŽĚĂũŽhŶŝũĞŽŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĐŝũŝͬ;^ͿůŽďũĞƚŽĚĞůĂĚĞĐůĂƌĂĐŝſŶĚĞƐĐƌŝƚŽ
ĂŶƚĞƌŝŽƌŵĞŶƚĞĞƐĐŽŶĨŽƌŵĞĐŽŶůĂůĞŐŝƐůĂĐŝſŶĚĞĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĐŝſŶƉĞƌƚŝŶĞŶƚĞĚĞůĂhŶŝſŶ͕͗ŝƌĞĐƚŝǀĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕KƚƌĂůĞŐŝƐůĂĐŝſŶ
ĚĞĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĐŝſŶĚĞůĂhŶŝſŶ͕ĐƵĂŶĚŽƐĞĂĂƉůŝĐĂďůĞͬ;^sͿ&ƂƌĞŵĊůĞƚĨƂƌĨƂƌƐćŬƌĂŶŽǀĂŶƂǀĞƌĞŶƐƐƚćŵŵĞƌŵĞĚĚĞŶƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĂ
ƵŶŝŽŶƐůĂŐƐƚŝĨƚŶŝŶŐĞŶŽŵŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞƌŝŶŐ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚŝǀϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕ŶŶĂŶŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞƌĂĚƵŶŝŽŶƐůĂŐƐƚŝĨƚŶŝŶŐŝĨƂƌĞŬŽŵŵĂŶĚĞĨĂůů

ϲ͘ ;EͿZĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƐƚŽƚŚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞĚƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐƵƐĞĚŽƌƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƐƚŽƚŚĞŽƚŚĞƌƚĞĐŚŶŝĐĂůƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐŝŶ
ƌĞůĂƚŝŽŶƚŽǁŚŝĐŚĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚLJŝƐĚĞĐůĂƌĞĚ͘ZĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƐŵƵƐƚďĞůŝƐƚĞĚǁŝƚŚƚŚĞŝƌŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŶƵŵďĞƌĂŶĚǀĞƌƐŝŽŶĂŶĚ͕ǁŚĞƌĞ
ĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕ĚĂƚĞŽĨŝƐƐƵĞ͗ͬ;ͿŶŐĂďĞĚĞƌĞŝŶƐĐŚůćŐŝŐĞŶŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐŝĞƌƚĞŶEŽƌŵĞŶ͕ĚŝĞnjƵŐƌƵŶĚĞŐĞůĞŐƚǁƵƌĚĞŶ͕ŽĚĞƌŶŐĂďĞ
ĚĞƌĂŶĚĞƌĞŶƚĞĐŚŶŝƐĐŚĞŶ^ƉĞnjŝĨŝŬĂƚŝŽŶĞŶ͕ďĞnjƺŐůŝĐŚĚĞƌĞƌĚŝĞ<ŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚćƚĞƌŬůćƌƚǁŝƌĚ͗ĂďĞŝŵƺƐƐĞŶĚŝĞũĞǁĞŝůŝŐĞ
<ĞŶŶŶƵŵŵĞƌ͕ĚŝĞĂŶŐĞǁĂŶĚƚĞ&ĂƐƐƵŶŐƵŶĚŐĞŐĞďĞŶĞŶĨĂůůƐĚĂƐƵƐŐĂďĞĚĂƚƵŵĂŶŐĞŐĞďĞŶǁĞƌĚĞŶ͗ͬ;'Ϳʿ̨̨̦̖̦̏̌̏̌̌̚
̵̵̸̶̴̶̨̨̨̨̡̡̨̨̨̡̨̨̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̪̣̦̯̖̬̥̦̬̦̭̯̦̬̯̣̪̦̖̦̬̱̯̖̦̖̭̭̪̖͕̪̯̦̹̖̦̖̦̯̭̖̏̌̌̌̌̔̌̏̌̏̌̌̔̐̌̌̚̚̚̚
̡̨̛̛̖̣̬̬̭̻̯̖̯̭̯̖̔̌̌̏̏͘ʿ̸̵̴̶̨̨̨̨̨̡̨̨̡̨̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̬̪̦̖̯̯̬̭̖̪̭̯̖̦̯̖̦̯̦̖̦̦̥̖̬̖̬̭̯̥͕̏̌̏̌́̍̏̌̔̌̏̌́̔̌̏́̌̌̚
̨̨̛̛̛̖̪̬̣̙̥͕̯̦̦̖̔̌̌̌̔̌̏̌͗ͬ̚;,ZͿhƉƵđŝǀĂŶũĂŶĂŽĚŐŽǀĂƌĂũƵđĞƵƐŬůĂĜĞŶĞŶŽƌŵĞŬŽũĞƐĞƵƉŽƚƌĞďůũĂǀĂũƵŝůŝƵƉƵđŝǀĂŶũĞŶĂ
ĚƌƵŐĞƚĞŚŶŝēŬĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũĞƵŽĚŶŽƐƵŶĂŬŽũĞƐĞĚĞŬůĂƌŝƌĂƐƵŬůĂĚŶŽƐƚ͘hƉƵđŝǀĂŶũĂŵŽƌĂũƵďŝƚŝŶĂǀĞĚĞŶĂƐŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũƐŬŝŵ
ďƌŽũĞŵŝǀĞƌnjŝũŽŵƚĞ͕ƉƌĞŵĂƉŽƚƌĞďŝ͕ĚĂƚƵŵŽŵŝnjĚĂǀĂŶũĂ͗ͬ;>ͿȰʆɲʔʉʌɹʎʍʏɲʍʖɸʏɿʃɳɸʆɲʌʅʉʆɿʍʅɹʆɲʋʌʊʏʐʋɲʋʉʐ
ʖʌɻʍɿʅʉʋʉɿʉʑʆʏɲɿɼɲʆɲʔʉʌɹʎʍʏɿʎʄʉɿʋɹʎʏɸʖʆɿʃɹʎʋʌʉɷɿɲɶʌɲʔɹʎʍɸʍʖɹʍɻʅɸʏɿʎʉʋʉʀɸʎɷɻʄʙʆɸʏɲɿɻʍʐʅʅʊʌʔʘʍɻ͘Ƀɿ
ɲʆɲʔʉʌɹʎʋʌɹʋɸɿʆɲɲʋɲʌɿɽʅʉʑʆʏɲɿʅɸʏʉʆɲʌɿɽʅʊɲʆɲɶʆʙʌɿʍɻʎʃɲɿʏɻʆɹʃɷʉʍɻʃɲɿ͕ʃɲʏɳʋɸʌʀʋʏʘʍɻ͕ʏɻʆɻʅɸʌʉʅɻʆʀɲ
ɷɻʅʉʍʀɸʐʍɼʎʏʉʐʎ͗ͬ;^ͿKĚŬĂnjLJŶĂƉƎşƐůƵƓŶĠŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjŽǀĂŶĠŶŽƌŵLJ͕ŬƚĞƌĠďLJůLJƉŽƵǎŝƚLJ͕ŶĞďŽŶĂũŝŶĠƚĞĐŚŶŝĐŬĠƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĂĐĞ͕ŶĂ
ũĞũŝĐŚǎnjĄŬůĂĚĢƐĞƐŚŽĚĂƉƌŽŚůĂƓƵũĞ͘KĚŬĂnjLJƐĞƵǀĞĚŽƵƐũĞũŝĐŚŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂēŶşŵēşƐůĞŵĂǀĞƌnjşĂǀƉƎşƐůƵƓŶljĐŚƉƎşƉĂĚĞĐŚƌŽǀŶĢǎƐ
ĚĂƚĞŵǀLJĚĄŶş͗ͬ;Ϳ,ĞŶǀŝƐŶŝŶŐĞƌƚŝůĚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĞĂŶǀĞŶĚƚĞŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞƌĞĚĞƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚĞƌĞůůĞƌŚĞŶǀŝƐŶŝŶŐĞƌƚŝůĚĞĂŶĚƌĞƚĞŬŶŝƐŬĞ
ƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĂƚŝŽŶĞƌ͕ƐŽŵĚĞƌĞƌŬůčƌĞƐŽǀĞƌĞŶƐƐƚĞŵŵĞůƐĞŵĞĚ͘,ĞŶǀŝƐŶŝŶŐĞƌĂŶŐŝǀĞƐŵĞĚĚĞƌĞƐŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂƚŝŽŶƐŶƵŵŵĞƌŽŐǀĞƌƐŝŽŶ
ŽŐĞǀĞŶƚƵĞůƚƵĚƐƚĞĚĞůƐĞƐĚĂƚŽ͗ͬ;dͿsŝŝƚĞĚŬĂƐƵƚĂƚƵĚŚĂƌŵŽŶĞĞƌŝƚƵĚƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚŝƚĞůĞǀƁŝŵƵƵĚĞůĞƚĞŚŶŝůŝƐƚĞůĞŬŝƌũĞůĚƵƐƚĞůĞ͕ŵŝůůĞůĞ
ǀĂƐƚĂǀƵƐƚĚĞŬůĂƌĞĞƌŝƚĂŬƐĞ͘sŝŝĚĞƚĞůĞƉĞĂďůŝƐĂŵĂŶĞŶĚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝƚƐĞĞƌŝŵŝƐŶƵŵďƌŝũĂǀĞƌƐŝŽŽŶŝŶŝŶŐǀĂũĂĚƵƐĞŬŽƌƌĂůǀćůũĂĂŶĚŵŝƐĞ
ŬƵƵƉćĞǀĂ͗ͬ;&/ͿsŝŝƚƚĂƵƐŶŝŝŚŝŶĂƐŝĂĂŶŬƵƵůƵǀŝŝŶLJŚĚĞŶŵƵŬĂŝƐƚĞƚƚƵŝŚŝŶƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚĞŝŚŝŶ͕ũŽŝƚĂŽŶŬćLJƚĞƚƚLJ͕ƚĂŝǀŝŝƚƚĂƵƐŵƵŝŚŝŶƚĞŬŶŝƐŝŝŶ
ĞƌŝƚĞůŵŝŝŶ͕ũŽŝĚĞŶƉĞƌƵƐƚĞĞůůĂǀĂĂƚŝŵƵƐƚĞŶŵƵŬĂŝƐƵƵƐǀĂŬƵƵƚƵƐŽŶĂŶŶĞƚƚƵ͘sŝŝƚƚĂƵƐƚĞŶůƵĞƚƚĞůŽƐƐĂŽŶŵĂŝŶŝƚƚĂǀĂŶŝŝĚĞŶ
ƚƵŶŶŝƐƚĞŶƵŵĞƌŽũĂǀĞƌƐŝŽũĂƚĂƉĂƵŬƐĞŶŵƵŬĂĂŶĂŶƚŽƉćŝǀć͗ͬ;&ZͿZĠĨĠƌĞŶĐĞƐĚĞƐŶŽƌŵĞƐŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĠĞƐƉĞƌƚŝŶĞŶƚĞƐĂƉƉůŝƋƵĠĞƐŽƵ
ĚĞƐĂƵƚƌĞƐƐƉĠĐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐƚĞĐŚŶŝƋƵĞƐƉĂƌƌĂƉƉŽƌƚĂƵdžƋƵĞůůĞƐůĂĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĠĞƐƚĚĠĐůĂƌĠĞ͘/ůĨĂƵƚŝŶĚŝƋƵĞƌ͕ƉŽƵƌĐŚĂƋƵĞƌĠĨĠƌĞŶĐĞ͕
ůĞŶƵŵĠƌŽĚΖŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ůĂǀĞƌƐŝŽŶĞƚ͕ůĞĐĂƐĠĐŚĠĂŶƚ͕ůĂĚĂƚĞĚΖĠŵŝƐƐŝŽŶ͗ͬ;,hͿnjĂůŬĂůŵĂnjŽƚƚŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĄůƚƐnjĂďǀĄŶLJŽŬƌĂǀĂůſ
ŚŝǀĂƚŬŽnjĄƐǀĂŐLJĂnjĂnjŽŬƌĂĂnjĞŐLJĠďŵƾƐnjĂŬŝĞůƅşƌĄƐŽŬƌĂǀĂůſŚŝǀĂƚŬŽnjĄƐ͕ĂŵĞůLJĞŬŬĞůŬĂƉĐƐŽůĂƚďĂŶŵĞŐĨĞůĞůƅƐĠŐŝŶLJŝůĂƚŬŽnjĂƚŽƚ
ƚĞƚƚĞŬĠ͘ŚŝǀĂƚŬŽnjĄƐŽŬĂƚĂnjĂnjŽŶŽƐşƚſƐnjĄŵŽŬŬĂůĞŐLJƺƚƚĠƐĂŵĞŐĨĞůĞůƅǀĞƌnjŝſĨĞůƚƺŶƚĞƚĠƐĠǀĞůŬĞůůŵĞŐĂĚŶŝ͕ĂĚŽƚƚĞƐĞƚďĞŶĂ
ŬŝĄůůşƚĄƐĚĄƚƵŵĄǀĂůĞŐLJƺƚƚ͗ͬ;/dͿZŝĨĞƌŝŵĞŶƚŽĂůůĞƉĞƌƚŝŶĞŶƚŝŶŽƌŵĞĂƌŵŽŶŝnjnjĂƚĞƵƚŝůŝnjnjĂƚĞŽƌŝĨĞƌŝŵĞŶƚŝĂůůĞĂůƚƌĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐŚĞ
ƚĞĐŶŝĐŚĞŝŶƌĞůĂnjŝŽŶĞĂůůĞƋƵĂůŝğĚŝĐŚŝĂƌĂƚĂůĂĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚă͘/ƌŝĨĞƌŝŵĞŶƚŝĚĞǀŽŶŽĞƐƐĞƌĞŝŶĚŝĐĂƚŝĐŽŶŝůůŽƌŽŶƵŵĞƌŽĚŝ
ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂnjŝŽŶĞĞǀĞƌƐŝŽŶĞĞ͕ƐĞĚĞůĐĂƐŽ͕ůĂĚĂƚĂĚŝĞŵŝƐƐŝŽŶĞ͗ͬ;>sͿƚƐĂƵĐĞƐƵnjĂƚƚŝĞĐţŐĂũŝĞŵŝnjŵĂŶƚŽũĂŵŝĞŵƐĂƐŬĂźŽƚĂũŝĞŵ
ƐƚĂŶĚĂƌƚŝĞŵǀĂŝƵnjĐŝƚĈŵƚĞŚŶŝƐŬĂũĈŵƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĈĐŝũĈŵ͕ĂƚƚŝĞĐţďĈƵnjŬŽƚŝĞŬĚĞŬůĂƌĤƚĂĂƚďŝůƐƚţďĂ͘ƚƐĂƵĐĞƐũĈƵnjƐŬĂŝƚĂĂƌƚŽ
ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĈĐŝũĂƐŶƵŵƵƌŝĞŵƵŶǀĞƌƐŝũĈŵƵŶĂƚƚŝĞĐţŐĈŐĂĚţũƵŵĈĂƌŝnjĚŽƓĂŶĂƐĚĂƚƵŵƵ͗ͬ;>dͿEƵŽƌŽĚŽƐťƐƵƐŝũƵƐŝƵƐƚĂŝŬLJƚƵƐĚĂƌŶŝƵŽƐŝƵƐ
ƐƚĂŶĚĂƌƚƵƐĂƌďĂŬŝƚĂƐƚĞĐŚŶŝŶĞƐƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũĂƐ͕ƉĂŐĂůŬƵƌŝĂƐďƵǀŽĚĞŬůĂƌƵŽƚĂĂƚŝƚŝŬƚŝƐ͘EƵŽƌŽĚŽƐƚƵƌŝďƻƚŝŝƓǀĂƌĚŝũĂŵŽƐŶƵƌŽĚĂŶƚũƿ
ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝŶŝƵƐŶƵŵĞƌŝƵƐ͕ǀĞƌƐŝũĂƐŝƌ͕ŬĂŝƚĂŝŬŽŵĂ͕ƉĂƐŬĞůďŝŵŽĚĂƚĂƐ͗ͬ;DdͿ/ƌͲƌĞĨĞƌĞŶnjŝŐŜĂůůͲŝƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐĂƌŵŽŶŝnjnjĂƚŝƌŝůĞǀĂŶƚŝůŝ
ŶƚƵǏĂǁ͕ũĞǁŝƌͲƌĞĨĞƌĞŶnjŝŐŜĂůůͲŝƐƉĞĔŝĨŝŬĂnjnjũŽŶŝũŝĞƚƚĞŬŶŝĔŝůͲŽŜƌĂũŶůŝƐŬŽŶƚŚŽŵƋĞĚƚŝœŝĚĚŝŬũĂƌĂƚĂůͲŬŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚă͗/ƌͲƌĞĨĞƌĞŶnjŝũƌŝĚƵ
ũŝœƵĞůĞŶŬĂƚŝďŝŶͲŶƵŵƌƵƚĂůͲŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂnjnjũŽŶŝƵůͲǀĞƌǏũŽŶŝƚĂŐŜŚŽŵƵ͕ĨĞũŶĂƉƉůŝŬĂďďůŝ͕ŝĚͲĚĂƚĂƚĂůͲŜƌƵœ͗ͬ;E>ͿsĞƌŵĞůĚŝŶŐǀĂŶĚĞ
ƚŽĞŐĞƉĂƐƚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĞŐĞŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞĞƌĚĞŶŽƌŵĞŶŽĨǀĂŶĚĞĂŶĚĞƌĞƚĞĐŚŶŝƐĐŚĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝĞƐǁĂĂƌŽƉĚĞĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĞŝƚƐǀĞƌŬůĂƌŝŶŐ
ďĞƚƌĞŬŬŝŶŐŚĞĞĨƚ͘ŝũĚĞŽƉŐĂǀĞǀĂŶĚĞƌĞĨĞƌĞŶƚŝĞƐŵŽĞƚĞŶŚĞƚŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝĞŶƵŵŵĞƌĞŶĚĞǀĞƌƐŝĞĞŶ͕ŝŶǀŽŽƌŬŽŵĞŶĚŐĞǀĂů͕ĚĞ
ĚĂƚƵŵǀĂŶƉƵďůŝĐĂƚŝĞǁŽƌĚĞŶǀĞƌŵĞůĚ͗ͬ;W>ͿKĚǁŽųĂŶŝĂĚŽŽĚŶŽƑŶLJĐŚŶŽƌŵnjŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjŽǁĂŶLJĐŚ͕ŬƚſƌĞnjĂƐƚŽƐŽǁĂŶŽ͕ůƵďĚŽ
ŝŶŶLJĐŚƐƉĞĐLJĨŝŬĂĐũŝƚĞĐŚŶŝĐnjŶLJĐŚ͕ǁƐƚŽƐƵŶŬƵĚŽŬƚſƌLJĐŚĚĞŬůĂƌŽǁĂŶĂũĞƐƚnjŐŽĚŶŽƑđ͘KĚǁŽųĂŶŝĂŵƵƐnjČďLJđƉŽĚĂŶĞǁƌĂnjnjŝĐŚ
ŶƵŵĞƌĂŵŝŝĚĞŶƚLJĨŝŬĂĐLJũŶLJŵŝŝǁĞƌƐũĂŵŝŽƌĂnjǁƐƚŽƐŽǁŶLJĐŚƉƌnjLJƉĂĚŬĂĐŚnjĚĂƚČǁLJĚĂŶŝĂ͗ͬ;WdͿZĞĨĞƌġŶĐŝĂƐăƐŶŽƌŵĂƐ
ŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĚĂƐĂƉůŝĐĄǀĞŝƐƵƚŝůŝnjĂĚĂƐŽƵăƐŽƵƚƌĂƐĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂĕƁĞƐƚĠĐŶŝĐĂƐĞŵƌĞůĂĕĆŽăƐƋƵĂŝƐĂĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝĚĂĚĞĠĚĞĐůĂƌĂĚĂ͘Ɛ
ƌĞĨĞƌġŶĐŝĂƐĚĞǀĞŵƐĞƌĞŶƵŵĞƌĂĚĂƐĐŽŵŽƐƌĞƐƉĞƚŝǀŽƐŶƷŵĞƌŽƐĚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂĕĆŽĞǀĞƌƐĆŽĞ͕ƐĞĨŽƌĐĂƐŽĚŝƐƐŽ͕ĂĚĂƚĂĚĞ
ĞŵŝƐƐĆŽ͗͗ͬ;ZKͿdƌŝŵŝƚĞƌŝůĞůĂƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚĞůĞĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂƚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĞĨŽůŽƐŝƚĞƐĂƵƚƌŝŵŝƚĞƌŝůĞůĂĂůƚĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂƜŝŝƚĞŚŶŝĐĞŠŶůĞŐĉƚƵƌĉĐƵ

4
80SS5-01E
 80SS5-01E

ĐĂƌĞƐĞĚĞĐůĂƌĉĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĂƚĞĂ͘ZĞĨĞƌŝŶƜĞůĞƐƵŶƚĞŶƵŵĞƌĂƚĞŠŵƉƌĞƵŶĉĐƵŶƵŵĞƌĞůĞĚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƌĞƕŝĐƵǀĞƌƐŝƵŶĞĂĂĐĞƐƚŽƌĂ
ƉƌĞĐƵŵƕŝĐƵĚĂƚĂĞůŝďĞƌĉƌŝŝ͕ĚƵƉĉĐĂnj͗ͬ;^<ͿKĚŬĂnjLJŶĂƉƌşƐůƵƓŶĠƉŽƵǎŝƚĠŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjŽǀĂŶĠŶŽƌŵLJĂůĞĚŬĂnjLJŶĂŝŶĠƚĞĐŚŶŝĐŬĠ
ƓƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĄĐŝĞ͕ǀƐƷǀŝƐůŽƐƚŝƐŬƚŽƌljŵŝƐĂnjŚŽĚĂǀLJŚůĂƐƵũĞ͘sƌĄŵĐŝŽĚŬĂnjŽǀƐĂŵƵƐşƵǀŝĞƐƛŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂēŶĠēşƐůŽĂǀĞƌnjŝĂĂƉƌşƉĂĚŶĞ
ĚĄƚƵŵǀLJĚĂŶŝĂ͗ͬ;^>Ϳ^ŬůŝĐĞǀĂŶũĂŶĂƵƉŽƌĂďůũĞŶĞŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjŝƌĂŶĞƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚĞĂůŝƐŬůŝĐĞǀĂŶũĂŶĂĚƌƵŐĞƚĞŚŶŝēŶĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũĞǀnjǀĞnjŝƐ
ƐŬůĂĚŶŽƐƚũŽ͕ŬŝũĞŶĂǀĞĚĞŶĂǀŝnjũĂǀŝ͘^ŬůŝĐĞǀĂŶũĂŵŽƌĂũŽďŝƚŝŶĂǀĞĚĞŶĂƐƐǀŽũŽŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũƐŬŽƓƚĞǀŝůŬŽ͕ƌĂnjůŝēŝĐŽŝŶƉŽƉŽƚƌĞďŝ
ĚĂƚƵŵŽŵŝnjĚĂũĞ͗ͬ;^ͿZĞĨĞƌĞŶĐŝĂƐĂůĂƐŶŽƌŵĂƐĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĚĂƐƉĞƌƚŝŶĞŶƚĞƐƵƚŝůŝnjĂĚĂƐŽƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐŝĂƐĂůĂƐŽƚƌĂƐĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂĐŝŽŶĞƐ
ƚĠĐŶŝĐĂƐĞŶƌĞůĂĐŝſŶĐŽŶůĂƐĐƵĂůĞƐƐĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂůĂĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝĚĂĚ͘>ĂƐƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐŝĂƐƐĞĞŶƵŵĞƌĂƌĄŶĐŽŶƐƵŶƷŵĞƌŽĚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂĐŝſŶLJ
ƐƵǀĞƌƐŝſŶLJ͕ĞŶƐƵĐĂƐŽ͕ůĂĨĞĐŚĂĚĞĞŵŝƐŝſŶͬ͘;^sͿ,ćŶǀŝƐŶŝŶŐĂƌƚŝůůĚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĂŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞƌĂĚĞƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚĞƌƐŽŵĂŶǀćŶƚƐĞůůĞƌ
ŚćŶǀŝƐŶŝŶŐĂƌƚŝůůĂŶĚƌĂƚĞŬŶŝƐŬĂƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĂƚŝŽŶĞƌĞŶůŝŐƚǀŝůŬĂƂǀĞƌĞŶƐƐƚćŵŵĞůƐĞŶĨƂƌƐćŬƌĂƐ͘,ćŶǀŝƐŶŝŶŐĂƌŵĊƐƚĞĨƂƌƚĞĐŬŶĂƐ
ƚŝůůƐĂŵŵĂŶƐŵĞĚŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĞƌŝŶŐƐŶƵŵŵĞƌŽĐŚǀĞƌƐŝŽŶŽĐŚŝĨƂƌĞŬŽŵŵĂŶĚĞĨĂůůĚĂƚƵŵĨƂƌƵƚĨćƌĚĂŶĚĞ͗
ϳ͘ ;EͿtŚĞƌĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕ƚŚĞŶŽƚŝĨŝĞĚďŽĚLJ;ŶĂŵĞ͕ŶƵŵďĞƌͿƉĞƌĨŽƌŵĞĚ;ĚĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶŽĨŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶƚŝŽŶͿĂŶĚŝƐƐƵĞĚƚŚĞhͲ
ƚLJƉĞĞdžĂŵŝŶĂƚŝŽŶĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚĞ͗ͬ;Ϳ&ĂůůƐnjƵƚƌĞĨĨĞŶĚͶŝĞŶŽƚŝĨŝnjŝĞƌƚĞ^ƚĞůůĞ;EĂŵĞ͕<ĞŶŶŶƵŵŵĞƌͿŚĂƚ;ĞƐĐŚƌĞŝďƵŶŐŝŚƌĞƌ
DŝƚǁŝƌŬƵŶŐͿƵŶĚĨŽůŐĞŶĚĞhͲĂƵŵƵƐƚĞƌƉƌƺĨďĞƐĐŚĞŝŶŝŐƵŶŐĂƵƐŐĞƐƚĞůůƚ͗ͬ;'Ϳʶ̴̶̨̨̨̨̨̨̛̛̛̛̛̛̯̖̪̬̣̙̥͕̦̯̬̦̯̬̦̐̌̌́̐̌
;̨̨̛̛̦̥̖̦̦̖͕̦̥̖̬̌̏̌Ϳ̛̛̻̬̹̏̚;̨̨̨̛̛̛̪̭̦̖̦̻̬̹̖̦̯̌̌̏̚Ϳ̴̡̛̛̛̛̖̭̖̬̯̯̔̌̔̌̌̌̚̚ʫˁ̛̛̭̣̖̦̖̦̯̪̔̏̌̌̌͗ͬ̚;,ZͿ
WƌĞŵĂƉŽƚƌĞďŝ͕ƉƌŝũĂǀůũĞŶŽƚŝũĞůŽ;ŶĂnjŝǀ͕ďƌŽũͿƉƌŽǀĞůŽũĞ;ŽƉŝƐŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶĐŝũĞͿŝŝnjĚĂůŽƉŽƚǀƌĚƵŽhŝƐƉŝƚŝǀĂŶũƵƚŝƉĂ͗;,ZͿWƌĞŵĂ
ƉŽƚƌĞďŝ͕ƉƌŝũĂǀůũĞŶŽƚŝũĞůŽ;ŶĂnjŝǀ͕ďƌŽũͿƉƌŽǀĞůŽũĞ;ŽƉŝƐŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶĐŝũĞͿŝŝnjĚĂůŽƉŽƚǀƌĚƵŽhŝƐƉŝƚŝǀĂŶũƵƚŝƉĂ͗ͬ;>ͿɄʋʉʐɹʖɸɿ
ɸʔɲʌʅʉɶɼ͕ʉʃʉɿʆʉʋʉɿɻʅɹʆʉʎʉʌɶɲʆɿʍʅʊʎ;ʉʆʉʅɲʍʀɲ͕ɲʌɿɽʅʊʎͿʋʌɲɶʅɲʏʉʋʉʀɻʍɸ;ʋɸʌɿɶʌɲʔɼʏɻʎʋɲʌɹʅɴɲʍɻʎͿʃɲɿɸʇɹɷʘʍɸʏʉ
ʋɿʍʏʉʋʉɿɻʏɿʃʊɸʇɹʏɲʍɻʎʏʑʋʉʐȵȵ͗ͬ;^ͿWƎşƉĂĚŶĢ͗ŽnjŶĄŵĞŶljƐƵďũĞŬƚ;ŶĄnjĞǀ͕ēşƐůŽͿƉƌŽǀĞĚů;ƉŽƉŝƐŽƉĂƚƎĞŶşͿĂǀLJĚĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝŬĄƚh
ƉƎĞnjŬŽƵƓĞŶşƚLJƉƵ͗ͬ;Ϳ,ǀŽƌĚĞƚĞƌƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚ͕ĚĞƚďĞŵLJŶĚŝŐĞĚĞŽƌŐĂŶ;ŶĂǀŶ͕ŶƵŵŵĞƌͿŚĂƌĨŽƌĞƚĂŐĞƚ;ďĞƐŬƌŝǀĞůƐĞĂĨĂŬƚŝǀŝƚĞƚĞŶͿ
ŽŐƵĚƐƚĞĚƚhͲƚLJƉĞĂĨƉƌƆǀŶŝŶŐƐĂƚƚĞƐƚ͗ͬ;dͿsĂũĂĚƵƐĞŬŽƌƌĂů͗ƚĞĂǀŝƚĂƚƵĚĂƐƵƚƵƐ;Ŷŝŵŝ͕ŶƵŵďĞƌͿƚĞŽƐƚĂƐ;ƚĞŐĞǀƵƐĞŬŝƌũĞůĚƵƐͿũĂ
ĂŶĚŝƐǀćůũĂ>ŝƚƺƺďŝŚŝŶĚĂŵŝƐƚƁĞŶĚŝ͗ͬ;&/ͿdĂƉĂƵŬƐĞŶŵƵŬĂĂŶŝůŵŽŝƚĞƚƚƵůĂŝƚŽƐ;Ŷŝŵŝ͕ŶƵŵĞƌŽͿƐƵŽƌŝƚƚŝ;ƚŽŝŵĞŶƉŝƚĞĞŶŬƵǀĂƵƐͿũĂ
ĂŶƚŽŝhͲƚLJLJƉƉŝƚĂƌŬĂƐƚƵƐƚŽĚŝƐƚƵŬƐĞŶ͗ͬ;&ZͿ^ΖŝůLJĂůŝĞƵ͗ůΖŽƌŐĂŶŝƐŵĞŶŽƚŝĨŝĠ;ŶŽŵ͕ŶƵŵĠƌŽͿĂƌĠĂůŝƐĠ;ĚĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶĚĞůΖŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶƚŝŽŶͿ
ĞƚĂĚĠůŝǀƌĠůĞĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚĚΖĞdžĂŵĞŶhĚĞƚLJƉĞ͗ͬ;,hͿ;njͿ;ŶĞǀƾ͕ƐnjĄŵƷͿďĞũĞůĞŶƚĞƚƚƐnjĞƌǀĞnjĞƚĂĚŽƚƚĞƐĞƚďĞŶĞůǀĠŐĞnjƚĞĂ;njͿ;Ă
ďĞĂǀĂƚŬŽnjĄƐŝƐŵĞƌƚĞƚĠƐĞͿ͕ĠƐĂŬƂǀĞƚŬĞnjƅhͲƚşƉƵƐǀŝnjƐŐĄůĂƚŝƚĂŶƷƐşƚǀĄŶLJƚĂĚƚĂŬŝ͗ͬ;/dͿ^ĞĚĞůĐĂƐŽ͕ůΖŽƌŐĂŶŝƐŵŽŶŽƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŽ
;ĚĞŶŽŵŝŶĂnjŝŽŶĞ͕ŶƵŵĞƌŽͿŚĂĞĨĨĞƚƚƵĂƚŽ;ĚĞƐĐƌŝnjŝŽŶĞĚĞůůΖŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶƚŽͿĞƌŝůĂƐĐŝĂƚŽŝůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŽĚŝĞƐĂŵĞhĚĞůƚŝƉŽ͗ͬ;>sͿ
ƚƚŝĞĐţŐĈŐĂĚţũƵŵĈƉĂnjŝźŽƚĈƐƚƌƵŬƚƻƌĂ;ŶŽƐĂƵŬƵŵƐ͕ŶƵŵƵƌƐͿŝƌǀĞŝŬƵƐŝ;ĚĂƌďţďĂƐĂƉƌĂŬƐƚƐͿƵŶŝnjĚĞǀƵƐŝ^ƚŝƉĂƉĈƌďĂƵĚĞƐ
ƐĞƌƚŝĨŝŬĈƚƵ͗ͬ;>dͿ<ĂŝƚĂŝŬLJƚŝŶĂ͕ŶŽƚŝĨŝŬƵŽƚŽũŝťƐƚĂŝŐĂ;ƉĂǀĂĚŝŶŝŵĂƐ͕ŶƵŵĞƌŝƐͿĂƚůŝŬŽ;ĚĂůLJǀĂǀŝŵŽƉƌŽĐĞƐĞĂƉƌĂƓLJŵĂƐͿŝƌŝƓĚĂǀĦ^
ƚŝƉŽƚLJƌŝŵŽƐĞƌƚŝĨŝŬĂƚČ͗ͬ;DdͿDĞƚĂĂƉƉůŝŬĂďďůŝ͕ŝůͲŬŽƌƉŶŽƚŝĨŝŬĂƚ;ůͲŝƐĞŵ͕ŝŶͲŶƵŵƌƵͿǁĞƚƚĂƋ;ĚĞƐŬƌŝnjnjũŽŶŝƚĂůͲŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶƚͿƵŜĂƌĞœŝĔͲ
ĔĞƌƚŝĨŝŬĂƚƚĂůͲĞǏĂŵŝƚĂƚͲƚŝƉƚĂůͲh͗ͬ;E>Ϳ;/ŶĚŝĞŶǀĂŶƚŽĞƉĂƐƐŝŶŐͿĞĂĂŶŐĞŵĞůĚĞŝŶƐƚĂŶƚŝĞ;ŶĂĂŵ͕ŶƵŵŵĞƌͿŚĞĞĨƚĞĞŶ
;ďĞƐĐŚƌŝũǀŝŶŐǀĂŶĚĞǁĞƌŬnjĂĂŵŚĞĚĞŶͿƵŝƚŐĞǀŽĞƌĚĞŶŚĞƚĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂĂƚǀĂŶhͲƚLJƉĞŽŶĚĞƌnjŽĞŬĂĨŐĞŐĞǀĞŶ͗ͬ;W>ͿtƐƚŽƐŽǁŶLJĐŚ
ƉƌnjLJƉĂĚŬĂĐŚ͕ũĞĚŶŽƐƚŬĂŶŽƚLJĨŝŬŽǁĂŶĂ;ŶĂnjǁĂ͕ŶƵŵĞƌͿƉƌnjĞƉƌŽǁĂĚnjŝųĂ;ŽƉŝƐŝŶƚĞƌǁĞŶĐũŝͿŝǁLJĚĂųĂĐĞƌƚLJĨŝŬĂƚďĂĚĂŶŝĂƚLJƉƵh͗ͬ
;WdͿ^ĞĂƉůŝĐĄǀĞů͕ŽŽƌŐĂŶŝƐŵŽŶŽƚŝĨŝĐĂĚŽ͗;ŶŽŵĞ͕ŶƷŵĞƌŽͿĞĨĞƚƵŽƵ;ĚĞƐĐƌŝĕĆŽĚĂŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶĕĆŽͿĞĞŵŝƚŝƵŽĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂĚŽĚĞĞdžĂŵĞ
hĚĞƚŝƉŽ͗ͬ;ZKͿƵƉĉĐĂnj͕ŽƌŐĂŶŝƐŵƵůŶŽƚŝĨŝĐĂƚ;ĚĞŶƵŵŝƌĞ͕ŶƵŵĉƌͿĂĞĨĞĐƚƵĂƚ;ĚĞƐĐƌŝĞƌĞĂŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶƜŝĞŝͿƕŝĂĞŵŝƐĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚƵůĚĞ
ĞdžĂŵŝŶĂƌĞhĚĞƚŝƉ͗ͬ;^<ͿWƌşƉĂĚŶĞ͗ŶŽƚŝĨŝŬŽǀĂŶljŽƌŐĂŶ;ŶĄnjŽǀ͕ēşƐůŽͿǀLJŬŽŶĂů;ŽƉŝƐnjĄƐĂŚƵͿĂǀLJĚĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝŬĄƚjƐŬƷƓŬLJƚLJƉƵ͗ͬ
;^>ͿWŽƉŽƚƌĞďŝũĞƉƌŝŐůĂƓĞŶŝŽƌŐĂŶ;ŝŵĞ͕ƓƚĞǀŝůŬĂͿŝnjǀĞĚĞů;ŽƉŝƐŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶĐŝũĞͿŝŶŝnjĚĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝŬĂƚŽhͲƉƌĞŐůĞĚƵƚŝƉĂ͗ͬ;^ͿƵĂŶĚŽ
ƉƌŽĐĞĚĂ͗ůŽƌŐĂŶŝƐŵŽŶŽƚŝĨŝĐĂĚŽ;ŶŽŵďƌĞ͕ŶƷŵĞƌŽͿŚĂĞĨĞĐƚƵĂĚŽ;ĚĞƐĐƌŝƉĐŝſŶĚĞůĂŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶĐŝſŶͿLJĞdžƉĞĚŝĚŽĞůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂĚŽĚĞ
ĞdžĂŵĞŶhĚĞƚŝƉŽ͗ͬ;^sͿ/ƚŝůůćŵƉůŝŐĂĨĂůů͗ĚĞƚĂŶŵćůĚĂŽƌŐĂŶĞƚ;ŶĂŵŶ͕ŶƵŵŵĞƌͿŚĂƌƵƚĨƂƌƚ;ďĞƐŬƌŝǀŶŝŶŐĂǀĊƚŐćƌĚͿŽĐŚƵƚĨćƌĚĂƚ
hͲƚLJƉƉƌŽǀŶŝŶŐƐŝŶƚLJŐ͗
ϴ͘ ;EͿĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ͕͗^ŝŐŶĞĚĨŽƌĂŶĚŽŶďĞŚĂůĨŽĨ͕͗;ƉůĂĐĞĂŶĚĚĂƚĞŽĨŝƐƐƵĞͿ͕͗;ŶĂŵĞ͕ĨƵŶĐƚŝŽŶͿ;ƐŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞͿ͗ͬ
;ͿƵƐĂƚnjĂŶŐĂďĞŶ͕hŶƚĞƌnjĞŝĐŚŶĞƚĨƺƌƵŶĚŝŵEĂŵĞŶǀŽŶ͕͗;KƌƚƵŶĚĂƚƵŵĚĞƌƵƐƐƚĞůůƵŶŐͿ͕͗;EĂŵĞ͕&ƵŶŬƚŝŽŶͿ
;hŶƚĞƌƐĐŚƌŝĨƚͿ͗ͬ;'Ϳʪ̴̶̨̨̛̛̛̪̻̣̦̯̖̣̦̦̬̥͕̌̌́͗ʿ̨̨̨̨̛̛̛̪̭̦̯̥̖̯̦͕̔̌̌̌͗̚;̨̛̛̥̭̯̯̦̦̖́̔̌̌̌̔̌̏̌̚Ϳ͕͗;̛̥̖͕
̨̣̻̙̦̭̯̔Ϳ;̨̛̪̪̭̔Ϳ͗ͬ;,ZͿŽĚĂƚŶĞŝŶĨŽƌŵĂĐŝũĞ͕͗WŽƚƉŝƐĂŶŽnjĂŝƵŝŵĞ͕͗;ŵũĞƐƚŽŝĚĂƚƵŵŝnjĚĂǀĂŶũĂͿ͕͗;ŝŵĞ͕ĨƵŶŬĐŝũĂͿ;ƉŽƚƉŝƐͿ͗ͬ
;>Ϳɇʐʅʋʄɻʌʘʅɲʏɿʃɹʎʋʄɻʌʉʔʉʌʀɸʎ͕͗ɉʋʉɶʌɲʔɼɶɿɲʄʉɶɲʌɿɲʍʅʊʃɲɿɸʇʉʆʊʅɲʏʉʎ͕͗;ʏʊʋʉʎʃɲɿɻʅɸʌʉʅɻʆʀɲɹʃɷʉʍɻʎͿ͕͗;ʊʆʉʅɲ͕
ɽɹʍɻͿ;ʐʋʉɶʌɲʔɼͿ͗ͬ;^ͿĂůƓşŝŶĨŽƌŵĂĐĞ͕͗WŽĚĞƉƐĄŶŽnjĂĂũŵĠŶĞŵ͕͗;ŵşƐƚŽĂĚĂƚƵŵǀLJĚĄŶşͿ͕͗;ũŵĠŶŽ͕ĨƵŶŬĐĞͿ;ƉŽĚƉŝƐͿ͗ͬ;Ϳ
^ƵƉƉůĞƌĞŶĚĞŽƉůLJƐŶŝŶŐĞƌ͕͗hŶĚĞƌƐŬƌĞǀĞƚĨŽƌŽŐƉĊǀĞŐŶĞĂĨ͕͗;ƵĚƐƚĞĚĞůƐĞƐƐƚĞĚŽŐͲĚĂƚŽͿ͕͗;ŶĂǀŶ͕ƐƚŝůůŝŶŐͿ;ƵŶĚĞƌƐŬƌŝĨƚͿ͗ͬ;dͿ
>ŝƐĂƚĞĂǀĞ͕͗ůůĂŬŝƌũƵƚĂŶƵĚ;ŬĞůůĞƉŽŽůƚͬŶŝŵĞůͿ͕͗;ǀćůũĂĂŶĚŵŝƐĞŬŽŚƚũĂŬƵƵƉćĞǀͿ͕͗;Ŷŝŵŝ͕ĂŵĞƚŝŶŝŵĞƚƵƐͿ;ĂůůŬŝƌŝͿ͗ͬ;&/Ϳ>ŝƐćƚŝĞƚŽũĂ͕͗
^ĞƵƌĂĂǀĂŶƉƵŽůĞƐƚĂĂůůĞŬŝƌũŽŝƚƚĂŶƵƚ͕͗;ĂŶƚĂŵŝƐƉĂŝŬŬĂũĂͲƉćŝǀćŵććƌćͿ͕͗;Ŷŝŵŝ͕ƚĞŚƚćǀćͿ;ĂůůĞŬŝƌũŽŝƚƵƐͿ͗ͬ;&ZͿ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶƐ
ĐŽŵƉůĠŵĞŶƚĂŝƌĞƐ͕͗^ŝŐŶĠƉĂƌĞƚĂƵŶŽŵĚĞ͕͗;ůŝĞƵĞƚĚĂƚĞĚΖĠŵŝƐƐŝŽŶͿ͕͗;ŶŽŵ͕ĨŽŶĐƚŝŽŶͿ;ƐŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞͿ͗ͬ;,hͿdŽǀĄďďŝŝŶĨŽƌŵĄĐŝſŬ͕͗
ŶLJŝůĂƚŬŽnjĂƚŽƚĂŬƂǀĞƚŬĞnjƅŐLJĄƌƚſŶĞǀĠďĞŶĠƐŵĞŐďşnjĄƐĄďſůşƌƚĄŬĂůĄ͕͗;ĂŬŝĄůůşƚĄƐŚĞůLJĞĠƐĚĄƚƵŵĂͿ͕͗;ŶĠǀ͕ďĞŽƐnjƚĄƐͿ;ĂůĄşƌĄƐͿ͗ͬ;/dͿ
/ŶĨŽƌŵĂnjŝŽŶŝƐƵƉƉůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌŝ͕͗&ŝƌŵĂƚŽĂŶŽŵĞĞƉĞƌĐŽŶƚŽĚŝ͕͗;ůƵŽŐŽĞĚĂƚĂĚĞůƌŝůĂƐĐŝŽͿ͕͗;ŶŽŵĞ͕ĨƵŶnjŝŽŶĞͿ;ĨŝƌŵĂͿ͗ͬ;>sͿ
WĂƉŝůĚŝŶĨŽƌŵĈĐŝũĂ͕͗WĂƌĂŬƐƚţƚƐƓĈĚĂƐƉĞƌƐŽŶĂƐǀĈƌĚĈ͕͗;ŝnjĚŽƓĂŶĂƐǀŝĞƚĂƵŶĚĂƚƵŵƐͿ͕͗;ǀĈƌĚƐ͕ƵnjǀĈƌĚƐ͕ĂŵĂƚƐͿ;ƉĂƌĂŬƐƚƐͿ͗ͬ;>dͿ
WĂƉŝůĚŽŵĂŝŶĨŽƌŵĂĐŝũĂ͕͗hǎŬČŝƌŬŝĞŶŽǀĂƌĚƵƉĂƐŝƌĂƓLJƚĂ͕͗;ŝƓĚĂǀŝŵŽĚĂƚĂŝƌǀŝĞƚĂͿ͕͗;ǀĂƌĚĂƐŝƌƉĂǀĂƌĚĦ͕ƉĂƌĞŝŐŽƐͿ;ƉĂƌĂƓĂƐͿ͗ͬ;DdͿ
/ŶĨŽƌŵĂnjnjũŽŶŝĂĚĚŝnjnjũŽŶĂůŝ͕͗/ĨĨŝƌŵĂƚŐŜĂůƵĨΖŝƐĞŵ͕͗;ƉŽƐƚƵĚĂƚĂƚĂůͲŜƌƵœͿ͕͗;ŝƐĞŵ͕ĨƵŶnjũŽŶŝͿ;ĨŝƌŵĂͿ͗ͬ;E>ͿĂŶǀƵůůĞŶĚĞŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝĞ͕͗
KŶĚĞƌƚĞŬĞŶĚǀŽŽƌĞŶŶĂŵĞŶƐ͕͗;ƉůĂĂƚƐĞŶĚĂƚƵŵǀĂŶĂĨŐŝĨƚĞͿ͕͗;ŶĂĂŵ͕ĨƵŶĐƚŝĞͿ;ŚĂŶĚƚĞŬĞŶŝŶŐͿ͗ͬ;W>Ϳ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂĐũĞĚŽĚĂƚŬŽǁĞ͕͗
WŽĚƉŝƐĂŶŽǁŝŵŝĞŶŝƵ͕͗;ŵŝĞũƐĐĞŝĚĂƚĂǁLJĚĂŶŝĂͿ͕͗;ŝŵŝħŝŶĂnjǁŝƐŬŽ͕ƐƚĂŶŽǁŝƐŬŽͿ;ƉŽĚƉŝƐͿ͗ͬ;WdͿ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂĕƁĞƐĐŽŵƉůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌĞƐ͕͗
ƐƐŝŶĂĚŽƉŽƌĞĞŵŶŽŵĞĚĞ͕͗;ůŽĐĂůĞĚĂƚĂĚĞĞŵŝƐƐĆŽͿ͕;ŶŽŵĞ͕ĐĂƌŐŽͿ;ĂƐƐŝŶĂƚƵƌĂͿͬ;ZKͿ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂƜŝŝƐƵƉůŝŵĞŶƚĂƌĞ͕͗^ĞŵŶĂƚ
ƉĞŶƚƌƵƕŝŠŶŶƵŵĞůĞ͕͗;ůŽĐƵůƕŝĚĂƚĂĞŵŝƚĞƌŝŝͿ͕͗;ŶƵŵĞůĞ͕ĨƵŶĐƜŝĂͿ;ƐĞŵŶĉƚƵƌĂͿ͗ͬ;^<ͿŽƉůŸƵũƷĐĞŝŶĨŽƌŵĄĐŝĞ͕͗WŽĚƉşƐĂŶĠnjĂĂǀ
ŵĞŶĞ͕͗;ŵŝĞƐƚŽĂĚĄƚƵŵǀLJĚĂŶŝĂͿ͕͗;ŵĞŶŽ͕ĨƵŶŬĐŝĂͿ;ƉŽĚƉŝƐͿ͗ͬ;^>ͿŽĚĂƚŶĞŝŶĨŽƌŵĂĐŝũĞ͕͗WŽĚƉŝƐĂŶŽnjĂŝŶǀŝŵĞŶƵ͕͗;ŬƌĂũŝŶĚĂƚƵŵ
ŝnjĚĂũĞͿ͕͗;ŝŵĞ͕ĨƵŶŬĐŝũĂͿ;ƉŽĚƉŝƐͿ͗ͬ;^Ϳ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂĐŝſŶĂĚŝĐŝŽŶĂů͕͗&ŝƌŵĂĚŽĞŶŶŽŵďƌĞĚĞ͕͗;ůƵŐĂƌLJĨĞĐŚĂĚĞĞdžƉĞĚŝĐŝſŶͿ͕͗;ŶŽŵďƌĞ͕
ĐĂƌŐŽͿ;ĨŝƌŵĂͿ͗ͬ;^sͿzƚƚĞƌůŝŐĂƌĞŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ͕͗hŶĚĞƌƚĞĐŬŶĂƚĨƂƌ͕͗;ŽƌƚŽĐŚĚĂƚƵŵͿ͕;ŶĂŵŶ͕ďĞĨĂƚƚŶŝŶŐͿ;ŶĂŵŶƚĞĐŬŶŝŶŐͿ
5
 Robert Bosch GmbH

Addendum Chassis Systems Control

PO Box 1661
71226, Leonberg
Tel +49 711/811-0
www.bosch.co.jp

Technical data

Product model name: MRRevo14F

Frequency Band: 76-77 GHz
Maximum Transmit Power:
Nominal radiated power e.i.r.p. 32 dBm
(peak detector):
Maximum Transmit Power:
Nominal radiated power e.i.r.p. 27 dBm
(RMS detector):

80SS5-01E
 80SS5-01E

Ref. Ares(2016)3250402 - 07/07/2016

EU Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
ϭ͘ EĂŵĞĂŶĚĂĚĚƌĞƐƐŽĨƚŚĞŵĂŶƵĨĂĐƚƵƌĞƌŽƌŚŝƐĂƵƚŚŽƌŝƐĞĚƌĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƚŝǀĞ͗
Company name: ZŽďĞƌƚŽƐĐŚ'ŵď,͕ŚĂƐƐŝƐ^LJƐƚĞŵƐŽŶƚƌŽů͕ͲͬZ
Postal address: WKŽdžϭϲϲϭ
PostcodeͬŝƚLJ: ϳϭϮϮϲ͕>ĞŽŶďĞƌŐ
Telephone number: нϰϵϳϭϭͬϴϭϭͲϬ
E-Mail address: /d͘ŽƐĐŚZĂĚĂƌΛĚĞ͘ďŽƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ
Ϯ͘ ZĂĚŝŽĞƋƵŝƉŵĞŶƚ;ƉƌŽĚƵĐƚ͕ƚLJƉĞ͕ďĂƚĐŚŽƌƐĞƌŝĂůŶƵŵďĞƌͿ:
Apparatus model/Product: DZZϭWůƵƐĂƵƚŽŵŽƚŝǀĞƌĂĚĂƌƐĞŶƐŽƌ
Type: DŽƚŝŽŶĞƚĞĐƚŽƌĨŽƌdddĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ
Batch: Eͬ
Serial number: ZϴͲϲϱϴϭϯ͘ϭϬ͘ϭϱϯϮϳϬϵϵϮ
ϯ͘ dŚŝƐĚĞĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶŽĨĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚLJŝƐŝƐƐƵĞĚƵŶĚĞƌƚŚĞƐŽůĞƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďŝůŝƚLJŽĨƚŚĞŵĂŶƵĨĂĐƚƵƌĞƌ͗
ZŽďĞƌƚŽƐĐŚ'ŵď,͕ŚĂƐƐŝƐ^LJƐƚĞŵƐŽŶƚƌŽů͕ͲͬZ
ϰ͘ KďũĞĐƚŽĨƚŚĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨĂƉƉĂƌĂƚƵƐĂůůŽǁŝŶŐƚƌĂĐĞĂďŝůŝƚLJ͖ŝƚŵĂLJŝŶĐůƵĚĞĂĐŽůŽƵƌŝŵĂŐĞŽĨ
ƐƵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĐůĂƌŝƚLJǁŚĞƌĞŶĞĐĞƐƐĂƌLJĨŽƌƚŚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞƌĂĚŝŽĞƋƵŝƉŵĞŶƚͿ͗
WƌŽĚƵĐƚDŽĚĞůŶĂŵĞ͗ DZZϭWůƵƐ
WƌŽĚƵĐƚĚĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶ͗ DŝĚͲƌĂŶŐĞƌĂĚĂƌƐĞŶƐŽƌ
,ĂƌĚǁĂƌĞǀĞƌƐŝŽŶ͗ ϱYϬϵϬϳϱϳϮ&,Ϭϱ
^ŽĨƚǁĂƌĞǀĞƌƐŝŽŶ͗ ϰϬϬ
ϱ͘ The object of the declaration described above is in conformity with the relevant Union
harmonisation legislation:
ZͲŝƌĞĐƚŝǀĞϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh ...
͘͘͘ ...
ϲ͘ ZĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƐƚŽƚŚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚ harmonised standardsƵƐĞĚ ŽƌƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƐƚŽƚŚĞŽƚŚĞƌtechnical specificationsŝŶ
ƌĞůĂƚŝŽŶƚŽǁŚŝĐŚĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚLJŝƐĚĞĐůĂƌĞĚ͘ZĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƐŵƵƐƚďĞůŝƐƚĞĚǁŝƚŚƚŚĞŝƌŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŶƵŵďĞƌĂŶĚǀĞƌƐŝŽŶĂŶĚ͕
ǁŚĞƌĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕ĚĂƚĞŽĨŝƐƐƵĞ͗
ƌƚϯ͘ϭĂ͗,ĞĂůƚŚŽĨƉĞƌƐŽŶƐĂŶĚĂŶŝŵĂůƐ EϲϮϰϳϵ͗ϮϬϭϬ
ƌƚϯ͘ϭĂ͗^ĂĨĞƚLJ EϲϬϵϱϬͲϭ͗ϮϬϬϲнϭϭ͗ϮϬϬϵнϭ͗ϮϬϭϬн͗ϮϬϭϭнϭϮ͗ϮϬϭϭ
ƌƚϯ͘ϭď͗D d^/EϯϬϭϰϴϵͲϭsϭ͘ϵ͘Ϯ͕Z&dd^/EϯϬϭϰϴϵͲϭsϮ͘Ϯ͘Ϭ
d^/EϯϬϭϰϴϵͲϯsϭ͘ϲ͘ϭ͕d^/EϯϬϭϰϴϵͲϱϭsϭ͘ϭ͘ϭ
ƌƚϯ͘Ϯ͗ZĂĚŝŽ͗ĨĨŝĐŝĞŶƚƵƐĞŽĨƐƉĞĐƚƌƵŵ d^/EϯϬϭϬϵϭͲϭsϮ͘ϭ͘ϭ
d^/EϯϬϯϯϵϲsϭ͘ϭ͘ϭ
ϳ͘ tŚĞƌĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕ƚŚĞŶotified body ͘͘͘(ŶĂŵĞ͕ŶƵŵďĞƌ)͘͘͘ƉĞƌĨŽƌŵĞĚ͘͘͘;ĚĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶŽĨŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶƚŝŽŶͿ͘͘͘ĂŶĚŝƐƐƵĞĚ
ƚŚĞhͲƚLJƉĞĞdžĂŵŝŶĂƚŝŽŶĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚĞ͗͘͘͘:
EĂŵĞ͗dĚǀĂŶĐĞĚ'ŵď, 4 digit notified body number: ϬϲϴϮ
ZĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞŶƵŵďĞƌŽĨƚŚĞĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚĞŽĨŶŽƚŝĨŝĞĚďŽĚLJ͗dϴϭϳϵϲϭͲϬϭͲd
ϴ͘ ĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ͗
Signed for and on behalf of: ŶĚƌĞĂƐDƺůůĞƌ
>ĞŽŶďĞƌŐ͕'ĞƌŵĂŶLJ ϮϬϭϳ-Ϭϲ-Ϭϴ ͲͬZŶŐŝŶĞĞƌŝŶŐŽŵƉŽŶĞŶƚƐZĂĚĂƌ
Place of issue Date of issue Name, function, signature
1
 ŶŶĞdž;Eͬͬ'ͬ,Zͬ>ͬ^ͬͬdͬ&/ͬ&Zͬ,hͬ/dͬ>sͬ>dͬDdͬE>ͬW>ͬWdͬZKͬ^<ͬ^>ͬ^ͬ^sͿ
;EͿh>Zd/KEK&KE&KZD/dz;ϭͿͬ;ͿhͲ<KE&KZD/d d^Z<> ZhE';ϭͿͬ;'Ϳʫˁʪʫʶʸʤˀʤˉʰ˔ʯʤ
ˁˎʽ˃ʦʫ˃ˁ˃ʦʰʫ;ϭͿͬ;,ZͿh/:sK^h<>EK^d/;ϭͿͬ;>ͿȴȸȿɏɇȸɇɉɀɀɃɆɌɏɇȸɇȵȵ;ϭͿͬ;^ͿhWZK,>aE1K^,K 
;ϭͿ ͬ;ͿhͲKsZE^^dDD>^^Z<>Z/E';ϭͿͬ;dͿ>/s^dsh^<>Zd^/KKE;ϭͿͬ;&/ͿhͲ
sd/Dh^dEDh</^hh^s<hhdh^;ϭͿͬ;&ZͿ>Zd/KEhKE&KZD/d;ϭͿͬ;,hͿ;ϭͿhͲD'&>>S^'/
Ez/>d<Kdͬ;/dͿ/,/Z/KE/KE&KZD/dh;ϭͿͬ;>sͿ^d/>^d5^<>Z /:;ϭͿͬ;>dͿ^d/d/<d/^
<>Z/:;ϭͿͬ;DdͿ/<:Z:KE/dΖ<KE&KZD/dd>Ͳh;ϭͿͬ;E>ͿhͲKE&KZD/d/d^sZ<>Z/E';ϭͿͬ;W>Ϳ
<>Z:'KEK_/h;ϭͿͬ;WdͿ>ZKhKE&KZD/;ϭͿͬ;ZKͿ>Zf/hKE&KZD/dd
;ϭͿ ͬ;^<Ϳjsz,>^E/K,K;ϭͿͬ;^>Ϳ/:shK^<>EK^d/;ϭͿͬ;^Ϳ>Z/MEh
KE&KZD/  ;ϭͿ ͬ;^sͿ hͲ&PZ^ <ZE KD PsZE^^d DD>^  ;ϭͿ

ϭ͘ ;EͿEĂŵĞĂŶĚĂĚĚƌĞƐƐŽĨƚŚĞŵĂŶƵĨĂĐƚƵƌĞƌŽƌŚŝƐĂƵƚŚŽƌŝƐĞĚƌĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƚŝǀĞ͗ͬ;ͿEĂŵĞƵŶĚŶƐĐŚƌŝĨƚĚĞƐ
,ĞƌƐƚĞůůĞƌƐŽĚĞƌƐĞŝŶĞƐĞǀŽůůŵćĐŚƚŝŐƚĞŶ͗ͬ;'Ϳʰ̨̨̨̨̨̛̛̛̛̛̛̥̖̬̖̭̦̪̬̯̖̣̣̦̦̖̱̪̻̣̦̥̺̖̦̌̔̌̏̔́̌̐̏́̚
̛̪̬̖̭̯̯̖̣̔̌̏͗ͬ;,ZͿ/ŵĞŝĂĚƌĞƐĂƉƌŽŝnjǀŽĜĂēĂŝůŝŶũĞŐŽǀŽŐŽǀůĂƓƚĞŶŽŐnjĂƐƚƵƉŶŝŬĂ͗ͬ;>ͿɄʆʉʅɲʃɲɿɷɿɸʑɽʐʆʍɻʏʉʐ
ʃɲʏɲʍʃɸʐɲʍʏɼɼʏʉʐɸʇʉʐʍɿʉɷʉʏɻʅɹʆʉʐɲʆʏɿʋʌʉʍʙʋʉʐʏʉʐ͗ͬ;^Ϳ:ŵĠŶŽĂĂĚƌĞƐĂǀljƌŽďĐĞŶĞďŽũĞŚŽnjƉůŶŽŵŽĐŶĢŶĠŚŽ
njĄƐƚƵƉĐĞ͗ͬ;ͿEĂǀŶŽŐĂĚƌĞƐƐĞƉĊĨĂďƌŝŬĂŶƚĞŶĞůůĞƌĚĞŶŶĞƐďĞŵLJŶĚŝŐĞĚĞƌĞƉƌčƐĞŶƚĂŶƚ͗ͬ;dͿdŽŽƚũĂǀƁŝƚĞŵĂǀŽůŝƚĂƚƵĚ
ĞƐŝŶĚĂũĂŶŝŵŝũĂĂĂĚƌĞƐƐ͗ͬ;&/ͿsĂůŵŝƐƚĂũĂŶƚĂŝƐĞŶǀĂůƚƵƵƚĞƚƵŶĞĚƵƐƚĂũĂŶŶŝŵŝũĂŽƐŽŝƚĞ͗ͬ;&ZͿEŽŵĞƚĂĚƌĞƐƐĞĚƵĨĂďƌŝĐĂŶƚŽƵĚĞ
ƐŽŶŵĂŶĚĂƚĂŝƌĞ͗ͬ;,hͿŐLJĄƌƚſǀĂŐLJŵĞŐŚĂƚĂůŵĂnjŽƚƚŬĠƉǀŝƐĞůƅũĠŶĞŬŶĞǀĞĠƐĐşŵĞ͗ͬ;/dͿEŽŵĞĞŝŶĚŝƌŝnjnjŽĚĞůĨĂďďƌŝĐĂŶƚĞŽĚĞů
ƐƵŽƌĂƉƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂŶƚĞĂƵƚŽƌŝnjnjĂƚŽ͗ͬ;>sͿZĂǎŽƚĈũĂǀĂŝǀŝźĂƉŝůŶǀĂƌŽƚĈƉĈƌƐƚĈǀũĂǀĈƌĚƐ͕ƵnjǀĈƌĚƐͬŶŽƐĂƵŬƵŵƐƵŶĂĚƌĞƐĞ͗ͬ;>dͿ
'ĂŵŝŶƚŽũŽĂƌďĂũŽťŐĂůŝŽƚŽũŽĂƚƐƚŽǀŽƉĂǀĂĚŝŶŝŵĂƐŝƌĂĚƌĞƐĂƐ͗ͬ;DdͿ>ͲŝƐĞŵƵůͲŝŶĚŝƌŝnjnjƚĂůͲŵĂŶŝĨĂƚƚƵƌũĞǁƚĂƌͲƌĂƉƉƌĞǏĞŶƚĂŶƚ
ĂǁƚŽƌŝnjnjĂƚƚŝĞŐŜƵ͗ͬ;E>ͿEĂĂŵĞŶĂĚƌĞƐǀĂŶĚĞĨĂďƌŝŬĂŶƚŽĨnjŝũŶŐĞŵĂĐŚƚŝŐĚĞ͗ͬ;W>ͿEĂnjǁĂŝĂĚƌĞƐƉƌŽĚƵĐĞŶƚĂůƵďũĞŐŽ
ƵƉŽǁĂǏŶŝŽŶĞŐŽƉƌnjĞĚƐƚĂǁŝĐŝĞůĂ͗ͬ;WdͿEŽŵĞĞĞŶĚĞƌĞĕŽĚŽĨĂďƌŝĐĂŶƚĞŽƵĚŽƌĞƐƉĞƚŝǀŽŵĂŶĚĂƚĄƌŝŽ͗ͬ;ZKͿĞŶƵŵŝƌĞĂƕŝĂĚƌĞƐĂ
ƉƌŽĚƵĐĉƚŽƌƵůƵŝƐĂƵĂƌĞƉƌĞnjĞŶƚĂŶƚƵůƵŝƐĉƵĂƵƚŽƌŝnjĂƚ͗ͬ;^<ͿDĞŶŽĂĂĚƌĞƐĂǀljƌŽďĐƵĂůĞďŽũĞŚŽƐƉůŶŽŵŽĐŶĞŶĠŚŽnjĄƐƚƵƉĐƵ͗ͬ;^>Ϳ
/ŵĞŝŶŶĂƐůŽǀƉƌŽŝnjǀĂũĂůĐĂĂůŝŶũĞŐŽǀĞŐĂƉŽŽďůĂƓēĞŶĞŐĂnjĂƐƚŽƉŶŝŬĂ͗ͬ;^ͿEŽŵďƌĞLJĚŝƌĞĐĐŝſŶĚĞůĨĂďƌŝĐĂŶƚĞŽĚĞƐƵ
ƌĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂŶƚĞĂƵƚŽƌŝnjĂĚŽ͗ͬ;^sͿEĂŵŶƉĊŽĐŚĂĚƌĞƐƐƚŝůůƚŝůůǀĞƌŬĂƌĞŶĞůůĞƌĚĞŶŶĞƐƌĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂŶƚ͗

Ϯ͘ ;EͿZĂĚŝŽĞƋƵŝƉŵĞŶƚ;ƉƌŽĚƵĐƚ͕ƚLJƉĞ͕ďĂƚĐŚŽƌƐĞƌŝĂůŶƵŵďĞƌͿ͗ͬ;Ϳ&ƵŶŬĂŶůĂŐĞ;WƌŽĚƵŬƚͲ͕dLJƉĞŶͲ͕ŚĂƌŐĞŶͲŽĚĞƌ
^ĞƌŝĞŶŶƵŵŵĞƌͿ͗ͬ;'Ϳˀ̨̨̛̛̭̻̬̻̙̖̦̖̌̔;̨̨̡̨̛̛̛̛̛̦̥̖̬̦̪̬̱̯͕̯̪͕̪̬̯̖̦̣̭̖̬̖̦̦̥̖̬̌̔̌̌̔Ϳ͗ͬ;,ZͿZĂĚŝũƐŬĂŽƉƌĞŵĂ
;ƉƌŽŝnjǀŽĚ͕ƚŝƉ͕ǀƌƐƚĂŝůŝƐĞƌŝũƐŬŝďƌŽũͿ͗ͬ;>ͿɆɲɷɿʉɸʇʉʋʄɿʍʅʊʎ;ʋʌʉʁʊʆ͕ʏʑʋʉʎ͕ɲʌɿɽʅʊʎʋɲʌʏʀɷɲʎɼʍɸɿʌɿɲʃʊʎɲʌɿɽʅʊʎͿ͗ͬ;^Ϳ
ZĄĚŝŽǀĠnjĂƎşnjĞŶş;ēşƐůŽǀljƌŽďŬƵ͕ƚLJƉƵēŝƐĠƌŝĞŶĞďŽƐĠƌŝŽǀĠēşƐůŽͿ͗ͬ;ͿZĂĚŝŽƵĚƐƚLJƌ;ƉƌŽĚƵŬƚͲ͕ƉĂƌƚŝͲ͕ƚLJƉĞͲĞůůĞƌƐĞƌŝĞŶƵŵŵĞƌͿ͗ͬ
;dͿZĂĂĚŝŽƐĞĂĚĞ;ƚŽŽĚĞ͕ƚƺƺƉ͕ƉĂƌƚŝŝͲǀƁŝƐĞĞƌŝĂŶƵŵďĞƌͿ͗ͬ;&/ͿZĂĚŝŽůĂŝƚĞ;ƚƵŽƚĞͲ͕ƚLJLJƉƉŝͲ͕ĞƌćͲƚĂŝƐĂƌũĂŶƵŵĞƌŽͿ͗ͬ;&ZͿ
ƋƵŝƉĞŵĞŶƚƌĂĚŝŽĠůĞĐƚƌŝƋƵĞ;ŶƵŵĠƌŽĚĞƉƌŽĚƵŝƚ͕ĚĞƚLJƉĞ͕ĚĞůŽƚŽƵĚĞƐĠƌŝĞͿ͗ͬ;,hͿZĄĚŝſďĞƌĞŶĚĞnjĠƐ;ƚĞƌŵĠŬͲ͕ƚşƉƵƐͲ͕ƚĠƚĞůͲ
ǀĂŐLJƐŽƌŽnjĂƚƐnjĄŵͿ͗ͬ;/dͿƉƉĂƌĞĐĐŚŝĂƚƵƌĂƌĂĚŝŽ;ŶƵŵĞƌŽĚŝƉƌŽĚŽƚƚŽ͕ĚŝƚŝƉŽ͕ĚŝůŽƚƚŽŽĚŝƐĞƌŝĞͿ͗ͬ;>sͿZĂĚŝŽŝĞŬĈƌƚĂ;ƉƌŽĚƵŬƚĂ͕
ƚŝƉĂ͕ƉĂƌƚŝũĂƐǀĂŝƐĤƌŝũĂƐŶƵŵƵƌƐͿ͗ͬ;>dͿZĂĚŝũŽťƌĞŶŐŝŶLJƐ;ŐĂŵŝŶŝŽ͕ƉĂƌƚŝũŽƐ͕ƚŝƉŽĂƌƐĞƌŝũŽƐŶƵŵĞƌŝƐͿ͗ͬ;DdͿ/ƚͲƚĂŐŜŵŝƌƚĂƌͲƌĂĚũƵ
;ŶƵŵƌƵƚĂůͲƉƌŽĚŽƚƚ͕ƚĂůͲůŽƚƚ͕ƚĂƚͲƚŝƉũĞǁƚĂƐͲƐĞƌũĞͿ͗ͬ;E>ͿZĂĚŝŽĂƉƉĂƌĂƚƵƵƌ;ƉƌŽĚƵĐƚͲ͕ƚLJƉĞͲ͕ƉĂƌƚŝũͲŽĨƐĞƌŝĞŶƵŵŵĞƌͿ͗ͬ;W>Ϳ
hƌnjČĚnjĞŶŝĞƌĂĚŝŽǁĞ;ŶƵŵĞƌƉƌŽĚƵŬƚƵ͕ƚLJƉƵ͕ƉĂƌƚŝŝůƵďƐĞƌŝŝͿ͗ͬ;WdͿƋƵŝƉĂŵĞŶƚŽĚĞƌĄĚŝŽ;ŶƷŵĞƌŽĚŽƉƌŽĚƵƚŽ͕ĚŽƚŝƉŽ͕ĚŽůŽƚĞ
ŽƵĚĞƐĠƌŝĞͿ͗ͬ;ZKͿĐŚŝƉĂŵĞŶƚĞůĞƌĂĚŝŽ;ŶƵŵĉƌƵůƉƌŽĚƵƐƵůƵŝ͕ĂůƚŝƉƵůƵŝ͕ĂůůŽƚƵůƵŝƐĂƵŶƵŵĉƌƵůĚĞƐĞƌŝĞͿ͗ͬ;^<ͿZĄĚŝŽǀĠ
njĂƌŝĂĚĞŶŝĞ;ǀljƌŽďŽŬ͕ƚLJƉ͕ēşƐůŽƓĂƌǎĞĂůĞďŽƐĠƌŝŽǀĠēşƐůŽͿ͗ͬ;^>ͿZĂĚŝũƐŬĂŽƉƌĞŵĂ;ƉƌŽĚƵŬƚ͕ǀƌƐƚĂ͕ƐĞƌŝũĂĂůŝƐĞƌŝũƐŬĂƓƚĞǀŝůŬĂͿ͗ͬ;^Ϳ
ƋƵŝƉŽƌĂĚŝŽĞůĠĐƚƌŝĐŽ;ƉƌŽĚƵĐƚŽ͕ƚŝƉŽ͕ůŽƚĞŽŶƷŵĞƌŽĚĞƐĞƌŝĞͿ͗ͬ;^sͿZĂĚŝŽƵƚƌƵƐƚŶŝŶŐ;ƉƌŽĚƵŬƚͲ͕ƚLJƉͲ͕ƉĂƌƚŝĞůůĞƌƐĞƌŝĞŶƵŵŵĞƌͿ͗

ϯ͘ ;EͿdŚŝƐĚĞĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶŽĨĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚLJŝƐŝƐƐƵĞĚƵŶĚĞƌƚŚĞƐŽůĞƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďŝůŝƚLJŽĨƚŚĞŵĂŶƵĨĂĐƚƵƌĞƌͬ͘;ͿŝĞĂůůĞŝŶŝŐĞ
sĞƌĂŶƚǁŽƌƚƵŶŐĨƺƌĚŝĞƵƐƐƚĞůůƵŶŐĚŝĞƐĞƌ<ŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚćƚƐĞƌŬůćƌƵŶŐƚƌćŐƚĚĞƌ,ĞƌƐƚĞůůĞƌͬ͘;'Ϳʻ̶̨̡̛̭̯̺̯̖̣̬̌́̌̌̔̌̌́̌̚
̨̨̨̨̨̨̨̛̛̛̛̭̻̯̖̯̭̯̖̖̖̦̦̯̬̦̭̯̯̦̪̬̯̖̣̏̏̔̌̔̌̌̐̏̌̌̏̔́͗ͬ̚̚;,ZͿĂŝnjĚĂǀĂŶũĞŽǀĞŝnjũĂǀĞŽƐƵŬůĂĚŶŽƐƚŝŽĚŐŽǀŽƌĂŶũĞ
ŝƐŬůũƵēŝǀŽƉƌŽŝnjǀŽĜĂēͬ͘;>Ϳȸʋɲʌʉʑʍɲɷɼʄʘʍɻʍʐʅʅʊʌʔʘʍɻʎɸʃɷʀɷɸʏɲɿʅɸɲʋʉʃʄɸɿʍʏɿʃɼɸʐɽʑʆɻʏʉʐʃɲʏɲʍʃɸʐɲʍʏɼͬ͘;^Ϳ
dŽƚŽƉƌŽŚůĄƓĞŶşŽƐŚŽĚĢƐĞǀLJĚĄǀĄŶĂǀljŚƌĂĚŶşŽĚƉŽǀĢĚŶŽƐƚǀljƌŽďĐĞͬ͘;ͿĞŶŶĞŽǀĞƌĞŶƐƐƚĞŵŵĞůƐĞƐĞƌŬůčƌŝŶŐƵĚƐƚĞĚĞƐƉĊ
ĨĂďƌŝŬĂŶƚĞŶƐĂŶƐǀĂƌͬ͘;dͿ<ćĞƐŽůĞǀǀĂƐƚĂǀƵƐĚĞŬůĂƌĂƚƐŝŽŽŶŽŶǀćůũĂĂŶƚƵĚƚŽŽƚũĂĂŝŶƵǀĂƐƚƵƚƵƐĞů͗ͬ;&/Ϳdćŵć
ǀĂĂƚŝŵƵƐƚĞŶŵƵŬĂŝƐƵƵƐǀĂŬƵƵƚƵƐŽŶĂŶŶĞƚƚƵǀĂůŵŝƐƚĂũĂŶLJŬƐŝŶŽŵĂŝƐĞůůĂǀĂƐƚƵƵůůĂͬ͘;&ZͿ>ĂƉƌĠƐĞŶƚĞĚĠĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶĚĞĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĠ
ĞƐƚĠƚĂďůŝĞƐŽƵƐůĂƐĞƵůĞƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĂďŝůŝƚĠĚƵĨĂďƌŝĐĂŶƚ͗ͬ;,hͿnjƚĂŵĞŐĨĞůĞůƅƐĠŐŝŶLJŝůĂƚŬŽnjĂƚŽƚĂŐLJĄƌƚſŬŝnjĄƌſůĂŐŽƐĨĞůĞůƅƐƐĠŐĞ
ŵĞůůĞƚƚĂĚũĄŬŬŝ͗ͬ;/dͿ>ĂƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĞĚŝĐŚŝĂƌĂnjŝŽŶĞĚŝĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚăğƌŝůĂƐĐŝĂƚĂƐŽƚƚŽůΖĞƐĐůƵƐŝǀĂƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĂďŝůŝƚăĚĞůĨĂďďƌŝĐĂŶƚĞ͗ͬ;>sͿaţ
ĂƚďŝůƐƚţďĂƐĚĞŬůĂƌĈĐŝũĂŝƌŝnjĚŽƚĂǀŝĞŶţŐŝƵnjƓĈĚĂƌĂǎŽƚĈũĂĂƚďŝůĚţďƵͬ͘;>dͿaŝĂƚŝƚŝŬƚŝĞƐĚĞŬůĂƌĂĐŝũĂŝƓĚƵŽƚĂƚŝŬŐĂŵŝŶƚŽũŽ
ĂƚƐĂŬŽŵLJďĞͬ͘;DdͿŝŶŝĚͲĚŝŬũĂƌĂnjnjũŽŶŝƚĂůͲŬŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚăƚŝŶŜĂƌĞŐƚĂŜƚŝƌͲƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĂďďŝůƚăƵŶŝŬĂƚĂůͲŵĂŶŝĨĂƚƚƵƌͬ͘;E>ͿĞnjĞ
ĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĞŝƚƐǀĞƌŬůĂƌŝŶŐǁŽƌĚƚĂĨŐĞŐĞǀĞŶŽŶĚĞƌǀŽůůĞĚŝŐĞǀĞƌĂŶƚǁŽŽƌĚĞůŝũŬŚĞŝĚǀĂŶĚĞĨĂďƌŝŬĂŶƚͬ͘;W>ͿEŝŶŝĞũƐnjČĚĞŬůĂƌĂĐũħ
njŐŽĚŶŽƑĐŝǁLJĚĂũĞƐŝħŶĂǁLJųČĐnjŶČŽĚƉŽǁŝĞĚnjŝĂůŶŽƑđƉƌŽĚƵĐĞŶƚĂͬ͘;WdͿƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂĕĆŽĚĞĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝĚĂĚĞĠĞŵŝƚŝĚĂƐŽďĂ
ĞdžĐůƵƐŝǀĂƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĂďŝůŝĚĂĚĞĚŽĨĂďƌŝĐĂŶƚĞͬ͘;ZKͿWƌĞnjĞŶƚĂĚĞĐůĂƌĂƜŝĞĚĞĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĂƚĞĞƐƚĞĞŵŝƐĉƉĞƌĉƐƉƵŶĚĞƌĞĂĞdžĐůƵƐŝǀĉĂ
ƉƌŽĚƵĐĉƚŽƌƵůƵŝͬ͘;^<ͿdŽƚŽǀLJŚůĄƐĞŶŝĞŽnjŚŽĚĞƐĂǀLJĚĄǀĂŶĂǀljŚƌĂĚŶƷnjŽĚƉŽǀĞĚŶŽƐƛǀljƌŽďĐƵͬ͘;^>ͿĂŝnjĚĂũŽƚĞŝnjũĂǀĞŽ
ƐŬůĂĚŶŽƐƚŝũĞŽĚŐŽǀŽƌĞŶŝnjŬůũƵēŶŽƉƌŽŝnjǀĂũĂůĞĐͬ͘;^Ϳ>ĂƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂĐŝſŶĚĞĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝĚĂĚƐĞĞdžƉŝĚĞďĂũŽůĂĞdžĐůƵƐŝǀĂ
ƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĂďŝůŝĚĂĚĚĞůĨĂďƌŝĐĂŶƚĞͬ͘;^sͿĞŶŶĂĨƂƌƐćŬƌĂŶŽŵƂǀĞƌĞŶƐƐƚćŵŵĞůƐĞƵƚĨćƌĚĂƐƉĊƚŝůůǀĞƌŬĂƌĞŶƐĞŐĞƚĂŶƐǀĂƌ͘

2
80SS5-01E
 80SS5-01E

ϰ͘ ;EͿKďũĞĐƚŽĨƚŚĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞƌĂĚŝŽĞƋƵŝƉŵĞŶƚĂůůŽǁŝŶŐƚƌĂĐĞĂďŝůŝƚLJ͖ŝƚŵĂLJŝŶĐůƵĚĞĂĐŽůŽƵƌ
ŝŵĂŐĞŽĨƐƵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĐůĂƌŝƚLJǁŚĞƌĞŶĞĐĞƐƐĂƌLJĨŽƌƚŚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞƌĂĚŝŽĞƋƵŝƉŵĞŶƚͿ͗ͬ;Ϳ'ĞŐĞŶƐƚĂŶĚĚĞƌƌŬůćƌƵŶŐ
;ĞnjĞŝĐŚŶƵŶŐĚĞƌ&ƵŶŬĂŶůĂŐĞnjǁĞĐŬƐZƺĐŬǀĞƌĨŽůŐďĂƌŬĞŝƚ͖ƐŝĞŬĂŶŶĞƌĨŽƌĚĞƌůŝĐŚĞŶĨĂůůƐĞŝŶĞŚŝŶƌĞŝĐŚĞŶĚĚĞƵƚůŝĐŚĞĨĂƌďŝŐĞ
ďďŝůĚƵŶŐĞŶƚŚĂůƚĞŶ͕ĂƵĨĚĞƌĚŝĞ&ƵŶŬĂŶůĂŐĞĞƌŬĞŶŶďĂƌŝƐƚͿ͗ͬ;'Ϳʿ̶̡̛̬̖̥̖̯̦̖̣̬̯̔̌̔̌̌́̌;̴̶̡̛̛̛̛̖̦̯̦̔̌́̌
̸̸̶̨̨̨̨̨̨̨̨̡̨̨̨̨̨̛̛̛̛̬̭̻̬̻̙̖̦̖̯͕̪̣̺̪̬̭̣̖̦̖̯̥̱͖̯̥̙̖̣̭̯̯̻̦̭̦̖̯̦̬̙̖̦̖͕̌̔̏́̏̌̌̔́̏̌́̔̌̏̀̏̌̔̌́̏̍̌̚̚
̵̶̴̶̡̨̨̨̨̨̨̡̨̨̨̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̯̯̖̦̖̥̖̣̯̖̦̖̦̯̯̦̬̭̻̬̻̙̖̦̖̯̐̌̏̌̍̔̌̌̔̌́̌̌̌̔̚Ϳ͗ͬ;,ZͿWƌĞĚŵĞƚŝnjũĂǀĞ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũĂ
ƌĂĚŝũƐŬĞŽƉƌĞŵĞŬŽũĂŽŵŽŐƵđƵũĞŶũĞnjŝŶƵƐůũĞĚŝǀŽƐƚ͖ŵŽǎĞƉƌĞŵĂƉŽƚƌĞďŝŽďƵŚǀĂđĂƚŝĚŽǀŽůũŶŽũĂƐŶƵƐůŝŬƵƵďŽũŝŬŽũĂŽŵŽŐƵđƵũĞ
ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũƵƌĂĚŝũƐŬĞŽƉƌĞŵĞͿ͗ͬ;>ͿȰʆʏɿʃɸʀʅɸʆʉʏɻʎɷɼʄʘʍɻʎ;ʏɲʐʏʉʋʉʀɻʍɻʏʉʐʌɲɷɿʉɸʇʉʋʄɿʍʅʉʑʋʉʐʃɲɽɿʍʏɳɷʐʆɲʏɼʏɻʆ
ɿʖʆɻʄɲʍɿʅʊʏɻʏɲ͘ɀʋʉʌɸʀʆɲʋɸʌɿʄɲʅɴɳʆɸɿɹɶʖʌʘʅɻɸɿʃʊʆɲɸʋɲʌʃʉʑʎɸʐʃʌʀʆɸɿɲʎ͕ʊʏɲʆɲʐʏʊɸʀʆɲɿɲʋɲʌɲʀʏɻʏʉɶɿɲʏɻʆ
ʏɲʐʏʉʋʉʀɻʍɻʏʉʐʌɲɷɿʉɸʇʉʋʄɿʍʅʉʑͿ͗ͬ;^ͿWƎĞĚŵĢƚƉƌŽŚůĄƓĞŶş;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐĞƌĄĚŝŽǀĠŚŽnjĂƎşnjĞŶşƵŵŽǎŸƵũşĐşũĞnjƉĢƚŶĢǀLJƐůĞĚŽǀĂƚ͘
DƽǎĞnjĂŚƌŶŽǀĂƚĚŽƐƚĂƚĞēŶĢnjƎĞƚĞůŶĠďĂƌĞǀŶĠǀLJŽďƌĂnjĞŶş͕ƉŽŬƵĚũĞƚŽŬŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝƌĄĚŝŽǀĠŚŽnjĂƎşnjĞŶşŶƵƚŶĠͿ͗ͬ;Ϳ
ƌŬůčƌŝŶŐĞŶƐŐĞŶƐƚĂŶĚ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂƚŝŽŶĂĨƌĂĚŝŽƵĚƐƚLJƌĞƚ͕ƐĊĚĞƚŬĂŶƐƉŽƌĞƐ͖ĚĞƌŬĂŶǀĞĚůčŐŐĞƐĞƚĨĂƌǀĞĨŽƚŽ͕ĚĞƌĞƌƚŝůƐƚƌčŬŬĞůŝŐƚ
ŬůĂƌƚ͕ŚǀŝƐĚĞƚĞƌŶƆĚǀĞŶĚŝŐƚĨŽƌŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂƚŝŽŶĂĨƌĂĚŝŽƵĚƐƚLJƌĞƚͿ͗ͬ;dͿĞŬůĂƌĞĞƌŝƚĂǀƚŽŽĚĞ;ƌĂĂĚŝŽƐĞĂĚŵĞŵććƌĂƚůƵƐ͕ŵŝƐ
ǀƁŝŵĂůĚĂďƚŽŽĚĞƚũćůŐŝĚĂ͖ůŝƐĂĚĂǀƁŝďŬĂƉŝŝƐĂǀĂůƚƐĞůŐĞǀćƌǀŝůŝƐĞŬƵũƵƚŝƐĞ͕ŬƵŝƐĞĞŽŶǀĂũĂůŝŬƌĂĂĚŝŽƐĞĂĚŵĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝƚƐĞĞƌŝŵŝƐĞŬƐͿ͗ͬ
;&/ͿsĂŬƵƵƚƵŬƐĞŶŬŽŚĚĞ;ũćůũŝƚĞƚƚćǀLJLJĚĞŶŵĂŚĚŽůůŝƐƚĂǀĂƌĂĚŝŽůĂŝƚƚĞĞŶƚƵŶŶŝƐƚĞ͖ƐŝŝŚĞŶǀŽŝĚĂĂŶƐŝƐćůůLJƚƚććƚĂƌǀŝƚƚĂĞƐƐĂƌŝŝƚƚćǀćŶ
ƚĞƌćǀćǀćƌŝŬƵǀĂƌĂĚŝŽůĂŝƚƚĞĞŶƚƵŶŶŝƐƚĂŵŝƐƚĂǀĂƌƚĞŶͿ͗ͬ;&ZͿKďũĞƚĚĞůĂĚĠĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶĚĞůΖĠƋƵŝƉĞŵĞŶƚƌĂĚŝŽĠůĞĐƚƌŝƋƵĞ
ƉĞƌŵĞƚƚĂŶƚƐĂƚƌĂĕĂďŝůŝƚĠ͖ĂƵďĞƐŽŝŶ͕ƵŶĞŝŵĂŐĞĐŽƵůĞƵƌƐƵĨĨŝƐĂŵŵĞŶƚĐůĂŝƌĞƉĞƵƚġƚƌĞũŽŝŶƚĞƉŽƵƌƉĞƌŵĞƚƚƌĞůΖŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶĚĞ
ůΖĠƋƵŝƉĞŵĞŶƚƌĂĚŝŽĠůĞĐƚƌŝƋƵĞͿ͗ͬ;,hͿŶLJŝůĂƚŬŽnjĂƚƚĄƌŐLJĂ;ĂƌĄĚŝſďĞƌĞŶĚĞnjĠƐĂnjŽŶŽƐşƚĄƐĂĂŶLJŽŵŽŶŬƂǀĞƚŚĞƚƅƐĠŐďŝnjƚŽƐşƚĄƐĄƌĂ͖
ĂĚŽƚƚĞƐĞƚďĞŶŵĞŐĨĞůĞůƅĠůĞƐƐĠŐƾƐnjşŶĞƐŬĠƉĞƚŝƐƚĂƌƚĂůŵĂnjŚĂƚ͕ĂŵĞŶŶLJŝďĞŶĞnjĂƌĄĚŝſďĞƌĞŶĚĞnjĠƐĂnjŽŶŽƐşƚĄƐĄŚŽnjƐnjƺŬƐĠŐĞƐͿ͗ͬ
;/dͿKŐŐĞƚƚŽĚĞůůĂĚŝĐŚŝĂƌĂnjŝŽŶĞ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂnjŝŽŶĞĚĞůůΖĂƉƉĂƌĞĐĐŚŝĂƚƵƌĂƌĂĚŝŽĐŚĞŶĞĐŽŶƐĞŶƚĂůĂƚƌĂĐĐŝĂďŝůŝƚă͘ƐƐĂƉƵž
ĐŽŵƉƌĞŶĚĞƌĞƵŶΖŝŵŵĂŐŝŶĞĂĐŽůŽƌŝƐƵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĞŵĞŶƚĞĐŚŝĂƌĂƐĞŶĞĐĞƐƐĂƌŝŽƉĞƌůΖŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂnjŝŽŶĞĚĞůůΖĂƉƉĂƌĞĐĐŚŝĂƚƵƌĂƌĂĚŝŽͿ͗ͬ;>sͿ
ĞŬůĂƌĈĐŝũĂƐƉƌŝĞŬƓŵĞƚƐ;ƌĂĚŝŽŝĞŬĈƌƚĂƐŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĈĐŝũĂ͕ŬĂƐŶŽĚƌŽƓŝŶĂƚĈƐŝnjƐĞŬŽũĂŵţďƵ͖ǀĂũĂĚnjţďĂƐŐĂĚţũƵŵĈƚĂũĈǀĂƌŝĞŬŲĂƵƚ
ƉŝĞƚŝĞŬĂŵŝƐŬĂŝĚƌƵŬƌĈƐƵĨŽƚŽŐƌĈĨŝũƵ͕ũĂƚĂƐŶĞƉŝĞĐŝĞƓĂŵƐƌĂĚŝŽŝĞŬĈƌƚĂƐŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĈĐŝũĂŝͿ͗ͬ;>dͿĞŬůĂƌĂĐŝũŽƐŽďũĞŬƚĂƐ;ƌĂĚŝũŽťƌĞŶŐŝŶŝŽ
ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝŶŝĂŝĚƵŽŵĞŶLJƐ͕ƉĂŐĂůŬƵƌŝƵŽƐũťŐĂůŝŵĂĂƚƐĞŬƚŝ͖ŐĂůŝďƻƚŝƉĂƚĞŝŬŝĂŵĂƐƐƉĂůǀŽƚĂƐĂƚǀĂŝnjĚĂƐ͕ƉĂŬĂŶŬĂŵĂŝĂŝƓŬƵƐ͕ŬĂĚ
ƉƌŝƌĞŝŬƵƐƉƌŝƌĞŝŬƵƐƌĂĚŝũŽťƌĞŶŐŝŶťďƻƚƿŐĂůŝŵĂŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬƵŽƚŝͿ͗ͬ;DdͿ>ͲŐŜĂŶƚĂĚͲĚŝŬũĂƌĂnjnjũŽŶŝ;ůͲŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂnjnjũŽŶŝƚĂƚͲƚĂŐŜŵŝƌƚĂƌͲ
ƌĂĚũƵůŝƚŝƉƉĞƌŵĞƚƚŝƚͲƚƌĂĔĔĂďďŝůƚă͖ĚŝŶƚŝƐƚĂΖƚŝŶŬůƵĚŝŝŵŵĂœŝŶŝďŝůͲŬƵůƵƌƚĂΖĔĂƌĞnjnjĂƐƵĨĨŝĔũĞŶƚŝŵĞƚĂƚŬƵŶŵĞŜƚŝĞœĂŐŜĂůůͲ
ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂnjnjũŽŶŝƚĂƚͲƚĂŐŜŵŝƌƚĂƌͲƌĂĚũƵͿ͗ͬ;E>ͿsŽŽƌǁĞƌƉǀĂŶĚĞǀĞƌŬůĂƌŝŶŐ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝĞǀĂŶĚĞƌĂĚŝŽĂƉƉĂƌĂƚƵƵƌǁĂĂƌŵĞĞĚĞnjĞ
ƚƌĂĐĞĞƌďĂĂƌŝƐ͖ǁĂŶŶĞĞƌĚĂƚǀŽŽƌĚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝĞǀĂŶĚĞƌĂĚŝŽĂƉƉĂƌĂƚƵƵƌŶŽŽĚnjĂŬĞůŝũŬŝƐ͕ŵĂŐĞĞŶǀŽůĚŽĞŶĚĞĚƵŝĚĞůŝũŬĞ
ĂĨďĞĞůĚŝŶŐŝŶŬůĞƵƌǁŽƌĚĞŶďŝũŐĞǀŽĞŐĚͿ͗ͬ;W>ͿWƌnjĞĚŵŝŽƚĚĞŬůĂƌĂĐũŝ;ŝĚĞŶƚLJĨŝŬĂƚŽƌƵƌnjČĚnjĞŶŝĂƌĂĚŝŽǁĞŐŽƵŵŽǏůŝǁŝĂũČĐLJũĞŐŽ
ŝĚĞŶƚLJĨŝŬŽǁĂůŶŽƑđ͖ŵŽǏĞnjĂǁŝĞƌĂđŽďƌĂnjďĂƌǁŶLJǁLJƐƚĂƌĐnjĂũČĐŽǁLJƌĂǍŶLJ͕ŬŝĞĚLJŬŽŶŝĞĐnjŶĞũĞƐƚnjŝĚĞŶƚLJĨŝŬŽǁĂŶŝĞƵƌnjČĚnjĞŶŝĂ
ƌĂĚŝŽǁĞŐŽͿ͗ͬ;WdͿKďũĞƚŽĚĂĚĞĐůĂƌĂĕĆŽ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂĕĆŽĚŽĞƋƵŝƉĂŵĞŶƚŽĚĞƌĄĚŝŽƋƵĞƉĞƌŵŝƚĂƌĂƐƚƌĞĄͲůŽ͖ƉŽĚĞŝŶĐůƵŝƌ͕ƐĞĨŽƌĐĂƐŽ
ĚŝƐƐŽ͕ƵŵĂŝŵĂŐĞŵĂĐŽƌĞƐƐƵĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĞŵĞŶƚĞĐůĂƌĂƉĂƌĂƉĞƌŵŝƚŝƌŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƌŽĞƋƵŝƉĂŵĞŶƚŽĚĞƌĄĚŝŽͿ͗ͬ;ZKͿKďŝĞĐƚƵůĚĞĐůĂƌĂƜŝĞŝ
;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƌĞĂĞĐŚŝƉĂŵĞŶƚĞůŽƌƌĂĚŝŽƉĞƌŵŝƜąŶĚƚƌĂƐĂďŝůŝƚĂƚĞĂ͖ƉŽĂƚĞŝŶĐůƵĚĞŽŝŵĂŐŝŶĞĐŽůŽƌƐƵĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĚĞĐůĂƌĉŠŶĐĂnjƵůŠŶĐĂƌĞ
ĂĐĞƐƚůƵĐƌƵĞƐƚĞŶĞĐĞƐĂƌƉĞŶƚƌƵŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƌĞĂĞĐŚŝƉĂŵĞŶƚĞůŽƌƌĂĚŝŽͿ͗ͬ;^<ͿWƌĞĚŵĞƚǀLJŚůĄƐĞŶŝĂ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĄĐŝĂƌĄĚŝŽǀĠŚŽ
njĂƌŝĂĚĞŶŝĂƵŵŽǎŸƵũƷĐĂǀLJƐůĞĚŽǀĂƚĞűŶŽƐƛ͘sƉƌşƉĂĚĞƉŽƚƌĞďLJŵƀǎĞŽďƐĂŚŽǀĂƛĚŽƐƚĂƚŽēŶĞnjƌŽnjƵŵŝƚĞűŶljĨĂƌĞďŶljŽďƌĄnjŽŬ͕ŬƚŽƌlj
ƵŵŽǎŸƵũĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĄĐŝƵƌĄĚŝŽǀĠŚŽnjĂƌŝĂĚĞŶŝĂͿͬ͘;^>ͿWƌĞĚŵĞƚŝnjũĂǀĞ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũĂƌĂĚŝũƐŬĞŽƉƌĞŵĞ͕ŬŝŽŵŽŐŽēĂƐůĞĚůũŝǀŽƐƚ͖ƉŽ
ƉŽƚƌĞďŝůĂŚŬŽǀŬůũƵēƵũĞĚŽǀŽůũũĂƐŶŽďĂƌǀŶŽƐůŝŬŽ͕ŬŝŽŵŽŐŽēĂŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũŽƌĂĚŝũƐŬĞŽƉƌĞŵĞͿ͗ͬ;^ͿKďũĞƚŽĚĞůĂĚĞĐůĂƌĂĐŝſŶ
;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂĐŝſŶĚĞůĞƋƵŝƉŽƌĂĚŝŽĞůĠĐƚƌŝĐŽƋƵĞƉĞƌŵŝƚĂůĂƚƌĂnjĂďŝůŝĚĂĚ͖ƉƵĞĚĞŝŶĐůƵŝƌ͕ĐƵĂŶĚŽƐĞĂŶĞĐĞƐĂƌŝŽ͕ƵŶĂŝŵĂŐĞŶĞŶĐŽůŽƌ
ĚĞĐůĂƌŝĚĂĚƐƵĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĞƉĂƌĂůĂŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂĐŝſŶĚĞůĞƋƵŝƉŽƌĂĚŝŽĞůĠĐƚƌŝĐŽͿ͗ͬ;^sͿ&ƂƌĞŵĊůĨƂƌĨƂƌƐćŬƌĂŶ;ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĞƌĂƌĂĚŝŽƵƚƌƵƐƚŶŝŶŐĞŶ
ƐĊĂƚƚĚĞŶŬĂŶƐƉĊƌĂƐ͖ĚĞŶŬĂŶŝŶŶĞŚĊůůĂĞŶĨćƌŐďŝůĚƐŽŵćƌƐĊƚLJĚůŝŐĂƚƚĚĞƚŐĊƌĂƚƚŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĞƌĂƌĂĚŝŽƵƚƌƵƐƚŶŝŶŐĞŶͿ͗
ϱ͘ ;EͿdŚĞŽďũĞĐƚŽĨƚŚĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶĚĞƐĐƌŝďĞĚĂďŽǀĞŝƐŝŶĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚLJǁŝƚŚƚŚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚhŶŝŽŶŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝŽŶ
ůĞŐŝƐůĂƚŝŽŶ͕͗ŝƌĞĐƚŝǀĞϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕KƚŚĞƌhŶŝŽŶŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝŽŶůĞŐŝƐůĂƚŝŽŶǁŚĞƌĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞͬ;ͿĞƌŽďĞŶďĞƐĐŚƌŝĞďĞŶĞ
'ĞŐĞŶƐƚĂŶĚĚĞƌƌŬůćƌƵŶŐĞƌĨƺůůƚĚŝĞĞŝŶƐĐŚůćŐŝŐĞŶ,ĂƌŵŽŶŝƐŝĞƌƵŶŐƐƌĞĐŚƚƐǀŽƌƐĐŚƌŝĨƚĞŶĚĞƌhŶŝŽŶ͕͗ZŝĐŚƚůŝŶŝĞϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕
ŐĞŐĞďĞŶĞŶĨĂůůƐǁĞŝƚĞƌĞ,ĂƌŵŽŶŝƐŝĞƌƵŶŐƐƌĞĐŚƚƐǀŽƌƐĐŚƌŝĨƚĞŶĚĞƌhŶŝŽŶͬ;'Ϳʿ̶̡̨̨̛̛̬̖̥̖̯̻̯̦̖̣̬̯͕̪̭̦̪̔̌̔̌̌́̌̌Ͳ̨̬̖͕̐
̨̨̨̨̨̡̨̨̨̯̬̦̭̻̯̖̯̦̯̦̯̖̣̭̯̦̐̏̌́̌̏̌̔̌̏̌̚ˁ̵̶̨̛̛̻̬̥̦͕̀̌̌̌̌́͗̚̚̚ʪ̡̛̛̬̖̯̏̌ϮϬϭϰͬϯϱͬʫˁ͕ʪ̨̡̨̨̨̬̱̦̯̖̣̭̯̦̐̌̔̌̏̌̚
ˁ̵̶̨̡̨̨̨̨̛̛̛̛̻̬̥̦͕̯̖̪̬̣̙̥̀̌̌̌̌́̐̌ͬ̚̚̚;,ZͿWƌĞƚŚŽĚŶŽŽƉŝƐĂŶŝƉƌĞĚŵĞƚŝnjũĂǀĞƵƐŬůĂĚƵũĞƐƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚŶŝŵ
njĂŬŽŶŽĚĂǀƐƚǀŽŵhŶŝũĞŽƵƐŬůĂĜŝǀĂŶũƵ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚŝǀŽŵϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕ĚƌƵŐŝŵnjĂŬŽŶŽĚĂǀƐƚǀŽŵhŶŝũĞŽƵƐŬůĂĜŝǀĂŶũƵƉƌĞŵĂƉŽƚƌĞďŝͬ
;>ͿɃʍʏʊʖʉʎʏɻʎɷɼʄʘʍɻʎʋʉʐʋɸʌɿɶʌɳʔɸʏɲɿʋɲʌɲʋɳʆʘɸʀʆɲɿʍʑʅʔʘʆʉʎʋʌʉʎʏɻʍʖɸʏɿʃɼɸʆʘʍɿɲʃɼʆʉʅʉɽɸʍʀɲɸʆɲʌʅʊʆɿʍɻʎ͕͗
ɃɷɻɶʀɲϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬȵȵ͕ȱʄʄɻɸʆʘʍɿɲʃɼʆʉʅʉɽɸʍʀɲɸʆɲʌʅʊʆɿʍɻʎ͕ʃɲʏɳʋɸʌʀʋʏʘʍɻͬ;^ͿsljƓĞƉŽƉƐĂŶljƉƎĞĚŵĢƚƉƌŽŚůĄƓĞŶşũĞǀĞ
ƐŚŽĚĢƐƉƎşƐůƵƓŶljŵŝŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjŽǀĂŶljŵŝƉƌĄǀŶşŵŝƉƎĞĚƉŝƐLJhŶŝĞ͕͗^ŵĢƌŶŝĐĞϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕sŶĄůĞǎŝƚljĐŚƉƎşƉĂĚĞĐŚĚĂůƓş
ŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjŽǀĂŶĠƉƌĄǀŶşƉƎĞĚƉŝƐLJhŶŝĞͬ;Ϳ'ĞŶƐƚĂŶĚĞŶĨŽƌĞƌŬůčƌŝŶŐĞŶ͕ƐŽŵďĞƐŬƌĞǀĞƚŽǀĞŶĨŽƌ͕ĞƌŝŽǀĞƌĞŶƐƐƚĞŵŵĞůƐĞŵĞĚ
ĚĞŶƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĞhͲŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞƌŝŶŐƐůŽǀŐŝǀŶŝŶŐ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚŝǀϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕ǀĞŶƚƵĞůƚĂŶĚĞŶhͲŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞƌŝŶŐƐůŽǀŐŝǀŶŝŶŐͬ;dͿ
můĂůŬŝƌũĞůĚĂƚƵĚĚĞŬůĂƌĞĞƌŝƚĂǀƚŽŽĚĞŽŶŬŽŽƐŬƁůĂƐĂƐũĂŬŽŚĂƐƚĞůŝŝĚƵƺŚƚůƵƐƚĂŵŝƐƁŝŐƵƐĂŬƚŝĚĞŐĂ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚŝŝǀϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬ>͕DƵƵĚůŝŝĚƵ
ƺŚƚůƵƐƚĂŵŝƐƁŝŐƵƐĂŬƚŝĚ;ǀĂũĂĚƵƐĞŬŽƌƌĂůͿͬ;&/ͿĚĞůůćŬƵǀĂƚƚƵǀĂŬƵƵƚƵŬƐĞŶŬŽŚĚĞŽŶĂƐŝĂĂŬŽƐŬĞǀĂŶƵŶŝŽŶŝŶ
LJŚĚĞŶŵƵŬĂŝƐƚĂŵŝƐůĂŝŶƐććĚćŶŶƂŶǀĂĂƚŝŵƵƐƚĞŶŵƵŬĂŝŶĞŶ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚŝŝǀŝϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕DƵƵƵŶŝŽŶŝŶLJŚĚĞŶŵƵŬĂŝƐƚĂŵŝƐƐććĚƂƐ
;ƚĂƉĂƵŬƐĞŶŵƵŬĂĂŶͿͬ;&ZͿ>ΖŽďũĞƚĚĞůĂĚĠĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶĚĠĐƌŝƚĐŝͲĚĞƐƐƵƐĞƐƚĐŽŶĨŽƌŵĞăůĂůĠŐŝƐůĂƚŝŽŶĚΖŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝŽŶĚĞůΖhŶŝŽŶ
ĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕͗ŝƌĞĐƚŝǀĞϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕ƵƚƌĞƐůĠŐŝƐůĂƚŝŽŶƐĚΖŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝŽŶĚĞůΖhŶŝŽŶ͕ƐΖŝůLJĂůŝĞƵͬ;,hͿĨĞŶƚŝƐŵĞƌƚĞƚĞƚƚŶLJŝůĂƚŬŽnjĂƚ
ƚĄƌŐLJĂŵĞŐĨĞůĞůĂǀŽŶĂƚŬŽnjſƵŶŝſƐŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĄĐŝſƐũŽŐƐnjĂďĄůLJŽŬŶĂŬ͕͗ĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬhŝƌĄŶLJĞůǀ͕ĂĚŽƚƚĞƐĞƚďĞŶĞŐLJĠďƵŶŝſƐ
ŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĄĐŝſƐũŽŐƐnjĂďĄůLJͬ͘;/dͿ>ΖŽŐŐĞƚƚŽĚĞůůĂĚŝĐŚŝĂƌĂnjŝŽŶĞĚŝĐƵŝƐŽƉƌĂğĐŽŶĨŽƌŵĞĂůůĂƉĞƌƚŝŶĞŶƚĞŶŽƌŵĂƚŝǀĂĚŝ
ĂƌŵŽŶŝnjnjĂnjŝŽŶĞĚĞůůΖhŶŝŽŶĞ͕͗ŝƌĞƚƚŝǀĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕^ĞĚĞůĐĂƐŽ͕ĂůƚƌĞŶŽƌŵĂƚŝǀĞĚŝĂƌŵŽŶŝnjnjĂnjŝŽŶĞĚĞůůΖhŶŝŽŶĞͬ;>sͿ/ĞƉƌŝĞŬƓ
3
 ĂƉƌĂŬƐƚţƚĂŝƐĚĞŬůĂƌĈĐŝũĂƐƉƌŝĞŬƓŵĞƚƐĂƚďŝůƐƚĂƚƚŝĞĐţŐĂũĂŵ^ĂǀŝĞŶţďĂƐƐĂƐŬĂźŽƚĂũĂŵƚŝĞƐţďƵĂŬƚĂŵ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚţǀĂŝϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬ^͕ŝƚĂŵ
^ĂǀŝĞŶţďĂƐƐĂƐŬĂźŽƚĂũĂŵƚŝĞƐţďƵĂŬƚĂŵ͕ũĂƉŝĞŵĤƌŽũĂŵƐͬ;>dͿWŝƌŵŝĂƵĂƉƌĂƓLJƚĂƐĚĞŬůĂƌĂĐŝũŽƐŽďũĞŬƚĂƐĂƚŝƚŝŶŬĂƐƵƐŝũƵƐŝƵƐ
ĚĞƌŝŶĂŵƵŽƐŝƵƐ^ČũƵŶŐŽƐƚĞŝƐĦƐĂŬƚƵƐ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚLJǀČϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬ^͖ŬŝƚƵƐĚĞƌŝŶĂŵƵŽƐŝƵƐ^ČũƵŶŐŽƐƚĞŝƐĦƐĂŬƚƵƐ͕ũĞŝŐƵƚĂŝŬŽŵĂͬ͘;DdͿ>Ͳ
ŐŜĂŶƚĂĚͲĚŝŬũĂƌĂnjnjũŽŶŝĚĞƐŬƌŝƚƚŚĂǁŶĨƵƋŚƵǁĂŬŽŶĨŽƌŵŝŵĂůͲůĞœŝǏůĂnjnjũŽŶŝƚĂΖĂƌŵŽŶŝnjnjĂnjnjũŽŶŝƌŝůĞǀĂŶƚŝƚĂůͲhŶũŽŶ͕͗/ĚͲŝƌĞƚƚŝǀĂ
ϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕>ĞœŝǏůĂnjnjũŽŶŝĚǁĂƌůͲĂƌŵŽŶŝnjnjĂnjnjũŽŶŝŽŜƌĂƚĂůͲhŶũŽŶŝŵĞƚĂƚŬƵŶĂƉƉůŝŬĂďďůŝͬ;E>Ϳ,ĞƚŚŝĞƌďŽǀĞŶďĞƐĐŚƌĞǀĞŶ
ǀŽŽƌǁĞƌƉǀĂŶĚĞǀĞƌŬůĂƌŝŶŐŝƐŝŶŽǀĞƌĞĞŶƐƚĞŵŵŝŶŐŵĞƚĚĞĚĞƐďĞƚƌĞĨĨĞŶĚĞŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝĞǁĞƚŐĞǀŝŶŐǀĂŶĚĞhŶŝĞ͕͗ZŝĐŚƚůŝũŶ
ϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͖ĂŶĚĞƌĞŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĂƚŝĞǁĞƚŐĞǀŝŶŐǀĂŶĚĞhŶŝĞ͕ŝŶĚŝĞŶǀĂŶƚŽĞƉĂƐƐŝŶŐͬ͘;W>ͿtLJŵŝĞŶŝŽŶLJƉŽǁLJǏĞũƉƌnjĞĚŵŝŽƚŶŝŶŝĞũƐnjĞũ
ĚĞŬůĂƌĂĐũŝũĞƐƚnjŐŽĚŶLJnjŽĚŶŽƑŶLJŵŝǁLJŵĂŐĂŶŝĂŵŝƵŶŝũŶĞŐŽƉƌĂǁŽĚĂǁƐƚǁĂŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĐLJũŶĞŐŽ͕͗ĚLJƌĞŬƚLJǁČϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕ŝŶŶLJŵ
ƵŶŝũŶLJŵƉƌĂǁŽĚĂǁƐƚǁĞŵŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĐLJũŶLJŵ͕ǁƐƚŽƐŽǁŶLJĐŚƉƌnjLJƉĂĚŬĂĐŚͬ͘;WdͿKŽďũĞƚŽĚĂĚĞĐůĂƌĂĕĆŽĂĐŝŵĂŵĞŶĐŝŽŶĂĚĂĞƐƚĄ
ĞŵĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝĚĂĚĞĐŽŵĂůĞŐŝƐůĂĕĆŽĚĞŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĕĆŽĚĂhŶŝĆŽĂƉůŝĐĄǀĞů͕͗ŝƌĞƚŝǀĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͖KƵƚƌĂůĞŐŝƐůĂĕĆŽĚĞ
ŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĕĆŽĚĂhŶŝĆŽ͕ƐĞĂƉůŝĐĄǀĞůͬ͘;ZKͿKďŝĞĐƚƵůĚĞĐůĂƌĂƜŝĞŝĚĞƐĐƌŝƐŵĂŝƐƵƐĞƐƚĞŠŶĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĂƚĞĐƵůĞŐŝƐůĂƜŝĂƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĉĚĞ
ĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂƌĞĂhŶŝƵŶŝŝ͕͗ŝƌĞĐƚŝǀĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕ƵƉĉĐĂnj͕ĂůƚĞĂĐƚĞĚŝŶůĞŐŝƐůĂƜŝĂĚĞĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂƌĞĂhŶŝƵŶŝŝͬ;^<ͿhǀĞĚĞŶljƉƌĞĚŵĞƚ
ǀLJŚůĄƐĞŶŝĂũĞǀnjŚŽĚĞƐƉƌşƐůƵƓŶljŵŝŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂēŶljŵŝƉƌĄǀŶLJŵŝƉƌĞĚƉŝƐŵŝjŶŝĞ͕͗^ŵĞƌŶŝĐĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬj͕WƌşƉĂĚŶĞěĂůƓŝĞ
ŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂēŶĠƉƌĄǀŶĞƉƌĞĚƉŝƐLJjŶŝĞͬ;^>ͿWƌĞĚŵĞƚŶĂǀĞĚĞŶĞŝnjũĂǀĞũĞǀƐŬůĂĚƵnjƵƐƚƌĞnjŶŽnjĂŬŽŶŽĚĂũŽhŶŝũĞŽŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĐŝũŝ͕͗
ŝƌĞŬƚŝǀĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕WŽƉŽƚƌĞďŝnjĚƌƵŐŽnjĂŬŽŶŽĚĂũŽhŶŝũĞŽŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĐŝũŝͬ;^ͿůŽďũĞƚŽĚĞůĂĚĞĐůĂƌĂĐŝſŶĚĞƐĐƌŝƚŽ
ĂŶƚĞƌŝŽƌŵĞŶƚĞĞƐĐŽŶĨŽƌŵĞĐŽŶůĂůĞŐŝƐůĂĐŝſŶĚĞĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĐŝſŶƉĞƌƚŝŶĞŶƚĞĚĞůĂhŶŝſŶ͕͗ŝƌĞĐƚŝǀĂϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕KƚƌĂůĞŐŝƐůĂĐŝſŶ
ĚĞĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĐŝſŶĚĞůĂhŶŝſŶ͕ĐƵĂŶĚŽƐĞĂĂƉůŝĐĂďůĞͬ;^sͿ&ƂƌĞŵĊůĞƚĨƂƌĨƂƌƐćŬƌĂŶŽǀĂŶƂǀĞƌĞŶƐƐƚćŵŵĞƌŵĞĚĚĞŶƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĂ
ƵŶŝŽŶƐůĂŐƐƚŝĨƚŶŝŶŐĞŶŽŵŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞƌŝŶŐ͕͗ŝƌĞŬƚŝǀϮϬϭϰͬϱϯͬh͕ŶŶĂŶŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞƌĂĚƵŶŝŽŶƐůĂŐƐƚŝĨƚŶŝŶŐŝĨƂƌĞŬŽŵŵĂŶĚĞĨĂůů

ϲ͘ ;EͿZĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƐƚŽƚŚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞĚƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐƵƐĞĚŽƌƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƐƚŽƚŚĞŽƚŚĞƌƚĞĐŚŶŝĐĂůƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐŝŶ
ƌĞůĂƚŝŽŶƚŽǁŚŝĐŚĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚLJŝƐĚĞĐůĂƌĞĚ͘ZĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƐŵƵƐƚďĞůŝƐƚĞĚǁŝƚŚƚŚĞŝƌŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŶƵŵďĞƌĂŶĚǀĞƌƐŝŽŶĂŶĚ͕ǁŚĞƌĞ
ĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕ĚĂƚĞŽĨŝƐƐƵĞ͗ͬ;ͿŶŐĂďĞĚĞƌĞŝŶƐĐŚůćŐŝŐĞŶŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐŝĞƌƚĞŶEŽƌŵĞŶ͕ĚŝĞnjƵŐƌƵŶĚĞŐĞůĞŐƚǁƵƌĚĞŶ͕ŽĚĞƌŶŐĂďĞ
ĚĞƌĂŶĚĞƌĞŶƚĞĐŚŶŝƐĐŚĞŶ^ƉĞnjŝĨŝŬĂƚŝŽŶĞŶ͕ďĞnjƺŐůŝĐŚĚĞƌĞƌĚŝĞ<ŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚćƚĞƌŬůćƌƚǁŝƌĚ͗ĂďĞŝŵƺƐƐĞŶĚŝĞũĞǁĞŝůŝŐĞ
<ĞŶŶŶƵŵŵĞƌ͕ĚŝĞĂŶŐĞǁĂŶĚƚĞ&ĂƐƐƵŶŐƵŶĚŐĞŐĞďĞŶĞŶĨĂůůƐĚĂƐƵƐŐĂďĞĚĂƚƵŵĂŶŐĞŐĞďĞŶǁĞƌĚĞŶ͗ͬ;'Ϳʿ̨̨̦̖̦̏̌̏̌̌̚
̵̵̸̶̴̶̨̨̨̨̡̡̨̨̨̡̨̨̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̪̣̦̯̖̬̥̦̬̦̭̯̦̬̯̣̪̦̖̦̬̱̯̖̦̖̭̭̪̖͕̪̯̦̹̖̦̖̦̯̭̖̏̌̌̌̌̔̌̏̌̏̌̌̔̐̌̌̚̚̚̚
̡̨̛̛̖̣̬̬̭̻̯̖̯̭̯̖̔̌̌̏̏͘ʿ̸̵̴̶̨̨̨̨̨̡̨̨̡̨̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̛̬̪̦̖̯̯̬̭̖̪̭̯̖̦̯̖̦̯̦̖̦̦̥̖̬̖̬̭̯̥͕̏̌̏̌́̍̏̌̔̌̏̌́̔̌̏́̌̌̚
̨̨̛̛̛̖̪̬̣̙̥͕̯̦̦̖̔̌̌̌̔̌̏̌͗ͬ̚;,ZͿhƉƵđŝǀĂŶũĂŶĂŽĚŐŽǀĂƌĂũƵđĞƵƐŬůĂĜĞŶĞŶŽƌŵĞŬŽũĞƐĞƵƉŽƚƌĞďůũĂǀĂũƵŝůŝƵƉƵđŝǀĂŶũĞŶĂ
ĚƌƵŐĞƚĞŚŶŝēŬĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũĞƵŽĚŶŽƐƵŶĂŬŽũĞƐĞĚĞŬůĂƌŝƌĂƐƵŬůĂĚŶŽƐƚ͘hƉƵđŝǀĂŶũĂŵŽƌĂũƵďŝƚŝŶĂǀĞĚĞŶĂƐŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũƐŬŝŵ
ďƌŽũĞŵŝǀĞƌnjŝũŽŵƚĞ͕ƉƌĞŵĂƉŽƚƌĞďŝ͕ĚĂƚƵŵŽŵŝnjĚĂǀĂŶũĂ͗ͬ;>ͿȰʆɲʔʉʌɹʎʍʏɲʍʖɸʏɿʃɳɸʆɲʌʅʉʆɿʍʅɹʆɲʋʌʊʏʐʋɲʋʉʐ
ʖʌɻʍɿʅʉʋʉɿʉʑʆʏɲɿɼɲʆɲʔʉʌɹʎʍʏɿʎʄʉɿʋɹʎʏɸʖʆɿʃɹʎʋʌʉɷɿɲɶʌɲʔɹʎʍɸʍʖɹʍɻʅɸʏɿʎʉʋʉʀɸʎɷɻʄʙʆɸʏɲɿɻʍʐʅʅʊʌʔʘʍɻ͘Ƀɿ
ɲʆɲʔʉʌɹʎʋʌɹʋɸɿʆɲɲʋɲʌɿɽʅʉʑʆʏɲɿʅɸʏʉʆɲʌɿɽʅʊɲʆɲɶʆʙʌɿʍɻʎʃɲɿʏɻʆɹʃɷʉʍɻʃɲɿ͕ʃɲʏɳʋɸʌʀʋʏʘʍɻ͕ʏɻʆɻʅɸʌʉʅɻʆʀɲ
ɷɻʅʉʍʀɸʐʍɼʎʏʉʐʎ͗ͬ;^ͿKĚŬĂnjLJŶĂƉƎşƐůƵƓŶĠŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjŽǀĂŶĠŶŽƌŵLJ͕ŬƚĞƌĠďLJůLJƉŽƵǎŝƚLJ͕ŶĞďŽŶĂũŝŶĠƚĞĐŚŶŝĐŬĠƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĂĐĞ͕ŶĂ
ũĞũŝĐŚǎnjĄŬůĂĚĢƐĞƐŚŽĚĂƉƌŽŚůĂƓƵũĞ͘KĚŬĂnjLJƐĞƵǀĞĚŽƵƐũĞũŝĐŚŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂēŶşŵēşƐůĞŵĂǀĞƌnjşĂǀƉƎşƐůƵƓŶljĐŚƉƎşƉĂĚĞĐŚƌŽǀŶĢǎƐ
ĚĂƚĞŵǀLJĚĄŶş͗ͬ;Ϳ,ĞŶǀŝƐŶŝŶŐĞƌƚŝůĚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĞĂŶǀĞŶĚƚĞŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞƌĞĚĞƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚĞƌĞůůĞƌŚĞŶǀŝƐŶŝŶŐĞƌƚŝůĚĞĂŶĚƌĞƚĞŬŶŝƐŬĞ
ƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĂƚŝŽŶĞƌ͕ƐŽŵĚĞƌĞƌŬůčƌĞƐŽǀĞƌĞŶƐƐƚĞŵŵĞůƐĞŵĞĚ͘,ĞŶǀŝƐŶŝŶŐĞƌĂŶŐŝǀĞƐŵĞĚĚĞƌĞƐŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂƚŝŽŶƐŶƵŵŵĞƌŽŐǀĞƌƐŝŽŶ
ŽŐĞǀĞŶƚƵĞůƚƵĚƐƚĞĚĞůƐĞƐĚĂƚŽ͗ͬ;dͿsŝŝƚĞĚŬĂƐƵƚĂƚƵĚŚĂƌŵŽŶĞĞƌŝƚƵĚƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚŝƚĞůĞǀƁŝŵƵƵĚĞůĞƚĞŚŶŝůŝƐƚĞůĞŬŝƌũĞůĚƵƐƚĞůĞ͕ŵŝůůĞůĞ
ǀĂƐƚĂǀƵƐƚĚĞŬůĂƌĞĞƌŝƚĂŬƐĞ͘sŝŝĚĞƚĞůĞƉĞĂďůŝƐĂŵĂŶĞŶĚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝƚƐĞĞƌŝŵŝƐŶƵŵďƌŝũĂǀĞƌƐŝŽŽŶŝŶŝŶŐǀĂũĂĚƵƐĞŬŽƌƌĂůǀćůũĂĂŶĚŵŝƐĞ
ŬƵƵƉćĞǀĂ͗ͬ;&/ͿsŝŝƚƚĂƵƐŶŝŝŚŝŶĂƐŝĂĂŶŬƵƵůƵǀŝŝŶLJŚĚĞŶŵƵŬĂŝƐƚĞƚƚƵŝŚŝŶƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚĞŝŚŝŶ͕ũŽŝƚĂŽŶŬćLJƚĞƚƚLJ͕ƚĂŝǀŝŝƚƚĂƵƐŵƵŝŚŝŶƚĞŬŶŝƐŝŝŶ
ĞƌŝƚĞůŵŝŝŶ͕ũŽŝĚĞŶƉĞƌƵƐƚĞĞůůĂǀĂĂƚŝŵƵƐƚĞŶŵƵŬĂŝƐƵƵƐǀĂŬƵƵƚƵƐŽŶĂŶŶĞƚƚƵ͘sŝŝƚƚĂƵƐƚĞŶůƵĞƚƚĞůŽƐƐĂŽŶŵĂŝŶŝƚƚĂǀĂŶŝŝĚĞŶ
ƚƵŶŶŝƐƚĞŶƵŵĞƌŽũĂǀĞƌƐŝŽũĂƚĂƉĂƵŬƐĞŶŵƵŬĂĂŶĂŶƚŽƉćŝǀć͗ͬ;&ZͿZĠĨĠƌĞŶĐĞƐĚĞƐŶŽƌŵĞƐŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĠĞƐƉĞƌƚŝŶĞŶƚĞƐĂƉƉůŝƋƵĠĞƐŽƵ
ĚĞƐĂƵƚƌĞƐƐƉĠĐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐƚĞĐŚŶŝƋƵĞƐƉĂƌƌĂƉƉŽƌƚĂƵdžƋƵĞůůĞƐůĂĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĠĞƐƚĚĠĐůĂƌĠĞ͘/ůĨĂƵƚŝŶĚŝƋƵĞƌ͕ƉŽƵƌĐŚĂƋƵĞƌĠĨĠƌĞŶĐĞ͕
ůĞŶƵŵĠƌŽĚΖŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ͕ůĂǀĞƌƐŝŽŶĞƚ͕ůĞĐĂƐĠĐŚĠĂŶƚ͕ůĂĚĂƚĞĚΖĠŵŝƐƐŝŽŶ͗ͬ;,hͿnjĂůŬĂůŵĂnjŽƚƚŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĄůƚƐnjĂďǀĄŶLJŽŬƌĂǀĂůſ
ŚŝǀĂƚŬŽnjĄƐǀĂŐLJĂnjĂnjŽŬƌĂĂnjĞŐLJĠďŵƾƐnjĂŬŝĞůƅşƌĄƐŽŬƌĂǀĂůſŚŝǀĂƚŬŽnjĄƐ͕ĂŵĞůLJĞŬŬĞůŬĂƉĐƐŽůĂƚďĂŶŵĞŐĨĞůĞůƅƐĠŐŝŶLJŝůĂƚŬŽnjĂƚŽƚ
ƚĞƚƚĞŬĠ͘ŚŝǀĂƚŬŽnjĄƐŽŬĂƚĂnjĂnjŽŶŽƐşƚſƐnjĄŵŽŬŬĂůĞŐLJƺƚƚĠƐĂŵĞŐĨĞůĞůƅǀĞƌnjŝſĨĞůƚƺŶƚĞƚĠƐĠǀĞůŬĞůůŵĞŐĂĚŶŝ͕ĂĚŽƚƚĞƐĞƚďĞŶĂ
ŬŝĄůůşƚĄƐĚĄƚƵŵĄǀĂůĞŐLJƺƚƚ͗ͬ;/dͿZŝĨĞƌŝŵĞŶƚŽĂůůĞƉĞƌƚŝŶĞŶƚŝŶŽƌŵĞĂƌŵŽŶŝnjnjĂƚĞƵƚŝůŝnjnjĂƚĞŽƌŝĨĞƌŝŵĞŶƚŝĂůůĞĂůƚƌĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐŚĞ
ƚĞĐŶŝĐŚĞŝŶƌĞůĂnjŝŽŶĞĂůůĞƋƵĂůŝğĚŝĐŚŝĂƌĂƚĂůĂĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚă͘/ƌŝĨĞƌŝŵĞŶƚŝĚĞǀŽŶŽĞƐƐĞƌĞŝŶĚŝĐĂƚŝĐŽŶŝůůŽƌŽŶƵŵĞƌŽĚŝ
ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂnjŝŽŶĞĞǀĞƌƐŝŽŶĞĞ͕ƐĞĚĞůĐĂƐŽ͕ůĂĚĂƚĂĚŝĞŵŝƐƐŝŽŶĞ͗ͬ;>sͿƚƐĂƵĐĞƐƵnjĂƚƚŝĞĐţŐĂũŝĞŵŝnjŵĂŶƚŽũĂŵŝĞŵƐĂƐŬĂźŽƚĂũŝĞŵ
ƐƚĂŶĚĂƌƚŝĞŵǀĂŝƵnjĐŝƚĈŵƚĞŚŶŝƐŬĂũĈŵƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĈĐŝũĈŵ͕ĂƚƚŝĞĐţďĈƵnjŬŽƚŝĞŬĚĞŬůĂƌĤƚĂĂƚďŝůƐƚţďĂ͘ƚƐĂƵĐĞƐũĈƵnjƐŬĂŝƚĂĂƌƚŽ
ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĈĐŝũĂƐŶƵŵƵƌŝĞŵƵŶǀĞƌƐŝũĈŵƵŶĂƚƚŝĞĐţŐĈŐĂĚţũƵŵĈĂƌŝnjĚŽƓĂŶĂƐĚĂƚƵŵƵ͗ͬ;>dͿEƵŽƌŽĚŽƐťƐƵƐŝũƵƐŝƵƐƚĂŝŬLJƚƵƐĚĂƌŶŝƵŽƐŝƵƐ
ƐƚĂŶĚĂƌƚƵƐĂƌďĂŬŝƚĂƐƚĞĐŚŶŝŶĞƐƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũĂƐ͕ƉĂŐĂůŬƵƌŝĂƐďƵǀŽĚĞŬůĂƌƵŽƚĂĂƚŝƚŝŬƚŝƐ͘EƵŽƌŽĚŽƐƚƵƌŝďƻƚŝŝƓǀĂƌĚŝũĂŵŽƐŶƵƌŽĚĂŶƚũƿ
ŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝŶŝƵƐŶƵŵĞƌŝƵƐ͕ǀĞƌƐŝũĂƐŝƌ͕ŬĂŝƚĂŝŬŽŵĂ͕ƉĂƐŬĞůďŝŵŽĚĂƚĂƐ͗ͬ;DdͿ/ƌͲƌĞĨĞƌĞŶnjŝŐŜĂůůͲŝƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐĂƌŵŽŶŝnjnjĂƚŝƌŝůĞǀĂŶƚŝůŝ
ŶƚƵǏĂǁ͕ũĞǁŝƌͲƌĞĨĞƌĞŶnjŝŐŜĂůůͲŝƐƉĞĔŝĨŝŬĂnjnjũŽŶŝũŝĞƚƚĞŬŶŝĔŝůͲŽŜƌĂũŶůŝƐŬŽŶƚŚŽŵƋĞĚƚŝœŝĚĚŝŬũĂƌĂƚĂůͲŬŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚă͗/ƌͲƌĞĨĞƌĞŶnjŝũƌŝĚƵ
ũŝœƵĞůĞŶŬĂƚŝďŝŶͲŶƵŵƌƵƚĂůͲŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂnjnjũŽŶŝƵůͲǀĞƌǏũŽŶŝƚĂŐŜŚŽŵƵ͕ĨĞũŶĂƉƉůŝŬĂďďůŝ͕ŝĚͲĚĂƚĂƚĂůͲŜƌƵœ͗ͬ;E>ͿsĞƌŵĞůĚŝŶŐǀĂŶĚĞ
ƚŽĞŐĞƉĂƐƚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĞŐĞŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞĞƌĚĞŶŽƌŵĞŶŽĨǀĂŶĚĞĂŶĚĞƌĞƚĞĐŚŶŝƐĐŚĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝĞƐǁĂĂƌŽƉĚĞĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĞŝƚƐǀĞƌŬůĂƌŝŶŐ
ďĞƚƌĞŬŬŝŶŐŚĞĞĨƚ͘ŝũĚĞŽƉŐĂǀĞǀĂŶĚĞƌĞĨĞƌĞŶƚŝĞƐŵŽĞƚĞŶŚĞƚŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝĞŶƵŵŵĞƌĞŶĚĞǀĞƌƐŝĞĞŶ͕ŝŶǀŽŽƌŬŽŵĞŶĚŐĞǀĂů͕ĚĞ
ĚĂƚƵŵǀĂŶƉƵďůŝĐĂƚŝĞǁŽƌĚĞŶǀĞƌŵĞůĚ͗ͬ;W>ͿKĚǁŽųĂŶŝĂĚŽŽĚŶŽƑŶLJĐŚŶŽƌŵnjŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjŽǁĂŶLJĐŚ͕ŬƚſƌĞnjĂƐƚŽƐŽǁĂŶŽ͕ůƵďĚŽ
ŝŶŶLJĐŚƐƉĞĐLJĨŝŬĂĐũŝƚĞĐŚŶŝĐnjŶLJĐŚ͕ǁƐƚŽƐƵŶŬƵĚŽŬƚſƌLJĐŚĚĞŬůĂƌŽǁĂŶĂũĞƐƚnjŐŽĚŶŽƑđ͘KĚǁŽųĂŶŝĂŵƵƐnjČďLJđƉŽĚĂŶĞǁƌĂnjnjŝĐŚ
ŶƵŵĞƌĂŵŝŝĚĞŶƚLJĨŝŬĂĐLJũŶLJŵŝŝǁĞƌƐũĂŵŝŽƌĂnjǁƐƚŽƐŽǁŶLJĐŚƉƌnjLJƉĂĚŬĂĐŚnjĚĂƚČǁLJĚĂŶŝĂ͗ͬ;WdͿZĞĨĞƌġŶĐŝĂƐăƐŶŽƌŵĂƐ
ŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĚĂƐĂƉůŝĐĄǀĞŝƐƵƚŝůŝnjĂĚĂƐŽƵăƐŽƵƚƌĂƐĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂĕƁĞƐƚĠĐŶŝĐĂƐĞŵƌĞůĂĕĆŽăƐƋƵĂŝƐĂĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝĚĂĚĞĠĚĞĐůĂƌĂĚĂ͘Ɛ
ƌĞĨĞƌġŶĐŝĂƐĚĞǀĞŵƐĞƌĞŶƵŵĞƌĂĚĂƐĐŽŵŽƐƌĞƐƉĞƚŝǀŽƐŶƷŵĞƌŽƐĚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂĕĆŽĞǀĞƌƐĆŽĞ͕ƐĞĨŽƌĐĂƐŽĚŝƐƐŽ͕ĂĚĂƚĂĚĞ
ĞŵŝƐƐĆŽ͗͗ͬ;ZKͿdƌŝŵŝƚĞƌŝůĞůĂƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚĞůĞĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂƚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĞĨŽůŽƐŝƚĞƐĂƵƚƌŝŵŝƚĞƌŝůĞůĂĂůƚĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂƜŝŝƚĞŚŶŝĐĞŠŶůĞŐĉƚƵƌĉĐƵ

4
80SS5-01E
 80SS5-01E

ĐĂƌĞƐĞĚĞĐůĂƌĉĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝƚĂƚĞĂ͘ZĞĨĞƌŝŶƜĞůĞƐƵŶƚĞŶƵŵĞƌĂƚĞŠŵƉƌĞƵŶĉĐƵŶƵŵĞƌĞůĞĚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂƌĞƕŝĐƵǀĞƌƐŝƵŶĞĂĂĐĞƐƚŽƌĂ
ƉƌĞĐƵŵƕŝĐƵĚĂƚĂĞůŝďĞƌĉƌŝŝ͕ĚƵƉĉĐĂnj͗ͬ;^<ͿKĚŬĂnjLJŶĂƉƌşƐůƵƓŶĠƉŽƵǎŝƚĠŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjŽǀĂŶĠŶŽƌŵLJĂůĞĚŬĂnjLJŶĂŝŶĠƚĞĐŚŶŝĐŬĠ
ƓƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĄĐŝĞ͕ǀƐƷǀŝƐůŽƐƚŝƐŬƚŽƌljŵŝƐĂnjŚŽĚĂǀLJŚůĂƐƵũĞ͘sƌĄŵĐŝŽĚŬĂnjŽǀƐĂŵƵƐşƵǀŝĞƐƛŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂēŶĠēşƐůŽĂǀĞƌnjŝĂĂƉƌşƉĂĚŶĞ
ĚĄƚƵŵǀLJĚĂŶŝĂ͗ͬ;^>Ϳ^ŬůŝĐĞǀĂŶũĂŶĂƵƉŽƌĂďůũĞŶĞŚĂƌŵŽŶŝnjŝƌĂŶĞƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚĞĂůŝƐŬůŝĐĞǀĂŶũĂŶĂĚƌƵŐĞƚĞŚŶŝēŶĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũĞǀnjǀĞnjŝƐ
ƐŬůĂĚŶŽƐƚũŽ͕ŬŝũĞŶĂǀĞĚĞŶĂǀŝnjũĂǀŝ͘^ŬůŝĐĞǀĂŶũĂŵŽƌĂũŽďŝƚŝŶĂǀĞĚĞŶĂƐƐǀŽũŽŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝŬĂĐŝũƐŬŽƓƚĞǀŝůŬŽ͕ƌĂnjůŝēŝĐŽŝŶƉŽƉŽƚƌĞďŝ
ĚĂƚƵŵŽŵŝnjĚĂũĞ͗ͬ;^ͿZĞĨĞƌĞŶĐŝĂƐĂůĂƐŶŽƌŵĂƐĂƌŵŽŶŝnjĂĚĂƐƉĞƌƚŝŶĞŶƚĞƐƵƚŝůŝnjĂĚĂƐŽƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐŝĂƐĂůĂƐŽƚƌĂƐĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂĐŝŽŶĞƐ
ƚĠĐŶŝĐĂƐĞŶƌĞůĂĐŝſŶĐŽŶůĂƐĐƵĂůĞƐƐĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂůĂĐŽŶĨŽƌŵŝĚĂĚ͘>ĂƐƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐŝĂƐƐĞĞŶƵŵĞƌĂƌĄŶĐŽŶƐƵŶƷŵĞƌŽĚĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĐĂĐŝſŶLJ
ƐƵǀĞƌƐŝſŶLJ͕ĞŶƐƵĐĂƐŽ͕ůĂĨĞĐŚĂĚĞĞŵŝƐŝſŶͬ͘;^sͿ,ćŶǀŝƐŶŝŶŐĂƌƚŝůůĚĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĂŚĂƌŵŽŶŝƐĞƌĂĚĞƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚĞƌƐŽŵĂŶǀćŶƚƐĞůůĞƌ
ŚćŶǀŝƐŶŝŶŐĂƌƚŝůůĂŶĚƌĂƚĞŬŶŝƐŬĂƐƉĞĐŝĨŝŬĂƚŝŽŶĞƌĞŶůŝŐƚǀŝůŬĂƂǀĞƌĞŶƐƐƚćŵŵĞůƐĞŶĨƂƌƐćŬƌĂƐ͘,ćŶǀŝƐŶŝŶŐĂƌŵĊƐƚĞĨƂƌƚĞĐŬŶĂƐ
ƚŝůůƐĂŵŵĂŶƐŵĞĚŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĞƌŝŶŐƐŶƵŵŵĞƌŽĐŚǀĞƌƐŝŽŶŽĐŚŝĨƂƌĞŬŽŵŵĂŶĚĞĨĂůůĚĂƚƵŵĨƂƌƵƚĨćƌĚĂŶĚĞ͗
ϳ͘ ;EͿtŚĞƌĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕ƚŚĞŶŽƚŝĨŝĞĚďŽĚLJ;ŶĂŵĞ͕ŶƵŵďĞƌͿƉĞƌĨŽƌŵĞĚ;ĚĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶŽĨŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶƚŝŽŶͿĂŶĚŝƐƐƵĞĚƚŚĞhͲ
ƚLJƉĞĞdžĂŵŝŶĂƚŝŽŶĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚĞ͗ͬ;Ϳ&ĂůůƐnjƵƚƌĞĨĨĞŶĚͶŝĞŶŽƚŝĨŝnjŝĞƌƚĞ^ƚĞůůĞ;EĂŵĞ͕<ĞŶŶŶƵŵŵĞƌͿŚĂƚ;ĞƐĐŚƌĞŝďƵŶŐŝŚƌĞƌ
DŝƚǁŝƌŬƵŶŐͿƵŶĚĨŽůŐĞŶĚĞhͲĂƵŵƵƐƚĞƌƉƌƺĨďĞƐĐŚĞŝŶŝŐƵŶŐĂƵƐŐĞƐƚĞůůƚ͗ͬ;'Ϳʶ̴̶̨̨̨̨̨̨̛̛̛̛̛̛̯̖̪̬̣̙̥͕̦̯̬̦̯̬̦̐̌̌́̐̌
;̨̨̛̛̦̥̖̦̦̖͕̦̥̖̬̌̏̌Ϳ̛̛̻̬̹̏̚;̨̨̨̛̛̛̪̭̦̖̦̻̬̹̖̦̯̌̌̏̚Ϳ̴̡̛̛̛̛̖̭̖̬̯̯̔̌̔̌̌̌̚̚ʫˁ̛̛̭̣̖̦̖̦̯̪̔̏̌̌̌͗ͬ̚;,ZͿ
WƌĞŵĂƉŽƚƌĞďŝ͕ƉƌŝũĂǀůũĞŶŽƚŝũĞůŽ;ŶĂnjŝǀ͕ďƌŽũͿƉƌŽǀĞůŽũĞ;ŽƉŝƐŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶĐŝũĞͿŝŝnjĚĂůŽƉŽƚǀƌĚƵŽhŝƐƉŝƚŝǀĂŶũƵƚŝƉĂ͗;,ZͿWƌĞŵĂ
ƉŽƚƌĞďŝ͕ƉƌŝũĂǀůũĞŶŽƚŝũĞůŽ;ŶĂnjŝǀ͕ďƌŽũͿƉƌŽǀĞůŽũĞ;ŽƉŝƐŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶĐŝũĞͿŝŝnjĚĂůŽƉŽƚǀƌĚƵŽhŝƐƉŝƚŝǀĂŶũƵƚŝƉĂ͗ͬ;>ͿɄʋʉʐɹʖɸɿ
ɸʔɲʌʅʉɶɼ͕ʉʃʉɿʆʉʋʉɿɻʅɹʆʉʎʉʌɶɲʆɿʍʅʊʎ;ʉʆʉʅɲʍʀɲ͕ɲʌɿɽʅʊʎͿʋʌɲɶʅɲʏʉʋʉʀɻʍɸ;ʋɸʌɿɶʌɲʔɼʏɻʎʋɲʌɹʅɴɲʍɻʎͿʃɲɿɸʇɹɷʘʍɸʏʉ
ʋɿʍʏʉʋʉɿɻʏɿʃʊɸʇɹʏɲʍɻʎʏʑʋʉʐȵȵ͗ͬ;^ͿWƎşƉĂĚŶĢ͗ŽnjŶĄŵĞŶljƐƵďũĞŬƚ;ŶĄnjĞǀ͕ēşƐůŽͿƉƌŽǀĞĚů;ƉŽƉŝƐŽƉĂƚƎĞŶşͿĂǀLJĚĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝŬĄƚh
ƉƎĞnjŬŽƵƓĞŶşƚLJƉƵ͗ͬ;Ϳ,ǀŽƌĚĞƚĞƌƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚ͕ĚĞƚďĞŵLJŶĚŝŐĞĚĞŽƌŐĂŶ;ŶĂǀŶ͕ŶƵŵŵĞƌͿŚĂƌĨŽƌĞƚĂŐĞƚ;ďĞƐŬƌŝǀĞůƐĞĂĨĂŬƚŝǀŝƚĞƚĞŶͿ
ŽŐƵĚƐƚĞĚƚhͲƚLJƉĞĂĨƉƌƆǀŶŝŶŐƐĂƚƚĞƐƚ͗ͬ;dͿsĂũĂĚƵƐĞŬŽƌƌĂů͗ƚĞĂǀŝƚĂƚƵĚĂƐƵƚƵƐ;Ŷŝŵŝ͕ŶƵŵďĞƌͿƚĞŽƐƚĂƐ;ƚĞŐĞǀƵƐĞŬŝƌũĞůĚƵƐͿũĂ
ĂŶĚŝƐǀćůũĂ>ŝƚƺƺďŝŚŝŶĚĂŵŝƐƚƁĞŶĚŝ͗ͬ;&/ͿdĂƉĂƵŬƐĞŶŵƵŬĂĂŶŝůŵŽŝƚĞƚƚƵůĂŝƚŽƐ;Ŷŝŵŝ͕ŶƵŵĞƌŽͿƐƵŽƌŝƚƚŝ;ƚŽŝŵĞŶƉŝƚĞĞŶŬƵǀĂƵƐͿũĂ
ĂŶƚŽŝhͲƚLJLJƉƉŝƚĂƌŬĂƐƚƵƐƚŽĚŝƐƚƵŬƐĞŶ͗ͬ;&ZͿ^ΖŝůLJĂůŝĞƵ͗ůΖŽƌŐĂŶŝƐŵĞŶŽƚŝĨŝĠ;ŶŽŵ͕ŶƵŵĠƌŽͿĂƌĠĂůŝƐĠ;ĚĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶĚĞůΖŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶƚŝŽŶͿ
ĞƚĂĚĠůŝǀƌĠůĞĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚĚΖĞdžĂŵĞŶhĚĞƚLJƉĞ͗ͬ;,hͿ;njͿ;ŶĞǀƾ͕ƐnjĄŵƷͿďĞũĞůĞŶƚĞƚƚƐnjĞƌǀĞnjĞƚĂĚŽƚƚĞƐĞƚďĞŶĞůǀĠŐĞnjƚĞĂ;njͿ;Ă
ďĞĂǀĂƚŬŽnjĄƐŝƐŵĞƌƚĞƚĠƐĞͿ͕ĠƐĂŬƂǀĞƚŬĞnjƅhͲƚşƉƵƐǀŝnjƐŐĄůĂƚŝƚĂŶƷƐşƚǀĄŶLJƚĂĚƚĂŬŝ͗ͬ;/dͿ^ĞĚĞůĐĂƐŽ͕ůΖŽƌŐĂŶŝƐŵŽŶŽƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŽ
;ĚĞŶŽŵŝŶĂnjŝŽŶĞ͕ŶƵŵĞƌŽͿŚĂĞĨĨĞƚƚƵĂƚŽ;ĚĞƐĐƌŝnjŝŽŶĞĚĞůůΖŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶƚŽͿĞƌŝůĂƐĐŝĂƚŽŝůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŽĚŝĞƐĂŵĞhĚĞůƚŝƉŽ͗ͬ;>sͿ
ƚƚŝĞĐţŐĈŐĂĚţũƵŵĈƉĂnjŝźŽƚĈƐƚƌƵŬƚƻƌĂ;ŶŽƐĂƵŬƵŵƐ͕ŶƵŵƵƌƐͿŝƌǀĞŝŬƵƐŝ;ĚĂƌďţďĂƐĂƉƌĂŬƐƚƐͿƵŶŝnjĚĞǀƵƐŝ^ƚŝƉĂƉĈƌďĂƵĚĞƐ
ƐĞƌƚŝĨŝŬĈƚƵ͗ͬ;>dͿ<ĂŝƚĂŝŬLJƚŝŶĂ͕ŶŽƚŝĨŝŬƵŽƚŽũŝťƐƚĂŝŐĂ;ƉĂǀĂĚŝŶŝŵĂƐ͕ŶƵŵĞƌŝƐͿĂƚůŝŬŽ;ĚĂůLJǀĂǀŝŵŽƉƌŽĐĞƐĞĂƉƌĂƓLJŵĂƐͿŝƌŝƓĚĂǀĦ^
ƚŝƉŽƚLJƌŝŵŽƐĞƌƚŝĨŝŬĂƚČ͗ͬ;DdͿDĞƚĂĂƉƉůŝŬĂďďůŝ͕ŝůͲŬŽƌƉŶŽƚŝĨŝŬĂƚ;ůͲŝƐĞŵ͕ŝŶͲŶƵŵƌƵͿǁĞƚƚĂƋ;ĚĞƐŬƌŝnjnjũŽŶŝƚĂůͲŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶƚͿƵŜĂƌĞœŝĔͲ
ĔĞƌƚŝĨŝŬĂƚƚĂůͲĞǏĂŵŝƚĂƚͲƚŝƉƚĂůͲh͗ͬ;E>Ϳ;/ŶĚŝĞŶǀĂŶƚŽĞƉĂƐƐŝŶŐͿĞĂĂŶŐĞŵĞůĚĞŝŶƐƚĂŶƚŝĞ;ŶĂĂŵ͕ŶƵŵŵĞƌͿŚĞĞĨƚĞĞŶ
;ďĞƐĐŚƌŝũǀŝŶŐǀĂŶĚĞǁĞƌŬnjĂĂŵŚĞĚĞŶͿƵŝƚŐĞǀŽĞƌĚĞŶŚĞƚĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂĂƚǀĂŶhͲƚLJƉĞŽŶĚĞƌnjŽĞŬĂĨŐĞŐĞǀĞŶ͗ͬ;W>ͿtƐƚŽƐŽǁŶLJĐŚ
ƉƌnjLJƉĂĚŬĂĐŚ͕ũĞĚŶŽƐƚŬĂŶŽƚLJĨŝŬŽǁĂŶĂ;ŶĂnjǁĂ͕ŶƵŵĞƌͿƉƌnjĞƉƌŽǁĂĚnjŝųĂ;ŽƉŝƐŝŶƚĞƌǁĞŶĐũŝͿŝǁLJĚĂųĂĐĞƌƚLJĨŝŬĂƚďĂĚĂŶŝĂƚLJƉƵh͗ͬ
;WdͿ^ĞĂƉůŝĐĄǀĞů͕ŽŽƌŐĂŶŝƐŵŽŶŽƚŝĨŝĐĂĚŽ͗;ŶŽŵĞ͕ŶƷŵĞƌŽͿĞĨĞƚƵŽƵ;ĚĞƐĐƌŝĕĆŽĚĂŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶĕĆŽͿĞĞŵŝƚŝƵŽĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂĚŽĚĞĞdžĂŵĞ
hĚĞƚŝƉŽ͗ͬ;ZKͿƵƉĉĐĂnj͕ŽƌŐĂŶŝƐŵƵůŶŽƚŝĨŝĐĂƚ;ĚĞŶƵŵŝƌĞ͕ŶƵŵĉƌͿĂĞĨĞĐƚƵĂƚ;ĚĞƐĐƌŝĞƌĞĂŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶƜŝĞŝͿƕŝĂĞŵŝƐĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚƵůĚĞ
ĞdžĂŵŝŶĂƌĞhĚĞƚŝƉ͗ͬ;^<ͿWƌşƉĂĚŶĞ͗ŶŽƚŝĨŝŬŽǀĂŶljŽƌŐĂŶ;ŶĄnjŽǀ͕ēşƐůŽͿǀLJŬŽŶĂů;ŽƉŝƐnjĄƐĂŚƵͿĂǀLJĚĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝŬĄƚjƐŬƷƓŬLJƚLJƉƵ͗ͬ
;^>ͿWŽƉŽƚƌĞďŝũĞƉƌŝŐůĂƓĞŶŝŽƌŐĂŶ;ŝŵĞ͕ƓƚĞǀŝůŬĂͿŝnjǀĞĚĞů;ŽƉŝƐŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶĐŝũĞͿŝŶŝnjĚĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝŬĂƚŽhͲƉƌĞŐůĞĚƵƚŝƉĂ͗ͬ;^ͿƵĂŶĚŽ
ƉƌŽĐĞĚĂ͗ůŽƌŐĂŶŝƐŵŽŶŽƚŝĨŝĐĂĚŽ;ŶŽŵďƌĞ͕ŶƷŵĞƌŽͿŚĂĞĨĞĐƚƵĂĚŽ;ĚĞƐĐƌŝƉĐŝſŶĚĞůĂŝŶƚĞƌǀĞŶĐŝſŶͿLJĞdžƉĞĚŝĚŽĞůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂĚŽĚĞ
ĞdžĂŵĞŶhĚĞƚŝƉŽ͗ͬ;^sͿ/ƚŝůůćŵƉůŝŐĂĨĂůů͗ĚĞƚĂŶŵćůĚĂŽƌŐĂŶĞƚ;ŶĂŵŶ͕ŶƵŵŵĞƌͿŚĂƌƵƚĨƂƌƚ;ďĞƐŬƌŝǀŶŝŶŐĂǀĊƚŐćƌĚͿŽĐŚƵƚĨćƌĚĂƚ
hͲƚLJƉƉƌŽǀŶŝŶŐƐŝŶƚLJŐ͗
ϴ͘ ;EͿĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ͕͗^ŝŐŶĞĚĨŽƌĂŶĚŽŶďĞŚĂůĨŽĨ͕͗;ƉůĂĐĞĂŶĚĚĂƚĞŽĨŝƐƐƵĞͿ͕͗;ŶĂŵĞ͕ĨƵŶĐƚŝŽŶͿ;ƐŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞͿ͗ͬ
;ͿƵƐĂƚnjĂŶŐĂďĞŶ͕hŶƚĞƌnjĞŝĐŚŶĞƚĨƺƌƵŶĚŝŵEĂŵĞŶǀŽŶ͕͗;KƌƚƵŶĚĂƚƵŵĚĞƌƵƐƐƚĞůůƵŶŐͿ͕͗;EĂŵĞ͕&ƵŶŬƚŝŽŶͿ
;hŶƚĞƌƐĐŚƌŝĨƚͿ͗ͬ;'Ϳʪ̴̶̨̨̛̛̛̪̻̣̦̯̖̣̦̦̬̥͕̌̌́͗ʿ̨̨̨̨̛̛̛̪̭̦̯̥̖̯̦͕̔̌̌̌͗̚;̨̛̛̥̭̯̯̦̦̖́̔̌̌̌̔̌̏̌̚Ϳ͕͗;̛̥̖͕
̨̣̻̙̦̭̯̔Ϳ;̨̛̪̪̭̔Ϳ͗ͬ;,ZͿŽĚĂƚŶĞŝŶĨŽƌŵĂĐŝũĞ͕͗WŽƚƉŝƐĂŶŽnjĂŝƵŝŵĞ͕͗;ŵũĞƐƚŽŝĚĂƚƵŵŝnjĚĂǀĂŶũĂͿ͕͗;ŝŵĞ͕ĨƵŶŬĐŝũĂͿ;ƉŽƚƉŝƐͿ͗ͬ
;>Ϳɇʐʅʋʄɻʌʘʅɲʏɿʃɹʎʋʄɻʌʉʔʉʌʀɸʎ͕͗ɉʋʉɶʌɲʔɼɶɿɲʄʉɶɲʌɿɲʍʅʊʃɲɿɸʇʉʆʊʅɲʏʉʎ͕͗;ʏʊʋʉʎʃɲɿɻʅɸʌʉʅɻʆʀɲɹʃɷʉʍɻʎͿ͕͗;ʊʆʉʅɲ͕
ɽɹʍɻͿ;ʐʋʉɶʌɲʔɼͿ͗ͬ;^ͿĂůƓşŝŶĨŽƌŵĂĐĞ͕͗WŽĚĞƉƐĄŶŽnjĂĂũŵĠŶĞŵ͕͗;ŵşƐƚŽĂĚĂƚƵŵǀLJĚĄŶşͿ͕͗;ũŵĠŶŽ͕ĨƵŶŬĐĞͿ;ƉŽĚƉŝƐͿ͗ͬ;Ϳ
^ƵƉƉůĞƌĞŶĚĞŽƉůLJƐŶŝŶŐĞƌ͕͗hŶĚĞƌƐŬƌĞǀĞƚĨŽƌŽŐƉĊǀĞŐŶĞĂĨ͕͗;ƵĚƐƚĞĚĞůƐĞƐƐƚĞĚŽŐͲĚĂƚŽͿ͕͗;ŶĂǀŶ͕ƐƚŝůůŝŶŐͿ;ƵŶĚĞƌƐŬƌŝĨƚͿ͗ͬ;dͿ
>ŝƐĂƚĞĂǀĞ͕͗ůůĂŬŝƌũƵƚĂŶƵĚ;ŬĞůůĞƉŽŽůƚͬŶŝŵĞůͿ͕͗;ǀćůũĂĂŶĚŵŝƐĞŬŽŚƚũĂŬƵƵƉćĞǀͿ͕͗;Ŷŝŵŝ͕ĂŵĞƚŝŶŝŵĞƚƵƐͿ;ĂůůŬŝƌŝͿ͗ͬ;&/Ϳ>ŝƐćƚŝĞƚŽũĂ͕͗
^ĞƵƌĂĂǀĂŶƉƵŽůĞƐƚĂĂůůĞŬŝƌũŽŝƚƚĂŶƵƚ͕͗;ĂŶƚĂŵŝƐƉĂŝŬŬĂũĂͲƉćŝǀćŵććƌćͿ͕͗;Ŷŝŵŝ͕ƚĞŚƚćǀćͿ;ĂůůĞŬŝƌũŽŝƚƵƐͿ͗ͬ;&ZͿ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶƐ
ĐŽŵƉůĠŵĞŶƚĂŝƌĞƐ͕͗^ŝŐŶĠƉĂƌĞƚĂƵŶŽŵĚĞ͕͗;ůŝĞƵĞƚĚĂƚĞĚΖĠŵŝƐƐŝŽŶͿ͕͗;ŶŽŵ͕ĨŽŶĐƚŝŽŶͿ;ƐŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞͿ͗ͬ;,hͿdŽǀĄďďŝŝŶĨŽƌŵĄĐŝſŬ͕͗
ŶLJŝůĂƚŬŽnjĂƚŽƚĂŬƂǀĞƚŬĞnjƅŐLJĄƌƚſŶĞǀĠďĞŶĠƐŵĞŐďşnjĄƐĄďſůşƌƚĄŬĂůĄ͕͗;ĂŬŝĄůůşƚĄƐŚĞůLJĞĠƐĚĄƚƵŵĂͿ͕͗;ŶĠǀ͕ďĞŽƐnjƚĄƐͿ;ĂůĄşƌĄƐͿ͗ͬ;/dͿ
/ŶĨŽƌŵĂnjŝŽŶŝƐƵƉƉůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌŝ͕͗&ŝƌŵĂƚŽĂŶŽŵĞĞƉĞƌĐŽŶƚŽĚŝ͕͗;ůƵŽŐŽĞĚĂƚĂĚĞůƌŝůĂƐĐŝŽͿ͕͗;ŶŽŵĞ͕ĨƵŶnjŝŽŶĞͿ;ĨŝƌŵĂͿ͗ͬ;>sͿ
WĂƉŝůĚŝŶĨŽƌŵĈĐŝũĂ͕͗WĂƌĂŬƐƚţƚƐƓĈĚĂƐƉĞƌƐŽŶĂƐǀĈƌĚĈ͕͗;ŝnjĚŽƓĂŶĂƐǀŝĞƚĂƵŶĚĂƚƵŵƐͿ͕͗;ǀĈƌĚƐ͕ƵnjǀĈƌĚƐ͕ĂŵĂƚƐͿ;ƉĂƌĂŬƐƚƐͿ͗ͬ;>dͿ
WĂƉŝůĚŽŵĂŝŶĨŽƌŵĂĐŝũĂ͕͗hǎŬČŝƌŬŝĞŶŽǀĂƌĚƵƉĂƐŝƌĂƓLJƚĂ͕͗;ŝƓĚĂǀŝŵŽĚĂƚĂŝƌǀŝĞƚĂͿ͕͗;ǀĂƌĚĂƐŝƌƉĂǀĂƌĚĦ͕ƉĂƌĞŝŐŽƐͿ;ƉĂƌĂƓĂƐͿ͗ͬ;DdͿ
/ŶĨŽƌŵĂnjnjũŽŶŝĂĚĚŝnjnjũŽŶĂůŝ͕͗/ĨĨŝƌŵĂƚŐŜĂůƵĨΖŝƐĞŵ͕͗;ƉŽƐƚƵĚĂƚĂƚĂůͲŜƌƵœͿ͕͗;ŝƐĞŵ͕ĨƵŶnjũŽŶŝͿ;ĨŝƌŵĂͿ͗ͬ;E>ͿĂŶǀƵůůĞŶĚĞŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝĞ͕͗
KŶĚĞƌƚĞŬĞŶĚǀŽŽƌĞŶŶĂŵĞŶƐ͕͗;ƉůĂĂƚƐĞŶĚĂƚƵŵǀĂŶĂĨŐŝĨƚĞͿ͕͗;ŶĂĂŵ͕ĨƵŶĐƚŝĞͿ;ŚĂŶĚƚĞŬĞŶŝŶŐͿ͗ͬ;W>Ϳ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂĐũĞĚŽĚĂƚŬŽǁĞ͕͗
WŽĚƉŝƐĂŶŽǁŝŵŝĞŶŝƵ͕͗;ŵŝĞũƐĐĞŝĚĂƚĂǁLJĚĂŶŝĂͿ͕͗;ŝŵŝħŝŶĂnjǁŝƐŬŽ͕ƐƚĂŶŽǁŝƐŬŽͿ;ƉŽĚƉŝƐͿ͗ͬ;WdͿ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂĕƁĞƐĐŽŵƉůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌĞƐ͕͗
ƐƐŝŶĂĚŽƉŽƌĞĞŵŶŽŵĞĚĞ͕͗;ůŽĐĂůĞĚĂƚĂĚĞĞŵŝƐƐĆŽͿ͕;ŶŽŵĞ͕ĐĂƌŐŽͿ;ĂƐƐŝŶĂƚƵƌĂͿͬ;ZKͿ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂƜŝŝƐƵƉůŝŵĞŶƚĂƌĞ͕͗^ĞŵŶĂƚ
ƉĞŶƚƌƵƕŝŠŶŶƵŵĞůĞ͕͗;ůŽĐƵůƕŝĚĂƚĂĞŵŝƚĞƌŝŝͿ͕͗;ŶƵŵĞůĞ͕ĨƵŶĐƜŝĂͿ;ƐĞŵŶĉƚƵƌĂͿ͗ͬ;^<ͿŽƉůŸƵũƷĐĞŝŶĨŽƌŵĄĐŝĞ͕͗WŽĚƉşƐĂŶĠnjĂĂǀ
ŵĞŶĞ͕͗;ŵŝĞƐƚŽĂĚĄƚƵŵǀLJĚĂŶŝĂͿ͕͗;ŵĞŶŽ͕ĨƵŶŬĐŝĂͿ;ƉŽĚƉŝƐͿ͗ͬ;^>ͿŽĚĂƚŶĞŝŶĨŽƌŵĂĐŝũĞ͕͗WŽĚƉŝƐĂŶŽnjĂŝŶǀŝŵĞŶƵ͕͗;ŬƌĂũŝŶĚĂƚƵŵ
ŝnjĚĂũĞͿ͕͗;ŝŵĞ͕ĨƵŶŬĐŝũĂͿ;ƉŽĚƉŝƐͿ͗ͬ;^Ϳ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂĐŝſŶĂĚŝĐŝŽŶĂů͕͗&ŝƌŵĂĚŽĞŶŶŽŵďƌĞĚĞ͕͗;ůƵŐĂƌLJĨĞĐŚĂĚĞĞdžƉĞĚŝĐŝſŶͿ͕͗;ŶŽŵďƌĞ͕
ĐĂƌŐŽͿ;ĨŝƌŵĂͿ͗ͬ;^sͿzƚƚĞƌůŝŐĂƌĞŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ͕͗hŶĚĞƌƚĞĐŬŶĂƚĨƂƌ͕͗;ŽƌƚŽĐŚĚĂƚƵŵͿ͕;ŶĂŵŶ͕ďĞĨĂƚƚŶŝŶŐͿ;ŶĂŵŶƚĞĐŬŶŝŶŐͿ
5
 Robert Bosch GmbH

Addendum Chassis Systems Control

PO Box 1661
71226, Leonberg
Tel +49 711/811-0

Technical data

Product model name: 0553OXV

Frequency Band: 76-77 GHz
Maximum Transmit Power:
Nominal radiated power e.i.r.p. 2 dBm
(peak detector):
Maximum Transmit Power:
Nominal radiated power e.i.r.p.  dBm
(RMS detector):

80SS5-01E
 7(/
&RXQWU\ ,PSRUWHUVQDPH 5HJLVWHUHGWUDGHQDPHRUUHJLVWHUHGWUDGHPDUN 3RVWDODGGUHVV
)$;
$8675,$ 68=8.,$8675,$$87202%,/+$1'(/6 68=8.,$8675,$$87202%,/+$1'(/6  081&+1(5%81'(6675$66($6$/=%85*$8675,$
*(6(//6&+$)70%+ *(6(//6&+$)70%+ 
%(/*,80 1968=8.,%(/*,806$ 1968=8.,%(/*,806$  6$7(152=(1%.217,&+%(/*,80

%8/*$5,$ 6)$.,$1$.,66$ 6)$.,$1$.,66$  6,',52.$67528675$7+(16*5((&(

&<3586 $75,&20,7,6/7' $75,&20,7,6/7'  32%2;6757,0$<,$75,&20,7,6%8,/',1*/$51$&$&<&<3586

'(10$5. 68=8.,%,/,03257'$10$5.$6 68=8.,%,/,03257'$10$5.$6  81,2169(-'..2(*('(10$5.

),1/$1' 68=8.,02725),1/$1'2< 68=8.,02725),1/$1'2<  .(//2.8.$17,(9$17$$),1/$1'

(VWRQLD 68=8.,02725),1/$1'2< 68=8.,02725),1/$1'2<  .(//2.8.$17,(9$17$$),1/$1'

/DWYLD 68=8.,02725),1/$1'2< 68=8.,02725),1/$1'2<  .(//2.8.$17,(9$17$$),1/$1'

/LWKXDQLD 68=8.,02725),1/$1'2< 68=8.,02725),1/$1'2<  .(//2.8.$17,(9$17$$),1/$1'

)5$1&( 68=8.,)5$1&(6$6 68=8.,)5$1&(6$6  $9(18('(6)5(5(6/80,(5(75$33(6)5$1&(

*(50$1< 68=8.,'(876&+/$1'*0%+ 68=8.,'(876&+/$1'*0%+  68=8.,$//((%(16+(,0*(50$1<


*5((&( 6)$.,$1$.,66$ 6)$.,$1$.,66$  6,',52.$67528675$7+(16*5((&(

+81*$5< 0$*<$568=8.,&25325$7,21/7' 0$*<$568=8.,&25325$7,21/7'  (6=7(5*206&+:(,'(/-2=6()8+81*$5<

,&(/$1' 68=8.,%,/$5+) 68=8.,%,/$5+)  6.(,)$15(<.-$9,.,&(/$1'

,7$/< 68=8.,,7$/,$63$ 68=8.,,7$/,$63$  &62)5$7(//,.(11('<52%$6620(52 72 ,7$/<

0$/7$ ,1'8675,$/027256/,0,7(' ,1'8675,$/027256/,0,7(' 㻟㻡㻢㻙㻞㻝㻙㻞㻞㻟㻜㻝㻜 $1721,2%26,2675((706,'$06'
㻟㻡㻢㻙㻞㻝㻙㻞㻟㻠㻣㻢㻥
1(7+(5/$1'6 %91,0$* %91,0$*  /$1*('5(()(%9,$1(17+(1(7+(5/$1'6

125:$< 587(%,/(,(51(667$1'$5',6(5,1*6$6 587(%,/(,(51(667$1'$5',6(5,1*6$6  295((,.(59(,3267%2;*8/6.2*(11'5$00(1125:$<


32/$1' 68=8.,0272532/$1'63=22 68=8.,0272532/$1'63=22  8/32/&=<16.$:$56$:32/$1'

32578*$/ 68=8.,02725,%(5,&$6$8 68=8.,02725,%(5,&$6$8  &$//(&$5/266$,1=32/,*212&,8'$''(/$872029,//(*$1(6

0$'5,'63$,1
63$,1 68=8.,02725,%(5,&$6$8 68=8.,02725,%(5,&$6$8  &$//(&$5/266$,1=32/,*212&,8'$''(/$872029,//(*$1(6
0$'5,'63$,1
6:,7=(5/$1' 68=8.,$87202%,/(6&+:(,=$* 68=8.,$87202%,/(6&+:(,=$*  (0,/)5(<675$66(6$)(1:,/6:,7=(5/$1'

/LHFKWHQVWHLQ 68=8.,$87202%,/(6&+:(,=$* 68=8.,$87202%,/(6&+:(,=$*  (0,/)5(<675$66(6$)(1:,/6:,7=(5/$1'

6:('(1 1,0$*69(5,*($% 1,0$*69(5,*($%  5,661(/('(16(681'%<%(5*6:('(1

8. 68=8.,*%3/& 68=8.,*%3/&  67(,1%(&.&5(6&(1761(/6+$//:(670,/721.(<1(60.$(8.

,5(/$1' 68=8.,*%3/& ,5(/$1'%5$1&+ 68=8.,*%3/& ,5(/$1'%5$1&+  %5220+,//'5,9(7$//$*+7,1'8675,$/(67$7('8%/,1,5(/$1'

/X[HPERXUJ 1968=8.,%(/*,806$ 1968=8.,%(/*,806$  6$7(152=(1%.217,&+%(/*,80

6ORYDNLD 0$*<$568=8.,&25325$7,21/7' 0$*<$568=8.,&25325$7,21/7'  (6=7(5*206&+:(,'(/-2=6()8+81*$5<

&]HFK 0$*<$568=8.,&25325$7,21/7' 0$*<$568=8.,&25325$7,21/7'  (6=7(5*206&+:(,'(/-2=6()8+81*$5<

5RPDQLD 0$*<$568=8.,&25325$7,21/7' 0$*<$568=8.,&25325$7,21/7'  (6=7(5*206&+:(,'(/-2=6()8+81*$5<

&URDWLD 0$*<$568=8.,&25325$7,21/7' 0$*<$568=8.,&25325$7,21/7'  (6=7(5*206&+:(,'(/-2=6()8+81*$5<

6ORYHQLD 0$*<$568=8.,&25325$7,21/7' 0$*<$568=8.,&25325$7,21/7'  (6=7(5*206&+:(,'(/-2=6()8+81*$5<


80SS5-01E


            

 $  %& '#   (

 $ $  )*%+      
  0 *1+     0
          #


        
  !    " #

80SS5-01E
7KLVGHYLFHFRPSOLHVZLWKSDUWRIWKH)&&5XOHV2SHUDWLRQLVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJWZRFRQGLWLRQV  7KLV
GHYLFHPD\QRWFDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHDQG  WKLVGHYLFHPXVWDFFHSWDQ\LQWHUIHUHQFHUHFHLYHGLQFOXGLQJ
LQWHUIHUHQFHWKDWPD\FDXVHXQGHVLUHGRSHUDWLRQ

)&&&$87,21
&KDQJHVRUPRGLILFDWLRQVQRWH[SUHVVO\DSSURYHGE\WKHSDUW\UHVSRQVLEOHIRUFRPSOLDQFHFRXOGYRLGWKHXVHU¶V
DXWKRULW\WRRSHUDWHWKHHTXLSPHQW

80SS5-01E
  

     

'2345216%72;18 '2345216%728%9

       

'2345216%72;11 '2345216%72118

  

'2345216%72;1%

80SS5-01E
MODEL No. : I68P0
Continental Automotive GmbH
Approved by TRC/LPD/2018/233 S180052024
TRC/LPD/2017/104
MODEL No. : T61M0
Approved by TRC/LPD/2018/239
Continental Automotive GmbH
MODEL No. : K68P2 TIS-15
Approved by TRC/LPD/2018/235 TRC/LPD/2017/560

MODEL No. : K68P4

Approved by TRC/LPD/2018/236 Continental Automotive GmbH
40398036
TRC/LPD/2010/97

80SS5-01E
!"

         

NR: 2018-10-I-000485 NR: 2018-10-I-000486

            

5)< ==##
5> )?5#'#'@<   ' #F66<=G3 4<HJ '<'
 )K&F&1%966Q66

80SS5-01E
80SS5-01E
 DECLARATION of CONFORMITY

Marca : SUZUKI
Modelo : T61M0
Origen : THAILAND

H-17332

80SS5-01E
#$%

  

   W   )=JX Z'9746[#

   

   W   )=JX Z'&8'6[#

  

   W   )=JX Z4Q;46[#

  

   W   )=JX Z\974][#

   

   W   )=JX Z\&1'[#

80SS5-01E
BRAND NAME : SUZUKI MOTOR CORPORATION

MODEL No. I68P0 : IFETEL RLVSUI618-1152

MODEL No. T61M0 : IFETEL RLVSUT618-1186
MODEL No. K68P2 : IFETEL RLVSUK618-1224
MODEL No. K68P4 : IFETEL RLVSUK618-1201

La operación de este equipo está sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones:

(1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y
(2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la
que pueda causar su operación no deseada.

80SS5-01E
 

 
 ˜

 

  
 ˜

 

  
 ˜

80SS5-01E
Microsoft WMT License
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft
Corporation and third parties.
Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without
a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary and third parties.
Windows Media is either a registered㻌 trademark or trademark of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

80SS5-01E
TRC/LPD/2017/406

80SS5-01E
&#'$

     

HJ]2H2216%72%6281 HJ]2H2216%72%6211

       

HJ]2H2216%72%6288 HJ]2H2216%72%6286

  

HJ]2H2216%72%628%

80SS5-01E
 *+

     

] ' ] '
'<@=<'<5 ) '<@=<'<5 )
] '2216%72;%&F ] '2216%72;%9%

       
] ' ] '
'<@=<'<5 ) '<@=<'<5 )
] '2216%72;1;9 ] '2216%72;1;&

  
] '
'<@=<'<5 )
] '2216%72;%96

80SS5-01E
MEMO

80SS5-01E